GIFT OF
Felix Piagel
AMI
FELIX FLUGBL
A
Grammatical Dictionary
of •■•,,■' ■:);■■
the English Language;. :■
(^rammatif^e^ 2Bortert)u^
ber
ettglif^ett ^pta^t^
5)cutf(^ctt in^ (Sngtifc?§c*
SiJac^ ben fecjlcn Clucttcn unb mit Sctegen au^ altcren unb neucren ©lafftfern.
©on
Scorer am mobevncn ©efammt = ®^mnaflum ju Sei|)jig.
1853,
Herrn
D« ERNST J. HAUSCHILD,
Director des modernen Gesammt- Gymnasium
zu Leipzig.
C^^^y^.S^
i) X VO X t.
^auptfdd^ltd^ wtU oorti'egenbeg SSSerfd^en etn J^anbbud^tem ^um
Stac^fd^lagen fetn, aU§ett bereit, bem gragenben bet oorfommenben
©(^wtengfeiten etne le{d)t suganglfci^e ^(uffldrung ju geben* ©eg^alb bte
ol|)t)abett[c^e 2(norbnung be§ ©anjen , hk aud^ ben grammattfd^ mtnber
©efd^utten befdi)igt, ju ftnben, wag er fui^t. @g ftnb bie einjelnen 2Cuf-
fd^e ebenfomel bunbi'ge 5!Konograpf)te'n ber efnjetnen ©egenjldnbe; jeber
foU feine SSorlage tmmer gleid^ nad^ alien ©eiten l)in beleuc^ten, wag bie
gewbl)nlic^e ©pra(^lel)re nid^t ti)nt, tt)rer notl)tt)enbigen ^Cnlage nod^
aud^ nid^t t^un barf* 3nbef treten aud^ biefe gefonberten 2fuffd^e burd^
ii)u wed^felfettigen S5ejtel)ungen fel)r oielfad^ in ben genaueflen tnneren
3ufammenl)ang unb bilben fo grb^ere fDftemattfdlie 3lbl)anblun9en, fbnnen
bemnad^ red)t fdglic^ aud^ bem nod^ nid^t eben wdt Dorgebrungenen,
felbftftrebenben ©prad^fd^uler em bequemeg ^itUl jur gortbilbung wer^
ben* Unb j|eber£el)rer wtrb ben etnen ober ben anberen 2Crti!el pr^runb^
lage fetner erlduternben S3e[pred^ung maiden, t^n [elbft juc Uebertragung
ing @ngltf(^e benu^en unb fo bie lebenbige Uebung mit ber S5elel)rung
»ereinen fbnnen* SSJlan uberfet)e bann nur !einen ber gemeinfamen gdben,
wel^e ha^ etne ^apitel bem anberen anreil)en» $Dleijt l)aben wir — fd^on
um 2B{eberl)olungen ^u meiben — burc^ SSerweife auf anbere 3lrti!el beg
SSu^eg in biefem SSetrejf 2Cnleitung gegeben* 2Sem baran liegt, eine
@prad^eigent)eit nad^ ii)xm oerfd)iebenfren 9?i^tungen p oerfolgen , ben
nbtl)igen ©efammtuberblic! uber irgenb eine (Srfd^einung ju gewinnen,
ber laffe eg fic^ nic^t irren, wenn unfere ja^lreic^en (SitaU ii)n (nad^ &bt^i)
„{)erauf , l)erab unb quer unb frumm" fuf)ren ] fie foUen ii)n wenigfteng
nid^t „an ber 9^afe :^erum'' ful)ren* — ^ie Srjielung cineg oUgemeineren
©tanbpunfteg war fortn)dl)renb unfer t>ornel)mfteg SSeftreben , bk SSer^
gleid^ung mit anberen (Sprad^en — bag ©rquidlidtifte an ber ganjen
@prad^lel)re — begt)alb oon fetbjt geboten.
701558
VI
SBarum wit: aUt fo oft 2Cet)nlic^!etten unb aSerwanbtfd^often im
©eutfc^en felbft auf Soften ber ftrengen ©orrectf)eit , m ben ©talecten
ober tn ber oecaltcten ©prad^e gefud^t, warum wtr namentd'c^ fo
f)dufi9 aSibetfleUen angejogen? SDarauf entgegne wieberum eine ©d^nft?
fteUe : „Sa6 tft bod^ SSetn oon metnen SSetnen unb ^leifc^ oon meinem
gletfc^e!'' (So wenfgfteng i()at fc^on mand^ec <Sd^uler gebad^t unb ge?
fagt, wenn t^m ttwa^ SSefrembenbeg , woI)t gar oon bem 8ef)rbu^e atS
beifpteUog, unnaf)bar 9Sorgefuf)rteg unb fd^on begi)atb fd^wer (Srgretfs
Itd^eS aUhalb tiav jur 2fnfd^auung fam, fobalb er nuc eine entfernte
2Ce^nlid^!eit in ber oertrauten 50lutterfprad^e entbed^te. 3n biefer SiMs
ftd^t 'i)at \>k untergeorbnetfte SiJiunbart oft met)r praftifd^e 95ebeutung,
aU bk regetred^tefte ©d^utfprad^e*
^ur bie gegebenen Siegeln felbffc finb ung meift bie beften 2(utoritdten
ma^gebenb gebtieben* 3n ben wenigen gdUen , wo voiv oon biefen abju?
weid^en ung gebrungen fai)en, f)aben wir ftetS burd^ reid^ere S5elege
unferer 2(nfid^t bie nbtijige Unterftu^ung ju gebcn gefud^t. ©ie§ war Us
fonberg ba ber gall, wo bie ©rammatifer, ale alljuftarre ^^uter, bai
fd^ulmeifterten , wa^ Ui hm anerfannteften ©d^riftftellern Idngffc in aVis
gemeinen (Sebraud^ gefommen* SSSeit entfernt, jebe Caune beg ©enie'S
al6 gflic^tfd^nur fiir ben <Sprac^gebraud^ l)in junel)men , mbgen wir aud^
umgefe^rt nid^t forbern , ba^ ber (Sd^riftjteller nur fo fd^reiben biirfe, mt
e© bie ©rammati! U^tt ©old^eg SSerlangen wvirbe ju einer abgefd^madt=
ten Ortl)oborie ful)ren , bk gerabeju jeber gortbilbung beS ©prad^geifteS
bm 2Beg ah^d:)nitU* — SOJan glaube inbef nid^t, ba^ wir bk /,grauc
Sl)eorie'' nod) „gefd^wdrjt'' t)aUn, urn beS Seben§ aSaum in befto
luftigerem ©run barjuftellen ! Est modus in rebus — .
Sag J^auptfdd^lid^fte aber , wa^ in aSetreff ber Otegeln ju tt)un crs
fibrigte/ war eine beftimmtere, fc^drfere gaffung, bie bem
Cernenben !lar bartl)ue , voa^ er gegentiber i:)ahii* Unb fo gab e6 nod^ fo
SJlandieg gu tl)un , waS unfere 2(rbeit uber ein blof eg (Sammelwer! wof)l
gu ert)eben bered^tigt fein bfirfte» ®inb bod^ felbft in ben mobernen
@prad^lef)ren TCnfldnge an ben 5Keibingerfd^en S^teceptfti)! : „3n gdllen,
wk folgenbe (!) unb dl)nlid^en (! !) ift eg JRcget " noc^ nid)t »ers
gejfen unb t)erfun!en» SQBoju bient aber eine ©rammati!, b* f). eine 2Cbs
ftraction, wenn ber (Sd^uler felbft erft abftral)iren foil, wo eg bem
fief)renben gar ju mul)felig gewefen? Unb ba^ wir SOland^eg bieten , wag
!cine ©rammati! beruf)rt, wirb fic^ auc^ nirf)t alljufelten jeigen»
VII
©ereci^ten 2Cnfpriid^en gered^t ju werben , ijabe td^ mtc^ unauggefe^t
bejlrebt Ueber2CUe§, waS nod^ gu wunfc^en bleibt, oerlonge id^ red^t
fef)r, bte belef)renbe (Sttmme ber <Sad^!unbtgen gu t>ernet)men* Stur bttte
td^, nid^t ju uberfe{)en, baf etn 2Ber! btefer 2Cn(a9e fur bte mg^ii-
[die ©prac^e nod^ nic^t ej:i|ttrt, td^ atfo i)infid^tltd^ be§ ^laneg fetne
SSorarbetten oorfanb* Sebod^ letjtete mix ta^ in etnem grbf eren 9Kafs
ftabe angetegte franjofifd^e Dictionnaire Grammatical be§ ^errn Dr.
^aufd^tlb t)ter wefenttic^en SSeiftanb*
^i6;)t Derfagen !ann td^ mir e§ fd^lte^U(^, ben geef)i:ten ©bnnern
unb greunben, bte tntd^ tn ntet'nem ^atmog aud^ bet btefer 2Crbeit fo
ttJo^lwoUenb mt't SRat^ uitb Zi)at unterft6|t, ben l)erjlt(^ften San!
i^temtt augjufpred^en*
Setpgtg, ben 20* (September 1852*
^a^ bem <Sl;fleme oon VOovcenittv unb -iTlugel.
A: 1.
2.
3.
7. a =
3: 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
: 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
c J. 33. shade.
9Ji. jtt). axua s = shad,
a (e In l^er) = s share.
a 5 s far.
a m. 31. ». a s = example.
3Ji. jh). a u. o s ; law.
bumijfea c . . s = liar.
I s 5 mere.
c s s merit.
a 5 5 there.
fuijeS o . . . . r 5 her.
i' 5 s event.
at s perverse.
CI 5 5 pine.
t :: = pin.
marine.
Sir.
Virginia.
I
e ...... .
e ober i . . .
: 1. 5 = 5 J. 93. note.
2. o = o m. 2(. ». a = s not.
3. o = u : « move.
4. o = SW. JVC. ou. a,
^ = a . . . s s nor.
5. o = o m. 9t. ». o s 5 done.
6. o :^ e obec o . . . s s actor,
obtest.
U : 1. u = tu 5 s tube.
2. u = (S 5 5 tub.
3. u = ii = ; M\.
4. u = u 5 5 rule.
5. tt = 8 . . s = fur.
6. u = e s s curvet.
Y:l. y = i 5 5 dry.
2. y = i 5 s syllable.
3. y = 'i s ; myrrh.
4. y = i 5 s very.
NB. ,,an. jiD." Bebcutet: bic Wlittt itt5ifcl)en; — „m. 2t. to." = mit 5lnffang «on.
®enauere8 [c^c man im Suc^e felb^ untcr ben einjetnen 33ocatfn.
■/^
^bkiir^ungitt.
a. p. = active participle,
adj. = adjective,
adv. = adverb,
a. i. O. = an if)vem Orte.
a. f. O. = an feinem Orte.
@. = (Snbc (eineS 2Ivtifel«).
i. D. = im 2)eutfcf)en.
i. ®. to. = im (Sinne toon.
Stat. = Stallenifc^.
Ut. = Sateinifc^.
p. p. = passive participle.
prep. = preposition.
f. = fie^e ; f. b. = fie^e biefc3.
f. to. a. = fo»t«I ale»
subst. = substantive.
v. a. = verb active.
v. n. = verb neuter.
v. r. = verb reflective.
tt). i. 3). = Vtoie im 3)eutfcfeen.
». m. f. = tvtl^ti man fe^e.
A.
1. A. 2)er erfle 33uctjfta6e unb ber crfte
iSocal beg 5(f))^abfte« ; er l^ei^t a (e).
'Ku 8f)jr a (t) c. 1. a = c (inJI^ce):
shade. 2. a= a, mit *2lnf(ang «o» e,
(aifilttelfaut jtuifc^en a unb a) : shad — ja
nicfct t»ie shed gii fprcd^en ! .3. a ijor r
tvie langcS d (cergt. &} : hare (ganj n.ne
^ e r, iiicfit tute ^ebx cber Ǥcer). 4. a = a :
fUr, father. 5. 5 = jetted a, ajtittclton
jmifcfecn a unb a : dance, example. 6". a
= a/o, b. 1^. buin)3fc« a ntit ^InHang
»on o (mieOJotev j^attiBatec im Dia(ecte;
»ergl» *2lf»o , J^ornea) : — -water (f. 5).
7. a, l^aU'pumm, njte unfer e in m a d) e n,
md^en, JJutfdjer; fo in t onto fen
®i(Oen, ttjte e, j, o, n, y, f. b. : — liar,
rival, village, orange. — 3)ie fieben l§du=
figen Saute be« a finb alfo : etn lungeS unb
etu l^nlbflummcg c (a, a) , ein (angcS unb
ein furjea a (a, a), ein lange^ unb ein
fuvjeS d (a , a) unb ein unrcincg a (a).
8: ©tumm ifi a j. 95. in parliament,
carriage, marriage, victuals (= vitls).
9. 5lugnapmgn)etfe flingt a njie 6 : what,
quality (ber furje Saut son a), ocer
ruie c: any. 10. 5)te 3»fammen =
f e ^ u n g e n won a nut aiiteicn 85cca(cn
[. a. i. O.
2. A, c,i^ ^artifel im <Sinne einer ^rds
Vofition unb Conjunction. 1. ©3 mag au8
ivgcnb einer $idtioritton, jimdrfjft ttief;
leicftt au« at , vevfurjt fein , unb fle^t fiir
at, in, on, upon, to. 9i i (t) t mtt bem un=
bejlimmtcn 2lrtifct , fonbern mit ber ^du?
ftgen (auS uraltem 2)eutfc^ fiammenben)
93orfifbe a — ifl eg » e r h) a n b t (tuic in
ajar, among [= cih ber iDJenge], afar, a-
float, away [= abttjeg^, ivie:] abroad,
abord, afield, anew, aground, ahull,
ahead, alike; ado ifl auS to do^entfianben ;
f. nod) Above unb tergl. Adjective, B, 4.
2. giur im minber ebelen (Stijle unb —
S. 9t(trcdit, grnmrnnt. Sfficrtcrt,
[einer beguemcn iliirje l^alSer — in ber
^J^ocfte anrb cB gebrauclH: he went a
begging, a fishing, a hunting (= Unb
ber J?nabc ging ju j;agen). 3n iBer=
t'inbungen ft)te: 1 was a walking, we
were a writing, Heibt e3 6effer n?cg , f.
Periphrase, XVII, B, 3; aU correct gilt
cS aber j. J8. in: he fell a laughing, unb
— aiS ^vdvofttion — in : He is a-bed
still, he fell a-sleep ( ober asleep).
3. 2lu§erbem fteljt a fur o/(o'): it is four
a clock (familiar), unb fogar fiir have:
I would a gone; in biefen Sdllen JDO^l
nur burd) f(iicf)tigc 3[u§fj?rad)e serborben
unb nid)t nadijua^men. <B. Abuse.
3. A, an, ber unbeflimmte 5trttfer, nic6t
3al^(UHnt (f. one, fottjic hundred unb
thousand). — J. Qlu « fj) r a cf) c : ©es
njol^nlid) wic a; twirb eS fcetont, toie a.
B. 55ormcUe«. I. @8 tejeid)net nuc
bie ^in'^eit, nid)t aber ba3 ®efc^(cd)t ober
ben gad : a man , ein 9)tann , e i n e tt
9JJann ; a woman, a thing. 11. U n t c r=
f cf) ieb jnjifc^cn a unb an. 1. 93 or (Sons
fonanten f^el^t a, »or SSccalen an : a ring,
an eye, an ugly animal, a Ming, a year
(f. W unb Y). 2. SJor eiuem ftum men
h ^i^t an, n^eit bag SGBort mit bem ndd)=
ficn iBocal aufautet; »or etnem (auten
h — luirfltdjem Sonfonanten — ftcl^t a :
an hour, an honest man ; a hill, a helping
verb. 3. !Da (angeS u, eu unb ew
a(g Sonfonanten gotten, fo fit^t vor il^nen
a; natiirtidi and), wenn nod) ein liums
m e ? li »or u flcl^t: a iinion, a humorist,
a European, a ewe , aber an umbrella.
4. (Jnblid) ftcl^t a nod) »or one, tvtU bie8
ttjie wiin auggef^.'^rocfeen tt»irb : many a one ;
a one-horse cart. (§8 ifl n i ci^ t etnja bem
a Bor 93ocaIen ein n an g ef e^t, um ben
^iatuS JU feeben , fonbern ber Slrtifet i^ie§
urfttrungticfi iiberall an, unb ba8 n
1
/^ ,.^>. ^o . .
2
A, an.
fit eg ficfi i)pr Sonfonantm ab, berSBf;
in ujiIgarcvf^Drac^e, .ufli* tuic^n \tm
granj^fcijcp cct.l^ C. ©ebvau* beS
9lrtif et ?.a; 5)|e^9(i-ttf e/ ctVe^ >«'>«« '^X^xaio e
foUeit iirbrtt t^ifo^ftf freii^ i.;]^»eln
einjefneg SDtiifl atnief(t)(offen , felbfiftanbtg
au8 feiitcr ®atttmg l^eraug^ebcn. 3)tc«
itnb 5nict)t« lueitcr t^ut benn aucfc bcv «nb«=
fiimmte , wai^venb ber befiimmte nirfjt im
JlUijemeinen ]^crau«f)efit, fonbern eiii gc;
n>iffee, I'cpimmteg S)ing bcjeirfjiiet.
(Wan fiefet , bie Diamen follten beffec §ets
^en: bei- bepimmenbe unb ber nic^t b«=
jlinun c n b e 2lrtifct.) 3n ber Slnttjenbung
beg 5lrtife(3 a finben mef;rere 2{btvei?
cl) u n g e n »om beutfi^en ©cbranctie ftatt.
I. JDfi- unbcftimnite 5lrtifet wirb
gebvau(i>t: «. ttjo n)tr ben be =
ftimmten jn fc^cn )?ftegen; 1.
2Benn man bie 3eit angibt, ivie oft
ficij etivaS iuieberl^olt , cber ttjenn man ein
SDi a g , ® e n? i (f) t , eine 51 n 5 a f; t bes
jetrtinct, fiir iveldK ein gcnjiffer *Prei8
gift ; in te^terem Bade fte^t (inbep minbev
gut) mandnnal and) f^e, vd. i. 3). : The
surgeon visits me twice a day (par jour).
A pin fl day's a groat « year. I pay them
six dollars a week. One shilling a pound
(rt pair). JDagegen and) : five shillings
the yard. @. nod): Accusative, B, II,
1 nnb 2 unb Latinism, E. 2. 93oi- mnn=
i^en concreten ®nbftanti»en: he
h&A.afever, ahead-ache. Qlcl^nlid) : er
l^otte fid) ein en ©djnuf'fen, §og fid) ein
gicber jn; eg njirc gteid)fam ein ffies
cielleS Uebet l^erauSgel^oben. b. 2Bo
h)ir gar feinen 3Utife( fe^cn : 1. 93oi-
obftract en aC or t evn : You do all in
a great hurry. This argument was of
a great force. 93ergl. II, 1. SBir brans
d)cn l^ier felten ein. 2. @benfa(l8 cor
3lbfiracten im Jll^eitunggfinne,
hjie cinige, etnjag: I liked it for a
time. (33ergl. Cela n'a qu' un temps.)
Have a care. We had still a regard for
Mr. Burchell. — ®o entfianb lai 2(b»erb
awhile = einigc 3eit. 3. »Bei *.2lngabe
beg @ t a n b e « , @ e n? e r b e g , ber 32 a ;
tion 3emanbe«: He is an Englishman,
a bookseller. ("Da^cr auc^ bet gamilien=
namen ; He is c Russell, i». i. <D.) Sti^mx
aber biefeS ?{5r.abicat nur eincm (5in =
S e I n e n jufommen , fo fte&t a nid)t, Vteit
nun fein^erauS^cben an« ber @at=
timg fiattftnbet. @o unterfd)eibe : i\apo--
lejjn was cm Emperor (n>ie anbere itaifer
aud)) , unb: Napoleon was Emperor of
France. 93erg(. Titles, 2, unb Accusa-
tive, B, I, 2. 4. ^ad) 7nany — (^oetifd)
fiel^t and) i. 2). e i n nad) m and)): Many
a long day. Many a learned man pe-
rished with hunger. Many a bolder man
than I would tremble at it. I told him
many and many a time — (mand) liebe8
aWal). For many a year , down many a
quiet street , through many an open
window, shall float that old familiar
cry — „01d Clo' ! (= clothes.) 5. 3)a
no i3or S m » a r a t i » e n fiir 7iot fiel^t
(f. No. 4), fo fofgt a babiiitcr, njci^rcnb
nad) unferm f e in nie ein 3IrtifeI fte^t ; fo
nad) no more, no less, no longer u. f. f^
No less a personage than Mr. Wardle's
mother himself. He is no longer a school-
master. No such ^eipt aber fetn fol^
(^cr; no jle^t in feincr gen.u>r;nlid)en JBe--
beutnng unb l^at ba^er feinen 2Utifel nad)
fid) : There is no such liberty. Soft man
ii freilid) anf in ,,n i d) t ein f I d) e v,"
fo n)eid)t bie g »om ©ng(ifd)en <xh ; ebenfo
fann aber an* im @nglifd)en 710 1 . .a ffir
no fiei^en : He is not such a fool. I shall
never find stich another. 6. Sinen ci*
gentl^iimli(^en ®ebraud) con a f. untcr
Of, 2, b.
II. SDer unbefiiramte 3lrtifel bteibt
tt) e g , h) d 1^ r e n b )u i r i i^ n f e ^ e n :
1. 9}ad) such, »oenn barauf ein 21 b fi v a t;
t n m ober tin (£ t f f n a m e folgt ; such
trouble; such wine (= folc^er aBein, ein
fold)er aCein, fold) ein 2Bein). 5)ie? ^ebt
bie oben (I, b, 1) gegcbene 9{egel fiir biefen
"^aW auf. 2. 9iad) what in ber Srage,
rodbreiib ti im 51 n 6 r n f e a nad) fid) l;at
(faft ganj n>ie bei : )o e I d)) : What boy is
this? What a man! i23ert1c^t fid) bie
(Jinl;eit »on felbft, fo fann and) im -iluS;
rnfe a, ba3 3 e i d) e n ber @iiir;eit , twegs
fallen: What misery! What nonsense!
3. JBeginnt ever ober never einen Sa^
(Inversion) , fo jici^t ba« Subject g es
n) ij ^ n n d) obne a, loenn ii nid>t ein 31 b=
jectic cor fid) pat ober Winter bem
Aa
Abbreviation.
33cr6 ftel^t: Never brother loved his
sister better! (^Sergl. jamais itnb f. noc^
ben le^ten ©a^ unter to Fight.) 3l6ei- :
Never was stich a noise about a trifle.
4. 3t» ifc()cn jmei >§ait^U»B6rtern,
bie nui- einen SBegriff augniacfcen,
ivie cin jufammeiigcfegteS liBovt: He was
advanced to the dignity of Duke (jur
aCnirbc e i n c g JPIerjogg = «&ergog«tt.nirbe).
He procured the degree of M. D. — 5,
aScr Part, f. b»
III. iDer ®eBraurf> be8 (5in =
l^eitlartifeU a » or b en *P htra =
(en feio itnb wawy frfKint ein 2Cib€r=
fpnid) gu fein , erf/art fi(6 attcv barauS,
ba§ man 6ei /ew an « small number, bei
7rtrtwy an a great number 9 e b a c^ t nnb
bcmgemdfj confiruirt ^at (constructio ad
sensum). (S. iibrigcn^ few unb many a.
i. O. nnb »cigt. bie nnter Plural , A, VI.
curfitt gebrucften SGBoiter a. i. O. There
were a good (= vast, great) many people
there. A few books, words, questions.
@. ben jtveiten ®a^ unter Which , A, 2.
D. aCBieber^otung be8 2Irtifel3 a.
1. 3n bcr ateget traudjt er nicljt tuies
berl^olt ju werben, njenn er aud) ju
me^rcren @ubflanti»en ge^ort: a little
boy and girl. $Da8 ift natiirlicf), ba bie
cine gorm ju alien ®efd)Ie(f)tern ^^a^t.
2. 93ei(angen aber bie •Sauvtnjorter »eri
ftfciebcne S' or men {a nnb an) vov
fief) , fo mu§ man i^n »vteber^o(en : a
camel and an ape. <B. ben Ic^ten ©a|
nnter Indicative, B, 2, 2(bjetti»e fcfeeinen
biefen @inf(H^ nidit tmmer jn ^aben : fo
jtvav : a new and an unexpected difficulty
arose (Maxwell), aSer bagegen avL(fy -, a
sudden and unexpected event (Bulwer).
3. aSerf^e&t man nnter eincm nur ein =
m a I gcfe^ten ©ubftantio m e ^ r e r e !Dinge
feiiier 2lrt, fo njivb bcr 2h-tife( (a nnb the)
rt>ieberbplt. @. Plural, B, 6 unb One, B,
2. We bought a brown and a black coat
{= a brown coat and a black one). !l)a=
l^er aucfj : I have a five-guinea-piece
and a Iwo-guinea-piece , u. b. gt., n>o
baS ^nbpantic boi>i)elt f^ef^t. E. ®tc(=
lung tton a, fofern fie »om JDentfcfeen
abn)eirf)t. 1. ®tef;tiis, so, too, how,
however »or einem 51 b j e c t i » , fo tritt
ber 5lrtitel a Winter biefe3 ;^ so great a
fool; so remarkable a people; too
powerful an influence ; how considerable
a loss. So noble aji action deserved not
such a vile return. SSergl. One, (5. SSci
Sutler tritt ber 3Irttfet ofter^ Winter bag
9lb«erb ttici, n)enn e8 vor] einem 3lbs
jectii"* fie^t: »iel ein fauler ^otj
(aBetg^eit ©af. 14, 1; sergL il. SWacc*
16, 7.) 2. ebenfo tritt a Winter feben
6omV»arati» , ber no »or firf) l^at (f. oben
C, I, b, 5) : I have no greater a pleasure.
3. ®ett)i3^n(tc^ auci) bei half., f. b.
4, 2lurf> bei ben abjectioifi^en ^JJronomen
siich unb many, unb bet what (f. oben
C, II, 2); ^ier fann im !Dcutfcl)en bies
felbe aCortfoIge ftatt^aben, n)cnn man
nber^au^Jt ben 9lrti(el nacfc m a n ct) fe|t
(f. C, I, b, 4): What a beautiful day !
Such a friend. F. 21 u 8 1 a f f u n g son
a f. Ellipse, B, I, 1 nnb 6. 3u biefer
gaiijen Se^re »om nnbeftimmten Qlrtifet
»ergt. The ; aii^ercem Personal, E., 1, (5.
Aa lautet 1. meift = a : to baa ; Ma'am ;
2. fettner = u: aam ; 3. in l^ebraifdjen
2C6rtcrn flingt e3 , n?enn eg betont ifi =
a : Aaron ; fonfi 4. = a : Isaac.
Abbreviation, 2{bfurjung. I. SCBirfs
ltct)e33evfurjungeinegaDorteg in @cf) rift
nnb 2lugf)jr ad) e, meifl burd) ben
2li)ofiro:p^ bejeidjnct. 2)ie gen>or;nn(tflen
gciUe finb :
almost fiatt almost.
a'nt, a'uU ,, and it, am not, art
not, arc not, is not,
and if it.
'hove „ above.
can't ,, cannot.
cou'd ,, could.
d'ye ,, do ye, do you.
e'er ,, ever.
'era „ them.
cu'my
11
enemy.
'gainst
•.1
against.
gl'me
i>
give me.
he'd
n
he had, he would.
he'll
11
he will.
I'd
,1
I had, I would.
I'll
11
I will.
I'm
11
I am.
I've
11
I have.
it's
11
it is.
let's
let us.
4 Abide
o' ftvitt of, on.
'scaped „ escaped.
shan't „ shall not.
stead ,, instead.
I' „ to.
th' „ the.
tho' „ though.
thou'dst „ thou hadst, wouldst.
'till „ untill.
'tis ,, it is.
'tvvixt „ betwixt.
you're ,, you are.
II. Sllj 6 V e V i a t u r c n einc8 SBortcS in
ter@c^rift; ntjer i>olt|tanbtgatig=
juf^ji-erfun. 1. 3)tefc finb fe^r jal^{=
rei(f> unb ivcrbeti aucf) in Stcinfc^riften imb
im 2)vu(fc fo attgemein gcbrau^t, me
imfer u. bgt., [., ^gt, , u. a. m. , u. f. vo.
@D : He was incog: here. He procured
the degree of M. D. — Capt. Marryat,
R. N. G. C. B., has arrived at New York.
@ct6fi bect'iniit: according to Admiral
Bluster, K. C. B.'s notion. The P. and
0. S. N. C.'s Admiral (i. e. the Penin-
sular and Oriental Steam Navigation
Company's). 2. a){an(t)C fo((t)e S356i1er
toevbennie attSgef c() vieben : fo Mr.,
Mrs. , id cinige hjcvben [ogar auct) fo »er=
fiirjt a u g g c [)j V d) e n , trie man fie
fd)vei6t; fo lieji man W)oi;t: he is an M.
D. aii ob gcfdjvieben ftanbc: he is an
emdi ; ba^er finbet fid) bee @a^ *.„•.♦ not
to mention learned M. D's." @o awdii M.
P. 3n3eitungen, njo man mit bcm
JRaume geijt, tapt man oft and) nodj ben
^unft Winter ben .Riirjungen n^eg , na=
menttid) in Qlnnonccn mit bev morbevifcl^cn,
fleincn ®d)rtft. 3. 3m UeBrigen f. man
ben 5infang jebcg cinjelnen 33ud)fta6cn in
einem quten aBinterbudje, nnb unfere
2(rtifef Apostrophe, Apocope, Apheresis,
Contraction, Elision.
To Abide entfvrid)t einem bentfdjcn
51 b B e r t in ber 33ci-tnnbung : I cannot a-
bide to (do it) = ic^ fann nidjt umi^ in,
tvie I cannot but. . ..
Ablative. 2)ci8 SBer^artni^ biefeS Ia=
teinifd^en SafuS bejeid^nen befonbci-8 from,
of, by, f. b.
About : 1. to be about mit einem 3 m
finiti» ifl fafl ganj gleid) mit to be
going (f. b.) : They were about to light
Absolute.
(= in eo esse ut — ). 2. Solgt ntec cin
6ject, fo Bebeutet e3: mit (SfosaS U-
ffftdftigt fein: ff/iat are you about? I am
about a great piece of work.
AboTC, 5rb»ert», junjeilcn aU SIbjecttto
= oJJig : My above statement. The above
discourse (letter, defiance) ; tS ifl eigents
lid) einc Bufammeufe^ung auS ab unb
b e n (»erg(. bie a^auifel ^) ; ba^cr f^e^t
e3 aud) aU 5lbtterbiak ^inter bem <£ut)=
ftantit) : the powers «6ore, bie l^immlis
fc^en aJiad)te, f. Adverbial. ®o and):
like One above = wie ein xiBerirbifcfceS
aSBefen. 3a, bieS 5( b j e c 1 1 » above ttjirb
nnn and) fufefiantitjifc^ gefe^t: Since
writing the above = OBigeS, baS
Dbigc gcfdirteben. SCBdrc eg l^iec ein
fubftanti»if(^e8 2lb»erb , fo fonnte c8 nur
bebeuten : bag O b e n, ber o b e r c ^J t a ^.
Absolute. I. 9lbfot«tc (fetbft =
ft ci n b i g c) SB ij r t e r fmb fotd)e, bie an unb
fiir fid) einen roHfidnbigen ©inn geben,
o^nc einer ergdnijenbcn 35eftimmung ju be-
bucfen. 3)aS ®cgent§eil ifi relative. @o
gibt e3 befonberS 1. ^tbfolutc unb rt=
iat i»c 5lbjectiDe: good, tired, dead
fmb abfotut; worth , averse finb re(ati»,
fie beburfen bee Qlngabc, to i e t> i e I bie (Sa?
(^e toert^, to em 3cmanb ab gcneigt
ifi: It is worth tAree g%iineas. He is not
averse to eating and dunking. 9Jian=
d)e5 Qtbjcctio fvinn balb abfolut, balb res
latio fte^en: He was a covetous man. He
was covetous of praise. @, Adjective,
G, 5* 2. 2lbfoluteunb relative 2lb»er =
bie 11. Weil, yearly, here fmb abfoint,
toa^renb ba6 abwcrbialifdie sennight eincg
ergdnienben 3nfa^eg bebarf: yesterday
sennight, to-morrow sennight. 3. 9){ins
ber toid)tig ifi ber Unterfc&ieb gtoifd)eu abs
fotnten imb relati«cn <Subjlanti»cn
(Twelve are a dozen, — a dozen of
peJis) nnb 35erben (to speak, to eat,
to breathe — abci to breathe fl/?er^^;ea/M,
to meddle ivith a person, an affair).
H. 21 b f 1 u t e (u n a b 1^ d n g i g e) 93 e=
ft i m m n n g c n im 2I((gcmeincn ftnb foldK,
bie jtoar mit bem SBorte, tooju fie ge=
^oven , burd) eine ^Jrd^^ofttion, cine (Son:
{unction , ein $artici)3 ober bergt. » e r =
bunben toe r ben ti3nnten, jebo(!^
]^ n e cin fjj((^e« 93 i nb e m i 1 1 e t ftel^en.
Abstract -
<So ftnben fidj : 1. afcfoliite fiib ftan;
t i » i [ c^ e 33 e fl im m u n vT e n : He must
conic cap in hand to me (anilatt tvith,
cber having, his cap in hand). I now
stood , a calm spectator of the flames
(= as ober being a spectator). They Avill
die beggars. Charles I. lived and died
a hypocrite. — This year you shail not
go to France. 9)gl. noc& Accusative B, I,
2 unb 11. fotcie Nominative, 2, aud) As.
2. 2ll)fotitte 3nfinitit5C, fctc tuir
oft bur* urn j« mit bcm <B<x%t «ertnnben
miiffen. To confess a trulh, this man's
mind seems filled lo his station. To
cojiclude, I will make the following re-
mark. (&oIrf)c Siifinitioc bifben gteidjfam
eineii ©a^ im (Sa^e. (Sbenfo 3. bie ab=
fotuten $ artictt>ien, ivetdK tt)iv
meifi mit ben @ o n j u n c t i o n e n : alg,
ba, narfjbem, ttjeil unc bevijf. auflijfen.
®ie jlei^en wle bie tatcinifc^en ablaiivi ab-
soluii, jebocf) ol^iie bevcn 58cf(^rans
futigen. a. 2lcti»c: One day, the
eldest of the boys having ventured
across the threshold, two cupboards ,. .
attracted the child's curiosity. The
master agreeing, the slave was eman-
cipated. The hostess />e?*i.s/i«g' in her
first assertion, he was preparing lo
leave the room. Properly ."T^ea/nwg- they
had but one character. They, literally
speaking , fell all the miseries of waul.
Having got it copied fair, it was placed
over the chimney-piece. 9ielatifie
^ a r t i c i ).n e n finb bagegen fotcfte, luetc^e
einen 9tb»er6iat5 cbec 2lbj|ectit> =
fa^ euti^alten , unb an \i)x ©ntject t>cr:
mittelji cine^ r elati»eu i^ t on o menS
obcr ber c&cn gcnannten Sonj;unc =
t ion en angefnii^ft ivecben fonnten:
A villa abounding with every comfort
(= that abounds ober abounded). Some
persons saw these images glitteriiigy/'xih
gold (= which glittered). We had a
lulor, joining good manners to true
learning. He passed cheerfully on,
taking heed to his footsteps. This is a
liistory-piece of Mucins Scacvola, burn-
ing his right hand. Having finished his
letters, he went to his country-house.
ISol understanding what he said , I
asked... We are struck by the pro-
— Abuse. 5
digious number of stones, not only iemg-
printed from , but which are piled iu
every corner — o e v f ii r j t e r unb » o I =
fer aie(ati»fa§ ncben einanber, iole im
Sranjofifdjen. SSergt. Participle, A, I,
2. b. 5lbfo(ute ^afft»e 51}articiiiien
finb choaS feftener : ThissaiW, he retired.
Or, one dream passed, we slide into a
new. This accomplished, he look leave
(= bie3 abgemac^t). This scheme thus
blotv7i up, I had some thoughts of fairly
shipping back to England. The seed
having been carefully sown, we now
reap a golden harvest. The ceremony. . .
having been gone through , we find the
machinery is . . . 3)a8 (Subject cineS fo
tierfiirjten ®a§e8 mup manc^mal <\\\i bcm
^nfammeni^ange crgdn^t merben , ba man
nirfjt fietg bie dngj^fi^fic ©cnauigfeit bcs
obarf)tet: ,, Keep the *fon6'« in the]house,"
I say; „or, being removed, send me . . .
a good deliverance" = n?enn fie ^inau«=
gefc^afft ttierbcn ... 9i c t a 1 1 w , fiel^en fie
bagegcn: A person, not already fl/>/»rii;erf
of il — . A liberty.... never before
known — . By a power to Ihee unknown
Ihou canst never be alone. ©. Parti-
ciple, B, 2 unb 3.
Abstract, Abstraction, ©in c o n^
c refer Scgriff ifi ein 6 i n j e ( begriff,
ein SBort, njclrfje^ ein einjcIncS, gefous
bcrteS iTing bcbeutet, bag man mit bett
©innen iva^rne^men fann. @o : tine
JJiofe, (Sid)t, StUe, ein 2()?felbaum, ein
(Srbbeerbufcf). 3)a3 ®egentr;elt ifi ein
2lbftractum, ber SSegriff, ben man er=
^d(t, tt)enn man tton'einer ganjcn ©attung
ba6 a b n i m m t (abfira^irt) ,[ um^ alien
(Sinjetnen gemeinf cfc.'aftl.id) ift. <Bo
fmb alU tiori^ingcnannten concrcten JDinge
^fUnjen, unb bieS ift alfo bag 216=
jiractum baju. Abstract ideas fmb i- 33.
nod) animal, mankind, virtue, feeling,
science, courage, honour. tiTcrUnters
fd>ieb jn)ifd)en Soncreten unb 2lbflracten
madit fidi bei bem ®ebraud)e;bcr 2(rtifet,
beg $lnra(, bc8 One u. f. w. geltenb.
Abuse , ber unrid)tige ©ebrand) eineS
5lugbru(fe«, meifi burd) bag ^crfommcn
entfd)utbigt. ®o : I should a fled (f. 2.
A, 3). It is me {hi?n), »erg{. Reflective
I, A, 3 unb Declension. JDIe » u t g d r e n
Accent.
2{ii«brurfe : This is Peler his book (= ba8
ift ^ctern fein JBucf; *) , I seed unb bergt.
®. no* Incorrecl.
Accent. I. 3)£i- ^ottaccent , bie
aSetonung ber rid^tigen @i(be eineS SBors
teg. 2Ba^renb im Sranj6rifcf?eii ftttS bie
©nbfilbe eineS SBorteS ben Sion ^at, finbet
im @itglifcl)en bieftlfce a)ianuicl)faltigfeit
beg 2lccente6 flatt, trie im 2)eutfdKn. ® e-
[ c^ r i e 6 e n e 51 c c e n t c , ifie fie im ®iie=
d}{fc()en, 3talienifcf)eii u. f. tw. eingefu^vt
njDvben, gi6t c8 tiirf)t; balder if^ eg oft
f{^tt)ierig, bie rict)ttge JBetonung ju finbcn.
3n 2B6iteit»iic(jevn liat man , «m ben Sen
nenben jurecfct juttjeifen, aUerbingg auct)
5tccente angenommen ; atletn im getuo^n;
lichen JDntrfe hjerben fie nirf)t ang£tuen=
bet. 2Bii- bejeirtjncn im Bolgenbcn ben fee^
tonten 93ocat buret? f c 1 1 e r e n 2)rucf , um
bie 22}6rter nict)t ju jerreipen.
J. ^lUflcmcincS. 1. gur at(e 2B6r--
tei- b eutf ^ en llifprungeg gift bag bcutfdje
® efe§, ba§ bie @ t a m m f i t & e b e n 2; o n
l^at , o^ne Siucfrif^t auf 9301-= ober 9^i(f)s
filOen. @o »on bcm^tamme bare : abare
unb bareness ; fo ^at ber iS t a m m ben
%on in: behold, unwell, along, mis-
taken, return, fullness, beggerliness,
behaviour, affirmatively, becomingly,
acorn {wo oru gleid) ber9iiaci)fi(be =er if^).
2)ag <5ngtifdK ^d(t prcnger, a(g bag
3)eutfrf)e felbfi, an biefem beutfctKU @runb;
fa§e feft ; fo entpef;en benn fogar ?lbnjei-
d)ungen »on ber beutfd)en Sctonung , na;
mentli^ ba , wo unfev 2lccent an] bem
©egenfa^c berul^t; j. *-8. n n gtiicflict)
a(g ®egeutl;ei( »on glucflid) ; ^uglifd)
abev unhappy «jie happy; eOenfo well
unb unwell, unnjoI;t; mistake, ajJip:
griff. aCBid man jebort) im ®a$e bnrd)
ben Sefe accent (f. H.) biefen ®egeufatj
j^enoorfjeben, fo Betont man im (Snglifiten
w. u 3). , eg n^eicftt bann atfo ber cngfifcfjc
Sefeacceut toom btopcn aBortaccentc ab : —
^ler (Srjl^erjog ^eipt the archduke; im
®egenfa^e reiirbe man aBer fagen : He is
uol a Duke, but an Arciiduke. 5tngi
nal;mc t»on ber ®runbregc(: @i-nige
JiJorfe^morter ne^men ben *^ c c e n t
auf fid) , ftatt i^n bem @tamme ju taffen,
namentlic^ : after, some, fore ober for
(= »or, n idj t atter for = v^ers) , mand^=
mat ancfj mis — : fo somewhat, some-
thing, aflerwise, forehead, foremen-
tioned, forwardness, mischievous, mis-
creant; bagegen forgot , forgiven, mis-
print, misfortune. 2. Dag aGiberf).Mei
ber bentfd)cn 33etonnng ifl bie franjijs
fifd)c, wdA)t, o^ne ben <gtamm ju
berucffidjtigen , bie le^te®ilbc accen=
tuirt : ba^er facade, brigade, nefeen bem
beutfc^en comrade ; balloon, degree (ne=
hen bem arabifc^en coffee). 3. 2Borter
aug ben a f t e n (g)3rad)cn fcewa^ren
oft ben u r f V r ii n g U (^ e n 5lccent : casti-
gation, variation, valour; bie meifien
finb inbep voUftcinbtg eingebiirgcrt nnb
Ijaben einen bem engtifd?en aJJunbe be=
quemeren, fliidjtigeren Slccent angenoms
men: vocal, adverb, substantive, na-
tural. Psychology, to manducate. 4. SSei
ber 21 b I e i^t n n g eincg aUorteg «on einem
aubcren ci n[b e r t fid) oft ber '2lccent mit ber
Ouantitat : decimate, declinator »on to
decline; »on to advert: to advertise
ober to advertise, advertiser unb ad-
vertiser, advertisement unb adverljse-
ment; Europe, European; Italy,
Italian, le^tere W, i. 3).
Z?. Scfonbcrc Jlcgein nad) ber <B i U
b e n i a H ter UCorter (Pummeg e n i d) t
afg (Eilbe geredmet), 1. I'JSei jh)eifil=
bigen 2BorterH { DissylLibles ). 3u
>§au^^t;, @igenfct>aftg>, Umftanbg; unb ben
uKii^en 3a^(n>ortcrn ifl gewo^nlid) bie
erfte <Silbe>er @ tamm, bie jiveite bie
(Snbuug ; in anbercn SQGortcrn (3eit5, iCev=
:^artni^= unb Sinbcnjortern) aber ifl mei;
jieng bie jnjeitic ®i(be ber @tamm,
bie erf!c nur 'eine iisorfilbc. 3)er>5aujjt5
reget gemvi§ f}Cit alfo a) in ©ubftantiven,
2lbjecti»en', 3lbt)erbicn nnb 9inmera(en bie
e r fi e, b) in anberen 2Boi tern bie j »u e i t c
©ilbe ben 3;on. JBcifpiefe ju a) favour,
nation, creature, ready, helpless, many;
nobly, yearly, very ; twenty, hundred,
thousand. 3u b) to arise, to befall, to
confess ,Vo engrave, to f9rbid, to re-
build, to withhold ( a^n(id> aud) to
partake f^att to lake part; take ifl ber
Qimn a(;nn4)cii UcbcrftuO f. !}5farm 33, 12.
Accent.
®tamm) ; before, within, throughoiil ;
because, besides, c. 3fi nun ein SBort
fottjo^t ®ubfianti» atg93ert>, oberQlbjectb
nnb 3Serb , fo unterfcl)eibet man bie bcibcn
a3ebf utungen mei)l biivd) 23 e r f c^ t e b e n;
l^eit be8 2lcccnt8: bag ©ubfiantio (ober
2tbjectb) jiel^t ben Sion nac^ »orn (au*
tvenn er bafcci »om ©tamme njcgtritt), ba8
93erb njirft il^n nad) |iinten. (go : ibe
augment imb to augment, the accent unb
to accent, the contract unb to contract,
absent itnb to absent (i^crgf. untcn, B,
2, c). 35ei-[e(6e Unterfd)icb bc3 5tccentc8
finbct auct) bet anberen ganj gfelcfe ge=
frfjriebeneu SlJcrtern con scrfc^icbcnet 33e=
bcutung ftatt : the desert, bie 2Bufie,
unb the desert , iaS *-8erbienfi ; August
(ber aJionat) unb august, er^abcu (ba^ev
bet 9iame Augustus; umgcfe^rt im 3). :
9Iugufl unb 2[uguft; vergf. au(f> im
granjofiff^en bie ©cfjeibung in Aout unb
Augusle unb im 3taticnifct)en in Agosto
unb Augusto) ; to conjure , ®ei|^cr be-
fd)\uDren, unb to conjure, Scmanben
tbittenb) befd)w6ren. 5l«^uli(^ : notable,
n>ic&tig, unb notable , emrig. (93iet fot=
c^cr Unterfcbiebe gibt ei im gateinifdjen
unbStalienifdicn.) !Dicfe(Sd)eibung]^at je=
bod) nidH immer fiatt; oftergl^at: d. ein
@ub jtan tio ben 5tcccnt be« 93ei-b
be^atten, »cn bem e8 cntflanb : the
desire bon to desire ; ober umgcfel^rt :
e. ein 93crb l^at fid) nac^ bem 51 cc ent
be? v§ au>?two I teS gerid)tct, luoson
eSfic^bifbete: to inleresl con the interest.
3)ie3 erffavt fic^ eben au8 bcv ^auj^tregcf,
unb bag gefi^atten ber Scgriffe ©tarn m-,
a}or= unb 9^a(^filbe erfpart un6 ^iev
imb im Sofgcnben minbejleng ein !l)u^enb
SJlcgetn anbcrer ©rammatifer, jreld)e n ur
ba-3 Sormefle im 2lugc ^aben. 2. »8ci
breifitbigen SBortern (Trisylla-
bles). D^m SBeitereS ergibt ftd) auS ber
®runbreget ber 5lccent »on almighty,
demission , excursive , destructive,
endeavour, disappear. 3(uFeibem njirb :
a. oft bie er fie i^ilbe betont, fei e8 aud)
einc iBorfitbe: absolute, congruent,
opposite. If. 3)ic aJiittclfifbc ^at ben
3;on in 2G6rtern mitbcn fremben @nbungcn
ado unb ator (f. untcn 3, b) : strappado,
tornado, spectator, dictator. 5(u3=
nal^mcn: orator, senator u.f.tv, c. Sfoav
f)at nad) ber ^au^jtregel bie I e ^ t e ®i(be
ben *ikcent, njenn jn? e i 93 o r filben ba»or
fiel^en : to disappear, tore-enforce, to
recompose ; altein l^ier mad)en bie "Sots
fe^wortcr counter-^ inter-, over-', super-
unb under- mancfte *2iu«na^men.
aBiil^renb in to counterchange , to inter-
fere, to overflow, to supersede, to
understand bie 9teget beobaditet ifi, fte^t
bod) in to counteract, interview, to in-
terpret, superfine ber 5[ccent an unrc*
ge(md§iger ©telle. Unb man benu^t auc^
biefc llnregefmcipigfeit befieng jur Unters
fc^eibung beS (ginneS (n^ie oben B, 1, c):
to countercheck — the countercheck ; to
interdict — the interdict; to overflow
— the overflow ; to underwork — the
underwork; fo audj bei 93ielfilbigcn: to
counterbalance — the counterbalance.
d) granjofifd&er 31ccent jeigt fid) in :
magazine, cavalier, fricassee, canonade
(tjgl.ado unteri). 3. >8ei » ielftlb i gen
2D6rtern (Polysyllables), b.]^,fc(d)en, bie
mei^ralgbrei ©tiben i^aben. 2luf bem
® t a m m e liegt ber Sion in : countersur-
prise, animadverting, despoiical, com-
municative , seminary, a. 2luperbem
oft auf ber 2) r ittle§ ten : notoriety,
victoriously (5tccent ber 9JJutterfprac^e).
b. 2tuf ber i8 r t e 1 1 e n in ben (Snbungen
ado unb ator (f. oben 2, b) : bastinado,
emendalor. c. 2luf ber 93 i e r t ( e $ t e n, be=
fonbevS nienn bieg eine ber fat. 93 or filben
if}; ac, ad, com, con, e, ex, de, di, dis,
in, per, pre , re , sub ; allein mit ici^U
reid)en 3lugnat;men, tt?o ber 5lccent auf
bem ©tamme ober auf ber im S at e i=
nifd)en betonten <B\[ht bletbt: ac-
cessory, accessorily, aber accomplished ;
adjutory, aber additional ; commentary
unb comfortableness neben commodity;
decorative neben deficiency ; subse-
quently iteben subhastation \\. f. f. d.
@tel;t ber 5lccent auf ber fun ft en @ilbe
»cm (5nbe, \v\t in subsultorily, pere-
grinator, laboratory (comfortableness),
fo pnbet ftd) nad) bem @^nbe ju ein ^tes
ben accent, b. \^. ein ganj »on fetbfl
eintretenber , fitrjcrer 9tul;etunft fur
bie Stimme ; fo ifi j. S3, in peregrinator
bagalang, unb in subsultorily nijti^igt
8 Account —
bie !Doi?)^tercoiifonanj It frfjon 511 einigcm
93crmetfen aiif bem jweiten «. ©. iibii=
geu3 ncd& Etymology.
If. iTev St c b e a c c £ 11 1 (Emphasis) obcr,
in i)ol)tve\n <Sinne, ber r e b n e r i f cb e 5lc;
cent (oratorical accent), bie ttjoi^lbemeffene
iBertl^eihtng beg ^onfaheg bei bem ^ov=
trage eine« ®anjen. 3)en Stccent ber ge-
ivD^nti(t>en 9itbe, beS einfac{)en @ti^(e8 be:
ftimmt ber @inn (sergt. oben A, 1) ; ben
9iebneraccent lel^rt bie 9t^etorif. 9ieben
i^m ifi beim 93oitragc eineS ® e b i d? t e 8
noct)
HI. ber 95ergaccent obcr ber \)vD'
f D b i f ^ e Stccent ju bcacf)ten , b. 1^. man
»evmifcf)e nictn ben ^fang beg ayfetrum —
(affe eg aber cbenfottjcnig att^ufel^r »dv=
tDalten* ^andimal , ttoijitglid) bei df=
teren JDicfctern, «erbrdngt ber a3eigac=
cent ben gcm6^ntt(f>en 2Bortacccnt. @o:
„I never gave them condign puuishmenl"
— wdl^renb man gen^o§n(irf> condign an8;
frricfet.
IV. S)er Station a laccent ift bie
ridUigc 2(nft>enbnng beg fBoxU unb 9^cbc=
accented im 3JIunbe ber ©ebitbetcn eineg
SSolfeS. @egen i^n »erpo|5t me^r obcr
minber
V. ber $r£t»in jinlaccent, bie
2lugfprac^c unb ber ^ion , bie gdrbnng ber
9{ebe , hjie fte in cincr cinjetncn @egenb
©ebraud) fmb. ®. Dialect. 3icv biefem
l^iite fid? ber 2(ugtdnocr; nod) me^r aber
ba»or, feinen ^eimifcfjen 9iational=
obcr gar feinen ^Jrotiinj = ^itccent in etne
fvembe ©prac^e l;innber ju tragcn , fonft
^c\t cr then
VI. ben an g (dnb if d) en Slccent,
b. ^. frcnibe2Borte in beutfd)em@en)anbe.
to Account: ol)ne 5Pvdi?ofition , »uo
loir fiir fc^un : //''/m/ we justly accounted
01/7' chief blessings were not without
alloy. @. Accusative, B, f, 2.
Accusative. j4 . SormeHeg. 1.
aSci igubfiantioen ift er bem Olominatiw
fllcic^, n)ie im 5ranj6fifd)en nnb toic aud)
in anbercn ®))rad)en oft: the man, ber
SDienfd) nnb ben aWcnfdjcn ; the wife, the
child. Ueber ben Unterfcfcicb bcibcr f.
unten C, 1. — 2. (^benfo bei $ronomcn,
t'ie meijlcn v«fi?uUd»en imt who ciuggc=
- Accusative.
nommen. Take M?*. ^A^>%a/ have you?
®. no(^ Personal, Who, Declension.
B. ©cbrand). I. 2tb^dng;ig. 1. 2l(g
(Safugbcg Objectg nad> alien acti»en
3}erben. 9iun ift aber oft cin ^-iJcrb im
(Snglifdjen actiw , n>d^renb eg i. 2). 9ieu=
trum ifl : ba^er fte^t ber 2lccnfati» oft fiir
unfcrn 2)ati», unfcrn (Senitio obcr au^
fiir cine iprdj^ofition. a. giir unfern
3)ati» fte^t cr urn fo ^dnftgcr, alg \<x
2)atio unb 5lccufati» im ©nglifd^en einc
gemcinfdiaftlidje ?5orm , ben O b j e c t i
I;aben (f. b. unb Dative), (go nad) to
afford, to affront, to aid, to ail, to allow,
to assist, to become, to brave, to bring,
to congratulale, to contradict, to curse,
to defy, to deny, to displease, to do, to
equal, to escape, to felicitate, to Hatter,
to follow, to gainsay, to give, to grant,
to help, to hurt, to imitate, to lend, to
light, to match, to meet, to menace, to
obey, to offer, to order, to owe, to pardon,
to permit, to please, to precede, to
refuse, to repugn, to resemble, to resist,
to rival, to serve, to thank, to threaten,
to waylay, to write u. ». a. 3. S3* J
Those who have preceded us (juie im
Sranjof.)- These speeches gainsay one
anotker. It is a thing we cannot help.
We must obey his commands. I pardon
liim wilh all my heart, lie pleases
every body. He rivalled me. He shall
not escape my revenge. 1 cannot help
this man (oevgt. 5l5f.36, 7). He braves all
his enemies. She resisted this arrange-
ment. He loved and served God. 3nbe§
jle^t ijftcrg and) to babei: And to thee
shall night deny all the quiet of her sky.
(3n«erfion). ®. to Answer. 3)a bie m e i*
ft e n SSerbg \o ben btopen Objcctio ^ n e /o
fe^en fonnen (jcbod) niit ben untcr
Dative, 1—4 angcgcbencn @infd)rdn;
fun gen), fo iwevbcn ioir foldK 5lbnjei«
d)nngen yom !Dentfd)cn nid)t cinjeln auf=
jd^len. Uebrigeug ftimmt unfere Sons
ftruction oft mit ber englifd^cn itbercin, fo=
balb wir ein anbereg, algbagndd?flltegcnbe
33erb ne^nicn: fo unterflii^en fiir to
aid, to assist, to help; begliidnjuns
f c^ e n fiir to congratulate u, to felicitate ;
b e f d) d b i g e n , » e r t c fe e n ()tatt Joe^es
t^un) fiir to hurt u. a. 2Bid}tigcr al3
Accusative. 9
a slave of bis alleadanls. He owned
himself a fool. Commodus slylcd him-
self the Romau Hercules (= se qualifier
de). I count (ober repute) him an honest
man, id) l^alte i^n fiir, — betracl)te i^n
al g einen brat»cn iDiann. They made him
emperor. -Diefelben SScrben l^nben naturs
(tci) ctncn bo^)ie{ten9iominati» Sci
Tic^ , fotatb ber (2a§ t'affio unrb : He
was proclaimed king. She is reputed a
virtuous woman. He named ine his suc-
cessor'. I was named general. He was
elected member of parliament. SCeitece
i8fif)?iele f. untet ben fdjraci gebnicften
bee obiqcn 93erben u. wergl. Nominative,
1, w. Adjective, B, 4; aucfe Absolute, II,
1, unb bag @nbe »on 91r. 5 &ier. 3. 5)ei-
2Iccufati» (ober Of>iectit>) fic^t auc^ nat^
alien *Ur d^ uf i t ion en, f. b., B. a3er=
mittelfl einer Sufamnunjie^ung !anu nun
cin nnb berfelbe Slccufatio g I e i cf) j e i t i g
al« O b j e c t eineg 93 c,r h \\. al8 9t c g i =
men einer 5]3rdVofition ftc&en , "mai
im iTeutfcfnn ganj ttnmcg(id) ifl. ®o : I
loved,\A\i^\\eA at { = xiix[nA)U) , AnA pitied
him = I loved him, lau{?hed at him,
and pitied him. I am ashamed of the dress
which I have so long wo7'n and been
satisfied ?vith. Her own spirit enabled
her to regain., and even add still more
to, her power and consideration among
the tribe. {^t\ Marryat, Scott u. 21. fe^r
^dufig.) After having kissed and gazed
at her for some time, he turned to me — .
(Smollet.) Mr. Pickwick felt at no lime
so much disposed to enjoy, and make
the most of, the passing^ moment.
Those we don't know we do not love or
care for, be they father or mother.
SSergl. bag Seitenflftrf l^ierju: Passive,
B, 2. — 4. ©nblict) fie^t bet 2lccufatio ber
Verfcnlic^en 5]3rDucmcu Ha(^ berSnters
jection /o, weil biefe eigentlic^ ein niter
3m}jerativ ifi = fiel^e (r>erg(. behold n.
look, bie man aurt) ju ben Snterjectionen
\^W, "nfe ba3 franjoftfite me voici, le
voila »on voir) : lo him ! (55enfo fiel^t
ber 3Iccufati» me — aber nur btefer —
narf) oh! nnb ah! — ah me! (= o me
btefer ©ebrau^ an fic^, iji baS barau8
golgenbe: ti trcvben nun ndmli^ alle
S3 e r b 8, tueldje fo tvanjttio fiel^en , a u &
t» affile gcbrauc&t: It cannot be helped
(bent ifl ni(^t abjul^clfen). I will be
obeyed (= je veux elre obei). He was
pardoned. You were opposed by me.
The fit of her fever was preceded by a
great lassitude (= fut precede). He was
well served, u. f. f. @. Passive, B. —
b. 3m ©ngtifcfien mit 31 ccuf atitt n. tm
Deutfc^en mit ® en tti» fte^en: to expect
one, Semanbeg :^arren = i^n ernjavtcn ;
to remember nnb to enjoy, f. b. n. tiergl.
Reflective, II, B, 1, (5. ; to seize a thing,
firt) eineg !Dingeg bemddjtigen = ti ergrei-
fen ; I pity him, ti jammert mic^ feiner
= irfi bebauere ii&n* c. iDer 3lccufati»
ftel^t, wo iuir eine ^rdvofition bran;
d)en : fo bei to demand., to enter., to
smell, to speak, a\i6) to fight ; f, biefe.
2)ag ©egent^eil f.unt, Preposition,C, 2, —
2. ©in bovtietter 2lcc«fati», ol^ne
toerbinbenbe ^^rdjiofition, ^efjt
nac^ ben SSerben: Semanben fur (StrvaS
l^atten, i^n jn (SttvaS crfldren,
mad) en u. f. yo. {wit im ^rcinjof. unb
i5ta(ien.). •&tcr fie^en i. 5). gewo^nftd) bie
^rdv^ofiticnen aiS, fiir, ju, au8genom=
men bei n e n n c n (man nannte i i^ n einen
^ e I b e n ; and) : „er mac^t \xr\S ©rben
in feincm <Bcial", Sutler* SSergl. 2. 3T?of.
7, 1) ; im @ng(ifd)en fle^t nur felten as
otitvfor, f. b. bb babet ber 51 r t i f e t fic^e
ober nicfet, rid)tet firf^ na6) ber di(Qel nntcr
J, an, C, I, b, 3. ©olcfee 93erben fmb :
to account, to appoint, to behold, to
call, to count, to create, to crown, to
declare, to deem, to elect, lo enroll, to
enter, lo fancy, lo find, to feel, to hold,
to leave., to make, to name, to proclaim,
to profess, lo pronounce, lo qualify, to
reckon, to remember, to render, to see
to show, to speak, to style, to think;
J. 33. You will find him a very honest
man. He thinks himself the person
aimed at in this libel. Deem it not a'
crime for her lo weep. He professes!
himself a manhater. I pronounce any!
"j?.™* ^^^'l?"" ^^^^.r.^"''';^. *^ fP'^"'' '^^l™'*^''""' ^*^* "' ' ^ llngliicflidjen.)
. _ ^j^^ Accusative wilh the In-
finitive. 2)ag aB efen biefer im 3)eut=
contrary. He qualifies hipiself capt
of the ship. His timidity rendered him
10
Accusative.
fcf)cn unb Sratijoftfcften feltencr, im ©ngtis
fc^eii ahiv minbeftenS eSenfo l^duftg , n(g
tm Satctn cjebraud^tcn Sonfinictton befte&t
iu??oIgenbein: 5)a5 Subject eiiieS vtS;
l^dngigen ®a^cg tuirb famint feiuein
ySerb jam Object be3 '§au^tfa|e« ge=
jnadjt; e8 tiitt a(fo in ben 2lccufati»
unb bag 93erb in ben 3 n f i n i t i v, njobei
bag 33inbett)ort „ba^" natiirltcB tweg;
fdUt. ©tatt a. 93. ju fagen : id) 1^ o v t c,
ba§ er fang, fagt man fiivaer: icfi ^orte
il^n fingen; fo anftatt I heard that
he sung = 1 heard him sitig. (§i ifi eine
3ufamnicnjie!^ung jvueier @d|c in eincn,
c6 barf atfo and) feinSomma bajttn=
fc^en tietcn. 2)t«fe SSerfitrjung finbct vers
gitgticft nacf) ben JBcrben ^ati, trelcfec cin
SBa^rnel^men, Denfen, 93erfiel&en, SUiffen,
©lauben, 3«gcben, 93eftdtigen, obet ein
«§Dffen, ^Jitvd^ten, 2DimfdKn, ©itauben,
93efel^(en, JBewirfen ober bg(. augbriirfen 5
a(fo nadj: to advise, to affirm, to alloto,
to appoint, to apprehend, to assent, to
behold, to believe, to bid, to cause, to
command, to conceive, to conclude, to
conTess, to demonstrate, to deny, to
desire, to determine, to expect, to feel,
to find, to have, to hear, to help, lo hold,
to imagine , to know, to make, lo ob-
serve, to order, to perceive, to permit,
to presume, to recognize, to remember,
to require, to see, lo show, to suffer,
lo suspect, to think, lo understand, to
wish u. a. — S e i f )3 i e t e : I knew him
to be friendly = id) tvujjte, bap er — . I
desire him to come in (id) n)iinfd)e, ba§
cr ^erein!omme ober : id) laffe i ^ n 6 e r=
e i n f m m e n). They thought me lo be
a fool (t)crg(. fiutber: biiiifc bid) nid)t
tveife fein : <B)?v. @al. 3, 7. n. ^tob 31,
21 : id) fat;e m i d) a)}ad)t f; a b e n , ju ^tU
fen. aSergt. aud)'3{id)ter 11, 20.). I did
not suppose him to be capable of il. I
expect him to copy all these letters. I
wish the people of this country to know
that they may rely upon me. I made
her out to be a large lugger. I con-
ceive this expression lo be wrong.
Stud) ol^ne to, fowie and) im 2). ju
mand)ma( (fritter ijfter, a(8 jt^t) n)eg=
bleibt; f. bic eben cttirte Sibelftede. I bid
her stay,'\ici ^iefi f ie b ab ( e ib en. I will
not have him ivrite to her; f. Infini-
tive, A, 4, b. 3)a8 ©nglifdje gel^t nun
aber aud) nod) eincn @d)ritt meiter in ben
Sonfequenjen biefer ©onftruction : eg fe^t
— fobalbbev@a^ ^jaf f ittifd) umgcbre^t
nnrb — ben 9iominativ mit bent
3nf initio, g(eid)fam ben umgefel^r=
ten 5(ccuf. mit bem Snftn. (f. Passive, B,
1). ®o : They permitted me to return
home — voirb faffitt : / was permitted to
return home. We found this debt to be
continually increasing — tuirb im ^afs
fio : This debt was found to be conti-
nually increasing. ®o : No man is re-
quired to betray his own secrets. Never
was /^e /fl7«j7y of Wakefield known to
turn the traveller out of doors. His
good nature was seen to increase — .
He was found to be a person of very
bad character. SBeitere ^eif^iefe f. untec
Passive, B unb nnter ben in ber obigcn
?ifte burd) Surftttfd)rtft augge)|eid)neten
*JScrben, u.toergl. ju mcf;rern berfetben In-
finitive, A, 4, b ; f. aud) Reflective, I, B,
3. UebrigeiiS liepe ftd) in biefer Son*
ftruction and) eine ©rfldnmg fiir ben
bo^iijetten 9?ominatt» ober 3(ccufati»
(f. obcn, 2) u. fur ben ®ebvaud) ber 3lb=
jectice ober 5l5artici^ien afg iBcrbaltirdbis
cate (f. Participle, A, I, 2, a u. B, 4;
Adjective, B, 4) ftnben ; man bitrfte nur
^0 ^e er gdn jen (n?efd)e8 aud) mand)mat
tt)irf(id) fte^t) : You will find him to be
.-a very honest man. She is reputed to be
a virtuous woman. They found him to
be guilty. 33ergl. Conjunction, 4, @.
II. 31 b f 1 u t c r ® e b r a u d) b e « 31 c 5
cufat iv*. 1. 31(8 aScflimmung ber 3eit,
ujann, ivie oft ober n.iie lange
@tnja8 gef^iefjt ober toxt lange e8 l^er
ifl. Last lueek he was here. f. J, an, C,
1, a, 1. 3)od) fonnen and) bic 5prd)3ofitios
nen rt^, in, on babci fiefjcn : once in a
week; on the following morning; he
went abroad at this very moment.
Captain Oakum was dead some months.
f. nod) For, 1, or, (J u. Kilipse, 0. —
2. 3tl8 3lngabc ber ©ntfernung,
® r 6 f e , b e e 3)J a p e « , @ e )u i d} t e «,
3iBert|)eg, 3[ttcri!, alfo auf bie 5ra=
gen: »ie )ueit, )uie grop, uue Ijodi , wk
tief, ivie (ang, umc breit, nue fd^toer, tok
Accusative.
11
t^cuer, ttlc art? 3Kcifi «?. i. !D. After I
had got some paces of the door, my wife
called me back. I sell this stuff a gui-
nea a yard; a6er an*: You may buy it
for a penny. @. Adjective, C, 5, «. ^,
««, C, I, a, 1 u. b, 2. giaci) SomparatU
i^en fte^t and) /.ly = urn : he was a head
taller ober taller by a head, ©eltcner
cicnt ber abfohiteStccufatiio juJBeieic^nutig
ciner (Sicjenf c^ aft: The gore
dyed the grass a deep dark red (mit
einem bunfelii Stotl^). 3. 5Iu(l) way it.
tvise fte^en fo afg abfolute 93efttmmung€n
ber5ltt n. aBetfe: f^hich way shall 1
thank you? This no ivise concerns
you; fo entfianben bte Stb^erb^ noway,
nowise. 3[bcr and) : you shall have it
in no wise (= lat. nullo mode), — in
any wise, — in this way.
C. ©tcttung beS Slccufatiio.
1. (5c fie^t Winter bem JCerb; babur*
eficn u n t e r f d) t i b e t er fid) »om 9i o s
m in a tic, ber »or bem SSerb fte^t :
The father loves the son. 2Da8 alfo in
anbern ®trad)en bie btof e 5 o r m beg
aBorteS ancjibt, ba3 6ejcid)net bie cncjtifc^e
Dur* bie @ t e U n n g : eg tvirb jeber
@tcUe im ®a^e ein 9tangtuert6, eine
Iogtfdje2)igntt at Beigetegt. 2)abnrd)
rcirb aud) bie Sffioitftellung ftrenger. 3m
5)eutf*en(Sateinifd?en,®ried)tfc^enu.f.W).)
fann id) benSa§: „2)cr 93ater tiefet
benSo^n" me^rfad) umflellen : 1. ben
<Bo^\\ liebt bei- *Bater; 2. (tuenn) ber 93a=
ter ben ®o^n Vxtht-^ 3. (wenn) ben (go^n
ber 3Sater liebt; 4. (eg) lie6t ber iSater
ben ©c^n ; 5. (getvi^) XitH ben @c^n ber
aiater — je nad> bem jebeSmaligen ^va
fammcn^ange. iDrefje id) ben englifdjen
!Sa| um : The son loves ^/^cyrt/Aer, fo
^et§t bieS : ber @oi^n liebt ben U^ater,
totxi nun the son an ber ©telle beg <£ubi
jectg, the father an ber beg Obiecteg ttc^t.
(So (\w&) in alien r o ni a n i f d) e n ©Jjra=
d)en.) 9Jnn tiermeine man a6er nidjt, bap
bie Safugformen nu^r 58eftimmt =
:^eit u. 3)enttid)f eit ent^ieltcn, a(g
bie Safugilcllen. 3m ®egent^eile I —
u. fein englifc^eg ^inb hjiirbe burd) einen
bo^>pelten 2lccufatio bei bem 3nftTiitit)
{Romanos te vincere posse) getaufc^t
werben fonuen. JEag Satein abev fliid)tet
^ier ebenitegenUn^ulanglid)! eit fei=
ner (Safng f o r m e n ing 5Paf jTl» 1 Unb wenn*
gtei* 91 om in at ii\ !Datit) u. siccus
fati\) ununtevfd)ieben bteiben , i|i bag
(5nglifd»e bod) entf d) teb en befiimms
ter, a(g bag Satetnifd)e. — 2lud) in anecs
ren (g^jradjen fann nid)t immcr feiie Um=
fe§ung ftattfinben, fobafb, n^ic im Sngtis
fd)en , Dlominatio itnb 2lcciifatio g(eid)er
Borm finb (fo im Dentfd)cn bei Semininum
u. 9ieutrum beg Singular u. im plural
aller ®efd)led)ter, fo bei bem 91eiitrum
ber alten (£t'rad)cn), §. S. bie 9Jlutter
liebt bie 5^od)ter. ®efd)ie^t eg bennocfe,
fo liegt bie aJ26gIid)feit beg iBerftanbniffeg
nid)t in ber r^orm, fonbern im 3ufam =
m e n ^ a n g e teg ©anjen : j. 58. bie 3)? aug
frag bieJ^a^e, aber bie9iatte fra§ fie nicfct.
aCo aber ber 3ufamnicn&ang fein9Jii§i
tjerftanbnip juldpt, ba fann au* im
@nglifd)en ber 21 c c n f a t i » w o r bag
*-K e r b tteten, obfd)on bieg nid)t oft in ber
gett«6^nli*en 9Jcbe, fonbern me^r in ge=
n.'d^lterem Stt)le — bann aber fel^r l^dns
fig unb man^mal freier, alg felbfi i. 5).
— gefd)ie]^t : j/rms and the man I sing.
A sigh or tear perhaps she'll give.
The high road we were soon obliged to
leave. Employment, income^ have they
none. Our second child, a girl, I in-
tended to call after her aunt Grissel.
<B. no* Inversion unb to Do, B, H, 2. —
2. @g gibt aber eine 3lugna^mc tjon
biefer gropen u. beoeutfamen 9ieget : ber
Objectio ber^auptworter trttt
m e i fl r b a g 53 c r b , f o b a I b e r § u
€inemrelatii?en®eniti\)ge^6rt:
The gentleman whose house we have
seen — ■n. i. ^., granjof. aber, mit
ftrengerer Sonfequenj : Le monsieur dont
nous avons vu la maison ! A person
whose memory I do not like. @g fan n
aber bie gemo^ntid)e ©teUung aud)
^icr b e i b e ^ a 1 1 e n weiben, nnter ber
^ebingnng, baf; ber ®enittt) mit of gebils
bet ift, biefeg aber n a d) ft e ^ t : The sect
which ill ihy adversity thou didst em-
brace the tenets of — . 3m @ngl. ^at
bag 9telati» bie Oberbanb be^altcn : f. b.
folgenbe 9ir. nub f gl. nod) Which, A, 2, —
3. fTer 2lccufatio ber fragenbeu unb
ber r ii d b e i ii g t i * c n Surworter jle^t.
12
Active
tt)ie in anberen ®pra(f)cu , vox bem
aSerb : ff^/iom do you call? SSom (Siib=
ftantit) bcgkitet : JVhichYway shall I
lake? The lady, iuhom,\ic have in-
viled. @. nod) Inlerrogalive, C, II. —
4. 3n ben i^iif ammencjefe^ ten 3ei;
ten eineS 33ciS tritt ber 5(ccufatifi ni^t
1^ Inter bag ^ Uf8 tjevb, fonbcrn l^inter
bag $ a V tic it* ober ben Sufi nit it?
(benn won biefen ift ct abfjangig) : I shall
see him] he has had ^o?^/" ioo/f. ©inc
fcfjeinbarc 2lu8nal;me f. unter to Have,
A, 1—4. Jtommen j n? e i 33eib8 jufam=
men, fo i^at man iwo^t ju evn^agen, »on
iwetc^em ocn fccibenber^lccnfatiw ab^dngig
fei, bamit man i^n nid)t I;intev bag un;
rcc()te fc^e ; j, ^. 3c^ fal^ t&n faUen = I
saw him fall, nict)t I saw fall him. (go :
Don Rodrigo had heard me niciilion him
— jcbev an [einer @tef(e I — 5. S: v e f f e n
2) atitt «. *ilccufati« (jtvei Db jccttwe)
J tt f a m m en, fo fe^t man be n gad % u ;
te^t, ben man am nad)briiiflid)ften i^ers
woil^eben luiU ; bcnn am @nbe tvitt ber
gcmidjtigere, gel;attcne 3;on ber ©timme
won felbp ein. Give my brother these
books^ not ihese piclures. 5lber : Give
these books to my brother, nol to my
sister. T,he servant gave me the letter,
ber!Dicner gab mit ben SSrief, le domcsti-
que me donnait la lettre: — aber: The
servant gave the letter to me, mix gab
ber 3)iener ben a3rief, c'est a moi que le
domestique donnait la lettre. ^at einer
ber beiben (Safug einen ^ietativfa^^bei firt),
fo tritt er fammt biefcm 1^ i n t e r ben an=
beren : We gave the man the letter we
had found. We gave the letter to the
man who was there. Ob bann to beim
a)ati» fiel^en muffe, f. Dative, 1—4.
Active, l^anbelnb, t^dttg. y/. 3m 51(1-
gemeinen werfte^t man unter einem Active
Verb (ober Verb Active) ein fotc^eS, beffen
^anbUmg auf ein Dbject fid? erftvecft,
i. 2). geivi?f;nlicf) nuct) tranfitio ge=
nannt: to forget one, to keep a thing,
to envy one, to send, to slay. 3)cr ®e=
genfa^ ift bann ba« Neuter Verb \\. ba8
Reflective Verb; f. b. B. 3m engercn
@inne i^eifit Active State (ober Active
Voice) eineg SSerb biejenige gorm, irclrfje
fagt, ba^ man fclbftt^dtig ifl, cine
- Adjective.
>&anblung feibfl augiibt, nid)t fie er;
I e i b e t : I love, I call. 3n biefcm ®inne
finb aucf) bte Verbs Neuter u. bie Re-
flective Verbs acti», n. bag ©egentl&eil ift
nun the Passive Slate, f. b. 3n bemfet=
ben @inne ftel^t active in ben folgcnben
5lugbriicfen. C. (5in a cti v er 3nf ini;
tie beg 5)eutfd)en mu§ im Gnglifdjen
buid) ciuen p a f f i » e n erfe^t njevben, fo=
balb er t) a f f i « a u f 5 u I ij f c u ift , j. 33.
eg ift uid)t ju finb en = eg fann uid)t
g e f u n b e n lu e r b e n , alfo : it is nol to
be found. — It is much to be feared. This
gate is not to be passed through. It is
not to be conceived. I ordered the table
to be removed. He is not to be blamed.,
aber aurf> alg ^lugnai^me: he is not to
blame; cbenfo auct) : Post-horses were
not easy to get. It is a point very diffi-
cult to know. Houses to let. 93ergt.
to Be, B, 3 u. There is, 3. — 1). 35ag
active 5Jartici}? f. unter Participle,
A. — ii". 2( c t i » e r Cy e n i t i t>. iBcbeutet
ein ©ubftanttw eine -^anblung, fo gibt ber
babeifte^enbe ®cnitiw cntmcbcr 1. bie 1^ an=
b e I n b e ober 2. bie I e i b e n b e $ e r f n
an. ©rfteren «?aUg ift er acttt>, im le^teren
jjafftw (man fonnte and) fagen : ©enitio
beg ©ubjectg u. ©cnitio beg Ob;
jectg); 3. 33. Code's love, ®otteg Siebe,
b. 1^. God loves, the loving God, actitt =
bie Siebc, bie ®ott i^ at. 5(ber : the love
of God, tie ©ottegliebe, bie Siebe ju ®ott,
b. ^. God is loved. SBie fd)Dn btcg i^ei;
fvnet jeigt, fo bcnu^t man bie bol^^telte
®enitiBform in werfd^iebenem @inne: ben
5J3offeffi» atg acticen ©euitiv, o/aig ).mfft;
»en, jfbod) auc6 alg acti»en, §. 39. She
was touched with the love of her
daughter.
Adjective, eigenfd)aftg= ober 236=
fd)affenl^citgn)ort. J. 5 r m e t I e «.
K 91 r ten ber Slbjectiwe. 1. (Sinfac^c
5lbiectiwe : good , bad , big, old , true,
sick, fat. <B. nod) Substantive, C. —
2. 2i b g e r e i t e t e (f. Derivation, A, 2) :
a. mit 3} r fitben : unhappy, concrete,
discontent, complete, forlorn, perfect;
b. mit 9la(fefttben: woollen, careful,
careless, lovely, reddish, passive, Shake-
spearian ; fo aud) bie nuv im ®urerta;
tio gebraud)ten, njie foremost, undermost,
Adjective.
13
innermost ; c. mit 3? o r s u. 91 a d) fi(6cit
jugtei(^ : perfidious, misbehaved , for-
geirul. 3. 3 M f a m m e n 3 e f « ^ t e t
milkwhile, allwise; f. Composition, A,
IL — 4. aJert»atabjecti»c ober 9iJar=
t tcii?i atabjcctitoe, b. ^. acttue ober
»afflt>e $artici))ien, bte at« ^Ibjcctitte gc=
ftrauc&t irerben : loving, (iefcent, Uthxeidi,
jdrttid^ ; a surprising nobleness ; an
experienced statesman. ©. Participle,
A, FI, u. B, 5. — II. iCerdnberungen
bet 2tbifctt»e 1. nact> ® c f * I e ct) t, ?5 a 1 1
u. 3 a ^ I gibt c8 n i d> t : a good boy, ein
guter .Rnabc u. einen giiten J?iiaben ; a
good woman ; good beer ; good children ;
these cherries are good (a(fo ifi good =
guter, gutc, gute§, gutett, gutem, = bon,
bonne, bons, bonnes). <S. noct) unten
B, 6, b. — 2, <Die cinjige aCantctung bcr
@tgenfc^aft8n)6rter t|1 i^re ©tetgerung
nad) beutfc^er 9trt: rich, richer,
richest; f» Comparison, A, I. — -ff. ® e =
braurf) bc« Slbjectitt. fflSie i. 2).
fle^t ba3 2{b}ecttt» 1. al8 <]3rdbtcat {OSefiim;
mung) bcS -^au^ t w ovteS unb jn>ar
a. unmittetbar Ui bcmfcfben (bann
nennt man e8 nuA) 2tttribut): an ex-
cellent man ; joy indescribable^ ober
b. burd) to be bamit cerbunben: This
man is honest; our joy was indescrib-
able. 3)al^er anc^ ba, luo /o 6£? ju cr;
gdngen ift: Come as soon as possible
(= as it is p.). Jj}gr. unten, 4. — 2. 2lt«
21 )) ^3 c f i t i n (f* b.) : Frederick the
Great. And they were canopied by the
blue sky, so cloudless, clear and purely
beautiful. 3um %^i\i »om SJeutfdjen
abireic^enb ift 5o(genbe8 : 3. 9JJand5e ^Ibs
j[ecti»c fonnen n i d) t nnmittelbar hn bem
^au^ttucrtc (ntd)t aU SIttribut, f. 1, a),
fonberu nut nadj to be j!e^en (al8 $rdbi=
cat) : fo bie mit ber jprdporition a jufam=
mengefe^ten, mctdK etgentlid) abcerbiati;
fc^e Olcbengarten finb: asleep (= a sleep,
tm <©d)fafe), adrift {= a drift, im %xtU
Ben), adry, alone (= alone, tm ©tnjels
nen, i lui seul, franjof.), afraid, aghast,
alike, alive, aware, awake, akin, amiss,
athirst, afloat, ashamed; fo and) ba8 re=
latise worth (f. unten C, 5, u. Absolute,
1, 1) unb pursuant, gleicfe bem beutfdjen
gemdf , ivel*cd aud) nic^t »or feinem
.§auv»tn?orte fiel^t (man fagt n3c]^(: „bte8
^erfa^ren ifl ben ®e|'e§cn gemd^";
aber nid)t: ein gemd^eS SSerfa^ren).
(So : The man ivas not afraid of death,
aber ntd)t: an afraid man. My foot is
asleep; this horse is worth fifteen
pounds. 9iuc fetten — Wo e« nid)t gut
ju umgel^en trar — ftnbet man fie beim
©ubjlantiw, unb jtoar Winter bemfetben :
Imagination works belter upon sleeping
men, than men awake (e([iptifd) fur men
who are awake). 3c fd)tt)ierigcr biefc
5lbject:tie fic^ mit bem ©ubfiantltj t>erbin=
ben, um fo teicj^ter fic^en fie, ttJte ciele,
4. aiS 3J r d b i c a t an(b antereri^ers
ben, al3 to be, namcntlidj foId)ec Verbs
active unb neuier, wclc^c fagen, ba^ man
in einem ^ut^anbc ift, ober i^inein
fommt, ober 3emanben in benfelbcn
oerfe^t ober i^n bariu gtaubt: alfo
nac^ to seem, to appear ; to become, to
go, to grow, to get, to show, to make,
to render; to esteem, to find, to reckon,
to see , to think u. f. w. 2Bir bebiirfen
babei meifl bev »erbtnbenben ^Jrd^ofitios
nen fiir, al8; ba8 (Snglifc^c ntd)t; e«
Idpt fid) aber oft to be baju ergdnjen.
JBergl. oben, 2, unb Conjunction, 4, (5.
Can a father leave his son alone? He
answered my question half asleep, and
half awake (w. t. 5).). They found him
guilty. His pulse beats /i/g"//. He goes
high in the inslep. I 7vish you all
happy. He stood firm to his text. His
watch cost him dear (tergt. cher). This
candle burns faint and dim. This will
render him more cautious in future. He
carried his employment clear. The
people stands clear. His assurance
proved false. SBeitere 33eifvie(e f. untcc
ben in obiger Sifle curfw gebrurften 33crs
ben, u. ttergt. Accusative, IJ, I, 2 u. 5, @.,
au(^ Apposition, 1, 2. — 5. aCcnn baiJ
Stcjectto aU rctneg ^ilbuerb fte^e, f.
Adverb, A, II, b. — 6, iDiinber ^dufig ali
i, Z). fie^en Slcjectire aU @ubflan =
t i 10 e. a. 3m (Singular fiel^en fie nur
al9 abfiracte, nid)t als concrete
@ubftanti»e, j. 93. the noble, b a 8 @ble;
that pure white; the great and the
sublime, b a 8 ©rope unb b a 8 ©t^abene;
f. bn8 ,,worse" im (efeten ©n^c unter
14
Adjective.
There is, 1. — Heroes have cerlainly
more of mortal than divhie about iheni.
®o befonfcci-5 m6:i bie Slbjectbe »on 33c(i
fernamcn, trenn fte bie @ )) r a di e fcejeic^s
nen: He spoke English. French was
the language of chivalry and justice.
<Sie fiel^en m i t itnb o 1^ it e the, nber ni(i)t
mit a, bcim bieS toereinjelt (f^jecialirirt,
iiibi»lbuanftrt), ivatjveub ein 2l6ftractum
tieiatlgenieincrt (gencralifirt). Unfev „ein
9tei£t)er, ein ©elel^rtev, ein SCBeifer" l&ei^t
bemnad) nirbt a rich, a learned, a wise,
foiibcrn a rich man., a learned man, a
wise man. 91ur bie (S»fl«"frt)viften ber
®ott\jt\t traucftt man aU 9iamen
eineS c oner etc nSBefeng : the Almighty,
the Alhvise. Ue&er bie acti»en $artici^jien
f. a. i. D. b. 3m qs f u r a I fte^en 2lb5
jcctttte u. )fCi\'\\-ot $avticivien l^aufiqcr fub=
ftanticifcfe, aber aud) nur mit bem 2lrtifel
the, imb nel^men babei f e i n s an : the
.learned, bie (Sefe^rten, the wise, bie
SQBetfen. A select circle of the chosen
of All-Muggleton. The greatest part of
the rich look down with disdain upon
the poor. We live to deem the happiest
are the slain. (Ste^t the nid)t babct, fo
mup bag baju gei^orige ^ a u)? t m o r t ju
bem (S^igenfc^aftgworte treten Ouie obcn,
wnter a.) : many rich men, inele 9{eid)e,
all learned men, atte®e(el^iten. c. 9tad)
bcrfclben Stegct rid)ten fid) bie 5lbiecti»e,
Juetdje 91 a t i n e u bebcuten: the French,
bie Svaiijofcn, the Dutch, bie ^oUcinbcr,
the English, the Irish ; man biaudjt fie
mil- bann at« @nbftantit>e mit 9lrtifel,
n^enn man bie ® ef ammt^e it bc8 (gan=
jen) as c 1 f e 8 bejeid)nen iuid : The
English have many ships. The Scots
may be characterized as industrious,
frugal, prudent, hardy, and brave. The
Irish are as brave as the French. SBebeu*
ten fie nur einige @ i n j e I n e, fo fie^en fie
audi alg ©ubftantive, aber cl^ne 5lrtifet:
The upper part of the town is inhabited
by French. S3ou e i n c r iCcifon feeipt e8
bagegen : An English7«««, a Scotchman,
a Frenchman; ebenfo aud) ijcn mef>re =
r e n (b e ft i m m t e n) @ i n § e I n e n : many
Irishmen, those Dutchmen u. f. to. d.
® d) e i n b a r e 21 u 8 n a 1^ m e n entftel^en
tei ben 5lbj:ectiren , bie j u f ci H i g
g ( e i d) e S c r m mit einem © u b ft a n =
t'x-a l^aben, nnb ba^er aii •§au>^tn)ortcr
gefe|t ju fein fdieinen. 2)a^in ge^oren
nid)t nur bie 9}of!er=«nb ®ecteni
namen (ivie an Italian, the Italians; a
German, many Germans; a Presbyterian,
the Presbyterians) nnb bie @ i n j e t n e n :
the ancients ; the moderns ; a noble —
the nobles ; a black ; a native (of Lon-
don), the natives : fonbern e. noc^ t5 i e I e
anbere, in ben ®rammatifeu n i d) t
aufgefii^rte , burd) ben ©ebraufb ju er^
lernenbe. @o ^ei^t brave ta^fer, abet
the brave ber ^Pral&Ier unb bie Spra'^terei ;
abstract I;ci§t abftract, the abstract bag
5tbftractnm ; coralline , foraUenarttg,
the coralline, bag JtoraUennjooS ; in-
cendiary, morbbrennerifd), the incen-
diary, ber QJJorbbrenner; offensive, an=
greifenb, the offensive, ber 5lngriff. — 7.
aBann gu einem SIbjectiv) one ttitt , f.
unter One, B u. C. @. iibrigenS no^
Figure, (§.
C. @teltungbe0 5(bjectito8.a3cn
ber altgemeinen 3t e g e f , bag 5lbjectiio
» r fein ©nbftantio ju fe^en, gibt eg
mel^rere 2lugna^men. 1. Jtommen jnjet,
brei , bier (Sigenfd?aftgn>6rter bei einem
^auV'tworte jufammen, fo ftel^en fie i^m
gettjol^ntic^er nad), atg SiCX'. a woman
modest, sensible and virtuous; a parlour
trim and neat ; the long l^st mansion ; f.
bie (efeten jn^ei @afee unter Asyndeton. —
2. 5lnc^ ein Qlbjectit, bag ein ( a n g e g
!}lb»erb ©or fid) &ctt, tritt gem ]^in =
ter: a girl unaffectedly modest., a song
heroically bold. — 3, ©benfo, trenn so
X)cx bem 31 b j e c t i » nad^briicftid) b e =
tont n)irb: a king so powerful. A
button is an article so small as to be a
very name for nothingness (x^ergt. J, an,
E, 1). @o namentlid), njenn anperbem
nod) 710 ttor bem ©ubftantiio flel^t. Uebri=
gcng f. nod) Enough. — 4. ® r a m m a t \=
ifdj e 'Jlugbrucfe treten t^eilg ttor, t^eilg
n a ^ : pronoun relative, pronoun per-
sonal, pronoun possessive, aber demon-
strative pronoun ; verb neuter u. neuter
verb; verb impersonal, aber auxiliary
verb ; imperative mood , compound
words. — 5 J)i c I a t i V e 9ltjectire u. $ar=
tici):'ien (f Absolute, I, 1 nnb 11, 3) ftel^en
Adjective -
fammt i^rem SSeifa^e n a ct) : A villa, or
bungalow, abounding with every com-
fort compatible xoith the climate of this
latitude. The fevers particular to hot
climates. <Bo fietS broad, deep, high,
large, long, wide, irenn ba3 CDhip (Accu-
sative, B, II, 2) fcabei ongegeben ip: a
room twenty feet long ; a wall ten feet
high; aurt) : a child three years old.
iBergt. 1. 9)Jacc. 2, 67 ; 6, SOJ 9, 42» —
6. 3(u8 vl^etorifctjcu ober tioeti =
fcfeen ©riinbeii fann njie i. !D. jcbeS
?Ibiecti« »on fcincm $(a^e tveg unb cnts
n?cbcr l^intcr fcin ^auptwort obec — aU
$rcibicat bei to be — auc^ an bic @pt^e
beg ©a^eg »crfc^t iverben. <Ointer fetJ
nem ®ubftanttce ^At tS bann ben »oUen
SBert^ eineS ganjen r et at i» en @a§eg :
Words of kindness unrequited, and
Avarnings despised, and promises broken
thronged upon his recollection. Some
new hope or legend old, or song heroic-
ally bold (9icime8 vuegen). And a
maiden hung over him with aid un-
availi?ig {= mit ^i(fe od) I tjergeblid)).
Sacred is liberty to a free people ! Easy
was the carriage, sioift were the steeds.
Large was he in person, black of hair,
whiskerless of countenance, stern of
mien. To prave my honesty, I inform
the whole world that honest I have
never been. ©. nod) Inversion, Em-
phasis, 1, Reileralion.
D. 3)te ^rdjjofitionen na(^ re;
(ati»en 2tbjectioen befttmmen fid)
gn)ar jum %\)tii burd) benSiim beg'Jlbjectitt,
jebod) finben fielfa^e, nidU burd) 9iegc(n
jubePimmenbeSd)attirungenim^ebraud)C
ber $rat)ofitioncn ftatt. Suv bie einjelnen
gade muffen \mx ba^cr auf ein guteS SBor?
terbuc^ x)ern)etfen unb fiinnen nur fclgenbe
aUgemeine ® runbiuge auffleUcn : 1 .
Of fie^t nad) »tc(cn, tretdie bic geiftige
® 1 1 m m u n g , baS 3? e r ^ a 1 1 e n Seman;
beS ju ©ttra^ augbriirfen ; i, 3). fte^t bann
meift ber ®enitt», won obcr uber, oft
aber au^ anbere 33ei-^dltniBn)6rter : fo
nad) ashamed, aware, conscious, dubious,
sure, tired, worthy unb — »omiDentfd)en
abn)eidienb — nad) afraid, ambitious,
careful, fond, jealous, prodigal, proud,
vain , void u. ». a. 2. To bvaud)t man
Adverb.
15
bei benen, bie eine 9^ e i g u n g, eine 9t i ici-
tung, cine Un tcr orbnnng , einen
3S 1 1 ^ c i ( obcr 91 a tfe t !^ e i f fiir Semans
ben angeben : balder nad) affable, opposite,
polite, inferiour, obedient, favourable,
hurtful, pernicious, »vo i. 3). getttijl^nli^
bcr Datio , ju, fur obcr gegcu fte^t.
5lujierbem oud) nac^ close, accessary,
contiguous (aud) einc2lrt tton 9i i ^ tung)
u. 0. ©gt. Dative, 1 u. 2. — 3. 3ur 33c=
jeid)ming be§ ®runbe« obcr bcr *jlns
gemeffen^eit ftt^t for, j. 33. nad)
famous, remarkable imb renowned, nad)
proper, fit, good, aiic^ nad) difficult.
4. In flc^t na(^ ben 2lbjcctit>cn, ioelctje ans
gebcn, >oie fid) Semanb in cinem 3 us
jianbe ober bei etner >>^ an b tung sers
^dtt; fo nad) sincere, skilful, steady,
zealous, versed, precise, and) nac^ for-
tunate, successful unb ben Bcrtuanbten.
5. giu ben Segriff bcr fl r e n n u n g tritt,
wie getool^nlid) , froin ein : nacft far,
separable, absent, free, secure, evident
unb dOnlidben. 6. @ine SScrbinbung
cnblid) briidt with au8 (= mit, an) : ba^
|)cr nad) affected, rich, acquainted, satis-
fied, content, usual u. bgl. ; aud) ; I feel
wroth with them. 7. a)iand)e (5igen=
fd)aftgtD6rter l^abcn »erfd)iebene 33ers
l^ciltnipmorter nac^ ftd) : fo folgt a«f
averse to u.from, na&i ready to \x,for:
Ready for battle; ready to teach ; averse
from peace; my friend is averse to
writing letters, ©clbfl in e i n e m @o§e
finben fid) jttci tterfdjiebenc^rd^orttionen :
The child did not seem to be more re-
served towards her than to others.
Adverb, Umflanbgwort. J. ^ors
meUcd.' I. 21 r ten beg 3tb»er6.
I. II rfpriingli d)e 2lboerb8 fiub here,
home, then, now, well, very, not, yes
u. a. 2. 3 ufammengefc^ te: some-
times, to-day, hereafter, everywhere,
windward , homewards. 3» 21 b g c I e i ;
tetc: justly, hourly; f. b. Sotflenbe.
II. 58 i I bung ber abgeleitcten 2lb=
Bcrbicn. a. 3m Deutfcfccn braudtt man
bic 2lbjcctit3e and) a(« 2lbtterbicn ; im ©ngs
(ifcfcen fe^t man meifl fur bag 2lbvcr6 bie
<Silbe ly an bag 9(bjectio (ober fjjarticij)) :
wise, treife : wisely, ftieife obcr njeigli^ ;
touching: touchingly; learned: learnedly;
16 Adverb
Shakespearian : Shakospearianly. (So late
bilbet mail fott)o:^l bie ^^Itverbg bcv 31 rt
unb 2C e i f e, a(6 aud) bie ber 3 e i t uub beg
DvteS: (e|teve t|eit8 «on 5lbiectben,
t^i'iU »DU 3a^(= itnb ^ainjtttiortcni : for-
mer : formerly ; first : firstly ; year :
yearly. Slefe ©nbuiuj li/ tft aii6 li'/te
Devfihgt, trie ttnfer =nrf) aiig qteirt):
baiter cicnb i g I i c&, erfcarm i g U cf) j^att
e(enb(i(t>, erbcinnlid); ftcfjigtic^, cefiiglid)
(5Pf. 80, 16 u. 18) bci Sutler, ju beffeu
3eit liber^nut-it bie 2lb»erbialform auf
=z tiA) gcbrdudjlic^er, als ^eut war (fo :
bi'u-fiigti(^ fl. burftig, l^eiligUd), tviirbigs
lid>, ftctig(id), gncibiglic!^, enjiglid) ii.f.tt).) ;
»ergl. baS 2lbjccti» kinglike, ^oiiig gleic^
ne^en kingly, foniglic^ ; godlike u. godly
u* a. 93ei biefcv Sitbung gebietet cibet ber
aBo^Uaut nodi folgeiibe ?16 m e i d^un^r
gen: 1. SDie ©nbung le nad) einem Sons
fonanten tenuanbctt fuf) uur in ly (nic&t
in lely) : noble : nobly. ®o nuc^ »on
fertile : feriily. 2. 5)ie ©nbnng ue »ev;
Itcrt bag e »ov bcm ly : true - truly. @o
auc^ whole - wholly (wergf. 1), 3. 5(b=
jectitje auf // tuerfeu ein 1 aO: full- fully
(Patt fullly), 4. (§in y nad) einem (5on =
fonanten mirb tiovbeni /e j« t: bloody-
bloodily ; in ©infitOteru fann tS and) bets
tel^altcn ivevben : dry -dryly ober drily
[day-dayly ober daily, ^icr alfo and)
nacft bem SSocat locrnjanbeTt]. 5. 2)ie 21b;
i c c t i ti e a u f /y bilben faft nie ein 2lbt»crti
burc^ 2(nfc§ung won /y: alfo I'lon heaven-
ly, friendly, fatherly n i d) t heavenlily,
friendlily, fatherlily ; jebod) finbct ftd)
cleanlily, lovelily. ©nglifdje @d)rift;
fleUer braudien 6ftcr3 bicfe Slbjectisc
felbfl atg 51 b » c r b i e n : He loved her/a-
therly. They lived friendly together.
35 er ©d)ulev ift aber fein aJieiftev ! 2)al^er
bebiene cr fid) lieber eincr vcrmeibenben
Umfd)retbung: j. 93. er forgte fo tidters
t i d) fiir un8 = he look so fatherly a
care of us; fiatt he spoke friendly =
he spoke in a friendly manner ober
/o/?e; they lived in a very homely
manner, b. Slbcr anc^ im ©nglifdjen iter;
ben »iele2lbjecti»e, nanicutUd) beut;
fd)en llrftjrungg, a(t gem ein aud) al«
21 b » e r b i e n gebraudit : fo daily, double,
enough, fain, fair, full, further, ill, last,
like, little, monthly, near, only,
pretty, round, scarce, yearly — all, much
u. f. n?.; f. b. 5)ictionar^ «. toergt. tinfern
2atifer Ambiguity, I, 4. 2}?and)e berfer=
ben l^oben jebod) nod) befonbere^lbwerbien,
biebann xot^i aud) eine etiraS anbcrc93e=
beutung §aben. ©o gibt eg doubly, fainly,
fully, lastly, lately, prettily u. f. f.; aber
nid)t fainly, illy, furtherly, littly. @g
fkteiben fid) bem@inne nad) j. 58. bie 3(bt>er;
bien: even, trtrflid) — evenly, gleidjforj
mig ; just, gerabe, eben — justly, gcred)t ;
very, fel^r — verily, gen)i§; forward, »or;
tDdrtg — forwardly, i^oreitig. 33g(. biefelbe
®t)a(tung im (^vanjofifcften \it\ hauf, hau-
tement j has, bassement u« a. c. Uebcr=
i^auv>t ifl l^ierbei bev @ t> r a c& g e b v a u d)
fel^r JU bea^ten ; nid)t conjebem 3(b=
jectiw biibet man ein 3(btterb, oft jiel^t man
eine a b » e r b i a (i f d) e U m f c^ r e i b u n g
»or: f» Adverbial ; fo \)f\i future fein 3tbs
ticrb; man fngtbafitr in future ober for the
future, funftigl^in. 93gt. a,5. — 3ufam-
mcnfc§nngen braud)t man j. J8. fiir
nnfcr » o r g e jl e r n, ii b c r m o r g e n, >w e=
n i g ft e n g = lhe day before yesterday; the
day after to-morrow ; at least. ®o anc^
fiir unfere ?lJrd)5ofitionaI = 3(b»ers
bien; f. Preposition, C, 4. 2Iud) burd)
9S erb en fonnen mand)e2lbBerbiatbcgriffe
gegeben toevben : f, to abide, to chance,
lo continue, to end, to happen, to go, to
join, to like. III. (5 o mp a r a t i o n bc«
2ib»erb f. Comparison, B.
B. (Sebraud) bcS^ibtterb. JDie
2(btierbien bejcid)nen einen Ort (where?
there), eine 3 c it (when? never), bie
31 rt u. aBeife (how? beautifully), ben
Urn fang, ®rab, bie Drbnung
(once, long, hardly, fifthly), bie 33 es
jai^ ung ober 33 em einung (yes, no,
nay, surely) u. f. W (»ie fiel^cn: 1. 2(l«
a3cftimmung eineS 2( b j e c t i » ober 21 b =
verb — unb l^eipen bann aucft !l) ete r =
m i u a t i B g — ober eineS iB c r b : nuite
happy ; very soon ; he spoke well. SJiou
(affe fid) nun nicbt burd) bag 2)eutfd)e sers
leiten, Sibjectio unbSlbwerb ju »crnjed)fetn;
man unterfd)fibc j. 93. : biefer ^nabe ifl
gut, unb: bicfcr J?nabe fd)rcibt gut =
This boy is goot/, aber this boy writes
toell. ji3efonberg i»erfiif;rerifc^ fmb ba bie
Adverb.
17
bcutfc^en ©iHjertntbc l^inter bem 93crB
fein, j. S3.: fciefe JBevge fmbam ^ c d)-
jien: these mounlaius are t/ie highest,
nt(6t: most highly. @. to Be, A, 1
imb 2. — 2. 3n einjelncn gdUcit braucbt
man 2lbi->£tbien alS Stbjectise,
ftenn eS fein entfpiedKnbeS ^Ibjectb gibt :
fo fcefonbcrg above, now, then. 3)a§ ti^un
an* bte beften @cinft|leUer ju ©rjtelunfl
gio^n-er ^iirje; alfo jebenfadS Jjraf-
tifcft! (nncft gtiednfctier 2lrt: oi rors
drd-Qianoi, i] ch'w nohi ;) f. bte angcgefcenen
brci unb vergl. Very, B. — 3. Defter
ftei^en fie al8 >§ au)) tiu o r tcr : the yes,
bag Sawort ; the now, bie ©egennjavt
(bag ![)iu) ; we may never see to-morrow
= ben morgenben Jtag ; their whereabout,
i!^r 2Jufentl;a(t. Between the to-day
they live in and the yesterday where-
in they began life. They plan the how
and the when. (g. nocft Above. SDabei
ne&mcn cinige fogar ba« s ber a)Ie^i^eit
an: It is anight of wonderful and sur-
prising ups and dotvns (= ®ct)i<f fate, baS
2luf unb 2lb im Seben). The ins and outs
are carefully taken off the pattern in
masses of pressed sand (= bie innercn
unb bie auperen JBef^anbtl^eile). Finally,
there were many swings, round-abouts
(= SarouffelS), and turnovers. 4. .§aui
fig iDciben fte ju $ rci)) o f itionen: fo
round, close to, by, above tt)ie t. 3).
unb im ^ranjofifcfjen ; 5. 33.: My head
turned round (adv.). The world goes
round the sun (prep.).
C. ®t el lung bc8 2tb»er6. 3m
9lUgemeinen fielle man ti fo , ba^ e8 fcine
bov^jeltc SBejiel^ung, feine 3rt)Ctbcutigfeit
juta^t. ®o imterfctieibc j. 93. bie S3e:
gie^ung in : He always desired to be
here unb : He desired always to be here.
((§r njunfditc immer, l&ier ^u fein, unb ; @r
h?unfchte, immer l^ier ju fein.) Sweibeutig
Ivcire: He desired me by all means io
keep it a secret. I. ©e^ort eg ju etnem
anberen 5[btter6 obcr gu einemSIbjccs
tio ober ^articii?, fo flel)t eg » r
btefem : very well , much afflicted , ex-
tremely high, men 5^tY/ living. 2)a^er
and) 3nfamm£nfe|ungen , h»ie: well-
mannered, ill-bred. 21 u g n a 1^ m c marf)t
enough, f. b. ; au^erbcm f. Preposition,
Jl. ^Ubrcd't, grammat. iiJortctb.
F, 2 u. Infinitive, A, 1. — II. aSeim 93 e r 6
gilt Sotgenceg: a. 3n einer einfarf)en
3 e i t. 1. JBeim Verb neuter fle^t bag 2lb=
tietb mcift n n (^ : he lives ivell; he suc-
ceeds greatly. 2. a3ei bem Verb active
barf eg nicf)t jw^ifd) en SSerb unb
Object treten: eg fie^t alfo entmeber
^ i n t e r bem Object ober fraftiger Winter
bem (Subject, mitljin » r bem SSerb.
2lfo n i djt : They rejected absolutely my
proposal, fonbern : They rejected my pro-
posal absolutely, ober : They absolutely
rejected my proposal. He gave me his
answer soon. She ivillingly agreed to
what I proposed. This he convincingly
proved by an example. I don't think I
quite like the figures of those auto-da-fe
fellows. 3. Sine — vcw »ielen ©ram^
matifen nid}t ern?d^ntc — 2lu8na^me
madien bie f urjen ?(b»erbg away, down,
in, off, on, forth, out, up, W£ld)C, unfern
untrennbaren 93orfi(ben serglei^bar, fid)
bid)t an 8 iBerb anfc^Iic^en. This
medicine will toash down your phlegm.
I brijig up my children to my own trade.
This tree brings forth the finest fruits.
Bring out his crime. He plucked off
all the feathers of that poor bird. Put
on your hat. She passed away her time
in writing and reading. Sntep aud) biefc
f n n e n 1^ i n t e r bem O b j e c t e ftel^en,
befonberg menn fein 9iad)6rud barauf
ru^t: Take your hat off. 4. Solgt bem 98erb
ntd)t bev Wope Objccti», fonbern irgenb
eine ^^Jrdp f iti n , fo fann jeteg 2lb:
tjerb gleid) ^ i n t e r g 58 e r b treten : We
drank all round to her health. I yielded
at last to his entreaties. He spoke well
of you. 5. Sfi aber »on bem 93erb ein
ganjerSa^ ab^dngtg, fo ftel^t bag Slbs
»erb am beften t) or bem il^erb (f. 9ir.
2) : He cunningly advised me to burn
this paper. (So fle^t „ usually" im
le§ten Sa&e unter As. — 6. 2)iefelbe Stefle
— aud) bei Verbs active — ticben befon=
berg b i e 2lb»erbg, bie eine u n b e fi i m m t e
3 e i t angbrurf en , nsie ever, never, com-
monly, always, often, now, then, some-
times, soon, seldom, rarely, frequently,
mostly, suddenly. @o : I had such a bro-
ther as sister never had. An evil chance
seldom comes alone. He never taught
18
Adverhial
us anything himself. Never fear nic.
aSei to be alier ftcl^t never na* : He is
never present , when the lesson begins.
SlHein nlc^t tmmer, tvie Webster tte=
]&aiH3tet: f. ben Tc^ten <£a^ Set And, 3.
IDagcgen f!e^en 7. tie Slbserbien, bie etne
bcfiimmtc 3>i\t angcbeu , Winter
bem SSerb , unb bann am befien ju @ n b e,
fonP a6er aucf) ju Slnfang beS ©a^eS:
fo to-day, yesterday, to-morrow, daily,
weekly. He comes daily to me. I got
his letter yesterday. Yesterday I got
your letter and to-day that of my uncle,
lie is not yet arrived. You must not
see her ye^ b. 3n eincr jufammen =
gefclten 3eit. 1. ^iet tritt baS 2lb=
Serb getDc^nlic^ 1^ inter bag ^ttfgs
» e r 6 , fann aber and) i> o r baffelbe, ober
an ben ®(btu^, ober enblicb an bie
@^3i^e be8 ®anjen fommen. We could
easily perceive it. He was suddenly
surrounded. This question was lorig
and much discoursed of. Well might 1
say .... The Latin appears never to
have superseded the old Gaelic speech.
You should 710W think on yourself too !
{Now beftimmt bie 3eit jn think, too l^ebt
bag yourself ^erauS — eS fte^t mit^in je?
beg an feinem Orte.) 2. (£inb jn^ei
^ilfStierben ba, fo fann bag 5lD»erb
l^inter bem erj^en, i^tnter bem jnjeiten
(am gen)6i^nlic()ften), ober twieber ju J8e=
ginn ober (jnbe beg <£a^cg fiefeen : I should
be very well contented with my con-
dition. I hope you will gladly be in-
formed of this. III. !Die 3n»erfion
bc3 5lb»erb l^at im i^o^eren ®tl)le l^ciuftg
ftatt : Most deeply do I fear. Jlone on
the slope of the mountain it grew. Uebri;
geng f. nod) mel^rere einjelne, tote ago,
hence, as, so, raiher, now, never, more,
how, not, only, then, too, very, yet a. i.D.
AdTCrbial. (Sine SSerbinbung mel^re;
rerSBorte, bie jur aSefiimmung eineg93erb
bient, ^ei^t eine abverbiale Dtcbeng;
art; f o : at random, on a sudden, by
coach (=jn2Bagen, en carrosse), by
chance, long ago, in common, now-a-
days; f. Adverb, A, II, c. ©olrfje g3e=
fiimmungcn oerbinben fid) ofterS and) mit
©ubpanti^jen : a ship too much by the
head, eineortafiigeg ©diiff ; open-air
All.
entertainments. aSergl. imfer: ber SJiann
5u JRo^, ber $aftor bafelbft (= ber
bafige, bortige ^^afior), bie SSorgcinge bas
m a ( g u. a. ; eg fmb (SUij^f en icon „f e i n»"
®. noc^ Hyphen, @.
Ae, nur QHonoiil^tl^ong , ntcbt !l5i=
V^tl^ong. 1. = e: Caesar; 2. =i: cae-
sura; 3. = e: Aetna; 4. = a : Maese.
Aflrirmati've, bejal^enb, l^et^t ein
@ab, wenn er augfagt, ba^ ©ttoag ifi:
I have a book ; he speaks French ; bas
gegen fagt ein n e g a t i » c r (»eineinenber)
@a^, ba^ ©tteag nid)t ift: I have no
book; he does not speak French, (gtatt
affirmative fagt man a.\\6) positive. @.
nod) Auxiliary, ©., Very, A, 2 unb Yes.
Ago f. Since.
to Agree l^at jtctg to nad) fid), ivenn e8
annel;mcn, einnjitUgen ^ei^t, ioo
nnr alfo ben 2tccufati» ober in fefeen: He
gladly agreed to the proposal. What
did they agree to? We shall agree to
all just conditions. 3n anberen 28ebeu=
tungen l^at eg in, upon, with, among, f.
bag !Dtcttonari).
Ai tautet 1. meiflhjica: fain; 2. »or
r wie a: fair, hair; 3. = a: raillery;
4. = e : again, said; 5. = i: raisin;
6. in ber unbetonten (5nbung ain tDtca:
Britain, captain.
to Ail fle^t fou-io^t ).ierf6nlic^ , atg un:
^jerfonlid) : I ail nothing. What ails your
eye? I found out what he ailed.
Alexandrine , ein 93erg won fed)g
Samben , mit ber Scifur Winter bem britten
Wu^e: aJJetrum: w-^- -_ ||o_v_v./_.
The wintry days grew lang, my tears,
they were a'spent,
May be it was despair, I fancied was
content.
@r njirb hjenig gebraudit, meifi nur afg
@infd)alte»crg jroifdien fiirjere, fo bap cr
einen 9fJu^e))unft gibt, h)ie am @d)lufre
ber ©tanjen in Childe Harold's Pilgrim-
age.
All hjtrb ganj fo bel^anbett, it»ie unfer
un»cranbertcg (fettner unfcr beclinirteg)
all, b. 1^. 5lrtifel unb $ronomen treten
Winter baffclbe ()'. The, E): all my
money, ad mein ®elb; all these books,
ancbitfca3ud)et; all the money, all bag
Alliteration —
@elb. ©ciuol^nlic^er fe§en'n?ir freiiic^ Bet
„a 11" f e i n e n '21 r t i ! e (, unb f;aufi9 6rau=
d)en toit im vgingutar fiir all ,,q a n j/' unb
bann mu§ unfer *2irtitet » o r 1^ e r Qi^tn : all
Me money , bag ganje @elb ober alUi
®c(b ; all the evening, ber garijc 3l6enb ;
all the world, bie ganjc 2Bc(t. 06 aber
iifterl^aiuit Me banacfe fiei^t ober nlcbt , bag
ricf)tet firf) nacf) bctt allgemeineii 9Jeiie^n
liber ben ©ebraud) btefeg 'llxtitdS : f. The,
C ; balder nact) bcr bovticien 8. die^cl : F gave
over ullJiopes. ^lll horses eal grass or
hay. All the horses of my uncle are dead.
Unterfc^ieb jtvifc^en all unb
ivhole. 1. iBeieincm @o Hect it> brauc^t
man all, urn auf bie c i ii j e T n e n ® H c =
ber ber DJiengc aufmertfam gu macben :
all my family. <Da^er: Jll iMrs, Leo
Hunter's acquaintance are (celebrated).
— SM^t mait bagegcn bag -©anje atg
etne a)iaffe, o^nc SSctuifftrtittguncj ber
^ingetncn, fo ftei^t ivhole; unb bieg ^at,
atg ein gemo^nlicfoeg ^Ibjectio , ben 9(rtitel
o_or ftd): the whole family is ruined.
2. <£te]^en bie SSotter world, land,
country, town, city unb d^nlic^e , fottjie
Sanbers unb ©tdbte; Xiamen im cig ent =
H cf) en iSinne , alg ein ©anjeg, ein £) r t
betrac^tct: fo ftel^t babei ivhole. All bas
qegen, inenn man bie 28ett> o^ner ber
Orte meint : I have seen the w/tole
France (bag Sanb). All France was in
a fermentation (= aCtc granjofen).
3. SD'iit bcm nn be jit mm ten 9trtifet
farm nur ey/to/eserbunben merben, nicfet all.
*Jl n m e r f u n g. Unfer ^(urat a H e bet
3 e i t angaben, im ■Sinne von j c b e r, l^eif t
every: er fam aHe %(\<^t (= jeben
Siag) : he came every day ; aller jnjei
Sfll^rc, every two years ; ader jttjei !lage
(= ctncn^Iag um ben anbern), every other
day ; ebenfo every four days ober every
fourth day.
. Alliteratidn, bcr 2(nflang, bie oftcre
SBteberfe^r eincg (Sonfonanten furj nac^
einanber, namentlic^ in SSerfen nebcn bem
jReime: And then the very rock has
rocked, and I have felt it shake unshock''d.
No love was left. To lift my love so
lofty as thou art (Byron). Behemoth
higgesi born (Milton), Unb in ®:priid)5
Ambisuitv.
19
recrtevn: He robs Peter to pay Paul, f.
Proverbs. 3)ie SBieber^olung eineg i8 d=
calg in gfetcder aUetfe ^eipt Assonance.
JBcrgf. nod) Onomatopoeia. Live, vile
and evil have the selfsame letters; he
lives but ui/ewhora evil holds in fetters.
She had no kith or kin (iveber ^inb noc^
«egc().
to Allow, 1. taffcn, eriauben, ge=
njal^ren: f. to Cause; 2» jugeben , cin=
rdumen, geftel^en; in bciben Jfiebeus
tungen i^at eg ben 5tccufati« mit bem Sn^
finitio : We shall not allow him to go
out. He allowed himself to adhere to the
profession of the Jews. $ af f ii^ : Iflmay
be allowed this expression. He feared not
to have that expense allowed to him.
Alms, eigentlid) ein Plural Noun , je*
bod) and) atg Singular gebraudu : The
poor beggar hath a just demand of a«
Alms from the rich man.
Alphabet. @g ^at biefelben 26 !8ud)=
ftaben, »ie i. 5). 5)ie 9iamcn treidjeu
jum 3:^ei[ som S)eutfd)eu <\h ; e ^ci^t i,
ba^cr b, p, d, t : bi, x>'\, i^i/ ti ; jebod) f, 1,
m, n, s tt)te i. 2). ®. Letters unb bie
einicfnen aSudjfiaben.
Ambiguity, aud) amphibology ober
equivoke, Snjcibeutigfeit, S^ojjpelfinn eineg
2tugbiudeg. !Diefen \jat man ju mciben
unb balder namcntlid? gen an ju cons
flruiren; f. Adverb, C— L !Dur* ben
3ufammenbang fc^winbet ber 2)ot=
jjclfmn : 1. SOBenn cine gorm — jc nod>
t^rer 5lbflammung — jwet ganj »crfd)ie=
bene aScbeutungen ^At-. perch, ber SSarf*,
von perca, unb perch, bie aJJe^rut^c, »ou
perlica, latein. ; to freeze »on frigesco ;
a freeze fon zophorus : f. Homograph
unb Homonym. @o aud> bci @ontractio=
nen rcie au't, f. Abbreviation , Sifte. —
2, 2Co 3)JagcuUn unb ecminin g(eid) fmb :
enemy, rival, dancer f. Common ; Fe-
minine, C; Epicene.— 3. 2Bo fein Un=
tevfdjieb ber 3a^l ifi: people, sheep,
means : f. Plural, A, V unb VI. —4. 2Bo
cine jjorm mcl^rern aBortflaffen ange;
^ijrt: fo flnb gold, silver, salt (Subjlantio
unb 2lbjecti» \ — f. Substantive , C ; all,
little, round u. a. 2lbjecti» unb 2tbt»erb —
f. Adverb, A, 11, b ; the post unb to post,
2*
20
Amid
the spring imb to spring : (Sitbfiantb unb
93erb; absent unb to absent: Slbject. unb
SSev6; pish ! unb to pish : Sntevject. unb
aSevb ; pop, to pop : 2lbt>ert, Snterj. unb
aSevBi like ift mj', 2lb». , ©ubft. unb
aSerB , round ift alteS bieg unt) au^evbcm
aud) UDC^ 5^rd^ofition. <B. audi I May,
1, @. 11. Defterg l^tlft and) bie JBevfctjic*
benl^eit beg 5t c c c n t e 8 (f. b., B, 1, c unb
2, c), Dbec ber 2[ u g [)) r a ct) e (f. Homo-
graph ) , ober ber Ortl^ograjjl^ie,
iuenn bie 5Iugf^iadK gleic^ ift (f. Homo-
nym), ober enbtt(?^ bet ^ilhw an be lung,
f. Euphony, D, 7, @. unb lt>iebcnim Homo-
graph , III.— III. ^ei ben unregets
m ct ji t g en S3ei-ben, bie fiir ® e g e n ft) ar t
unb S3ergangeni^eit gfctd^e i^orm
'^abtn (f. Conjugation, III, A) mu§ man
luandimat to do ju •§ilfe nc^nten, urn bie
3eit ju bcftimmen. I put my whole trust
in, God fcnnte i^cif en : icfe fe^e, aBer
auct) : icf) [e^te mein ganjeg 3?ertrauen'
auf®ott; iuill man ben Untei-fd)teb an=
geBen, fo fe^t man fiir bag 5^refent Sienfe
I do put, fill- bag 3m)>erfcct I did put.
Amid, f. Among.
Among, amongst ( unfec i.n-c»ins
jietleg mang con aJJenge). 5) teg ift
bagttteitcflcaBovt fiir unter, jiui f d) en:
amongst all classes. 3§m jnncidift ftel^t
amid , mitten in, mitten u u t e r
(Bcibe = parmi, amid au6) mandjmal =
da7is, franjof.). ©agegen ftel^t between
cber betwixt eigentUd) nur (trie e?itre),
tuenn Blcg con jtt>eien bie Siebe ifi
(between = be tween , b» I). Bet jttjcen) :
between ourselves, unter luig, entre nous.
3l(Uin man BeoBac^tet biefen llnterfd)ieb
ntd)t fireiig. ®anj anbercn ©inneg ifi
under , unten barunter, = sous, tm ®e=
genfa^e ju on , over : under the table.
Am'phibrach, Ampliibrach'ys,
ber35ergfu§ ^-^ ober-'i--: delighlfiil,
amusing; domestic.
Amph'imaccr , cin ivenig geBrciucft;
licbcr 93ergfuf : -^-, ivie mountaineer,
overbear.
Anadiplosis, eine Slebeftgur : bie
SKieber^otung beg ©djUtitrorteg tineg
@a§eg an ber ©fi^e beg nddtften ©a^eg,
njobnrc^ baffcIBe natiivlid) ftarf Ijcrt'ors
— And.
tritt : You left nie but poor — and poor
I find you are come back. He retained
his virtue amidst all his misfortunes —
misfortunes which only his virtue
brought ujpon him. 9SergI. ben @d)lui
beg 103. <]3f. mit bem Qlnfang beg ncidjften.
Analogy, a3erh)anbtfd)aft , 5le]^ntid)«
feit ber ^lugfjjrac^e ober ber fSioxU ober
©apilbung. <Bo ^at balloon ben 2(ccent
auf ber gtteiten ©ilBc, ber franjofifdien
JBetonung cmalog ; fo fte^t nac^ to have i.
@. ». erlauBen, Befe^ten, ber Accusative
with the Infinitive nad) 2lnaIogie con to
allow , to command unb bergL 3n mel^-
rerenSttttfetn l^aBen njir jur i®r!(drung bie
2(naIogie- mit auberen angejogen ; fo Bci
Fish, Horse, to Perceive u. a.
Analysis, 2[nat4)fe, bie ^erglieberung
ober bie SoHfiruction eineg @ageg gemdp
ben allgemeinen 5)enfregeln.
An'apest, ber ©ergfu^ ^ ^ - ober bod)
^^-^'l disobey, over-miich.
And: 1. Jlann nad> to come unb to gq
»or bem folgcnbcn SSerB iucgf alien:
J will go ann me. Go light the fire!
They would go seek 'adventures. 3nbe^
tdf t fid) l^icr eBcnfoiuo^I etn 2lug'fnll »Dtt
to annei^men (analog unferm Bettein
ger;en, id) ge:^e fd^lafen, Baben, turncn,
fcd)ten, fpagieren, unb bem fcanjiif. aller
chercher^ aller se promener, aller ecrire,
je viens vous dire u. y. a. 3iBcgcn and
aBer f. nod) Asyndeton, ben sorte^ten
@a^. 2. (Jg fte^t nicBt, luo eg t. 2).
ftei^en m u § , Bei ben 3 a ^ I c n : f. Caixli-
nals. A, 3. — 3. (5g fte§t and) for r e t a=
tit) en ©d^en: bann BleiBt eg im !X). iueg,
ober bag 9{elali» njirb cin 2)emonfltatii5 :
This I gave, him from my heart, and
which .... WQS all the patrimony I had
now lo beslow. Dearly has niy.busband
paid for his act of folly iind wickedness,
a7id to ivhich- you must Jvnow I never
was a parly, (Marryal.) 9J{an Betrac^tet
ben abjectioifd^enSSeifa^ mit of a\i relatito
unb fdl^rt ba^cr nuc^ relatiw fort: = his
act, ivhich was one of folly and wicked-
ness , and to which I.... 33ergT. Re-
lative, II, A, (5-. — 4. ©tatt and not fiel^t
aud) nor, f. b., 3fir. 2. — 5. ajfan f. no^
Comma, B, 1, unb'Bolh, 2.
Anglicism
Anglicism. Oo ucnnennjir!Deutf(^en
einf @tgent^um(icf)feit beg engt. 2lugCrurfg,
tie fid} im 2) e u t f d) e n nic^t getiau auf
biefelbc 2lrt iuiebcvgeBcn tci^t ; granjofen,
Stalienec , 3fiitf[en u. f. f. nennen mtitx
bie cngtifcfcen SCenbimgen ^n^lkiSm, bic
i^rer ©vvadic frcmb {xnb. ©omit gtbt
eg fiic jebeS @pra(ft»oIf anbere SlngliciSi
men. giii- unS ifi to fall sick ein Slnglicilm
= franf iverben, d§nUd) : in eine
JJranf^eit f a U e n ; nidit fo fiir ben Sran=
joftn: tomber malade; njol^t at»er fur
i^n, wie fur ung to turn sick. Slnberc'
Scifpiele: to turn bankrupt; to ride in a
coach ober on horseback ; I am cold,
wrong, right ; I feel hungry; this dog
is deep-mouthed. Sur bie meificn @)3rai
d)en ifibic Slugtaffung beg9iclati»
ein StngliciSm. 33ei fotcften Sonfiructionen
fltaube man aber bie @act)e nid)t al)ge=
mact)t, wenn eg i^cipt: bag ifl ein 5tngUcigm !
man gei^e auf ben @ r n n b , warum
bie SonPruction fo fei; man fiic^c burc^
• 3ufammenjleUung dr;nlid)er 2(u8briicfe
(burc^ 5tnatogi£en) eiuen a ( I g e m c i n en
® ef i(f)tg))un!t 5u getuinnen, unter
ben fie fid) bringen laffen*
Anglosaxon , f« Etymology, 3. 6. 8.
— Slug bem dtteften 5(ngelfad)fifd) fiammen
J. ^. bie ^toncmen, befonberS bie i)er=
fijntid)en, fammt i^rcr 3)eclindtii>n ; balder
l^aben fie aud) fo fel^r abmeid) enbe
gcrmen : I : we, thou : you ; nmch : many;
who : whom, that : those. lleberl^aui?t —
njag bag ©nglifc^e ncd) an Sterion i^at
(^Declination, (5onH)aration, Conjugation),
tft b e u t f (^ e g aSoUbhit ; f. noc^ Danish.
5Utf bie © ^ n t a t ^ingegcn ^aben f r e m b e
©iprac^cn md(!^'tig eingenjirft.
Anomalous, Anomaly, bie griec^i-
fdjen 2(ugbriide fur Irregular imb Irre-
gularity, f. b.
Another f. Other.
to Answer \j(\i ben Objectiw batb mit,
batb ol^ne to: Answer to this question.
He answered my letter (= beantttjorten).
%\\\ <Sinnc »on entfprec^en genjo^nlid)
B n e to: This answered aU my wishes.
2)a^er )3affi»: Indulge not a hope that
cannot be answered (w e t d) e r nid)t ent=
fprodjen, b i e ni^t crfiiHt roerben fann).
Antonoraasia. 21
Antepeniiltima, bie britt(c§te ©ilbc
eineg SBorteg ; oft bei bcr Se^re Bom 2(ccent
gebraud)t.
Anticipation, bie 3^orauganbeutung
cineS nadifolgenben ®a§t:^ei(eg, namcnt=
(ic^ beg ©ubjectg ober Dbjectg, in i^o^erem
©tijle; J. S3. He who shrinks from a
bumper, I do not like him. They hdiA a
hardlifeofit, Mo5e/^oor /^jows. 1. Ueber
bic jur Stegef gensorbene Stnticitiation beg
©ubjecteg f. It, A, 1, 2, uber bic beg
O r t c g f. There is, 1. — 2. @o ttjirb auc&
ein ganjer nadjfotgenbcr ® a $ anticijjirt,
i. !D. burd) eg, b nmit, b aburd), ba=
f ur , b a ju u. bergl., ©ngtifdj nur burdj
it, balder and) feltner. (^rof. SBagner
fpric^t biefe 5tnticitmtion bem ©nglifdien
ganj ah\ f. feiue ©rammatif, §686,1.
5[nbere ©rammatifer fagen gar nidttg bar=
uber.) SSetege aug bem Vicar of Wake-
field : You will think it just that I
should give them. — One of the horses
took it into his head to stand still.
.... One, who stands in the middle,
whose business it is to catch a shoe. —
Oh, deem it not a crime for her to
lueep . . . (Wordsworth). Unb im ci n g c=
fd)alteten @a|e: Some scruples ....
which she believed I would find it ne-
cessary to remove ( Smollet). ^icr cer^xitet
it jugleid), tohich atg Object ju fiud ju bes
tradjten. Slel^ntid) ift aud> ber Ic§te ©a^
unter Asyndeton. fDagcgcn; I amused
myself with seeing all that was curious =
ic^ behifiigte mic^ bamit, 5Uteg ju fel^en.
An'tiphrase, Anttph'rasis, ber
(Segcnfmn »on bem , mag man fagt — bie
Sronic : You are a Jlne man to forget me
thus.
Antonomasia, Antonomasy: bie
bitblic^e Slnn^enbung 1. eineg (5igenna=
meng fiatt eineg ©attunggnameng , ober
2. umgefcl^rt. 3u 1 : He is the Cicero
of his age = the greatest orator. The
Yvtnch Alexander = Napoleou (viz. the
Great). They called him fool and !^«wofe.
®o braudit man aflbcfannte Stamen, mie
Socrates, Caesar, Apollo, Galo, Salomo,
Shakespear, Schiller, fo entftanb bag in
me^rere ©prac^en anfgenomment, etwag
jronifc^c Cicerone, ©o fmb nad) i^rem
22
Anv
Apostrophe.
benurfc ben Hiitc»-fd)ieb im "Sinnc fo(-
genbet 9}crbinbungcn : without ransom ;
without any reason ; without a vestige
of shirt collar ; without owe effort. We
had some hope still. Is there any hope ?
I could not do it for any thing = um
?l(leS in ber 2Ge(t. I was refused jyj'Mo?/^
any reason (]^al&ncqati» ). If we had
any fruit, we should give her some (any
^albncgntiw, benn eg ift ju erganjeit : but we
have none). Any im aUgcmeinfien
@inne — jcber, jebiDeber. Virtue is worth
any price. Come at any time and you
will be welcome. Anybody can do it.They
were sent back without ransom, for they'
were too poor to pay any (fie bejal^tten
bemnad) f e i n e). 5)a§er bebeittet any oft
eine ganje ©attung, some intv eintge
©in J eine bason : She could read awy.
English book (= jebeS betiebige). She
had some English book (= irgenb ein), nnb •
some English books (= einige). SDarin
(iegt and) ein ® runb, tDarum in » c r n c i =
nenben ©vi|en any f}ef;tt c8 nsirb bann
eben baS ® a n J e, nirf)t nur ein 2: ^ e i I bef*
felben au«gefd»toffen : She could not rqad
any English book. SDagegen i^ie^e: Some
E. b. she c. not read = m an rf) e engf.
58udKr. ®. ncd) : Negation, 2 unb 3.
Ao, 5)igta^^. 1. = ii in gaol, jc^t aud)
jail gefd)rieben. 2, = o in extraordinary ;
in nad)bvnrfndKc 3lu«fvradje abet njtrb ba8
a (njtc a) •mitgeft)rod)en; ballet fc^veibt
man aud) extra-ordinary) einc2(it2)idre-
fi3. 3»veifitbig ijl ao in aiirta, chaos n. a.
Apheresi8,2CcgfalX ctneS IBudiflabenS
obereinei ©"ifbeju^lnfan g eineS SGBovtcS,
meiftbuvdj ben 2ipoftcop]^beicid>net: 'gainst
flatt against, 'stead fur instead, 'Change
fiir Exchange, a plotftatta complot. !Dev=
felbc aCcgfatl am (Snbe bc8 2Bovteg ^ei§t :
Apocope: fo t' = lo, thro'= through.
Pa imb Grandma\ familiar fur Papa,
Grandmama. 9htn f. nocb Elision.
Apostrophe. I. 2) t e 91 v o fl r o jj 1& e
ober2liuebc: Ah, lady, heed the monitor!
35on befonbercr SaSirfung ift ber Vt6felid)e
U e 6 e r g a n g a\xi ber erjd^lenben jRebe
* „Inventors are wiser now (than Senefelder). They take care to associate their names
with their discoveries." Dickens, Household Words, t. XIII (1852).
©rfinber,*) ©ntberfer ober @tnfiif;rer bc=
nannt : a Spencer, Vandyke, Mackintosh,
a Brougham, a Sandwich, Wedgewood,
a Schomburger; fo aud^ Scheedam,
aSranntnjein, nad) ber l^oEdnbtfd)en ©tabt
fcineS Urfvrungg (tjcrgt. ^Diorbl^dufer") ;
dl^nlic^ bic d}emifd)cn Diamcn nac^ ben
3 c i d) e n : Mercury, Venus, Jupiter. (Sis
nenebenfo mi)tl^otogifd)en 9iamen l^atman
jel^tben beliebtcn ,,28 a^i jiinbern" (fiatt
@tretd» ^ 6 1 J e r n) gegebcn : ,,the vestas,"
aud) „a wax vesta," unb fogteid) ge^t
man aud) njeiter tmb fagt: 'The spurious
imitations . . . bring the vestal name into
discredit.' (Boz.) lleberl^aujjt bitbct man
oft 33erben ober ^Ibjectioe son fol^
d)en (Sigcnnamen: Esculapian = l^eils
f u n b i g ; Herculean ; bacchanal, baccha-
nalian, bacchic, bacchical u. bacchius son
Bacchus ; a night daguerreotyped with
painful minuteness — . 3u 2: @in ©at^
tungsnamc ftatt eincS ©igennamenS :
Friends, £ludfer , the Canticles = ba«
^D^etieb; the Holy One (®ott ober
S^rifiuS) ; the evil One , ber 33ofe = the
devil ; Jack Tar.
Any l^at ben @inn ber Unbefiimmtl^eit,
Sirtgemetn^eit, wd^renb some fldrfer,
Vofititter ifi, jwifdien any unb bcm inbi*
Dibualifirenben a mitten innefte^t; ba je^
bod) some nid)t ganj fo abfd)Iie§t,
me a , fo !ann eS aud) »or ® t o f f namen
fte^en, j. S. some paper, ein Slatt, einige
JBogen Javier (a paper «idrc bagegen ein
(Scfcriftftiid, ein 3ettet u. bergt.). 2)a^ev
^d}t some im gett»6;^nlid)en , bejal; cn =
b e n @a$e , any im »erneinenben,
;& atbsernein enb en unb frag en;
I) e n @a^e. 3)em 5-ranj6fifd)en gegenuber
ift bag il)ev^dttnil8 : a = un; some =
quelque ; any = quelconque ; fo a thing
=:uue chose; something = quelque chose;
anything = c/tose quelconque ober rieii
o'ijnt ne; a body, a man = vne per-
sonne , un/iomme; somebody = quel-
qii'un; anybody=M?J homme quelconque
Dber persotine o ^ n e ne. 3)agegen ift
nothing ober not anything = rie7i ne,
nobody , no man = perso7tne fie. SJian
Appear
in bic 5[)5ofiroti^c. @o 5. 33. in Byron's
Manfred, Act I, Sc. II, mit ben 2Borten :
My mother Earth! II. 2)er Slpo^
fivD))^. 1. 2llg Seicfien beg Slugfalleg
einjetner 93ocafc, Sonfonanten , ^(Silben :
f. Abbreviation , Apheresis , Apocope.
2. im 3ei*cn itS ^offeffii>; f. b.
3. 2luc6 bicnt er, trcnn cinem HOorte uns
geh)iJ!^nHd}er 2Beife eine Slexion an;
gefe^t tt)ivb, «m biefc »om ©tcimme ju
trcnncn : two L's ; he chassez'd, coupez'd,
jelez'd, and balancez'd; the he's; two 74's;
learned M D's ; he gene''d mademoiselle.
to Appear, mit to, n i(^ t mit 6lo§cm
£)6jiecti» : This objection appeared to
me very odd (important). UebrigenS f.
Adjective, B, 4.
Appellative, baS ©attunggnjort, ber
(5f affenname , alfo eine JBenennung fur
bicle gletc^artige 2)inge: fo man, book,
house, tree, pen, dear. S)a8 ©egentl^cil
ifl ber ©igenname. Proper Aame:
George , Drake , Rome, lleber bie 93er=
taufcftung beiber f. Anionomasia.
to Appoint, f. Accusative, B, I, 2.
They appointed him president; he was
appointed president. They appointed
him to be their guide in that valley.
Apposition. I. ©ie ift cin 23e ifa^
ju einem 2Botte, ber i^m ol^ne ^JraiJo;
f 1 1 i n unb ol^ne^Jerb jugefetlt wirb.
©0 fie^en: 1. ©ubftantice: My
brother, the captain^ = My brother who
is a captain. He, my best friend^ died
yesterday. Julia— the daughter , the
devoted — gave her youth to Heaven.
2. -2{biecti»e. @. b., B, 2. 3lu(^ t»etm
aSerb fiefien 2lbjccti»e <xU 5lt>i5Dfittcn , Bc^
jie^cn firf) bann aber eigcntli* aU 5Brabi=
cat ciufg @ubj;ect i\ix\\d : He died esteemed
by every one. Her tongue runs very
glib = ats [ttjte] eine getaufige. a3ergl.
Adjective, B, 4. II. 3m JDeutfdKn fie^t
bie '^l^^otltion in gleicfeem SafuSmit
bem SSovte, ju bem fie gcl^ort : (erf am mit
imfercm tvreunbe , bem 2(rjte) im (§ngli;
fc^en natiirltdj nic^t, )vei( ba bie 6afu«
mit^rapcfitionengebilbcthjerben, bie man
ja an<i) im 5). nictjt ju n^ieberl^clen vPegt
(n i (^ t : er fam mit unfevem Sreunbe, m i t
- As. 23
bem Stvjte) : We sent him to our friend,
ihe physician — nic^t: to our friend, to
the physician, bcnn ba§ !^ie^e ; ju un-
ferem greuiibe , 5 u bem Slrjte — itnb man
fijnnte gar jrcei v^erfct5iebene ^Jerfonen bar=
unter uerficljcn. The accession of King
James the Second (= beS 3tt5eiten). @,
iebod) nc(f) Possessive Case, A, 6. —
III. @tel;tBcr einem (Sigennamen nod)
fcin ® attnnggn a me, fo fefeen njtr
i. 3). beibe in 2l^:porition, alfo i^ ne ^va~
ijofition , neben einanter : im @ngtifd)en
miiffen fie aber mit of iterbunben iuerben:
bie @tabt !Dregben= The town of
Dresden. The empire of Russia. The
village of Malvern in the county of
Worcester. The castle of Drachenfels.
The island of Elba. The month of
December. (SSergt. Date, 1.) 0iac^
River fe§t man ben D^amen in Slrvcfition,
TO. i. 2D. : the river Tyne. Snbe^ fe$t
man bet b e f a n n t e r c n Sluffen liber^auvt
river gar nic^t baju : a{fo nic^t the river
Elb, fonbem nur the Elb. <B. and) Cape.
Arabian. 3n mel^rcre ©J?rad?en fa=
men (i\\§ bem 2lrabifd)en: 1. bie3aM =
J e i d) c n 1—9, baiter man fte and) arabian
figures nennt cber ciphers (franj. chif-
fres, 3tffeni, »on bem arabifd»en sephira).
2. (Sinjclne IBorter, Jvie almanac, al-
koran, alcohol (mit bem arab. 2Irtifet
al), carat, carmine, coffee. Ueber]^aui.it
orientalif^en Urfyrungg finb :
Giaour, khan, pacha, divan, sofa (J^ur*
!ifd)). Bazar (^nfifcfc), shisheh (biein2le=
gp)}ten u. f. ». gebrdu(^tt*e $abafS)jfeife).
Archaism, ein »eraltcter 2tuebru(f
Dber @prad)get)raud) : fo bci Spenser
(t 1598) : Springling with pearls and
pearling flowers atween. Mine alder-
lievest sovereign (Shakesp.). To nay,
to proverb, a nayword.
Article, f. A, an, The.
As, 1. 2t b » e r b ber a? e r g I e i (ft u n g,
mit ©ub|ianti» ober Slbjectiti nad) fid) : e8
»erbinbet bann bag ^rdbicat, ober aud(
ba§ jTOeite Object mit bem 3}erb. He
is as a father to me. Though the mast
should quiver as a reed. He pities them
as a man. He is drawn as ready to
teach , and ready to obey ; as simple in
24
Aspirate
■'/
affluence.... This gentleman he de-
scribed as one who desired-. Uebcr feinen
aOBegfall (.Absolute, If, 1, unb Accusa-
tive, B, 2 ; lagt. Like u. How. 2luct) fnujift
eS einen ganjen <&a^ an : Do as you
please, llnb bann !ann c8 tet einije =
f d) b e n e n ©ci^en ttJtebcntm ivegbteibeii.
Grief, yo?< knoiv , is dry, let us have a
bottle .... A guide led us to the rest of
the party, who, we were told, had al-
ready reached their destination. 5) a 8
fcoppcltc as = (e b e n) fo . . . a f g fie^t
tiuc in bcial^enben ©d^cn; in fva^
genbeu unb fiernelncnben ^tx-
g t e i d) u n g e n ftcl^t so . . . as (obcr aucf)
less . . . than) : He is as learned as you
and he is not so old as you. They are
less learned than you. She grew as pale
as death. He was as black as the devil.
Never was a poor devil so plagued as I.
9luc^ inbejai^enben ©ci^en fteif;t so . . .
as, ttjenn fie feinenJBergtcici?, fon^
betn ben @rab obec ben @runb an=
geben, 2)ann fann as ben Snfiinitio nact)
fief) i^aben, aber uberl;aii)?t uuv bann flei^cu,
hjenn bie betben »crbunbenen @d^e gte i =
c^eg '^uhittt i^abcn. He became so
intelligent, as to understand in a short
time all I spoke. He was so ill informed
as not to know that .... Be so kind as
to send me the letter. He should write
so soon ... as he could obtain permission.
93ergl. Such. (9iod) etn anbereg ,,a(8"
f. untev But 2.) 3fi ba8 ©ubject in ben
beiben ©d^en nidjt gfeic^, obec I)at
bag SSerb beg jtreiten ©a|eg feinen 3ns
ftnitio (f. Defective), fo fici^t jlatt as
nun that: He was so ill informed that I
could learn nothing from him. 2. As
atg Son junction bei- 3ci t, f. When.
@g gibt aurf) ben ® v u n b an : As he was
a better soldier than a statesman , so,
what he gained in the camp , he usually
lost in the city.
Aspirate [♦ Consonant, 2, a, @.
Assimilation ifi bie 33emanbl(ung
eineg 28ucl)fiaben in einen anberen, ber beni
barauf j^olgenben gteicfj oberecrtuanbt
ifl. !l)tc3 gefd)ie&t ber beqitemeren 2lng=
f^vart)e unb. beg 2fio^(tauteg n^gcn. @o
ge^t n »ov c, f, 1, r in biefe '-8art)flabcn
xiber , luib lu^r b unb p \wirb eg ju m ; d
- Attraction.
vemianbett firf) »oir f, 1, n, p, r, s, t in
biefe 33ucl)fiaben, unb bergl. @o entf^an^
ben ^iele lateinifc^^sfranjofifcfie SBorter, bie
gtcicft ferttg , il^rem ©tanime narf) , ing
©nglifcfjeubergtngen : to occur flattobcur,
immediate fiatt inmediate; to impose ftatt
inpose (tuie em^fangen fiic entfangen,
emv>feblen fiiv entfe^len) j to accept fiatt
adjept; to assault f^att adsault; irra-
tional unb illegilime jlatt inrational unb
inlegitime. Seboct) l^at manned) advance,
advantage , tro bag ?5ranj6fi[d)e bequeiner
bag d augnjirft.
Assonance f. Alliteration.
Asyndeton, bie 2Beg(affung beg Sln-
bcnjortg, ifi fel^i- l^aufig. Had it not been
foryou— ife^U if).. They will have il, he'
is an enemy to mankind. A handsome,
young, roving, bright-locked gallant.
The good old catholic, art-loving, beer-
bibbing Munich. ©. ben (e^ten ©a^ uns
ter Adjective, C, unb loergt. If, As, That,
Though, When, And. 5)ap auc6 ber r e=
gelmdpige ©ebraud) beibei- ©^^radien
nid)t ftetg iibereinpimmt, f. unter Cardinal,
A, 3 unb So, 3.
At bejeic^net etgentlidj btc JRu^e (f. fn),
fiel^t inbe^ au6.) nad) aSerbcnbei-J8e»uegung
ju !Jlngabe ber Otidjtung : to enter at the
window ; to come at a thing; he made a
blow at me; (hey looked at me; baiter
au(^ to laugh at one. ©elten tuirb eg U) e g=
gelaffen: ...: ere he arrive («/) the
happy isle (Milton). ©. Preposition, E.
Attraction: bie 2lugfaffung eineg
@a§tf;ei(eg, fo ba^ bann bag njirflid) ®c=
fc^te ju jwci terfdjiebenen ©aftgliebevn ge=
gogen merben mup. 1. ©o bleibt ein 3) e=
monftrati» (ipronomen ober 2lb»erb)
to eg unb bag 9te(atio mu^ eg ntit »er=
tvetcn: 1 cannot doubt o/ ?y/<rt^ you tell
me (= of that which). All agreed to
jvhal he proposed. Heaven will never
arraign him ybr tvhat he thinks, butybr
ivhat he does. The arrival oftvhatever
they have been waiting/or. She entered
into an explanation of hoiv Virginia had
been educated (= of the manner in which
Virginia had been educated), (@,What,
A, 1.) We saw a stag.. . within about
twenty paces of where we were silting
Hi
Attribute
(= of there where, b. 1^. of the place
where . . .)• ^^crgl. $reb. @. 6, 8 ; 7, 2 ;
9, 4; $f. 18, 40; 21, 9^ 34, 10; B)pv.
eai. 1, 27 ; 15, 12 ; 1. 3)iacc. 1, 26. ®o
txUaxt ftc^ au* to leave for = rcifen
•nac^...: I left for England; man ]^at
ben Dxt p erganjen , ben man » c r ( d p t ,
J. 3iB. I left Germany for England, (ifigt.
,,ben -^immet fiir bie 2CeIt erevben*' bet
®tmon2)ad).) 2. Dber bag 9ieta =
1 1 » 61ei6t hjeg , fo bap man b^g »or^ev=
gel^enbe SSbrt jtreimal ju benfen \ii\t: Do
you know the man you have seen = do
YOU know the man? you have seen ihe
man. ®o mag biefe (Sltittfe b^3 9?e=
latb (f. Relative, II, 2) entjlanbcn
fein. 5te^nlic^e"93erfur5ung: he requested
his orders as to how he was to proceed
(= iiSer btc 5lrt, ttjtc ev...). 3. 2(nd)
bte ©inttjtrfung eine* ^^crfonncfecn Sur=
wortcS auf baS ^ert» etneS .9ietati» =
fa|c8 nennt man 2tttractton; f. Perso-
nal, B, 7. 3{u^eibem: Declension^ III,
Collective, 3 unb Negation, 3.
At'tribute ift nur ein anbrev 9Jamc
flit Predicate, ajjan^mal toirb eS" aud)
in engerem (Sinne gebrau^t: f. Adjective,
B, 1, a.
Aw, 3)igraJ)^ ; 1. = a : autumn (alura^),
aumeletle; 2. = a : aunt; 3. = 6:
cauliflower.
Authority, bie 2(utoritdt, bte ®es
njd^r, bie ein gutec Author burcf) fein
58eifpte( ]\\x ben ©eSraucf) irgenb eine8
2(u8brurfS teifiet; and) ber <£d)riftfie((er
felbfi ^eipt bann the Authority. 2)tc bet
man(i^en imferer SSeifpiete \\\ ^(ammern
beigefe^ten ©drriftfieUernamen fmb in bem
betreffenben Salte bte 2lutoritdtcn.
Auxiliary Verbs , auc& Helping
Verbs gcnannt , '^ilfSjeittD orter.
J. @ie btenen jur Sitbnng bee ^ufam =
mengefe^tenSeiten etne8 33erb: fo
to have, to be, I shall, I will. B. W\t to
be tt)irb aud> bag ganje ^^affitj gebilbct.
C. 3m ttjeiteren @inne ^ei^en and) , n?. i,
3)., I can, I may, I must, I ought, to let,
to dare (to need) unb auperbem to do
^ilfgtjevben. (S. alle biefe a. i.O. D. 3 m
2lUgemeinen bemerten ttjtr noc6 :
I.5ffiennbag)jafflt)e5Parttcipman^er'>)ilfg;
Auxiliary Verbs.
25
»erb« mit einem 3nftnitt» sufammentrifft,
fo feften ttjtt i. 5D. ben SnfinitiD beffelben
a(g aiJarticijj : id) l^abe eg nid)t madden
TOotten, foUcn, fonnen, biirfen,
m g en , anflatt tc^ l^abe e§ ntctjt madien
gettoHt, gcfoltt, gefonnt , geburft u.
f. nj. ((5benfo fe^en n>ir beg let^teru Sals
leg ivegen n? o r b e n ftatt gettjorben im
$afft» ; fritter tterfurjte man faft a U c
paffiwen ^Jartictpg fo [mer l^at eg
bra d)t, g.eben]: im dialect nod) jc^t.)
5)ag ge^t im (Snglifc^en nid)t: alfo
n i d) t : I have not dare do it , fcnbein I
have not dared do it. ®. to Dare, ©belts / r
fo : 3d) ^aht t§n gc^en I a f f e n : I have let / /i^
him go (nid)t to let), .§ieiju fommt aber,
bap betimetfien >§ilfg»erben bag jjaffiue
*P a r t i c i )3 f e ^ 1 1 ! 3Kan mup ba^er oft
etne ganj anbrc Jffienbung nel^men. ®. bie
einjeluen auxiliary verbs a. t. 0» 11. ^es
pren bte ^ilfgserben jn nie^rern Snfinis
tif en ober" 55artici)?ien , fo braud)en fie
nid)t njieberl^olt jii ttievben: I had read
and written. We shall depart to-mor-
row and return in a week. There is
good beef eaten in England , and good
wine drunk in France. III. (Sin fc^on
Border ge.gangeneg 95erb njirb, nebft
feinem 3tibel^6r, narf) einem ^ilfgjeitnjortc
oft tt) e ggelaffcn: She acted just as
she ought (viz. to act). Be it as it may.
He will have me go there, but I can and
shall not (go). He must go to her, will
he, nill he. Neither Silvertop nor myself
had ever been there before; Major Blaze
had, @,o namentticfe 1. in 2lntn) or ten,
roenn man, ftatt nur yes ober no ju fagen,
ein «§t(fgt)erb , befonberg to do fe§t. Are
you to go there ? Yes, 1 am. Will you
do it? I shall (obeir I will). Read this !
I cannot. Do you love him? I do. Did
they laugh at him? No, they did not. @.
bag jnjeite ^Beifptel nnter ber Conjunction
That unb »etgf. It, C, II, 2.-2. @benfo,
wenn inan nad) einer grage anbeutet , bap
man etne juflimmenbe 2lntn)ort ernjarte,
njo njir „nid)t n)af;r?" fe^cn. You
have not been in England? have you ?
You have read the newspaper? have not
you ? I should like to go to the concert
very much, and so would you ; should
you not? Uebrtgeng ttjirb biefeg fragenbe
26 Aw -
9tnr;angfel bem »orl^ergel^ent)en @a^c «nt;
gcgengefe^t : ift bicfer olfo fccja^cub , fo
tcirb €8 serneinenb ; werneint cv felbfi , fo
hjiib e8 fcejal^enb, ivie bie SSeifpiete jeigcn.
Aw ningt fietS ttitc k: law, lo bawl.
Ay, JDigvci))^, lautet !♦ = a: day;
2. the quay, ba6 Ouat ober .^ai) , fprid)
ke (c8 vuirb an* key gefcftricfceii) ; 3. bie
Sntcrjccticn ay , toet)e ! !lingt = a ; bag
bejaBenbe Slboecb ay abet = ai.
B.
B, :^ct^t be; eg ifl in bet 2lu§fprac^e
genau i-iom p ju fci)eiben,.aber aud) nte tcic
tb ju frredjen, tvie rt)C^I unfer b in
geben, toben, @rbe flingt: bound,
pound; lib, lip; robe, rope. ®tumm
tfieS'Dor t unbn ad) m: doubt, limb,
plumb (wie plomb im gratijijf.),. and) in
plumber (n)d§rcnb cS in plomber, franj.,
lautet) ; jeboc^ f:prid?t man eg in subtile,
succumb.
Bacchhis, ber SSevgfuf: w__: a
house-wife, the flambeau.
Bad, fd)kcbt, I;at im ®om))arati»
(f(^ted)tct, ((glimmer) worse, im ®u:perla=
titt Me Ivors t. {JVorser iji eeraltet unb
je^t tabelnSiDevtl^.) Scne ^ii'ttn Sovmen
geiten auc^ aB ©teigetung toon emVunb ilL
Bar'barism ifi ein fd)led)ter, »evberb=
ter, voider 2lugbntcf , ein SSerfto^'gcgen bie
9ieinl;eit ber @^vad)e. ®d if! thro'' a
barbarous contraction fur through.
to Be , bag nntegetmd^igfte alter Si^xU
tDorter: Pres. t.: lam, thou art, he is,
we are — . Conjunct, baju : I be ... (I be,
thou beest, he be u. f.nj. alg 3nbicdti» ift
jWar toevaltet nub Bulgdr, ^nbct fid) jebod)
nod) bei 5)idjteni; f. and) There is.)
Jmprf. t.: 1 was, thou wast, he was, we
were — . Conjunct.: I were, thou were
ober werl, he were... !Die jufammen=
gefe^ten 3citen mit to /laverlhave
been , I had been , I shall have been,
I should have been (njie j'ai t5t6). @ein
®ebraud>: J- 9ltg fetbjtftdnbigeg
- Be.
93erb: fein, cj:ifiiren, auc^ fiir ©ts
ttjag ft i mm en: To be or not to be, that
is the question. He is no more. Whom
are you for? T/iei-c is, f. a. f. O. 1. Sn
fotdicr i.u'dgnanter 93ebeutung nimmt eg
and) 5lb»erbien ju fid) : I am well off ( =
id) bin wo^l). They were badly off, fie
ttjaren iibel baran. SSergt. bagegen : 1 was
well, I would be better, look physic
aud died (= njenn eg bem @fel ^Wmo^
ifl, u. f.-ftt.) fDafjer and) jebeg ^tit-
unb O r t g abverb : 1 am ahvays here. Are
you still there about? — to be out with
one, mit Ginem jerfalten fein. I am
absolutely for her departure. 2. 3m
(Sinne son g el^iJren l)ateg ben ^Poffefs
f i» (f. b.) bei fic^ : IVhose is this house?
It is' my brother's. 3» 3n ben gormen
ber iBergangenI;eit ftel)t eg im @inne son
g e ^ e n (gteid) bem franjof. je fus, unb bem
beutfc^en $ro»iiijiaUgmug : id) tt>erbc
iiad) 2)rcgben). 2)ann :^at eg anc^ to —
bie ^rd^ofition ber 9lid)tung — bei fid): The
physician may have been to Paris or to
Vienna and have studied in a hospital
for phildren. (gg liegt babei aber immer
gteid) ber ©ebanfe mit barin, bafi man
wieber juriicf ift. ) Had he been
bathing with his clothes on (roar er baben
gegangen)? I have been to Mrs. Maddox.
4* SSerbinbet eg nuv ©ubjcct unb ^Prdbicat
mit einanber, fc \)^i eg ein ©ubPantis oter
ein5tbj[ectit>nad|fid): »gt. ^, a«, C, I, b,3.
He is a parson. Is she not happy? —
B. 5ltg ^ i t f ^ » e r b. 1 . 3uv a3itbung ju=
fammengcfc^ter^eiten : \. Neuter, B, II, —
2. 3ur Silbung beg ^affis, f. b, 3. 2«it
einem 3nfiniti» (mit to) nad) fic^
l^ei^t eg fottcn, miiffen, fonnen,
ivolten, ttjerben. ^abei ^<x\ man
roo^t jujufel^en, tib ter ®ebanfe acti»
ober !paffi» ifi, nm banad) bie rid)tigc
Snfinitisform ju fc^en, nnil^renb i. S. ftetg
ber actiwc 3nfiniti» ftef)t. This monster is
to be seen (ju fct)en) at London. These
things are to be had , to be bought and
to be sold here. They were to have dined
there. It is not to be imagined. This
garden is not lo be passed through ( =
man fann, fotl, barf nid)t . . .). I am to do
this. Hamlet is to be performed on
Sunday. ®. Active, C. — 4. a)iit einem
Become
active participle fcitbet e§ bte V«i)>l)m=
flif^e Conjugation, f. Periphrase, XVII.
to Become iitfft trie to grow, to gel
unfe bie »eitt>anbten 33erbcn im @inne t»on
tt) e r b e n : The inhabitants of that
country then first became known.
to Behold f. Infinitive, A, 4, b unb
Accusative, B, I, 4.
to Believe :^at bie ^a&)t, bieman
glaubt, aber <iVi6) bic ^ e r f o n , b e r man
glaufct, im Dbjectit) na(^ fic^. 2)a:^cr aucb
mit bem 2tccufati» unb 3nftnitt» : We
believed him to be our friend. — *|3af)'l» :
He is a person not to be believed.
Best unb better f. Good.
Between f. Among.
to Bid : (f. to Cause) mit bcm Accusa-
tive with the Infinitive (o^ne to): Bid
him go home. Wisdom bids us conform
to our humble situation.
Billiard , alg ©ingularform, fommt
mtv in 3ufammenfefeungen wor : billiard-
ball , billiard-marker ; fonft ^ci^t eS fiete
billiards: — to play at billiards.
Both : 1. a(g 3 a ^ I a b j c c t. tritt tt o r
Slrtifel unb ^ronomen : Both my brothers
are seamen-, iheyhave been in both the
Indies. ®. The, E. (5S btent 2. au(^ aB
(Conjunction: both... and = fos
It) "^ t . • . a I § : We were victorious both
by sea and land. SSgl. qSf. 36, 7 ; 39, 13 ;
49, 3 ; 74, 16 ; 76, 7 ; 135, 8 ; 1 3»acc. 4,
35 unb oft. @. Either.
Brackets f. Parenthesis.
British f. Etymology, 1. aJIan ncunt
bie 5Bvitifct)e ©vradje audi the Jf^elsh^ ba«
SGBalUfifcfte. 3n ber 2(u5f»radK be§ @n9=
lifrf^en )>Pegen bie SBallifer bie Sonfonan?
ten ju \)^xt ju f^jrec^en : Cot, peiter, tead
ftattGod, better, dead unb betfll. 9JJan
^ore ben Dr. Morgan in Smollel's R.
Random. 5|}rd))ofitionen merbcn in biefem
JDialectc befouberS i^duft^i iveggelaffen :
What have you done my hat ( = with my
hat)?
Brother '^ixt im plural brothers,
h?enn eg toirflidje , tetMid)e JBriibcr bebeu^
tet. 3m ijeiftigen, movaUfc^en Sinne ))<xi
eg brethren. @in ^Ptebiger nennt Kine3u=
But.
27
l^ijreralfc: My brethren!— He and all
his brethren voyage-writers (=(Sottegcn).
Burlesk, !cmifc^ , I;ei^t ein einjelnev
Stueiiirucf, ober auc^ eine ganje ©attung bes
States. So ^ci^t ein ©etjl^alg burfcSf : a
skin-Dint ; ein bofeg S®eib : an Abigail, a '
Xaniippe. @in burte^fer 93er« ift J. 3?. :
Whatever risk I'm forced to run,
I shall take care ol number 07ic !
(b. "i). of myself, xvie n)ir fagen : erfl
fomm' icf)!) (Sin burlesfe* Spricfinjort :
You cannot make a silk purse oiit of a
sow's ear. Slur im. burlesfen @ti)Ic
brAuc^tmanj. iS. yclad, ycleped, teague.
But fiefit im aSin-terbut^e faji tt>ie ein
2(Uern>ett6»ort auS trofe box unb match
unb to get unb to take unb upon u. bgl.,
ba eg bie DIatur eincr (Scnjunctton mi^
ber einee 2lbr»erb , eincg ^ronomen , ja
eineg @ubftanti» unb )i)erb »cretnt (o^ne
ber >§Dmograv^cn unb ber- >»^omDnbmen
the but , to but = to abut , the butt , to
butlju gebenfeu). il^erfudjeniDir, juHaren,
o^ne ©cru(frict)ttgung feiner allertiingg
b 1> Ji e 1 1 e n 21 b ft a m m u n g. Urs
fpriiinglii^ ip eS eine (Conjunction beg
(Segem'a^eg = a ber, all ein, j e^
b ^ unt), nac6 33erneinungen, f o n b e r n.
2Ug foldK ftel^t eg ftetg ju2Infang beg
®a$eg , tvk [onbern, all ein, nie
inmitten bcffelben, irie a b e r unb j eb o c& :
He is a very good boy, but a little too
lazy. He did not write, but draw. 2lug
biefcv (Srunbbebeutung beg (S n t g e g e n =
fe^eng, teg 2lu snel^m cn*g, 2tug =
f d)liepcng (but = be out) Idpt fi* nun
mit >§i(fe einer (5Utj.'fe ber ganjc ©cbvaud)
uon but ciflciren. 3}ian evwdge im ^cU
genben and) immer , bap but ju 21 n f a n g
cineg @a§eg |tel)t, alfo aud» immer
cinen @a^, hjenn nud) oft eincn »er =
fur J ten, na^ fid) :^at. ©g bebeutet:
1. auper, auggenommen, nur
n i c^ t {fo ftefit : o § n e — 3of. 8, 27) :
We were all there but you (ttdlfidnbig :
we were all there, but you were not
there). He was the last but one {= aug=
genommen (Sinen ; = but there was yet
one behind him). Who can it be but he?
2Iug bem ©egenf afee ergibt fic^ : 9iie=
manb [onft fann eg fein, a ber er fann eg
28
But.
njc^t fein. 33ergt. nod) ben Ic^tcn @ci^
imter Irish. — 2. ^a^ex ^e^t but audi q('
rabeju fiiv ,,a 6 e r n n r n i cf) t" in @d^cn,
n;o nict)t jn^ei (etnanber einfdiranfcnbe,
tl^eifnjetfe a«f§e6enbe (guB j ectc) cber
. Objcctc flel^en, iraS allcvbingg ber gc=
it»o^nndic Salt ift, fonbern tvo bafur etn
bD^))ette8 5prabicat flc^t , bcffen
crftcr3;f;eite6cii ancfe ben jtreitcn invneint:
In the fourteenth century the amal-
gamation of the races was all but com
plete (M'acaulay) = aiUS 2(nbre el^er,a6cr
nuv ntcf)t »oIl|itdnbtg. My reflections were
anything but pleasant (= buret) ang
n ic() t). He was anything but pleased.
They are anything but unanimous in
their doctrines. <Die Jlnnaf^me etner bem
©tbanfen t)Difd)lucI3enben •SSerneinung in
•Dbigen ©ci^en (ttergf. aud) unten, 7) ift
urn fo nntitvlid)er, al§ in al^nnd)en ®d|en
3. but oft nacfe not, nothing, none, never
nnb bevgf. fie^t, a(fo anfd)eincnb fiir than
= vijg. 3)a bev 3ufammen;^ang i^iev ein
fel^r innigei- ifi , barf man and) in fold&en
@dj^en fein (So.mma Dor but fefeen.
She does nothing but ( auggenommen )
weep; gleid)fam: jie tl;ut gar 9fiid)tg,
aber ttjeinen t^ut fie. 93ergt. unten, 11.
I shall have no other will but hers ( =
gar feincn SBiffen , auagcnontmen ben
il&rigen). No one knew his name but
Dominick , his banker = No o. k. h.
name ; but D. knew it. 2[el^nlid) :
WTio could it he but the judge (= irenn
nid)t,tat. non. . . nisi). Who knows but
all that iftalter might be intended as a
warning to us (= Nobody knows; but
= gttjar...; a'6er...). a5erg(. Sutf;erS
„o \^ n e" -fiir atS : 9tut^, 4, 4 ; 1. @am.
13, 22 ; 2. earn. 22, 32. — 4. ®a^er and)
nad) tt)ir!nd)cn »erneinenben
S om^araticen, rtjic no more, no
less, no sooner: To trust in Christ is
no more, but to acknowledge him for
God. ®enau fo fiel^t nj e b e r anftatt a t « :
®irad) 31, 15 ; 2, 22 ; 2. SWaccab. 14, 30 ;
®^r. 3, 14; Jpiob 33, 12; 2. a)i\>f. 16, 5.
— 5. (So erfldrt fic^ and) I cannot but,
i d) f a n n n i d) t a n b e r 8 , xA) f a n n
h i d) t u m :^ i n : We cannot but love him
(= njtr fi3nnen nid}t8 2tnberc8 tl;un, fon?
bem ro'xx tniiffen jc). I cannot but laugh
at his stiffness. SScrgL Infinitive, A, 4,
d. — 6. But that ift bebingenb: ivenn
n i d) t, h) f e r n n u r n i d) t : We should
go to him but that we fear his father
(=ab.er eg ifi ber gait, ba^ to ir ...).!E)a=
f;er ^t^t not but that '{i^^ts^ jugebcnb,
e i n r a u nt e n b = n i d) t e t lo a , b a f . .
nid)t: We lived in a state of much
happiness , not but that we sometimes
had those little rubs .. . a(8 »ort»eus
genb, abTOe^renb =nic^t, ba^ — ;
n i d) t , a\i oh . . . Not but that it was
right. Not but that I would assert the
contrary. 7. @anj ttie but that ftel^t
and) but for. We could have imagined
ourselves in a second spring but for the
tropical heat which followed us = We
could — spring; but we dared not for
(= because of) the tropical heat, ^ier
ergdnjen TOir eine Diegation, TOd^renb ber
©a^ affirmatiti ifi (tjergt. oben, 2) ; um=
gefe^rt taffen jvir bie OJegation fatten: I
should not have done it but for you =
I should not have done it; but for you
/ have done it. I would, but for hurling
him. But for you, I had been killed (=
ol^nc ®ie, o^ne 3^rc «&itfe). 2tuf ganj
d^nlid)e 5trt crffdrt fid) ja aud) im t5ran=
j6fifd)cu nnb 3tatienifd)en bie 33erneinung
im jtueitcn (Siiebe einer ^ergleid^ung : II
est plus riche qu'on ne croit = On ne
croit pas qu'il soit si riche. Ho trovato
pill che io non credeva. iBergt. bei Su=
tf;cr : 35ag SBort ©otteS ifl fd)drfer, benn
fein gTOetfd)iietbig @d)TOcrt, u. f. nod)
Never. — 8. 2Ug einfad)e ©a^toerbinbung
= ba^ nid)t ftei^t but nad) to question,
to doubt, to fear, to deny nnb bergt.,
10 e n n b i e f e n e g a t i » ft c ^ e n : No
doubt (no question) but he will do it =
man bejTOcifclt e8 »ieUeid)t, ab er er njirb
ti ol^ne ^TOcifet t^nn. Fear not but I
shall be able to recompense your good
offices = 5itrd)tet D^ic^tS ; fonbern*
gtaubt , ba^ id) . . . I cannot deny but I
found much good by it. It is not quite
impossible but he will come, i^ergl. On
craiul qu' il nc vienne. fflian gcwinnt in
berartigen ©d^en fd)on cine ©rffdrnng,
TOenn man nur ein @omma oor but an-
nimmt ( ii barf aber n i di t ftel^en , f.
Comma) : There is no doubt (,) but he
By -
will succeed, (ie^e fief) bann iitterfefeen:
(SS imtevUegt feincm 3wcifel mtf)v , fcn=
bern — . jlej^nti^er aBcife redjtfertigt fic^
ber eft getabelte ®a|:. It is twenty to
one but it will happen. 9. @in $rDs
nomen fc^cint in but ju liegen , Jrenn
man anS tern Dcr^crgel^enben (negatt»en)
@afec bqg (Subject .njie'oerfeolen ober
barauS ein ncueS entnel^men niu§. 2Bir
geBen tS bann buret): ber nic^t ober
ttjcldjernidbt: There is none but
knows that he cheated her = e§ gifet
9]temanben, ber eg n i c^ t mii^te, f o n b e r n
Sebcrmann rceip , bap . . . Not a nook or
corner but is of use in housing some
useless person = feinc (§de, tein SBinfel
ifi unbennfet, fonbern blent,*. (J8 finb
l^ier alfo jtrei ®d§e in ein en »eifiirjt,
nnb babei ifl bie Sonjuncticn flcl^cn ge-
Wieben. ®anj ci^nli^ fieftt „fonbcrn"
2. a)?Df. 19, 3, ju crfidren burcf) : a b e r
ttjenn il^n boef) Semanb beriil^rt, f o . . . 9Jtan
»ergl. im ^ranjijf. : Quel pays giic la
France! (f. ^aufel)ilb , Dictionnaire
Grammatical, untcr ixv (Sonjunctinn Que,
B, 1—3.) 3u gro^ercr. 2)eutlicfcfeit tritt
oftcrS aiiefe nce^ w/iat ^Inju : T/te wild
boars suffer no beast with them but
tvhat is of their own kind (= auSgenoms
men ein fotcfjeS , ba? . . .) SScrgt. cben I,
3, i. — .10. 2luf biefelbe 9trt ergibt fid)
bag refatitie 9tb»erb n? o au« but : There
is no day almost ( ob«r auc^ there is
scarce a.day) but he comes to my house
= e8 if! f ein 3;ag, two er nic^t fame, fons
bern er fiettt ft* Jfben 5;a9 ein. Seldom
a week has passed biit he has relieved
some indigent person. 11. SSentg Be*
barf eg nun, «m ju ber Sibferbtalbebeu-
tnngt^nur, btoS, eben,erft"3u
gelangen; ber ©egenfafe (baS 2hi8ge=
nommenffin) .gibt ftctg bie Sofung. 2)a^
eg nun nief)t ju 3lnf ang beg ®a|ieg ju
ftc^en. brau(t)t,.erfldvt fief) eben baraug,
baft eine. »crfiir§enbe Snffl'nmengie;
^ung i^tveier ©afee ftattgefunben ^at,
f. 9ir. 9." ©cfcon bei ben cbigcn Seifpies
len : She does nothing but weep ; We
cannot but love him , • liefte fiet) ba^er
„nur" anbringen. ®o t Give him but a
little of it (= not all , but a little). Be
but ruled by me (= not by others, but by
- C. S9
me). He was here but just now (= It
is true he was here, but not long ago,
but just now). The story, is but too
true. (We might wish it were not true,
but . . .) Eat these fruits but sparingly.
@D fie^t but, nur, neben bat, aber:
He eats but little , but drinks the more.
But be but as good as thou art hand-
some. 12. @ubftanti»ifcf) fiel^t eg
J. 93. : He was commended with a but
(mit einem 2Iber). 13. llnb bap einSBort,
njelcfteg fo siele birecte unb inbirectc J5in=
njenbungcn madjt, and) alg SSerb; to
but, (Sinreben mac^en, gebrau^t wirb,
bag ij^ gar nic^t anberg iu erroarten. .
By. J. 5lugf?»racf)e. .aScnn man
eg betont, l^eiftt eg by, fie^t eg ol&nc 9iad)=
iruci: by. B. ©cbrauct). 1. By bes
jeic^net bie *)Jer fon, oon roeld^er, ober
bagfflfittel, burcb wjetefceg @tt»ag ge=
tl^annjirb; balder fief;t eg befonberg nad)
einem 5?affi», hjd^renb ivith nad» ac^
t i » e n 33erben fte&t : I sent him the book
by a servant. He fell by the sword, by
a thrust. He is loved by everybody.
2. By mit einem reflective pronoun bes
bentet etnc 2lbfonberun9 = an, fiir
(fid)) : There he stands by himself. She
walks by herself (all ein). Set this
pot by itself (apart). I drank the coffee
by itself (ol^ne (Stroag baju ju i^aben).
He ate the bread by itself (eitet). SSergf.
In, 6. ' . '
€.
C, l^eipt se. 2lugfprae^e: 1. = f, tor
a, o, u, »or ©onfonanten , unb am (5nbc
ber @ilbe : care, cocoa, custom , clear,
cry, physic. 2. = fc^arfemf, »ore,
i, y unb ae : face, city, cypress, Caesar,
'iugnal^me: in sceptic, sceleton, f, untet
Sc, 2. - 3. @elten.tt)ie fan ft eg f
"(= z) to suflice, sacrifice. 4. <§duftg =
fd) (sh) ocean, delicious. 5. 3n italics
nifd)cn 2fiortcrn = tfd^ : vermicelli, vio-
loncello. 6. @tumm ifi c in cnaster,
Czar, victual. 3n ^Bcjug auf bie Ors
t^ograpl^te ifi ju merfen: c fie^t
30
Cacophony
nte am @nbc eitieS ein f Ubigcn SBor:
Ui ; bafiir ^el)t ck : quick, black, ©benfo
flei^cn c unb ck am @nt>e nie wad) Son;
fonanten ; bafiir tritt k etn: bank, milk.
Cacophony, llefietffang , 3JJipton,
cntj^e^t: 1". hutci) Sufammenj^of jireier
SSocafc ; f. Hiatus. 2» 2)urrt) 3ufammen=
treffen jtoetec gaiij ungleidjarttijcr (Son=
fonanten ; btefe^ fiefeitigt oft bte Assimila-
tion (f. b.). Walker bejeidjnet cil^ 9JiMg=
tone „lhe most hissing, snapping^ clash-
ing^' grinding, sounds, that ewer grated
the ear of a F'andal:^'^ tcht in scratched,
stretch'd; ncht in wrenched; obcr bie
Sonfonantcnl&auriing in ben jufammenge;
jogenen Gormen : thou strenglhen'dst,
au^gefprocfjen : = strengthndst ; thou
quick'n'dst imb bergt. 3. 2)urci> allju
^ctufige SBieberfel^r eineS unb beffelben
SauteS, namentlicf) bei ^ifc^ern; f. Eu-
phony, D. 2)ag fann aud) in nacf)ld[figem
®t^tc tiegcn, unb fc()on Sean *ijau(
mag ben englifcfcen Srfjtiftpellern in a3er=
meibnng ber@acc^)^onie'nnicf)t ad^u grope
©orgfalt jufc^reibcn. Scbocft — ein beut=
fcf^eg D|r rid)te I;icc ni(t)t ju frf)nett.
llnangene^m faufefn \. 93. bic »ieleu ©=
laute in ber leiclU ju »ermeibenben 33c»:=
Binbung : Mr. Perkins's special pro-
fession, ©bcnfo bie fief) bvdngenben ©i=
imb !D=Iante in : A handkerchief was tied
tight roun^ his thigh (Marryat).
I Can , thou canst — . I could , thou
couldst -.-. 3)ie3 S?er6 'i^at (trie I will,
I shall, I ought, I may, I must) iveber
3nfiniti» , iioc^ 513artici». ©iefen 5(ugfaU
gu becfen, nimmt man to be able , fdl^ig
fcin (ttjaS natiivlicfe auc^ fiir bie njirflidi
»orl^anbcneu Sormen I can unb I could
ftcf;cn fann): I have not been able, icf)
^abe nic^t gefonnt; he will be able, cr
roirb fonnen; I should have been able,
i(J) wiivbc gefonnt l^abcn u. f. nj. Slu^cr-
bem it»irb in @d^en mit bcm Sonjunctic :
,,ic& indite,., fonnen" bie ^onftvuction
umgebrc^t = I could have, hjobei benn nas
tiulid; au8 unferm mittm inne fic^enben
3 n f i n i t i ti baS ^jaffiec $ a r t i c i v ttjirb,
g. 95. ict) :^attc f(f>reit>cn fonnen = I-
could have rvritten. They could have
assisted me. We could have borne ail
Cardinal numbers.
this. Treachery did what force could
never have done. ®. noct) ben le^teit
©a^ unter Conjunctive, B, 4, unb »ergt.
bie iibrigeu oben genanntcn befectiren iBer*
ben. Uebrigeng fte^t can audi son ©eis
fiegfertigfeiten : they can read and write,
obfrf^on ba ofterg to know bafur eintritt:
they know how to write an English
letter.
Cape ^at feinen ©igennamen in ^\>po=
fition, ol^ne of: the Cape Fiiiisterre.
*2l«8nal^mc : the Cape of Good hope.
Capitals f. Initials.
Cardinal numbers, ^au^tja^fen.
^. gov m el leg. 1. ^ie ® runbfor;
m e n finb ; one , two, three, foiir, five,
six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven
(»on two bilbet ficfj twelve); bie Ba^en
13 bis 90 rtjerben »on biefen abgeleitet:
thirteen, fourteen, fifteen, sixteen,
seventeen u. f. «. Uebev eighteen f. nocfc
Ordinals, 1. 2)ie r u n b e n 3a^fcn ^aben
bic @nbung -ti/ = jig: twenty, sixty,
eighty. ai)iebenim.fe(bP|tdnbige Sormen
finb hundred, thousand, million, billion
u. f. f. 2. 3)ie 3a|>len bfeiben geroij^nlic^
imtierdnbect (im 5)eutfcfeen hjerben fie ^du=
fig beciinirt: icti erinnere mid) gnjeier
obei- breicr SJienfc^en) ; jeboc^ ne^men
fie mand)mal baiJ s be^ Splurat : the ones,
the threes ; tens of thousands shall
perish (Byron). Rapidly, in twos and
threes. . .. swarm in the clolhesmen (lu
jnjeien — ). Little knots of .twos and
threes. @. nodi hundred unb thousand.
IVIilliou, billion, trillion u. f. f. finb (Subs
flantioc unb nel^men balder bag s beg $(urat
nn: four millions. 3. 3)ic 3 u f ammens
fe^ung ber 3al;ren ift »on 13 big 19
ganj voic i. !D. ; von 21 an abcr ft>iicfet
man g e Uj 6 1^ n I i d) e r bic 3al^(en fo aug,
trie man fie fd)reibt, t>on Unfg nad) redjtg,
atfo bie 3f6ncv "oov ben (Sinern : twenty
one, forty five, sixty nine. 5)ie 33eij')^iiele
jeigen, ba^ and nidjt gefc^t h)irb, (£o=
balb inbe^ bic Sa^l 59 nidjt iiberfdirittcn
iftrb , fann man bic (Siner aud) tor ben
3e^nern fprcd)en,- unb bann tritt aud jmi-
fdicn bcibe, gang to. t. 3). 5llfo hjo^I
one and twenty, five and forty, nine and
fifty, abcr n i d) t one aud sixty, two aud
Case —
ninety, unb ni*t three hundred and
one and twenty. 4. Diacfe hundred cber,
fattg feine ^unberte ba finb, nad> thousand
ftei^t fletS and: one hundred and seven;
two thousand three hundred and eighty
nine; two thousand and eighty nine.
3. a35tc t. 2). fc§t man bcr .Riiije ttjegen
and) im ©nglifrticn eft g r 6 p e r e 3n^Ien,
ats 9 »Dr ^unbeit, fo bap baS Jlaufenb
u6erf(^ritten njivb : eighteen hundred and
6 fly two. 6. ®(eid)erSequemUd)feit ^als
6er Mi man , n>. i. 2). , I>ei fiefannten
Sa^reeisaHen au6 bem tjoiigcn ober
biefem Sa^r^unberte oft bie 2lnga6c bc8
Sal^r^unbertg tccg unb fefct nur bic Bel^nec
unb @tncr, in ber ®ci)rift mit Slpofiroj?^ : in
'89 I was at Paris ( = 1789). ®.noc^In,@.
^. ©ebrauct). 1. 3)te 2[n g ab c bcr
©tunbcn gefdjle^t am getco^ulid^ften
fo: bei ber » o Men *@tunbe fefet man
o\lock jur 3a^t , inbep fann bieS , a(g
felbfttterfidnbtici) , and) njegbleiSen : it is
one (two, twelve) o'clock. 5)ann rec^net
man big mit l^alb nac^ ber »or^er =
ge^enben, sollen ©timbe {mit past)-,
»on ]^a(b an aber nad) ber laufenben,
nad)fien8 erfuKten (mil to); man gibt alfo
bis ju ^alb an, tvtet)iel 3eit feit bcm
le^ten ©tunbenfc^jage oerftoffen ifi;
t>on ^ciib an aber, reicciel 3eit nod)
big jum nddiflen ®(orfenfc^(ag ju fierflrei;
c^en fiat; j. 33. it is a minute past one,
ten minutes past one; it is a quarter
past one = ctn iStertcf auf 2; half past
one = l^atb jJrci ; a quarter to two =
bret aSiertct auf 2. ©ic ba5n)tfd)en Iiegen=
ben 5lngaben : 5 aJtinuten fiber ein iBicrtel
auf 2 = twenty minutes past one; in 5 5)its
nuten l^alb 2= twenty five minutes past
one ; in 5 ajiinuten 3 9}iertet auf 2 : twenty
five minutes to two; in 5 QJJinuten um 2:
five miriutes to two «, f. tv. 2. ®ft einer
aBo^^nungSbcjeic^nung fe^t man
bic -^augnummer »or ben @trapennamen :
He lives ,24, Kingslreet. — Mr. R. IM.
Benson, 23, Charlotte Street, Bir-
mingham. (93ergt. Ordinals unb Date.)
3. 5Kan braud)t bie a)'tenge5al^Ien aud) aU
@ubflanti»e mit ber ©tU^jfc »on gun
ship: a seventy lour; three seventy
four's (brei@d)ijfet>on74^anoncn iebefi).
2lu§erbcm f. noUt) Fractions.
Cause.
31
Case, f. Declension, bie cinulnen
Cases, Apposition, ^ier nur no* ein
jjaar SSeiffiele , um ?u jetgen , tt)ie febr oft
betbe (g^radjen im ®ebraud>c ber SafuS
»ou einanber abtt»eid)en. This horse is my
cousiji's (m ctn em SSetter), f. to Be, A,
2. We flattered her (i 1^ r), f. Accusative,
B, I, 1, a. He is no friend to flowers
(»on SShtmen, ber SSIumen), f. Dative, 1.
They did it Memselves, f. Reflective, I, A.
(It is him ; f.^^^buse).
I to Cause = taffen , mit bem Accusa-
tive with the Infinitive , unb jiuar mit to
Bor bem Snftnitio. I caused the deputies
to come in. He would have caused him
to be imprisoned. The prince caused
I him to be cut in pieces. <Sinn»er=
'njanbt finb to bid, command, order,
i tell, make, have, get, let, allow, sufi"er,
! permit. — llnte r f d) i cb: 1. SBebeutet
'unfer taffen fotjiel aU ceranlaffen,
jbetoirfcn, fo bap alfo bag @ubj;ect
i a c t i » i|1, fp fie^t ^nglifd^ to cause, ober
' to command, to order, to bid, to tell, to
make , to have , to get. 5)en n?citeften
llmfang »on biefen alien l^aben to cause,
to command unb to order, benn fie fonnen
nad) fid) fotvcl^t ein acti»eg, a(g ein
paffitj eg D b ject ^f. bie obigen iBeis
fjjiele) l^aben. Dagegcn fann auf to make,
to bid, to tell n ur ein ac t iseg , auf
to have unb to get nur ein jjaffiocS
Object fofgen. 2. 3fl aber unfer „laf=
fen" nur fotJiet al3 jufaffen, gejl at?
ten, erlauben, ijl alfo bag @ubj ect
tafft», fo cntft»red)en bic engtifdjen to
let, to allow, to permit, to sufl'er. ®.
bic genannten SSerben a. i. O. 9)Jan fie^t,
eg fe^^It im ©ngtifdien ein fo allges
m einer 5(ugbrurf, wie unfer ,,Iaffen;"
cr njirb burdj mcl;r atg ein SDu^enb 9!Ben=
bungen erfe^t. 3ebe bcrfetbcn gibt aber
nur cine (gd^attirung , nur ben b c f o n b e=
r en ©inn, ben laffcn im einjelnen Satle
gcrabe l^at. Salter ifi eg ntdtt gleicfegul^
tig , ttjclc^eg bcr aufgejdl^ften SScrbcn man
nimmt ; man l^at toielme^r , aufier bem fitc
bic Sonftruction bereitg ®efagten,
fietg nod) gujufe^en, ob unfer Saffen ein
(Irlauben, @agen, Ǥcipen, JBitten , a3e=
fe^Ien, SSerurfadjen, in ftd^ fdiUeft. CSel^r
d^nlt(^ ifi ber @rfa^ iinfereg „man;" f.
32 -cester
Personal, B.) 3. Uehcv bag unXierfon=
tidje „e8 Id^t fid)" f. there is, itnb Par-
ticiple, A, 11,3. — 4. -'Qcit eubUrf) „laf[en"
ben@inn »on »crlaf fen, an einem Drte
jururflaffen, fo fiel;t bafiir to leave, unb
ttienn eine ab|ecti»ifrt)c obev abtierlnalifc^e
33eftinimung ba^u fommt, auct) to let, f. b.
He left them by themselves. Leave me !
ahetx let me alone! Let it down (loose,
out, off).
-cester, "^at aU @nbfi(6e »on @igcn;
namen bag ce j^umm : Leicester (= lesler)
Glocesler, Worcester.
Ch lautet 1. ttjic tfd): church; 2. ?h
imr une f d) , namcntlirf) in franjofifct)en
SBiJctern: chaise, champaign; and) nnrf)
ben i» c i cf) e n Sautcn 1 unb n : French, to
belch. 3. SSor r = f : Christmas; ebcnfo
in tiielcn lateinifc^en, grifdnfdjen, l^ebrai;
frfKn unb beutfc^en SBortevn: anchor, ca-
techism, chaos, IMichael, Lech, 4.
©tumm ifi eg in drachme, yacht, schism,
schedule. @. nod) Sch.
to Chance mit bem Snfinitiw fcebeutet:
gufdUig etlDag tl^un; Idfjt fid> ba=
t)iv oft burd) btc 5lb»erbten etwa, ju =
fdllig, DieHeic^t geScn; ganj fo
to happen (»gf. lav&ureiv). He chanced
lo pass by us. If any man chance to come
in. If my letter should chance to be
lost — . ©ogav mit to happen »er6unben :
The thing may chance to happen (bit
2)'i6gtid)feit breifad) bejeidjnet). @c^en
wir fid) ereignen, gcfdjel^en fiiv
to chance ober to happen, fo n^irb ber
@afe uni^'erfonlid)/ n.Hal)rcnb er ini
(5nglifd)cn i? erfonli d) ift {)v'u tei to
come).
Child ifi im ^llfgemeinen fdd)nd), bc=
fonbcrg trcnn c8 fletne, «nt>erpdnbige Jtin=
ber (babies, infants) Bcbcutet; anberen
gattcS n^ivb eg fotco^ nidnnlid), alg n3eib=
lid) gebraud)t, )n)k. enfant im gvanjof.
un'ofancmllo im 3ta(ienifd)en. 3m @c;
gent^eit fiinbet fid) felbjl bei infant bag
®efd)ted)t benicffid)tigt : f. ben @a§ unter
Conjunction, 1.
Circumlocution f. Periphrase.
Cloth , 3eug , Jlud) , l^at ben reget*
mdpigen plural cloths, 3;ud)forten, S^uc^e;
Collective.
bagegcn ifi clothes (f^ric^ cloze , ^{ei=
bung, 2Bdfd)e) ein i^m nur uemmnbteg
plural noun.
Collective, ©in ® am met; ober
9Ji engetu rt , collective noun ober
noun of multitude, fa^t in bee gorm
eineg Singular bod^ ben @inn einer
9)ie]^rf;eit in fid). ®o people, dozen,
number, infinity, a great many, quanli.ty,
circle, society, assembly, faculty, party,
gang, pair, couple, swarm. JDicaufein
(SoUfctitt folgenten^JBronomcn unb 93erben
fie^en 1. im Singular, trenn man bie
aiienge alg eine ffliaffe , ein ® an j eg,
oi^ne 9iitcffid)t auf bie etnjefnen @(ieber
benft: ober 2. im ^ptural, nsenn jebeg
einjelne ©tieb ber 9Kcnge mel^r l)tx'
tjorge^oben tuerben foU. Unb bieg ifi g c=
U) ]^ n U d) e r. SiBeifvicIe : The enemy is
stronger than we. -The enemy />wf them-
selves in a good posture; The assembly
was numerous. The assembly were
divided in opinion. The forest has lost
its leaves. The company are dismayed.
The army lost their leader. The class
receives two lessons (bie ganje Jllaffc
gemeinfd)aft(id)). The class have
to recite a fable (j e b e r @ d) ii I e r e i n=
I e I n). The clergy cried down his book
as atheistical, though Mey had not sense
enough to understand it. Slefinlid) fie^t
ber $Iurat nad) everybody: Everybody
had eat as much as they covMi. A people
have dwelt in Transylvania, who — .
@. nod) bie brei Ic^tcn a3£ifi,nele unter
Number, 2, unb Den le^ten ©a$ unter
Who, A. (go fdf)rt Sutler genjijl^nlid)
nad) >$ auf en, 93 oH, Sebermann
u. a. mit bem 5Stural fort; fergf. 1.
aJJaccab. 1, 26. 37 ; 2, 19; 4, 55 unb 58;
9, 51. 52. 60; q3f 42, 5 ; 78, 1 ; 1. ©iof.
47, 27; untnittetbar mit bem 6ot =
lecti» ifi ber ^(ural verbunben: 51jf. 98,
3; 3of. 7, 25 b. 3. %x'm jn bem (Sollec;
ti» ein b e ft i m m e n b e r ® e n i t i » $ t u:
rat, fo fte^t bag ^erb im Singular,
>venn eg fid), fi r c n g g c n o m m e n , auf
bag (Sol lectio bejiel;t; bejie^t eS fid)
aber auf ben ®eniti», fo fte^t eg na=
tiirlid) im ^^lural (3lttraction). The
number of the guests was large (nid)t
bie ®dfie , fonbern t^re 3 a H "Jai" 9,^^^)-
Colon —
A great number of my books are lost
(nic^t tie 3a^i ifi serlorcn , fontievn tie
a3i"id)cr). The number of the people
was incredible. A little company of ns
were sitting togelher. 3fi ijaffetbc, Vvie
oben. -4. lUbcr bie Sovm eme^D6jcc=
tcS aU JBefi^eS ciner ScUectbmengc
fie^e Plural, B, 5. — 5. SBebeutct ein (^oU
tectio eine 2( n 5 a I) 1 SJi c n f c^ e n , fo Um\
barauf atS 9? c t a t i » who fclgen , toenn
man eg nU 5p(urat bctracfitet , alfo bie
©injetnen ben'icffid)tigt (f. vhm 2) ; aw
^erbem folgt which. 6. S3et ben @c(l£C=
tifg Vifi[ei]t nlfo auf eine @ingnlar =
f r m ber 5J f u r a t ju folgen ; bag @ c =
gcntl^ ctl lapt ftc^ U^v iro^I auf 9(et(^e
SBeife crHaren : Sevenieen-twentieths of
this aggregate is imported from the
United States. (Boz.) a«an faf t bie 513ru=
rat form seventeen-twentielhs alS ein
©anjeg imb fo fotgt ber (Singular
bar auf.
Colou. @g bient, >uie i.5)., §ur3ufam;
menfaffung mei^rerer »orau8gef(t)icfter,
pber gur ©infiii^rung mel^rerer nac^folgen^
ber (Sci^e; f. jebod) Comma, B, 1.
Colour, biegarbe, l^eif t al6 $(ural:
the colours obev a pair of colours, bie
f^al^ne. They run away from their
colours. 3u a tallered colours (bei
Addison) tergl. Singular, 1.
to Come. 1. Sm @inne »on iuer =
ben flei^t e8 mtt boi?)?cftem 9!ominati»:
If I should come a widow. ©0 and) :
How came you acquamted with him?
He came off conqueror (a 18 ©icgcr). @o
i|^ and? unfer fommen itemtirf) ^i(fg=
»er(' = »pcrben: ber Jtcller fommt wofl
gOBaffer, bie ^Irf-eil fommt nie fertig. 3?gL
b. folgenbc unb And, 1. — 2. 3JJit bem
SnfiiutiB narf) firf) i^cijjt eg ju ©tiuaS
fommen unb if} f}et8 ^erfonficfj,
ivdl^renb iv>ir bafur c\t bie un^jerfin-
nrt)en gefc^c^en, fid? jutragen,
Suge^^en braudjen. Why then came
you to be taken prisoner? (2Cie ging'g
gu — .) When Income to die — (®o iSei
©ijtl^e: Unb <\U erf am ju flerBen— ).
Should this come to pass — . JDcr 3n=
finilto ifi ^ier gteid^fam Object, ivie in to
come to a possession , to a resolution.
51, ^([hfei't, i)rammiit. 'Bortert.
- Comma. 33
3. lleber unfer yciffiBeS ^Jartici)5 bei f m=
m en f. Participle, A, I, 2, b.
Comma. 3m ®anjen ttjirb ti minber
§anftg, a.U im 2)eutfd|en gefe^t. 2)er
^au??tunterfdjieb ift: 3)er ©ngtanber ttie
ber Sranjofe Idft e8 oft gwifdien ben
eingetnen (Sa§en tueg, bie ju einem
©angen verbunben finb, fe|t eg bagegen
l^ilufig innerl^alb beg @a^eg, jioi;
f^en bie eingelnen ® (ieb er eineg cin =
gigen ©a^eg fiinein. ^. @g bleibt
toeg: 1. »or relatisen $ronomtn,
bie cinen notl^luenbigen ©a§ einfeis
Un , ber nidjt iueggelaffen iuerben
fann ; fann er bieg , fo flel^t er nur :parcn=
tl^etifc^ babei imb toirb in Sommata ges
fd)Ioffen. Sebocft fdjiroanft in biefen MU
len ber ®ebraud>. He found many of
them , who were as dull as himself, that
permitted his assiduities. The honest
man who married, nid)t: the honest
man, who married. 2. @benfo bei res
fati»cn^Jarticil)ien: An old gentle-
man hearing my name mentioned,
seemed—. 3. ?le^ntid> i?or (5o n jun c=
t ion en: If I had them I would throw
ihem in the fire. Leain first to command
yourself before you attempt to command
others. She did it as well as she could.
@. no(6 But, 2 unb bie Conjunction That,
(§.— 4. aBenn bie Son junction ober
bag 9ietati» auggelaffen finb, fo
»crfc^metgen bie ®d|e in einanber:
alfo fein Comma bagmifdjen. Tell
me the news you have received. He told
me he had been there. — 3fiber 3tfifc^cns
fafe fur J, fo l^at cr, tuie bie 23eift»iele
gcigen, and) nad) fid) fein abgrengenbeg
Comma ; bei (dngeren fe|t man lieber ein
@d}Iuf comma, ber Ueberfidjt njegen,
luenn and) corn fein Comma fte^t: But
what surprised me most, was, that though
he was a money-borrower, he defended
his opinion (NB. »or though fein
Comma, n)oI;t ober nacb borrower). 5.
9(ug bem cben angegebenen ©runbe ftel^t
aut^ fein Comma »or cinem ^ccwsa-
tive with the Infinitive. <S. Accusative,
B, 1,5. — B. ^ilnbrerfeitg fie^t eg, mo
el im 2)eutfd)en nidjt gefe§t toirb: 1. 9k^
jebem, auc^ bem » r t e 1 1 e n ® (ftbe ciner
Qlufgdl^tung , atfo audi »or and, fobafb
3
34
Command
bie cinjelnen ©licber etcn gefoufccrt,
n i ct) t § It f a m III c 11 (1 e 1^ 6 r t ij bart^eftclU
werben foflcn. The Americans are cer-
tainly a calm, rational, civil, and well-
behaved people ((So »ci-frf?mifjt
well-behaved feineSnjcgg mit civil , fon=
bern e? Bkiten jiuci «crfrf)iebene ©igen;
frf)aftcn.) — Thine is the kingdom, the
power, and the glory. 2. 21(6 Singer:
jeig (merfjanifclK Caution) fiiv Icic&tereS
33erfidnbiii§ fte^t eg in bet 3 n » e v f i o ti,
5. 33. urn ben ©intritt be3 sou feincu
@tcl(e gebrdngten ®u6jecte§ anju-
5eigen. After this saint, was christened,
towards the close of the last century,
the child of poor parents — : ©tcinbe
baS erftc ^omma ntd)t, fo iuitrbe man,
njcnigfiens hthn evfien Sefen fidjer ser;
Binbcn: After this saint was christened,
alfc after alS Sonjunctton ncl^men , tvaf)'
renb el ^Pvci^jcfltton ij^. During this in-
terval, jny thoicghts were employed on
some future means. Henceforth, On-
7y«rc? shall be our hunting shout. ®. ben
2. (Sa^ nntev bem 2. That, A, 3 unb vgt.
?5ranj6fi[c() unb Stalicnif*. — 3. aSejle^t
ba§ Subject mig cinem g a n g e n
(Sa^e (obec beef) auS m el^ vcvn aCBor;
ten , bie jufammen e i n c n i8 e g v i f f ge=
6en), fo luivb eg geiuol^nUd) buret) ein
(Somma am ©nbc aSgegrenjt (f. jes
bo(t) ben worle^ten ®a^ bei Inversion) :
To mourn without measure, is folly;
not to mourn at all , is insensibility. —
4» (SScnfo fe^t man c In gef d) b en e
Sorter unb ©d^c ^jarentl^etifA
j nj i f d) e n § n) c i 6 m m a , uin ben uii;
terbroc^enen 3»f«ninienl^ang fiir bag Sluge
bcutlid)er ju mac^en : lie made me hon-
ourable, though private, proposals.
Every revolution might lift, but could
not depress, me. 2Ug 93eif)3iet einer
33 e r f d) in e ( j u n g |i n e 6 m m a f .
ben (e§ten ®a^ unter Inversion. — 5, ©0
bicnen jioei Somma aud) atg ^aren =
t^efe bei ben furjen @infd)tebfeln so,
again, first, secondly u. f. f . , lastly,
then, however, now, perhaps, mean-
while, therefore «. a,, njenn btefc an
3 w e i t c r ^UVa. im ®a^e, b. ]^. Winter
bem <S u b i e c t e Ob. l^inter einer » v a u «=
3 e n m m e n e n 9^ e b c n b e fl i m m u n 9
Common Gender.
fte^en. The man, however, was not
successful. Such, then, was, I am told,
the fashion. QJie^rfad) eingefdja^tette
©d^e twdren ol^nc fotd)e ^ilfen fc^nsec
»erftdnbli^ ; 5. S3. One caution I gave
her, in case, by auy chance, her retreat
should be discovered by ihe companions
of IMelchior, which ruas , that without I
myself came, she was , on no account^
to leave the school (Marryat). 2)ic eins
jelnen 5PartiM Vtcrben aKe einjetn einges
fd)drft unb eingebnnben I ®. ben @a6 bei
Conjunction, 1. — 6. ©nbtid) fle^t eg oft
aud) bei *ilnfu]^rung frcmbcr l}tebe, ob=
fc^on ba ein ©oton, nj. i. 3)., ftel^en fann.
He said, "What hinders our retaking
the ship?"
to Command, fiel^t actic, tt)ie b e f e )§=
li g e n ; f. bag 2. 33ctf)3te( unter Comma, A
3. 3)al^er t?affto : I was commanded to do
it. ©0 fitr nnfer laffen: f. to Cause:
He commanded it to be proclaimed.
Common Gender l^at ein SBort,
njetd)eg fotuol^I alg SD^agcuUn, alg and) alg
Weminin ju braud)ett ifi. ®o bie ©ub-
fiantt»c : child, cousin, friend , author,
neighbour, gipsy, servant, singer, poet,
dancer, rival, enemy, fool, partner,
weaver, player, wanderer u. a. , uber=
^<\\x)fi aUe »on JBevben gebilbeten <Bv(b'
ftantitje auf er. ©0 ftnbet ftd) bet Sutler
„bie 3fieffe" 1. a)Jof. 36, 2, unb d^nlic^
fagt 2Ibral^am t>on fciner 5ran : „ba^ id)
mctnen Jlobtcn begrabe." a)idnncr
unb S'vaucn irerben mit „?ieber" angere=
bet: 93. b. m<i)ttx, 4, 19. Snbep fann
man, wo notl^ig, »on »ie(en fo(d)erv§au^it=
njorter eine befonbere tt>eibUd)e 5ovm bi(=
ben, f. Feminine, C, unb t)erg(» Epicene.
— 2(u(^ atte 2lbjecti»e, ^ronomeii, iJiume;
ra(g l^aben fur bie brei ©cfc^ledUer mtr
eineSorm: I, we, thou, you, they; my,
yours, this, who, any, each finb Hiagcus
lin, Seminin unbSleuter; auggenommen
finb he mit she unb it, — his mit her unb
its unb beren -Hb(eitungen. Ueber ben @es
fd)led)tguntctfd)ieb von who, which unb
what f. Neuter, A. — 9iatiir(id) gibt eg
i\\x6:i 5lbjecti»e , bie il^rem © i n n e nac^
nur mdnnlid) ober nur iveibUc^ fein
fijnnen*
Comparison.
35
Comparison. ^/. Comparison of
Adjectives. aj?an untcrfc^eibct einen
comparative of equality \i\ix6) bic 'Si'tsttx-
h'\ix\. wk as, so, ober burrf; Qlbjcctbe, to'xt
such, get)i(bet — niib ctiien comparative
of inequality, burc^ irirflicfce <Stci =
9 e r u 11 g nad) beutf(^cr ober fratij6fifc6ev
-2(rt gebiTbet. I. 5«aa bcutfcfeer 2(r^
bitrcti 9i a (f; f i r 6 c n. 1. QJJan fe^t an baS
2lbjecti» fiir ben @om^avati» er , fiir ben
©ittertatltt est; enbet eg abet fe(6fl auf
e, fo ftgt man nur r ober st an : great,
greater, greatest; fine, finer, finest.
(QSergt. Conjugation, I, A, 4. — 2. !Dabei
)wtvb aug y ein i, faUS e8 ntcfit l^inter
ctnem iBocale ftc^t: happy, happier,
happiest; abei' : gay, gayer, gayest.
aScrgr. Plural, B, 4; Adverb, A, II, 4;
Conjugation, II, 2; Ordinal 3 unb /e,
d,2.)— 3. 3)1 bag Slbjectit) etne furje
®itbe, bie auf einen etnfad|en 6on;
fonantcn enbet , fo roirb btefer t>erboVJ3e(t :
hot: hotter, hottest; red: redder, red-
dest; big: bigger, biggest — (reder
unb biger ttjuvben efeev reder [= reader]
unb biger cbev biger lauten) ; bagegen :
broad: broader, broadest. 2)iefe ^er=
bot>t?ctung l)<\t bet ben 2lbjecti»en auf 1
fie IS ftatt: cruel, crueller, cruellest;
f. Consonants, 4 unb vgl. bieQlbteitungen :
red : reddish ; grit : gritty ; wool : woolly;
auc^ Conjugation II, 1, unb im granjofi*
fcfien nette, crueile, niienne, je prenne.
— II. DIarf) franjofifdjer %xt, bur*
umfc{)retbenbe 35 vf e^tu rtcr. 3)ian
fe§t im Somijavatit) more, im ©u^ertatic
(the) most X)Ox ben $cfitio: malicious,
more malicious, most malicious; re-
doutable, more redoutable , most re-
douiable. — HI. 91 a A rcclc^erSIrt
fl e i g e V t fid) nun ein 51 b j e c t i » ?
I. 5lUe ©infitbter (pummel e fiir
feine Sitbe gerec^net ) gel^en narf) ber
beutfd^cu 5(rt. (go cold, wise, large,
tall, high u. a. — 2. 2lUe, bie m e 1^ r a(3
jhjei St (ben l^aben, ge^en nac^ ber
f r a n J ij f i f dj e n 2trt. ©o mischievous,
magnificent u. a. — 3. JDie jn? eifilbis
gen ^Ibjectitse tf;eilen fid} in bie bei^
ben Slrten, unb jnjar bifbcn fid) bie,
we(d)e ben Qlccent auf ber (§nbfi(bc l^aben,
ober fid) auf le ober y enben , gettj6^nltd|
nad) beutfd)er 3(rt (fo discreet, gen-
teel , polite , able , lovely, mighty) — bie
iibrtgen nad) fr an j oftf d) er , nament=
lid) bie auf my, dy, ky, ed, id, ive, ain,
some, ful , less (iric roomy, learned,
handsome, careless). Snbeffen gibt eg
l^itr feine entfdieibenbere 9f{egct, a(g ben
SBol^tflang; balder bitben fi(^ aud>
jene, bie nad) bentfd)er 3trt gel^en fonnen,
oft nad) franj6fifd)er , \<\ felbfi einfilbigc
ne^mcn bie Umfd)reibung an : man finbct
more hungry neben hungrier, most polite
neben politest; more wise jiel^t nad)brudg=
tiolfer neben wiser; fo: These cliffs are
of granit and other most hard material
(= imgemein l^art). — IV. Unregcts
ma^tg ifl bie ©teigerung »on bad, far,
few, good, late, little, much, near, old
(f. b.). Ueber bie 91 a (^ fc|ung son most
f. Adjective, A, I, 2, c.
B. Comparison of Adverbs. 1. ^ier
gelten biefetben 9iegetn : soon , sooner,
the soonest ; early, earlier, the earliest.
— 2. 2)te 2lb»erbg aw] -ly gelten meifi
nac^ franj6fif(^er 2trt: wisely, more
wisely, the most wisely, llebrigeng f.
The, C, 10 unb 11.
C. (Sine ncgatitteSom^jaratton,
cine 2lbminbevung beg <Sinneg , bitben bie
sorgefe^ten 2lb»erbien less unb least : less
magnanimous, least magnanimous.
D. jleiner ©teigcrung fcii^ig finb
natiiriid) 2B6rtcr, beren ©inn feinen
^o^eren ober minberen ®rab jutdpt, tote
chief, right, dead, quadrate, once,
aside, chiefly. 2lber 91ac^brucfg '^aU
ber ftnbet fi^ j. 93. bo(^ : the chiefest
harm; the most lone Simoom. SSergi.
Vulgar, 1.
E. 35ie Sonjuncttoncn nad^ bem
(5 m V a r a t i tj. 91a(^ etnem compara-
tive Q^ inequality folgt than, na<^ einem
comparative of equality fle^t as ober
like (f. biefe). He has his eyes bigger
than his belly. Her hat was as big as
an umbrella. Idler than he. As idle
as he. Idle like Diogenes. Such a man
as you. His eye spoke less than his lip.
aScrg(+ au(^ But, 3— 5 unb Preposition,
3*
C, 1, @. — UefivigenS f. tiDcf) Svperlative
unb lo Do, B, II, 1.
Composition. J. Composition of
fVords. !Die aUgemelnfte 9ltt bev Bufanu
menfe^ung ift, namentli(J> bet SSerfcg, bann
dbtx <\\idi bei ©uSjiantbcn unb 2(bjectitoen
bie mit SSovfitlicn, iuie a, ab, ad,
counter, de, dis, ex, in, inter, mis, over,
per, pro, re, sub, trans, under u. f. to. ;
J. SB. to abare, abhorrent, adjective,
counterlight, lo depart, disquiet, express,
ingrateful , lo interfere, lo mishear, to
overbear, to perform, proverb, remove,
to subsume, to transact, lo undergo,
jum Sl^cit fct)on fcrtig mi Satein ober
gronjofifdfj iibevgegangen; »crgt. Assimi-
lation unb Adjective, A, I, 2. OefterS
))aaren fi(J^ aurf) fotcfje aSorfitteu, hjte in :
to disembay, to discompose, unbeknown,
counterdisengage , transubstantialion.
3)ic etnjefnen %^nit eincS jufammengcs
fei^ten SBorteS nennt man feine Compo-
nents. — 2htperbem fe|t man jufammen :
I. ©n6{ianti»e, xmb jtrat 1. @ult =
fi a n t i y m i t @ « 6 ft a n 1 1 » : the
evening-star, moon-shine, a postage
label (fjranfomarff) , a butter-flower , a
peacock butterfly , a summer's day , a
night's train, a crackspeaker, the ship's
company, fool's cap ; our Total Eclipse
Pic-Nic Party. — 3. SSlxt eincr «)S r d )> o =
fition bajwif^cn: master-at-arms,
man-of-war, aid-de-camp, doctor in law.
— 3. ©ubftanHa mit ^ronomen
» ov f i cf) : a he-ass, a she-cat. — 4. ®itB=
fiantitt mitSlbjectititoor flc&: black-
bird, grand-father, great-grand-mother,
a many-feet , a red-letter-day , a red-
book. (5le]^ntidj : a Jirst-YAle man-of-
war.) — 5. £Wit ^Parttctj) » o v fi d):
boarding-netting, blotting-paper, sing-
ing-school, — 6. aJitt Snfinitii) wot
fid): eat-bee, roast-beef, draw-bridge
(under-lurnkey). — 7. W\t 2Ibt>er6
» r ober n a d) flc^ : overfreight, onset,
homesickness, evergreen, farside, her
almost-equality; a hanger on, a bringer
in, a by-slander ober a slander-by, a
cast-away. — 8. ^\i $va))ofttipn
i)or fid): afternoon, whitsunlide-beer.
— 9. 5(u8 aSerB unb 9[b»er6 i\u
fnmmengefe^t: a dug-out, a holdfast
Composition.
(ein ^attfejl). — 10. 3(u8 j U) e i 05 e r 6 8 : ,
the hearsay. Ueber ben 5|J ht r a 1 jufatn;
mengefc^ter @ubftanti»e f. Plural, A, IV.
— II. 5[bj;ecti»e (5Partici))iatabjcctitje
eingevedjnet) : 1. 51 u 8 jtt>ci 21 b j;ec =
titicn: cold-blooded, red-hot, many-
coloured. — 2. 2lbj;ectt» (ober 5Par=
tici)3) mit ©ubjlautiti »pr ober n a d?
fid): blood-warm, blood-thirsty, milk-
white; — air-born, air-stirring, air-
braving, ale-inspired ; angel-winged,
god-like, weather-headed; Afresfi-vjater
^s\\, fnir-tveather fowls; f. Vulgar,!.
— 3. 9«it2tb»erb »or fid): overful,
homesick, newborn, allwise, lukewarm;
An oft-told tale. — 4. Wi'xt S^UJncral
»or fid): four-cornered. — 5. Q)lit
5^ r a )) f i 1 1 n n a c^ f t d): the tmheard-
o/ decree ; f. Participle, B, 5. — 6. 2(u3
93 e r 6 unb @Mbf!antito: my break-
neck travail. — III. ^Jronomcn:
1 . bie i^ e r f 6 n li d) e n btlben mit self ju?
fammengefefet bie r e f t e c t i» e n : myself,
himself, one's self, yourselves. — 2.ff'^ho,
what unb which nel^men ever nad) \\6^ :
whoever u. f. f. — IV. 3 n H e n. 1. 2lu5
jjvei 3a^I»r6rtern beflel^enb: four-
teen ; the eighteenth. — 2. 3nit bem
untrennbaren 2[ b j e c t i w unb 21 b » e r b
fold: twofold, tenfold u. f. U). ; f. Mul-
tiplication. — V. 33 e r b 8 : J . a)Ht @ u b=
ftantito »or ober n a (!^ fid): to blood-
let, to backbite, to kilndry, to waylay;
to breakfast. — 2. SJJit 2lb j e ct iv »or
f i (^ : to blindfold. — 3. QJJit 21 b » e r b :
to out-act, to overdress, to newmould.
— VI. 2lb»erbien: 1. 2[u8 jn3ei2ib=
W e r b i e n : ever-more, whercever, there-
abouts. — 2. 2t b » e r b mit 2t b j e c t. (ober
^ronomen) t5 o v ober n a ^ f i d) : every-
where, no-where, blindfold, over-much.
— 3. 21 b » e r b mit $ r a V f i t i n V r
ober nad) fid): without, hitherto. —
4. 2lu8 $ r a p f i 1 1 n unb © u b ft a n =
ti»: to-day, overhead, asleep (f. 2. A).
— 5. 2[n8 2[ r t i f e t ober 5^ r o n o m i s
naUbjecti» unb ©ubflantito: a-
while, noways, sometimes, manylimes.
— VII. Conjunction en : 1. 2Iu8
2lb»erb unb Conjunction: where-
as.— 2. 2tu8 2lb»erb unb q3rdliofi =
tton: therefore.— 3» 2ht? jh)et2lb =
Concrete
» c r 6 i e n : however. — 4. 2(ug 21 b to c r b,
^ra^ofition unb 5|Jarttci)) bejle^t:
notwithstanding. — VIII. $rcH?ofi =
tionen: 1. 2(u3 2[b»crb unb ^Jrd =
^ofition obcr umgcte^rt: over-
against, within, amid; above. — 2. 2tu8
jtoei -itbtocrH: overthwart. — IX.
2(u* bte Sntcrjec tionen fmb man=
ni^faTtig jufammtngefc^t: alack, lack-
a-day; hey-day, oddsfish, aughbaugh.
jiBei att biefer, in ben son «n8 aufgc;
fl«Uten toierjig fatten feincSiwegS er=
fc^o^fenb bargejlellten gjtannit^faltigfcit
fann ba6 ©ngtif^e bot^ nicfjt att unfere
^ufammenf€|ungen nac()(n(bcn : j. 33*
33 u 1 1 e r 6 V b ntdU butter-bread, fonbern
bread and butter (NB, n i (f| t butter and
bread) ; Jtanonenfutter = food for powder
(Marryat) ; fid) tierblutcn = to bleed to
death. 2l6ec auct) h)ir fonncn nic^t jebc
engtifdjc ^ufammcnfe^img fcucttfidbUrf)
njicbeigefecn ; bic« njccbcn mc^ttve ber bet
II, 2, VII, 4 unb VIII, gcgebeiien iBeifpieIc
jeigen. 3m Uebrigen f. man nod) J, ari,
C, II, 4; Preposition, C^, 4; Derivation
unb Hyphen.
B. The Composition of iheTenses of a
Verb, f. Neuter, B, 2, Future, Perfect,
Pluperfect, lobe, lohave, shall utlb
will. 2lu^erbem Passive, II, A.
Concrete f. Abstract.
Conditional , b c b i n g t , l^ei^en
®d§e, bic einen untev getDtJTen 93crau8-
fe^ungen angenommenen Sail bes
5ei(!^nen. ®ie bcginnen geh.tol^nlid) mit
if (f. b.), unless, but (f. b.', ^x. 6 u. 7).—
9Jian<^c ®rammatifeii nel^men ein Con-
ditional Tense an : I should love , I
should have loved. 5)iefe Sovm fann
aUerbingg ben bebingten 5all (I
should love) auSbrucfen; oft aber ent^dtt
fie aud) bic 58ebtngung (If I should
love): fte^t alfo foitjol^t bebtngt, al3
bebingcnb. <Somit ift ber Diame Coa-
diiional ft^on bojj^jclfinnig ; in fet)r toieten
S«i(lcn aber bejeidjnet fic o ^ n e allc 33 e =
i^ingung nur bie 3ufunft, nne man
fic in ber aSergangenl^eit gebac^t ^at.
SDenn fotoic auf baS Present tense bag
Future tense fotgt, fo folgt auf baS Im-
Conjugation.
37
perfect tense tiefeS fogcnannte Condi-
tional. 3JZan »evgt. : I do not believe,
that he unll come, unb : I did not believe,
that he ivould come. SDal^ev ncnnen VBtv
biefe bem Future tense varattct laufcnbc
3 e i t f r m, nadi bem 33organge beg Dr.
^ a u f d) i t b im Sranj6f;fd)en unb (Sng*
lifd)en, beffer second Future tense, unb
bag genjol^ntid^e Future tense v^w^ first
Future tense. 2)ie8 tji bann auc^ U)irflid|
ber DIamc eineS Tense, iDd^renb Condi-
tional etgentlid) DIame eineS Mood tudre,
balder anbcre ®rammatifcr aud) toirflic^
einen Conditio7ial ober Potential Mood
anne^men*
Conjugation, bie 33itbung fdmmt=
tidier i^ormen eineg SSerb. I. 9tcgel =
md^ige Son jugatiou. 2118 ©tamm
gilt burc^gdngig ber Infinitive, ber ge=
njD^nlidj baS 3nfintti»jetd)en {sign) „to"
toor fid), nid|t aber einc beflimmte (5 n b u n g
l^at, iwie inanbern @^ira*en (im 3)eutfd&ejt
cti ober n) : to remember, to love. JDas
won bilbet man: ^. GInfadjc S^ortncn.
1. 5)a8 Present tense: bie ^jerfonltd^en
giirniorter ireten an bie ©telle »on to; ber
3nfiniti» bleibt un»erdnbert; nur in ber
jttteiten ^IJerfon beg (Singular nimmt cr
8t, in ber britten ^erfon beg ® i n g u I a r
s an - (f. auc^ T/i, (§.) :
I remember, I love,
thou reniemberst, thou lovest,
he remembers, he loves,
we remember, we love,
you remember, you love,
they remember. they love.
2, 3)ic beiben ^erfcncn beg Imperative
mood finb glcicfe bem Snfinitio ol&ne to:
love, remember! — 3. !l)ag Active Par-
ticiple fe^t bie <Silbe ing an benSnfinittv ;
^^i biefer ein fJummeg e , fo fdllt eg njeg :
rememberiTig, loving. — 4. 3)ag Passive
Participle: @e§e an ben Snfinitio ed,
ober, ivenn er auf e cnbet, nur d: re-
membered, loved. 33ergl. Comparison,
A, I, 1. — 5. $£rcten »or bag un»er =
dnberte Passive Participle bic ^xo-
notnen, fo entftel^t bag Imperfect tense ;
nur in ber 2, -5Peifon beg Singular fommt
St baran (alfo cnbet fie auf edst). SSergl,
9k. 1. 5)emnadj :
I loved,
thou lovedst,
he loved,
we loved,
you loved,
they loved.
38 Conjugation.
I remembered,
thou rememberedst,
he remembered,
we remembered,
you remembered,
they remembered.
B. 5)ie nitt«§tlf8»cr6en sufam:
mengefe^ten Setten, 1* !l)te bcibcn
Future Tenses: I shall remember, I
should love , f. Future, A, I, 1 unb 2. —
2. 35ci? Perfect tense itiit / have, foVrtc
3. 3)a8 Pluperfect tense mit / had unb
bem Passive Participle: I have loved,
I had loved. — 4. 35ie 6dbcn Preterit
Future Tenses : I shall have remembered,
I should have loved ; f. Future, A, I, 3.
©ettner tritt to be fiir to have eiii; f.
bnriibev Neuter, B, 2. SBegeii beg llebri^
flen aerttjeifen to'xx auf: Person, Con-
junctive, Passive, Reflective. (Somit
qefiattet fictj , o^tte Siiicffic^t auf ben 6on;
junctiiD, imfer
@ (i) em o:
Infinit. to love.
Jet. Part. loving. ([♦ A, 3.)
Pass. ,, loved, (f. A, 4.)
Imperative love ! (f. A, 2.)
Present t. I love, (f. A, 1.)
Imperf. t. I loved, (f. A, 5.)
Perf. t. I have loved, (f. B, 2.)
Pluperf. t. I had loved, (f. B, 3.)
1. Fut. t. I shall love. (f. B, 1.)
2. „ „ I should love, (f, B,l.)
1. Pret. Fut. t. I shall have loved.
(f-B,4.)
[Ue6ei- bie SSevnncfetciffigung ber Sonju^
gationSregeln f. Vulgar, 4.]
II. Sfiegelmagige Conjugation
mit fleinen orttiogrci^Iiifd^en 216=
h)eic()ungen. 1. ®te^t ju ©nbe r\<\^
eincm furjen, 6 etont en 93ocat ein
einjetnet Sonfonant, fo iuiib er
Berbol3)> e It, fobatb ein liB o tat ba*
l^inter tiitt: tob^g: begging, begged,
oBer he begs; to prefer: preferring, I
preferred, abet he prefers. SDagcgen :
to roam: roaming, roamed. 3fi eg ein 1,
fo tuirb eg and) bann werbo^i^^eft, irenn ber
5lccent n i dH auf ber lefeten ©ilte ift : to
travel : travelling, travelled. Ucberl&auV^t
bel;nt man biefe 93crbo^)?e(ung oft u6er
bie 9iegct aug: man fcfjreiSt j. 93. ou^
worshipping, I worshipped (neben wor-
shiping, I worshiped) »on to wor'ship.
95ergl. ubvigeng Comparison , J, I, 3. —
2. <Dic (Jnbang y nac^ ctncm @pnfo =
n a n t e n ccrn^anbelt firf) in ie uor j e b e r
angcfc^ten @n b u n g, iiig anggenommcn:
to carry : I carried, he carries, carrying.
<S e 1 1 n e r bel^dtt man bag y bci unb fe^t
eincn SlpoftroVl; ba'^tnter : he carry's , I
deny'd , they envy'd. 9(t a ct) eincm
33 c a I e aSer B I e i b t bag y : he plays,
I played. (To pay, to say, to stay, to lay
finb bar;er unregclmci^ig.) SSergt. Com-
parison, A, I, 2.-3. llmgcfel^rt tinrb
aug ber (Jnbung ie im Active Participle
ein y : to die — dying ; to lie — lying. —
4. @nbet ein 93erb auf einen 3 i f ^ e r (s,
ss, X, sh, ch, aber nicit etnja th !), fo fe^t
man im (Singular beg Present tense nici^t
nur st Dber s, fonbernestunb es an t fo
to teach: thou teachesl, he teaches;
toAvax: it waxes. 5, 3)affelbc l^at bei
mand)en QJerben auf o ftatt : I go , he
goes ; he echoes back. a3ei I do fctireibt
man geivo^nlirf) thou dost, o^ne e, unb
he does, mit e. JBergl* ju 4 unb 5 : Plu-
ral, B, 1, 2.
III. Unregetmci^ige (5onj[uga =
t i n. JSttbet ein iKerb fein Sm^^erfect
, - __, _ , unb fein vnffi»e8 ^Parttci^ nicftt
I should have^loved. „„jj^ ^,,, ^^■,^,^ gi^getn (I, A, 4 unb 3), fo
ift eg unrcgeimci^ig, MTeg-?^/ar. ©o
l^at to find im pass. Part, found unb im
Imperf. \ found; to give l^at given, I
gave u. f»n).*) !Die meiften 2tbt»ei=
d)ungen entfiel;en: 1. burcfe ben vers
flcirfenben Umlaut (fiartc Sonju=
gation): I see — I saw; I bring —
brought. — 2, 3)ur(i6 toerfurjenben
Umlaut bei: I hear — I heard; to
weep — I wept; to bite — I bit; to shoot
— shot. — 3. 35urdi b t o ^ e 35 e r f it r =
jung: I bid flatt I bidded , I bent ftatt
I bended. — 4. JDuvcl) bie befonbere (5nbung
*) e« gibt uber 200 irregular verbs ; 05 c r b c n — tcilvHufia l-cmcvft — u 6 er i;> a u v t gcgcii 4300 ;
iffiijrter ctwa 30,000.
Conjunction.
39
en obev n im ^.^affivcn ^Jarticij):
taken, laden, broken, risen, swollen —
shown, sawn, blown, worn. — 3. !Dur(^
2) o)3t»etf i-men: fo ^c\t to forget im
pass. part. : forgotten unt> forgot; to bid
f)Cit I bid iic&en I bade unb im part, bid
unb bidden; unb mand)c SSerben 6i(ben
il^re Scrmen [oivci^f ve^etmapig , atS tin=
veqelmcl§ii} : I learned unt I learnt, I
digged unb I dug, lifted unb lift, lighted
(gctrcffen) neben light unb lit. — 3Bir
gcfien 1^ i c r nuv airgemeinc ®runb=
jfigc fur bie aSilbung bcr unvcgefmapigcn
S5er6en unb ticrnjeifen im Ucbrigen auf ba^
am (£c6Iuffe b«3 95ud)c§ Iieigegcbene 93 e rs
3 e i d) n i ^» QJtan f ann bie unregelmcigigcn
3eitnji5rter in btei gvppe -^au^tf (vif =
fcntrtngen. ^. ©infer mige(e in jlu=
fige) 93evSen, b. i. foIct)c, Bei bcnen
Sm^-urfect unb v«ffiveS ^cixti-
cii) bem Snfinitio gteic^ finb: bie
f cftlodctifie ^(affe. ©c : to burst, to
cost, to shut, to bid u. to. a.; fic enbcn
attc ouf d, t obcr st nacfi eincm 93 o c a I e
cber nac^ r, unb finb »erfiirjt (f. Ill, 3).
3)cv Ort^ograt>^ic, widit aber ber 2lu«=
ftirarfjc ua6) ge!&oren viuc^ to read unb to
beat bnju. (®. b.) 20ic man bcu!£pi?=^
ipetfinn betreffg berSeitangabc
wermeibe, f. Ambiguity , (5nbc. !Dic 2.
$erf. <£iug. Sm^jerf. nimmt bd biefen 93er=
ben bie @nbnng edst, obcr auc^ gar fcine
an, ivdl^renb fid) biefetbe 5^erf. beg $^3rafeng
auf est encet : thou castedst cber thou
cast, buirarffi; thoucastest, bu wirffi.
B. 3tt)eiformige, b. l), folcfee, bie
3 m)? c r f . unb ^ a f f. ^P a r t i e i )? g I e i rf)
l^aben. 2)ie jal^Ireidjfte .Rfaffe ! fDaju ge;
l^oren : !♦ i)ie 93erben auf Id, nd, rd ; fie
tteriwaubein bag d in t : to bend : bent ; to
build : built. SKit biefen t>erg(. to burn,
to dream, to spill, to smell, to dwell, to
knock , to mean , to lean. SluSna^me
aber mac^en bie auf ind ; fie it>anbe(n i in
oil : f. to find, to bind, to wind, to grind,
gevner f. to stand, to hold unb to behold.
— 2. <Die 93erben aixf ig, ick, im, in, ing,
ink ; fie mac^en anS bem i ein u : fo to
dig — dug ; to spin — spun ; to sing —
sung; to sink — sunk u. to. a. — 3» 2)ie;
jenigen, weld^c im ©tamme ee '|iaben;
fie werfurjen iki in c unb nel^men bann d,
enben fie aber auf 1 ober p, fo ne^men fte
t (nad) ber 93erfiirjung) an : to bleed :
bled; to feel: felt; to creep: crept.
(51(8 9tu8nar;men batoon f. to beseech unb
to seek.) 5ln biefc SScrfitrjung f(t)Iie^t
fid) to meet; banu bie SSerfurjung i^on ea
in e ober ea , loie bei to leave — left ; to
deal — dealt u. a.
NB. Sine befonbere 5lrt jn? eifiufige
finb to bid, itoeldjeS 3nfiniti» unb 3m)^er=
feet, unb to rtni^ »toe(d)e3 Snfinitito unb
5Partict^3 gleicfe l^at. €te biiben ben UeBers
gang ju C. 2) r eif ormigc. 33 ei biefen
|aben Snfinititt, 3m:|)crfect unb pass. part.
jebeg feinc befonbere «?orm : fo to go , I
went , gone ; I am , I was , been (biefc
bciben ftnb iibrigeng bie einjigen engtif^en
93erben, iceldic i^rc iJormen toon jiwei
toevfd^iebcnen ©tcimmcn entnel^;
men) ; to write, I wrote, written u. to. a.
©ie l^aben fafi fdmmtlid) ben Umlaut, unb
ba8 pass. part, enbet meifi auf en
ober n.
IV. JDie Umf(^reibung ber gon=
j u g a t i n f. unter Periphrase, XVI 1.
Conjunction. !l)te (Sonjuncttonen
laffen fid) ^auttfadslicfe in cinfadj to e r b i ns
benbe, glei^fteUenbe (njte and, also,
too, when) unb in cntgegenfe^enbe
(nne or, nor, but, unless) eint^eiten.
1. Dft n.>erben fie »on i^rem ®a$e njeit
getrennt (iuie bie ^rdticfitionen »on
i^rcm Diegimen ; f. Preposition, F, 2): The
reader must excuse an infant of some
days old, ?/, when wrapped up in flannel
and in a covered basket, and, moreover,
fast asleep at the time, he does not ex-
actly observe the state of the weather,
and the time by the church clock. (23e=
<xd)it bie Somma!) — 2. Ueber i^r fdieins
bareg Dlegimcn f. Conjunctive, B, 2.
— 3. lleber i^renaCegfatl f Ellipse,
8; auferbem no^ so, but, yet, and.
Comparative, E, unb Comma^ A, 3 unb
B, 1, 2, 5. — 4. ^\i §aben fie fiatt tine3
tootten nur einen tocrfiirjten @a§ nac^
fid?, ein einjelneg 5lJrabicat (Slbjectito,
*)}articip ober @Hbflantt» mit ©Uivfc toon
to be). Though human, yet divine.
When a mere child, I began ray travels.
It will , if known » be but a nine days'
40
Conjunctive Mood.-
wonder. As if hesitating {= gtcirfifam
gogernb). London , which, (/ desired,
could furnish their saloons with exquisite
pictures (= trenn eg gewitnfdit w \x x b c).
fyhen honest I could make nothing ( =
fofang i* eprllcf) »var ). IVhen got
half way home, I perceived — . That
man, whom, ivhen alive, I feared not — .
IV hen arrived ^ we found — . The rose
of youth and health soon fades, when
tvatered by the tear of aflliction. JDa;
:^er: He attended at dinner as usual
{= as it ?y«s usual). As quick as pos-
sible, (so crHdrt fid) iiScv^auvt ber @e-
Braud) beg bo^jpetten as init SCGe^faU »on
to be. @. Adjective, B, 1, 3 unb 4. 3m
!Deut[cf)ett mandjcg Vtc^nlidK- ®. >ic»cf)
Participle, B, 3. — 5. Ilnfcv „5Wai/'
ober „fr eitirf)" Idpt fid) nuv burd) Um=
fdireibung au«brudcn : it is true (= il est
vrai): It is true, his manner of telling
stopies was not quite so well , how-
ever, we were kind enough to laugh.
Conjunctive Mood. A. Sormcl;
Iti* 1. 9hn: im$Prafeng ^atbcr Som
junctio einc tefonberc Sorm ; er ntmmt ba
bie 5P erf on at enbung en beS Snbicativ
n i c^ t an , if! affo biivdjgel^enbS bem 3n=
ftnitiw glcid) : I love, thou love, he love,
we love It. f. f. ©a^er aucft.: I be , thou
be; I do, thou do, he do : f, abei- to have.
— 2, 3m 3 m ^ e V f e c t ifi bee Soniunctiv
fietS bem 3nbicati» glei* , wie aud> oft i.
2).: I remembered, \6) gcbad)te unb id)
gebad)te; I did, id) t^at unb id) t^cite; 1
loved, id) ttcbte. Sebod) tt?irft bie 2. «Perf»
beS Singular mandimat bag st a6: ihou
had, bn :^dttefi. 0lur to be ^at eine U^
fonbere 5orm beg Sonjunctio im 3mtier=
feet: I were, thou wert (ober were), he
were n. f» nj. — 3. lleber ben (Scnjunctio
ber gnture f. Future, A, IH.
B. ©ctraud). aBci^renb ber3nbi =
cati» eine Stugfage alg fid)er, 5U«er=
Idffig, gett)i^, unab^ngig ^in;
fteUt , gibt \\t im ©egcntl^eife ber Sons
junctiti alg ungenjip, nurgebad)t,
a n g e n m m e n , b c a b f i d) t i g t , g es
Mjiinff^t, anbefor;tcn, bebingt.
2lng biefcc Diatur beg Sonjitnctiv erfldrt fid)
feine Stnwenbimg. @r fie^t, wo eine -§anbs
tung a(g eon ciiier a n b e r c n >'^ a n b t u n g
a 1^ a n g i g bargcfieUt it»irb ; cr ift fonad)
mm einem anberen 3ci(morte ab;
pngig. @in nur du^crnd)eg 21 n =
jc id) en, gfeid) ben ©tuvmvogein lu^r
bem llngenjitter , finb babei bie Son;
j u n c t i n e n , bie ben a b ^ d u g i g e n
Safe mit bem Ǥauvtfa^e verbiuben.
2)Jan fagt genjo^nlid), biefe Sonjunctionen
regierten ben 3nfiniti». 2)ag ift abei
nur einc ber Jliirje njegen bctiebte 9{ebeng=
art; ber @runb iiegt tiefer , im SSer^
i^dltniffe beg ganjcn Sa^eg, une ebcn ge=
jeigt. S)a^er ftebt ber Sonjmictio aud) ba,
n)o bie (Sonjnnction gar nic^t ftel;t (f. If,
unb ^ter 9fcr. 1 unb 3) , nnb batjer fte^t ja
aud) nad) ein nub bcrfetbeii Soniunction
batb ber 3nbicati», balb ber eoitjunctio
(f. !^ier 2 b). 35 te einjefnen SdUe, wo ber
Soniunctttt gebraudit wirb, finb : 1. 9t a d)
@d§en , bie ein © i 1 1 e n , @ r m a I; n e n,
2Bunf*en, a3cfe^len augcrucfett.
I would he were here. Take care lest he
escape you (lest he go away). — 2. 3n
@a^en, bie etncn an gen om me nen
Salt, bffonberg auc^ eine ganj attge =
meine 2lnna^mc, eine (Sinrdu^
mung, ober eine aSebingnng, bie
fitnftig toiettcid)t eintritt, augbrut*
fen; i. !D. fie^t ba oft ber 3nbicatit).
«.) ®otd)c ®d§e werben getuo^nlid) burd)
cine Conjunction eingcteitet, wie if, as if,
if but, provided, unless, except, though,
as though, whether, however, ivhatever.
If he acquire riches — . If he be what I
suspect him — . If I roere certain, that
he was at home — . As if he were a
beggar. Provided he find somebody — .
If it do not quite ruin his mental con-
stitution. I shall not pay him, unless he
come to me. Though you be ill — .
Whether thou go or not — . Whatever
be thy fortune — . Who knows whether
he shall be sound or no. If you shall
have hereafter the goodness to forgive
me, I hope I shall deserve it. b.) ©ap
aber ber Sonjunctitt nid)t won ber (Son=
junction a b ^ d n g i g ift , er^etlt baiaug,
ba§ nac^ b e n f c I b c n (Sonjuiicttoncn ber
3 n b i c a t i » ftc^t, fobatb n i di t U n g c=
ttjifl^ctt ober 3nfunft ju beieid)nen
ift. ®o jwar: Ifit /•«!«, when she comes.
Consonants.
41
I shall not go out^ ahtti II" it rains uow,
I will not go out. 3>wav: I shall go,
provided my father have no objection,
when I ask his permission; jeboi^ : I
shall go, provided my father has no
objection. Though his desire was laud-
able. aJJan fagt: Tell it whatever it
be, aber befttmiiitcc : Whatever is seldom,
is praised. — 3. 9)i ancient at ftel^t ber
Sonjunctb auc& unab^angig unb baun
lapt ftrf) eft, abev itic^t tmmec, ein
ivegge fa Ilcner Safe bawor benfcn.
Hallowed be thy name; thy kingdom
come; thy will be done u. f. ttJ. (@r=
gcinje sorl&ei-: ®ib, ba§.., obcr: JflJtr
bitten, ba^.) — 4. So ftei^t and) I /lad
unb I J^ere jiatt beg jivcitengutuv
I should have, I should be lu f. V». : It
were good you did it (angenoinmenev
%all, »ergt. 2). If thou hadsl been here,
my brother had not died. Could he have
kept his spirit to that flight, he had been
happy. — 5. SBcnn fiir unfcreu (Sonjunc;
rt» ber Snbicatitt ftei^t, f. btefen, B, 2.
Consonants. 1. 5)ie m e i fl c n aWit=
lauter l^aben eiiien fanften (soft) unb
cinen frfjarfen, barten (hard) Saiit,
in ber 5(u?fprad)e rocitji ju fcfteiben. @o
gebcn fidi) bie $aarc b nnb p, d unb t
(bad, bed, pad, bat, bet, pat, but);
V unb f (veal unb feel) ; z unb c (3ifd)ev)
obei- geHnbcg unb fd)arfcS s (zeal , ceil,
seal; desire [soft] unb design [hard]);
g neben c, k unb q (guard, card, quart;
gid, kid) ; bann bie 3ifrf)ei- j unb g neben
ch (George, church; jesi, chest); soft
unb hard r (her, ring) ; soft unb hard th
(to mouth, the mouth). @anft finb
alfo ; b, d, g, j, v, z; f^arf: p, t, c,
k, q, ch, f; balb ttjeicb, batb i^avt:
s, r, th. JDiefen tie^e fic^ altenfall^ noi)
bag fiu mine unb bag I ante h bcife^en
(hour, house). 5l(fo gibt eg nur bei bret
berStquibcn, bei 1, m, n, einefclc^e®(te=
berung nic^t. — 2. ©int^eiten fann man
bie Sonfcnanten: a. giacfe ben fte evi^eu;
genben (S^jracfjtBerfjeugeu in: Si));
penbudljlaben (labials): b, p, f, m,
(w) ; 3 un g enbucftjlaben (Unguals) ober
3 a i^ n bud^f^aben (dentals) : d, t, th, I,
n, r, unb bie 3 i f d) c r (hissing sounds) :
S, c. ® a u m e n (aute cber ^ e 1^ I taute
(palatals cbev gutturals) : k, q unb, tuenn
fie nicfet jtfdien, c, g : eublid) bee ^<\\\6)'
laut (aspirate) : h. 3 a ^ n = unb S i ^ v en=
budifiabe 5ug(cidl iP v, ®aumen= unb
3 a f; n taut x (aug g obcr k unb s cnt-
ftanben). b. 9lad) i^ren @ i g e n f d) a ]-
ten in: ® tu mm e (mutes): b, p, d, t,
k, fctt»te c u. g, tvenn biefe n i ci^ t ^ifd)en ;
J^alboocale (semivowels): f, 1, ni,
n, r, T, (w) s, X, z, j, aud) g unb c,
hjenn fie jifd^en- 93on biefen nennt man I,
m, n, r aud) flitffige (liquids), tveit
fie (ctd^t mit anberen»erfc&me(jen, u. s, z,
j,g,c,x3tfd>er (f. aob.). — 3. 3JZanc^=
mat finb and) w unb y •^albccnfiMtanten, f.
bicfc Sud)fiaben. — 4. ©in »evbotJ^et;
tec Sonfonant (njie dd , tt, ss, gg) be=
ttjirft meifi fcftdrfere, fiivjcre 3htgfprad)e
beg battorfie^enben JCocaleg : fo in ass,
dagger; baraug erflavt fid) bie regeliua=
pige iScrbrppefung eineg @"nbbud)fiabcng,
njenneibetber2lb{ettung in bie 50ii tte beg
SBortcg tomnit: to rob : robber, robbed;
red — redder, reddish, to redden. 33gf.
Comparison, A, I, 3. — 5. @ine 3ufam=
menfe^ung now jhjei ober brei tterf c^ i e =
b e n e n Scnfonantentauten in einen
mel^rfad) en, gem if d& ten Saut nennt
man einen !Doi?peI= ober S^ri^jeli
©onfonanten. Oft aber gibt fd)on ein
e i n f a d) e g Sonfcnanten j e i d? e n einen
g u f a m m e n g e f e ^ t e n S a u t an : fo c
in violoncello; d in soldier; tin nature;
bie 3ifdKr j nnb g: Jack, gem; x in
axis, exist; z in zechin (f. Homonym,
III). 2:ag ®egent^ei( f. unter Digraph,
(©infac^en Saut bagegen l^aben c, g, j,
d, t, X, z in cat, city, God, hallelujah, to
do, Xenophon, zeal.) a. 2)ie meifien
S) oi?jjelconfonantcn l^abcn s^^ci 3ei=
d)en : bl , br , bs , bt ; cl , cr, cs, cl ; dr,
ds; fl, fr, fs, ft; gl, gr, gs ; kl, kr, ks,
kt ; Id , It , Is ; ms ; nd , nt , ns ; pi, pr,
ps, pt; rb, rp, rd, rt, rl, rm, rn, re, rk,
rf, rg, rs ; sc, sk, si, sm, sn, sp, st, sw;
tr, ts (qu, hw): b. Qiur ivenige fdjveibt
man mit brei S3ud)ftaben : chl, chr, chs ;
phi, phr, phs; shr. ^aju fommt nod^
bag 3u fammcntreffen jtrcicr Sonfonanten,
bie nur turdj fiununeg e gctrennt finb:
wiTes , severes. c. 3; r i )j e t confonans
ten finb : scl, scr, skr, spl, spr, str (squ).
42
Construction
— 6. 3m 2)£ittfrf)cn W^^i ^er 8aut
ber 3ifcf)€v j iint) k (= s), ((e^terer ifl je=
i)od) in ^^roainjietler 2lugfpi-adK ba— )bei-
Saut beg t, be^ w unb ber Beibeii th.
(@nglifd)£'J j, z unbv ftnbet fid) im 3ta(ie=
nifc^cn, ih im ©^>anif(f)£ii itnb ^leiigrierfji;
fct)en.) IDagegen gibt eS im engU =
fcf^en nidit: ben Snut unfereg i, bie 6ei=
ben Saute unfereg cb (in od) unb id)) unb
ben Saut be8 m. (3)er beg 5 erfdjeint in
hats, bites u. bgl.) 2lucl) 2) )) p « f= »"*»
3;ri:tieIconfonanteu l^aben n^iu me§r;
fo rbt (evt't) au6^ xiji (in ^erbji), m^ff^
(in : bu [d)rum).'>fft) ; imfer f^ (in fvvec^en,
fparen, i"ton®ebitbeten allgemein i(i)p ges
fprod)en, nuv v»vo» in j ietl fp) gibt eS
nicl}t, njo^t obit unfer ft (in fterben = frf)t)
in wisht, matched, witched; f. Caco-
phony, 2.
Construction. 1. 3m Slltgemeinen
ber beutfc{)en afiortfolge fe^v d^nlicf). —
2. Sebod) luerben 9? e tat isfci^e etenfo
conftcuirt, vrie >§am?tfa^e, trd'^venb
fte im 2). bag iBevb «on »Dvn n^eg anS
@ n b e giel^en : j. 39. ber aTJann, n.>eld)er mit
meinem SBruber geftern an! am = The
man who orru' erf with my brother yester-
day ; eg ift atev nod) bieunter Accusative,
C, 2 angegebene 2lugna^me ju fceviirffic^=
tigen. — 3. ©iei^e iifcrigeng bie cinjelnen
9tebet^ei(e^ bie (Safug, Subject, Absolute,
Apposition, Ellipse, luterrogalive, Par-
ticiple , Proverb, Reflective, Relative,
Inversion; fernec A, an; the; all-, both,
half, such; only; too; not; so; nor;
but ; to have, to get u. a.
to Continue 1. mit 3nfinitit> ober
actiwem $artici^ Idpt fid) njiJrtUcfe (= foi-t=
fal;ren), cber and) butd) ein ?lb»er6 =
fovt, tt»eiter u6erfe^en. He continued
to paint (ev matte fott). They continue
dancing. @anj fo fle^t to go on unb bag
franjof. coniinuer. — 2. 3m ®inne »on
fortmdl^ven b tteiben l^at eg ben
b ^ )3 e 1 1 e n 9i m i n a t i » (f. b.). T/iis
country had continued from early limes
the principal ce?itre of Grecian naviga-
tion. 93ergt. to Grow, to Get «nb bgt.
Contraction. 1. 2)ie»crdnbevnbe3u;
f a nj m e n J i e 1^ u n g einer ® i I b e ob. ei-
rcg ob. mefrevev SGB ov t e r : fo bag vutgdce
- D.
zounds aug God's wounds, a-latch f. upon
the latch; a-fiejd = in the field; thro'
fiir through ; a'n'l fiir is not it n. f. t». <S.
nod) Hiatus, 3 u. Assimilation. — 2. 3u=
fammcnjie^ung jhjeier <Sd§e in einen:
f. J. 58. Accusative, B, I, 3 unb 5; Pre-
position, C, 1 ; Participle, A, 1 ; What,
A,l.
Conversation. (SS ift natiidid), bap
bieftud)tige Stngf^jtr ad) e lebenbiger
Untev|altung fid) nid)t fireng an jebe 5Re=
get binbet, fid? fonac^ »om feiertic^en SJor;
trage ivefentlid) unterfc^eibet. ^m gtauBe
man nid)t, eg gel^ore jum anfldnbigen
2;one, bie Stebc njie einen ©iegbad) |ier=
»otfvrubetn gu taffen. Stucfe 1^ af d) e man
nid)t nad) ^ufammeujiel^ungen unb bgt.,
um nic^t in einen affectirten ober »utgdren
Sion ju toerfin!en. ®, nod) unferen jn? eis
t e n Qlrtifet ^; Personal, B, C ; Familiar.
Correlative , twcc^fetfeitig bejiel^enb
(wie Seifiung unb ©egenteijhing, ®en.nct)t
imb ®egengeh3id)t). ®d jiefien bie (Sons
junctionen as . . as , though . . yet, not . .
but in correIati»en ©d|en : Though you
be older than he, yet I doubt whether
you are so learned (= jnjar aber).
® . nod) Yet, e. 3n foId]en (£d|en tn-aud)t
man bie 5Urd)?ofition nidjt ju njiebevDoIen:
betioeen you and me no friendship !
Crotchets f. Parenthesis.
D.
D. 9iame: de. Saut: 1. = b, ges
Vi^w »om t JU unterfd)eiben : dear, tear ;
bed, bet; I bend, I bent. — 2. 3n ben
Cant beg t gel^t eg iiber , ivenn eg in ber
(Snbung ed nacft einem fd)arfcn 6on=
fonanten fte^t unb bag e flumm ifi (f.
Ed)\ passed = past; tripped, kissed.
iDagegen bleibt eg n? e i c^, hjo bag e t au t
ifi, fo in ben Qlbfectieen: blessed,
wretched, aged. — 3. SCBie englifdjeg j ;
in soldier, nad) (Sinigen and) in grandeur
unb dt;ntid)en. — 4. <S tu mm ift d in
handsome , handkerchief , Hidepark,
Dactyl —
riband, gettJO^nTic^ au(t> in Wednesday (= 1
wcnzda). 3n sicfen aui bem 5)eiitfrfKn
ftammenben SBovtern »ertrltt d baS t ober!
tf) (unferct l^eutlgenDrtr^ogvajjl^ie): hard,
loud, dove, drinker, I had, to do, God.
Da'ctyl , ber 3ScrSf«f : - -^^ ober
iw^: labourer, mfi'lody, li'berly.
Danish : f. Etymology, 4. 5)dntfd)en
Urf^jrungg fmb : to cast ttoit fafien,
flounder vvn gfljubcr; bic 93orfi(6cn for
(= »cr) , mis , a (f. A, *praXH'>riticn) ; bie
9ca(^fi(6en ard (coward)?'le, ly, y, ship
unb bie ^ParticiVcnbiing ed.
to Dare: J. ms f clbft ilanbi g e8
33a-6 : l^eraugforbern, tro^en,
ID a g e n , i^ t§ flets rcgchnd^ig, unb l)at
ben Snftnitio mit ^o md) fic^: I dare
you to do it. Why do we dare to talk of
Benvenuto Cellini — ? I have not dared
to go there (t(6 ^ate nicftt l^injuge^en ge=
toagt). The lady did not dare. B. 2llS
^ i t f 8 » e r & : b u r f e n , ift e8 j^uar and)
regelmdftg, jebod) ift bann fiir ba« 3m=
X^erf. / rfwrs^ gebrdu(lUi*cr. (58 ^at ben
Snfinit. ;^ n e to nacfj fict) : I dare not
complain. I have not dai-ed go there (ic^
^aht nicf)t ^ingel^en biir f en).
Dash, ©ebanfenflric^ im ©a^e. ©♦
ncrt) Ellipsis, A.
Date. !Der !Datum in JBriefen ttJttb be=
jeic^net : 1. nac^ beutf^er 2trt — ber JE a g
» or bem 9)1 on at, i»of»ei Jcfeterer mit of
Htfjt, ober 2. farmer, o!^ne 5trtifel unb o^ne
of, inbcm bie 3a^l 1^ inter ben 9Jio =
natSnamen tritt : the 22J of December
1822, obCJ? December 22. 1822; the 4th
of April 1852 ober April 4, 1852. SSet
ber jnjeiten Strt fl.^re(t)e man au3 : Decem-
ber the twenty - second. SSergl. Car-
dinal, B, 2.
Dative. 5 r m c 1 1 e 8 unb @ e =
brand). 3fi bag iT'atiictterl^dltnip hjirt=
lid) ju bejeidjnen , fo gefd)ier;t bic8 burd)
to : lo the father, to me, to whom. 2)ic=
fen au8brudli (^ en 2)ati» fe§t man
aber felt en, ber bIo§e Dbjetttt) (f. b.
nub Accusative, B, 1, 1, a) reic^t gettjoi^ns
lid) ^in. 2inein man niup to fe|en: 1.
ttjenn ber 3)atit) »on einem ©nbfl antic
a b ]& d n g i g ifi, ttjo toir i. 2). gehjol^nlid)
Dative.
43
ben ©enitiu ober fur, ju, gegen fe^en :
ndmlid) nac^ benen, bie einc 93 ertt) anbt=
fcfe aft m it Semanbcm , eine greunb =
fd^aft gegen, eine D^cigung ju 3e=
manbem, eine U n t e r o r b n n n g, cin 3 u=
ge^oren unb bergt. bejeid)nen (»erg(.
bamit Adjective, D, 2). He is god-father
to my child and a relatioji to my friend.
How is Miss Virginia , sister to Poor
Jack ? He is wa friend to horses (flowers,
plays, gaming). I became at last an
enemy to mankind (fo nnfere abjectifi;
fdKn: Semanbem freunb ober feinb
fein; vergf. 1. SJJof. 37, 8; $fafm o, 6).
He is a stain to humanity. The very
fellows to them (bag ©eitenflud b a ju =
berfelben). 2D irb ab er e in gegen;
f e i t i g e 8 93er^dltnip auggebriidt, fo ^i^t
ber ®enitit» (ober of) , h)ic i. !D. He was
always the poor man'^s friend. The
enemy of the soldiers. — 2. 2Bcnn ber
S^ativ won einem 2[ b j e c t i » abl^dngig ifi :
f. Adjective, D, 2: He must be allied to
the devil. lie ivas very civil (cruel,
generous, kind, open, polite, irue, unjust,
etc.) ^0 me. 5l(8 3[n8na§mcn f. like, near,
next. — 3. 2Cenn er nac^ einem ber fol=
genben 3} c r b e n j^ei^t : to agree ; to an-
nounce, melben; to appear; to ascribe
unb lo attribute, jufdn'eiben; to beckon,
Voinfen ; to communicate, mitt^eilen ; to
consign, iibergeben ; to deliver, ein]^dnbi=
gen , fagen ; to describe , befdjreiben ; to
explain, erffdren; to impute, jurec^nen ;
to leave; to mention, ernjdl^nen ; lo ob-
serve, bemerfen ; to relate ; to reply, er-
ivibern; to represent, worftefien; to re-
sign , uberlaffen , abtreten ; to reveal, of=
fenbaren , anjeigcn ; to say ; to secure,
(i5er=)fld)ern; to seem; to yield. INB.^iic
cnrflv gebrudten f. a. i. O. — He thought
of means to altribule /o himself all my
estate. This proposal Avas communicated
to me. What shall I deliver to him from
your Grace? The ghost beckoned to
Hamlet to follow him. The most innocent
things were imputed to me as a crime.
I have nothing to reply to his answer.
I found it not so as it was represented
to me. I was resigned to the wide world.
5lu8na^men fmb nid)t cben ^dnftg:
I had consigned him a bag of money.
i9ik
44 Days -
Your schoolmaster will explain yoti these
passages. — ^}ad) anberen , alfc beu mei=
ften aSerben fic^t ber btof e Dbjectiw o I; n e
to : f. Accusative, B, I, 1, a. — ©iibtirf)
4. mup ^0 gefc^t tverben , ttjcmt ein 2tccu=:
fatiw ttor bcm ©atie ficl^t (= JDcim bag
nd^ere 06j«ct »or bem entfernteren fte^t).
Unb hjaiin bieS ber %aH fei, f. Accusative,
C, 5. <Bo : Send this money to your
brother; aber: Send your brother this
money.
3lu§ttaf>tnc. fDag fl[utf|Hge, fKt? bem
aScvb cng anfd)ltcf enbe SBortdKn it treniit
ben 5)atlt» fo unbebeutenb ijon feincm a>er&,
baf eg fein ^o notf;ig mac^t: Send it him,
nic^t; send it ^o him, @oU jebo^ , in
einem ©egenfa^c, ber ^att» betcnt tver=
ben, fo fe^t man au(ft nad) it bag to:
Send it to h
tin, not to me.
9luct)
golge einer 3 n » e r f i o n fann to beg a3er=
fianbuiffeS ^a(6er erforbert hjerben ; f c : A
madman at a mile off would, to the
offspring of „a royal line," cause fear
and trepidation. (Maxwell.) llet'rigeng
treten fur unfern 5)att» ofterS ancf) anbere
^raj^ofitiunen ein, nfg to; My mother
never smiled on me. This is to be
pardoned only in children (= JJtnbcrn,
bei ^.). @. Preposition, C, 2.
Days of the IVeek f. The, C, 3. 4.
to Declare: lie declared himself an
heir. He was declared emperor. He de-
clared himself very well satisfied (f.
Participle, B, 3, u. Accusative, B, F, 2.)
Declension , 21 6 to a n b l u n g ber
'!?auj;ts, (5igenf(I)aft« = , ^a^i-,
unb g u r h) r t e r. I. 3}cr|'}c^t man im;
ter declination etnc 33eugung, iBer-
dnbernng ber QBortev fetbf! jua3e=
jeic^nungbereafn8ttevr;drtniffe, fo l^at nnr
ein cinjtgeg SBort , ndmlic^ who, cine
aoUjidnbige iI)ec(tnation : tvhose, whom,
freiiic^ o^ne llnterfdjieb beg 3)atio unb
2[ccnfatio nnb beg ©ingufar nnb ^Iwxai.
21uierbcin gi6t eg nod) 1. einen ^?offef =
ft»en ®eniti» ber @ubftanti»e:
the father's , our friend's , unb 2. einen
Dbjectitt ber ^jerfontidjen 5itrmi)r =
ter; me, her, him, them. II. 93erftel^t
man ater ttntcr ^Declination irgenb
cine 2lrt, bie ^afugtjer^dltniffe augjii;
Demand.
briicfen , fo l^at and) bag ©nglifdjc feine
ocllfidnbige ^Declination. 3)enn eg 6ejeic^=
net: 1. ben ^fominatio unb ben ID6jecti»
buvd) il^re @ t e 1 1 u n g , f. Accusative, C ;
— 2, 3)ie iibrtgen ijdilcbuvd) of to, from.
!Diefe ^rdi^ofitioncn fiub bie „ber ^nt =
fernung ober ber 2lnndl^erung ,
bnrd) njetcEfe beiben aSegriffc atle aScjics
l^uiigen ber ©adbcn unb aBorter auf einan=
ber gebad)t Werbcn miiffen" (9JJori§,
ital. @)3rad)te;^re). SDal^er ftel^cn bie g t e i;
d) en Qjerl^dltnipnjijrter and) in alien ro=
manifc^en @>jrad)eu (am genauefien bem
@ngttfd)en entf^^redjenb im Stalienifdjen :
of = di, from — da, to = a) , ofterg y
aud) i. SD. — III. 2l(lein and) biefe 6es //
quemen 2lnbcutungen ber gdlle fmb ber
familidren unb »u(gdren ®)?rad?e oft
nod) jutjiel: fie beclinirt i^duftg g a r n i dj t
ober falfd), ba nun einmal bie 2)eclina=
tiongformen im 2lllgemeinen nidU jum
2>uvd)t)rud) gefommen finb. @c : It was
not 7is they attacked {^aittve, attra =
^irt »on attacked). We understand
each other, you aud me (ebenfattg 2lt=
traction t>on understand). (S. nod) Who,
A, @. JVho have we here (fiatt whom) ?
It is me (f. Abuse). @o fe^t man aucb ben
Slominatit) ftatt beg Objectisg bcfonberg
nad) ben ^rdjjo fiti o nen, bie »on
i^rem 9tegimen gctreimt finb: JVho servesi
thou under? (Shakespear.) He sees
who it comes from. 9^id)t felten aud),
hjenn bie $rd))ofitton ba»or|!e6t:
To who shall I run ? — I says you roust
come with /.' fagt ein Sonjialjle^ between
you and /, fogar ein 2lb»ocat.,
Defective Verbs, 3eit\t)6rter, bencn
einjetnc ?5ormen mangeln. (5g fmb
au^er ben Ǥilfgucrlien I can , may, shall,
will, must, ought nod) quoth, to wit, <xvi6:i
meseems, nielhinks unb dl^nttcf)e (benen
bie $artici))ien unb ber Snfitu fe^len).
Ueber ben ©rfa^ beg 3Tiangclnbcn fcei ben
^i(fg»er5cn f. b. einjeln a. i. O. 3n ges
r i n g e r e m ® r a b c fmb aud> alle im-
personal verbs befectiv.
Definite Article f. The.
to Demand f>at ben Moficu 2rccufat.,
too tvir einer ^tUdvoHtiou bcbiirfen : n ad)
6t»»ag fragen, urn ©tivag, nm Semanben
Demonstrative Pronouns
Derivation.
45
an^aUin i'ocxQt. baei fraiijof. demander).
He demanded /lei' in marriage (= ct hi-
Demon'stratiTc Pronouns, ]^in=
jetgenbe j^iirttjovtcv, finb this unb that, f.
b. 2)aju fommen noc& bie fettneren yon
unb yonder : Yon red cloud ; yonder
Alpine snow. ?IucC) the former (| e n c r ,
bcr erjlgenannte) unb the latter (b I e f e r ,
bei- Icltgcnnnnte) fte:§en oft fo. !J)a^ aud}
bie$voncun§ ber britten *|Serfon
pft in b em on fir at ice m @inne fiel^en,
f. 6ei Personal, B, 6. — 3m 51 It g e m e is
nen ifl ju merfen : 1. SGBtr fe|en oft im=
fern Beftimmten Slrtifet aU 2)6 =
monfiratti), fo ftel^t the nid)t (f. jes
bod) The, C, 12) , eS mug this obcv that
bafur etntreten : 33 ci 3 ift ein fitonec ®ar=
ten : T/iis is a fine garden. ®ebt mir b a 8
SBu<b, ni6)t jcneS: Give me this book, not
that, 3)ev ©(felag Betctufcte i^n: That
blow stunned him. — 2. This unb that
tidjten firt) j^etS in bee 3 a 1^1 form nacf)
ibrem ©ubfiantiio , JDci^renb unfec ba§,
b i c S aU @ u & i c c t oft unoerdnbect
bleibt: a)ag fin's) ®teinc = TAese are
stones. 2)ic8 flnb bie aSiidier .§einric£)'g :
These are Henry's books. 5)a8 iuaveu
l^errltc^e j^riidjte : Those were excellent
fruits. 2Dag finbSDlcinnev t»on un»erjagtem
3)hit^e : These are men of undaunted
courage. — 3. This unb that treten, tt)ie
2lrtifet unb ^offeffiioc ^?ronomen, Winter
half, all, both, double unb bergl., f. t. —
4. Ue6er bie 93erMnbung ber bemonfJra;
tiijen pronouns mit ben ^offefficen, f. Of,
4, a, e. — 5. Ueber ben SGBegfall ber 5)es
monftratiBg f. Possessive Case, C, 1, unb
Allraclion, 1.
Dentals f. Consonants, 2, a.
Derivation, ^ISIeitung eine§ cngti;
fdKn SBorteg »c)i einem anbcren eng =
Hfd)en (benn bie Slbleitung axiS frems
ben ®vrn(^€n gc^ott ber Etymology an).
J. a)eri»ationgfiIl)en, 9tad)fits
ben: 1. Set ©ubftantiticn: ess, in;
er, er; scape unb ship, fdjaft ; head unb
hood, 5eit; ness, nif, feit; dom, tl^um ;
rick, reid), t^um; — cy = franjcf. ce,
feit; ty = fronj. te, feit; our = franj*
cur, ^iit, feit. 2tuf erbem bie 2fblettung§=
lautc t unb tli , iuel^e ®ubjlanti»e toon
5Ibjecttifen unb 9}erben bitben (al^nfid) un=
fer c unb t: ^o^ — ^o^e ; roiegen, @e=
tviitlt.) 33 eif^iefe: princess, unbeseem-
ingness (2 3}or5 unb 2 giadjfilben , ttjic
in Unanfidnbigfe it); fisher, land-
scape, friendship, Godhead, neighbour-
hood, loneliness, nothingness, kingdom,
bishoprick, infancy, bounty, valour ; —
ilight, weight, truth. @. no^ Diminu-
tives. — 2. Sei 3lbiecti»en, f. Ad-
jective, A, I, 2. : bie b e u t f (^ e n Slacks
filben : n, en, em = n, en^ ern ; ful, »oU,
ig, lid); y, ig ; ly, lic^, lifc^ ; ish, if<^,
lifc^, i6)ty some, fam ; less, log; bie
franjefifdjcn: ous, eous imb ious
= eua^, ieux, Bott, rei(i^, l^aft, ig, lic^ ; —
able unb ible = able unb ible^ bar, ig,
ii6), \)(x\t ; — al = a/, (at)iff^ ; ive = ?/,
ig, enb. Scifijiete: leathern, silken,
eastern, useful, windy, heavenly, foolish,
laboursome , powerless ; — porous,
courageous, malicious, agreeable, con-
temptible, musical, active. — 3» J8ei ben
3a]^Icn: th = fe: the fifth ( aud)
fold: tenfold, ^al^Iabjcctito), — 4. SSeim
93 e r b : en ober n : to fatten, to widen.
— 5. aSeim 2lbtoerb: ly = lid) : wisely
(and) ward: eastward). — 9)iit biefen
!Derioation§ filben fxnb bie g t e r i =
onSftlbeu nic^t ju »ermed)fetn, Jvel^e
man bei ber declination, Som^^aration
ober ©cnjugation einem SBorte anfefet:
fo s, 's, es, est, er, ed, en, n, t — f. unten
C. — B. *8eif)3ielena* ben (Staff en
ber 2C i) r t er mogen bie 93telfeitigfcit ber
SGBortabteitung geigen. l.®ubftantitoe
toon ©ubjlantitoen: tyrant — tyran-
jiess; a croft — crofter (ber aSefi^er eineS
croft); Duke — Dukedom (Duchy, au8
bem granjof. unb ducat unb ducatoon,
auS bem Statien.); music — musician;
arm: armlet, armour, armourer, arm-
orist, armory, army, armament, arma-
ture. @. noc^: Feminine, C, I. —
2. ©ubflanttto »on 21 b j c c t i » : moist
— moisture; kind — kindness; sharp
— sharper, sharpner, sharpness. —
3. © u b ft a n t i to e toon 91 u m e r a I « ob.
*Pronoungt one — the oneness ; same
— the sameness. 4, ©ubftantittc
toon SSerben: to build — the builder,
46
Desire
the built, the building; to abolish —
abolishment. 5. ©ubftanttBC luni
QlbserSien: in — the inn (= bie ©in;
fel^c), the inning (ba3 @iit6ringcnl, bie
(5rnte) ; under — underling. 6. Q(b =
J c c t i »on ^H b I e c t i » : black — black-
ish ; red — reddish. 7. 5lb|ecti»
»cn @ It 6 j^ an 1 1» : mxsciue^ —mischiev-
ous ; foam — foamy; flame — flammoous;
duke — ducal f- China —Chinese (»gl.
Antonomasia, 1). 8. 2(bj;ectt» •oon
5P r n m e n : self — selfish (unb bavon
ttjiebei- ba8 ©ubftantiw selfishness).
9. 2lb jectt» son S^umeral: one —
only; two — twofold, twice. 10. 5tb'
jcctit) »on 9?er6eii: to admire —
admirable ; to break — breakable.
11. 21 b j e c t i » e i>cn 2t b » e r 6 i e n : ere
— earli/ (unb bavon iviebev the earliness);
in — inner ; up — upper, uppish (balder
aud^ nnfer xippiQ = ©iner, ber tmmer
often brauf [u^\ itf] iff) ; unb von uppish
ttjieber the uppishness. 12. ^IbjectiB
»on 3 n t e V I c c 1 1 n : lack-a-day : lack-
a-daisical. 13. 9t urn era I son 9iu =
m e I- a I : four— forti/, fourth. 14. ^xo-
no men iion ^Pronomen: my —
mine; it — its. 15. 33 e vb toon 3} er6 :
to hear — to hearken ; to disjoin — to
disjoint; lo drink — to drench ; to fall
— to fell ; to rise — to raise ; lo deem
— to doom; to lie — to lay; to sit —
to set. 16. a5er6 son @u6jtantio:
tyranny — tyrannize; a trap ( ober
trapan) — to irapan (f. aur& Accent, B,
1, c). 17. as e r t> e n »on 2( b j e c t i » e n :
sharp — to sharpen ; verbal — to ver-
balize; divers — to diversify (eigentlid)
jufammengefe^t f./y). 18. 33 evb en »on
2t b » e r 6 1 e n : in — to inn. 19. 21 b =
t»er()ien »on 2lboerbient ere —
early ; ever — everly ; out — outwardly.
20. 2lbtocr6tcn von ©ubfiantiio :
year — yearly. 21. 3[b ti e v S i en von
21 b j e c t. : noble - nobly. 22. « b s
»ertnen »on 9tumevat§: first —
firstly; third — thirdly; one — only.
C. <Sc{)on bie inOtJtgem cuvftv gebvucfs
ten iBetfpiete jeigcn, baf? bet bcr 2(b{eitung
oft 33 ei dnbcvun gen ber Dvt!^o =
grap^ie ^altftnben. 3)iefc finb uieifi
buret) angcmeinc ®efe^e ber Drt^iograp^ie
— Dialect.
unb ber Slu^fpracfie gcboten, baf^er fel^ren
fie auct) bei ber flexion (bei bent ^piuraf,
ber Sotn^jaration , ber Sonjugation , ber
58i(bung ber 2lbverbien unb ber Drbinat;
ja^^ten) ttjteber. ©benfo ber aCert)fel beS
2(ccenteg unb ber Ouantitat, tt»ie bei to
admire, admirable, admiration (»ergl.
Accent, A, 4). 3um %l)i\\ finb btefe
aCanbtungen and") bitrd) ©inttjtrfung frem;
ber ©^rac^en entfianben t f. oben bie 2[b=
teituugen »on Duke (9h-. 1). ©in
@d)\vanfen be8 @tammeg ift iibrigenS
ftetS einer S: o c^ t e r f ^ r a d) e in l^o^erem
®rabe eigen, a(8 einer Urf^jrad)e: fo
reason , ratio , rational ; to probe , to
prove, the proof t)Dn probare.
D. mi eine 2lrt ber ^Derivation td§t e3
fic^ auc^ betrad,Uen, njenn eine unb biefelbc ' ^ >
aCortform in verfd)iebencm @inne, aU )
<£ubftantit> unb a(8 2lbjecti», ober alg : ''^
a3erb unb atg 2lbwerb u, f. w. , gebraud|t||
njtrb* @. Ambiguity, I, 4—, Adverb, r
A, II, b. giir bie iibrige aOGortbitbung f.
Composition.
to Desire, tnit bem 2(ccuf. unb bem
Snfin. , tt)ie bitten, l^eifien: You
desire we to send you some accounts. —
Mr. Brookes desired me to leave off (=
er l^ie^, tiep mid) auf^oren). 5Paffi»: I
was desired to buy her some gems.
Despite, aXi «|3rd).>orition, f. Of, 10.
Dcter'iniiiative finb SKdrter, bie
einen S3egriff ndf;er bepimmeu, begrenjen :
fo ber beftimmte 2(rtifel, bie 9^etattveg, bie
2lbverb§ ; f. Adverb, B, 1.
Diaer'esis, bie S^rennung smeicr
auf einanber fotgenber 33ccate , alfo baS
©egent^eil von ber Snf^mtmenjie^ung
berfetbcn in einen 3) i v^ b 1 1; o n g. i5ft im
©anjen felten (vergl. Jo, 2 , Ji/, 3) unb
nod) feltner , fafl nur in Srembtvoitern,
iuirb fie burd) bie beiben SPunftc •• bejeid)=
net: Madame dc Slacl ; aorial , coad-
jutor; bagegcn o^ne a3ejeid)nung in Dia-
na, quiet, coiicted, poesy.
Dialect, bie ®v*ra(^e einjctncr ®e=
genbeii, fofern fte von ber ©dniftfvvac^e,
ber ®vrad)e ber ©cbilbctcn beg Sanbe« al^
loeidjt. <Bc loevben in Sonbon attein v t e r
vcrfdjiebene 5)iatecte gcfprodjen; fretli^
Digraph
uUxfieiQt abei- au* bie ® e c 1 e n j a :^ ( Son;
bun's bte beS J^onigr. Sad^fen fcebcntenb.
!Dem Cockney Dialect — ber gemctucn
Scnboncr (©tabtflnb-) 9Jiunbart — gel^oven
^. 33. an : idear ft. idea, feller jt» fellow,
vinder ober gar vinner fi. window, yer fi.
you ; bem 35 a n cr btafccte bie iibertrteBenc
2)e^nung beg a in father, half, calf, ot>=
fc^on man eg au^ nicfct attjufe^r eerfiirjen
barf. ®. nod) Accent, IV, V, Preposi-
tion, E, unb Provincialism. @in 9Prij6=
d)en beg jiib ifdien 2) iaiccteg : Have
you anything to shell {— sell). Sir?
Versh the bagsh ! Oh ! vat ish there in
it? Oh! vat you vanl?— S' help roe, ifs
yoursh.
Digrraph, ein 2)o^?v«^J«'<^«"/ eincSSers
ftinbung jweicr SBudlftalJcn ju cinem e in =
f a d) c n Sante, hjie ea = i, oa = o, gh =
g, sh = fd). y4. (ginb bie fceiben 58u(6;
ftaben SSocate , fo nennt man eine fofc^c
iDerfcinbung and) cinen Mon'ophlhong
((5 i n tanter), im ©egenfafeeju 3)i))^t§ong,
f. b. Oft aber redjnen bie ©rammatifer
auc^ e i n f a d) e Sante nnter bie 2)i^]^t!^on=
gen , fcbalb fie mit jnjei JCocaten ge=
fdniebcn ttjerben , foivie fic nmgefe^rt bie=
jenigen 2)iv>^t^ongen, bie nnr mit ein em
J8ud)fiabcn bejetd)net iuerben, jn ben 3?o=
cafen rec^nen. SBeibeg ift falfd) : man l^at
bag 3luge fiber i£ad)en beg O^reg —
ii6er Saute — entfd)eiben kffen! JCal^er
anfe^nlid^c SSerhJirrnng ! @cmip ifi bod)
ei in sleight ganj anbercr S^tatur , alg ei
in deceit. @6enfo unterfc^etbe man h)ol^( :
oil in poiind unb on in four, obcr ou in
ragout, ou in coiild, ou in honour. 9Jur
in pound ifi ou iDi^l^tl^ong, in ben iibrt=
gen angefiil^rten SCiJrtern btoper 3)igrap^.
Ei in deceit ifi cbenfon^enig 35i^l^t^ong,
atg ic in n? i e o i e t , ou in honour e6en=
fon^cnig, alg o ober oe in @ 6 § e , ® o c;
t ^ e ; f. Hiatus, 3. — B. 3)ie beiben a3ud)=
ftaben fonnen aber and) SJi i 1 1 a u t e r fein,
imb bann nennen mx fic einen Sonfos
n a n t e n b i g r a )j 1^ / im ® cgenfa^e ju ben
3) W c I confonantcn (f. Consonants, 5),
bie einen jufam in en ge fe^ten Saut
barfielten: fo ift ch in chord (= kord)
nur ein !I)igra^3]^ , in cherry (= isherri)
cin3)o)5>?ekonfonant; sc in conscious (=
konshus) iji JDigrap^, aber in scale ift c3
Diminutives
47
ein S^oD^jetconfonant = sk. — 3u ^. 33o=
cafbigrajjl^en ober SWono^^^t&ongen finb:
aa: to baa; ffe: Caesar; ai: fair; ao :
gaol; au: aunt; ay: day; — ea : sea,
head; ee: free; ei: veine, Seine; eo :
people, leopard ; eu : rheiim ; eiv: crew,
sew ; ey : prey, key ; — ie : field, friend ;
io : nation ; — oa: boat; oe : diarrhoea ;
oi: tortoise; oo : poor, stood, d5or,
blood ; ou: source, route ; 07v: morrow; —
ui: build, juice. ®. bagegen : Diphthong,
unb uergl. benfelben Unterfd)ieb bei Tri-
graph unb Triphthong. — 3 u /^. (5 o n =
fonantenbigrajj^g finb : sc : con-
scious ; ch : ache ; gh : Ghent ; ph :
philosophy , nephew ; sh : fish ; th :
thither; — baju gu unb qu in guard,
piquant u. a. 91od) lie^en fic^ atlenfaHS
^te§er (ju J ober B) atle bie 3ufammen=
fefeungen red)nen, wo ber eine ber beiben
aSudjftaben ftumm ift : »»ie ia in carriage,
St in castle, ph in diphthong; fo and):
kn, en, cz, bt, mn, mb u. a. 3}gL nod)
Division, 2. ^iefe 33ud)ftaben^anfungen
en t ft an ben: 1. inbem man l5ic ur =
f^jriingnd) e Ortl^ograpl^ic ber alteren
SVi^idie beibel^ielt, n3ar;renb bie 5{ug=
fi?rad)e ft(^ »ereinfad)te ; — 2. inbcm man
bie Drt§ogra)3§ie eineg grembmortg
a«fnaf;m , eg aber in ber Slugfyradje »er=
anberte (tt)ie conscious ; f. Etymology, 6
unb 9) ; — 3. inbem man bie , nid>t juni
bcften gema^lten , Scfejet^en frember
Sprad)en einfu^rte, bag u beg Sranjoft=
fcfeen: guide, nnb bag h beg 3tatienifd)en,
f. Gu unb Gh; ober iiber^auft inbem man
4. bag arme Iateinifd)e 2C(p^abet
jnr 28ejeid)nung son Sauten benu^te , bie
eg nid)tfannte: ba^er: th (frii^er 0), sh
(unfer nod) ungtiid(id)ereg fd)) unb bergf.
©. Letters.
Dinii'nutives, 93crf(cinerunggn)6r=
tcr, btlbct man turd) bie 9iad)ri(ben kin, T
ling, ock, lei, eril = d)en, Icin, ting : j« — ^ ' '
33. man — mannikin , aJianndien (vergt. CaS^
mannequin im Sranj.), pan — pannekin ; J
duck — duckling ; hill — hillock ; river ■'
— rivulet ; cock — cockeril ; goose —
goosey unb gosling, — mit geringen
Sdjttjanfungen ber Drtl^ograp^ic ; f. De-
rivation, C. — ®o(d)e aSiJrter ftnb leiber
icenlg im ®ebrau(^e unb mair umfdireibt
.' and garden , ein -§du§ct)eu imb ein (
/v'^ ^«"- 9Jian faim aber tt»o^t oxx^ bie
48 Diphthong
fie gelvoI^nncl)cr buret) little: a lillle house
and garden , ein -§du§ct)eu imb ein ®dvt=
fcl^r
tUfnr=
Hctjen SSei-f>iIbnngen »cn 33crnanien
I;icrf;er recfjnen, bie a(8 Siebfofung3aug=
bnicfe bieneu : Bill ^(\ii William ; Dick =
Richard; Jack, Joh, Joe, Jock, Jenny =
John ; Joe and) fiiv Joseph ; Fanny =
Frances ; Nan, Nancy »on Anne.
Diphthong:, bie iBereinigung jhjeier
33DcaUaute in einen gemi[ct)tcn, jufam?
mcngefe^ten Saut : ba§ ® egcntl^eil finb
bie eirtfadKn a3ccale a, e, o, mandimat audi
i, y, u (f. 1), unb bie Digraphs, f. b* 3n
ber 9}iitte 5mifd]en ben 2)itif;t]^ongen iinb
ben reinen^ccalen fte-^en bie unreinen33o=
ca(e : o unb a (and) au, aw, oa gcfd)ric6en);
fo in nor, broad, fall, taught, law.
1. 2)ii^§tl;cuge, bie nur mit ein em SSc^
cate gcfd)rie6en trerben: I, y, u:
life, fly, cure. — 2» I)i))]&tr;onge, bie mit
jwei 95ocaten gcfc^rieben tt)ev=
ben : ea, ei, eo, eu, ew, ia, oi, oy, ou,
oiv, 711, uy in linealion, sleight, feod,
neutral, nephew, filial, oil, oyster, cloud,
how, nuisance, buy. — 3* 2)i)3§t^Dngen
niit b V c i 3 e i d) e n g e f d; v i e b e n : emi,
coil, ieu, iew , iou in beauty , miscel-
laneous, adieu, view, bilious. ©. nt»d)
Digraph, Triphthong, Division, 6.
Direct, gcvabc, im ®egcnfa^e ju jw-
direct, f. b. @o gi6t eg ein b i r e c t e g D 6=
ject, ben *ilccufati» , im ®egenfn§c jum
5?'nttt> ; bie bivccte 91 e b e : He comes,
unb bie b i V c c t e 5 V a g e : Does he come ?
f. Interrogative, B, I.
Division, bie 5lbt!^eiiung eineS
HBorteg am @nbe ber 3eite. 1. (Sin cin =
jelner Sonfonant jnjifdjen jnjei 3}ocas
len fcmmt jur na d) ften <&i(l)e l^iniiber :
de-so-la-tion. *Jlkr x, unb natiirlic^ ck,
gilt ate 2)ov»V*c(confonaut unb bteidt bet
ber uor^ergepcnben ®itbe : ex-ample,
siock-ing. — 2. @tn @onfonanten =
bigra^i]^ (f. Digraph, B) iuirb nid)t ges
trennt, unb fommt jur nvidfften @itbe:
bi-shop , bro-iher. — 3. (5in»erbof
Xitlttx (Sonfonant n^irb getrenntt
mir-ror, lit-tle. — 4. 3t»ei ^cnfonanten
(eine 3)oi5))ctconfonanj) jiuifd^en jwei 93a=
Do.
eaten irerben getrennt; ftefet jebcd? ein
mute tior eincm liquid (f. Consonants, 2,
b), fo bteiben fic j u f a m m e n : bas-ket,
ta-ble, in-sect ; pu-trid. — 5. 33on b r e i
ober »ier Sonfpnanten, bie jufam;
men feine ®itbe anfangen fCMineu, nimmt
man foi^iete mit l^iniiber, atg ju 5tnfang
einei '^'xihi (ober eineg aCortcg) fle^en
fonnen : [o parch-ment , hand-some,
com-plete. — 6. 2)ie SSocale eineg 3) is
}3l;tl^ongen ob. ^Tri^l^t^ongen barf
man nid)t trcnncn, ftiot;! nber jwet
SSocate, bie getrennt gefjjrodjen
VKcrben (f. Diaeresis) : bat;cr finb pound,
loud, fain imtl^citbar ; man tf;eift moun-
tain , aber nidjt rao-un-tain ; anx-ious,
abcr nidn anxi-ous ; mol^t aber re-al,
cow-ard, vi-o-let, voy-age , roy-al. —
7. (Sin e i n f a d) e r gonfonant mit fi u m=
m e m e n a d) f i di, bitbet f e i n e ® i t b e :
alfo n i c^ t ho-me, hou-se, wi-re , wol^t
aber: hou-ses, gra-ces. — Ueber bie=
fen nuv formett'en Slegetn jie^t
bie, ba^ man 8.) jufammeng efe^te
2Corter nad> bem @inne tf^eift, b. 1^.
fic in i^re nvf))riinglidKu Si^eite jertegt:
an-olher, how-ever , hot-house, ship-
owner, Shake-spear, range-ing, change-
able, hinge-ing, move-able ; bat;er iver=
ben and) 2) e r i » a t i o n 6= u. ^ t e r i o n Ss
fitben (f. Derivation, A) abgefe^t,
oi^ne einen^l^eil beS @tamme§
mit ]^ i n it b e r ju nc§men : learn-ed,
learu-ing, learn-er; Hsh-es. — 51 u g =
n at; men: a. 2)ie 3ifd)er c unb g jicl^t
man mit l^iniiber : pla-cing, chan-ged,
bamit ber tiebc Jgefer gteid) fe^e, ban fie
nidU niie f ober g tauten , njie beun iiber-
l^au))t ein guter 3:i^eit ber 5lbt§eitung8re=
getn nnr ben 3wecf ^at, bie 51 u § f v» r a d) e
be« SDorteS n i d) t jn » c r w i f cfc e n : ba=
l^er plea-sure neben pleas-ed, pleas-ing.
— b. 2)ie an fid) gar ju biirftige 5tbj
teitefitbc y nimmt ben te^tcn ©tammbnc^i
ftabcn jU fid) l^iniiber: dir-ty, woo-dy,
Ihir-sly.
to Do. J. g r nt c 1 1 c « : ^refent :
I do, thou doest (f. Conjugation, II, 5)
ober thou dost, he does, we do u. f. to.
3mt>erf. I did ; yaff. 5)3art. done. B. ® c-
braucfc. I. %U f e t b fl fl Sn b i g c 3
aSerb: I shall do like for like. We had
Double
much to do. That will do. The business
is done. — To have done, mit bem act.
panic, nac^ fic^ l^eipt: itmcki beenbct:^aben,
fertig fetn, aufl^oren* She had done
speaking. The bells had done ringing.
We should have done reading. II. 2JI3
«$i(fS»er5 bient e3 nur im Present
unb Imperfect Tense. 1. ^it bic 5|Sro5
nomen ©tettocrtreter ber ©uBflantbe finb,
fo iji to do oft © t e n » e r t r c t e r
t'xnti oorouggcl^enben 93er6§
(dl^ntid) j!er;tbag franj. faireu.maiicfimat
itnfer m a rt) e n , 1 1^ u n) : I had at first no
mind to ride out, but now I am glad I
did. ©0 itamentlid^ im jicciten @(iebe
einer SSergleic^ung : You write belter
than I do. 2)anii nimmt ti auc^ ganj bic
Sottfiructton be8 »ertretencn 3Scrb8
an : She laughed at him, but he did not
at her. They spoke ill o/us, but we did
not of them. @. nD(i> Auxiliary, D, III.
— 2. 3n gra9.fa§en, unb jvuar nictjt
nur a(g 3 c i c& en ber Stage, fonbcm auc^
juSlufrecftt^altung beg attgcmeinen ®vunb;
fa^eS , eg f oUc bag Subject cor, bag
Object l^inter fein 93evb tretcn; eg
befijrbert atfo bag aScrftanbni^ ; 5* 33. Did
the lion AiV/the elephant ifl onfd)auU(^er,
afg : Killed the lion the elephant, juo fl^
jn?ei ®iibflantit»c brdngen. Uebrigeng f.
noc^ Interrogative, C, II, 4—6. — 3. 3n
@d|en , bie mit not »crnetnt ftnb : (NB.
n i c^ t hd no, never, ober bei 93 e r n e i =
nungen iibcri^au^jt, ttjie eg eft l&eift!)
I do not love him. You don't say so ;
aber : He reads no book itnb : He never
reads a book, neben : He does not read
any book. — iDic ^o^ere @*reibart aber
befreit fic^ in beiben angegebencn gdllcn
;^dufig»onbiefem gormnjorte : I speak 7xot
of features. I know not why. Though
thou seesl me not. They seemed not such
to me. Unb bei einem anberenǤiTfg =
jeitroortc fie^t /o do niefo; nic^t: Do
you not be at home ? fonbern: Are you not
at home? — 4. 2luct) im getrol^nlicfien
<£a^e (o!^ne gragc unb cl^ne not) jiel^t to
rfo oft, bcfonberg hti einer (Sntge gens
fe^ung, iro hjir b o c& braucijen, a(g 93 er=
ftdrfung. Yes, I do love him! 2tm
^dufigjien beim 3mj3erati» : Pray , do
some pity take. Do, mother, go with
Jl. Sllbrec^t, grammat. 2B6rterb.
E. 49
me! (ffiie „ma(J!e'-" tiet Jlinbcvn.) SBe;
fonberg au(f) im l^o^eren (2ti?(e: The
power which thou dost feel — . In so
splendid a manner didihe English people
first lake place among the nations of
the world. The cold, gray, hoary cliffs
of Cornwall give nothing; what
liltle they do yield {= bennod)) is violent-
ly extorted from them. @. Subject, C, 5.
— 5. 3ur SSefeitigung ton i>o^;
p elfin n: f. Ambiguity, III.
Double. 1. 2Ug mjectitt tritt eg »or
5lrti!elunb^ronomen,Jrenn eg
,,no(^ einmat fo»ieI, = bD)?i?eIt"
bebeutet: We paid double the value for
it; — double the weight. 93ebeutet eg
aber b o ^ )j e 1 1 in anbevem ®inne = a u g
jVDci Jll^eilen befle^enb, bojj)3eI=
bcutig, jtceibcutig, falf(^, fo
fte^t eg, atg gctuol^nti^eg Slbjectic, birfjt sor
feinem @ubJ!antio (Winter 2lrtifel unb ^Jros
nomen): a double pistol, ein bot)?etIduft=
gegSpiftot; a double dealer, ein 5atf<^=
WitUx ; f. noc^ The, E.
Dozen nimmt ein ©ubflantit) mit ober
ol^ne o/nad)fid): a dozen of needles;
a dozen gloves, some half-dozen vestas.
Several dozen of How-are-you's.
During f. While.
Diitch, ^oltdnbif* : f. Etymology, 5
unb 11. — 93eifViieIe : to catch »on f ets
fen; doom »ott bom; to beseem »Dn
bejiemen; to forsake »on »erfaef=
fen; Stadtholder u. a»
E, ^eipte. I. 2lugf^ra(i^e: 1.5 =
I ober ic (in 9)i i n e , 9Jt i c n e) : me, evil.
— 2. e = e in 93 e 1 1 : hen. — 3. e = a
ober = e in 1^ c r, alfo toie a, f. b. : there ;
ift felten ; meifl inSB 6rtern,njo fru^er ae ba=
fur^ftanb : f. Euphony, A. — 4. e »or r
= (in ftorrig): her, person; balder
bie oulgdre 2lugfpra(^e »on certain =
sartain ; ttergt. i', u, y. — 5. e, in tons
(ofen ©ilben, Jrie fe^r hir^eg i (in ^in);
4
50
Ea Ellipse.
decay. — 6. e ttiie bag l^albflummc c in
m a ^ en : continent ; »ercjt. a, j, o, u, y.
— 7. 2Im @nbe ber aCorter iji e meifi
fiumm: love; in @inf ttbtern aber
laittet eg = e : he , she ; unb in gricrf>.
n. latein. SBortern mancfemat = e : posse,
apostrophe. IKit^in lautet e aU langeg
ober futjcS t (e, e) ; aU furjeS , alS ^al6=
fiummeS ober aU ganj fiunimeS c (e,e, e),
aU d (e) , aU o (e). gSergl. bic »erfct)ie=
benen Saute beS bcutfc[)cn c in 3efu8 ;
aSer§, gem ; 93cr6ot, bitten ; fcelefen, gebet,
@ebet. @. auctj nod) bie ©nbungen ed, el,
es, est, en, ie unb French. — 8* 5tu«-
na^msnjetfe flingt e = a in clerk, = i
axiiij in Betonter @ilbe: England,
pretty. — 9. @iu j|uinnieg @nb = e mactjt
oft, a6er nici^t i miner, bie »or]^er=
gel^enbc ®it6e lang: eg i^ bcv gait in
Diane (gegen man), plume (afcer pliim),
cane, bagegen can, name, face, care, use,
haste, strange ; nid)t a&er in love, dove,
badge, bottle, anise ; face, obex surface.
Oftfie^t eg au^ a.) aU hiofeS ort'§o=
gra^jj^if^eg 3ei*cn, bev 5I6fiammung
njegen: fo in have, above, live, love; —
*.) alg r t ]& e vu f (^ e g 3ei(^cn, b. 1^. atg
gingevjeig fuv bic 2Iugfpracf)e (Scfejeicfj'en,
rcie II unb h, »eigt. Digraph, (§.) ; fo in
singe (g = j), force, bic fonfl sing, fork
\ lauten wiirben. — II. 2llg 3Jiittel ber
S I e r i n , ber SS e r b i n b u n g , ber
9Ji i 1 b e r u n g btent e »ielfa(^, n)ie i. 35.
unb ?5ranj6f. ; f. Plural, A, II; Compara-
tive, A, I, 1 ; Conjugation, 1,4 unb 11, 2,
4 unb 5. Ueber feinen aBcgfalt sergl.
Ordinal, 3; Conjugation, I, 3; Adverb,
A, II, 1 unb 2 — 2)ie 3ufammenfe^ungen
mit e f, a. t. O.
Ea: I. 2ltg 3) i g r ap'i) tautet eg : 1. =
e : a tear ; — 2. = e :Jhead ; — 3. aor r =
e: earl; — 4. cbenfatlg »or r=: a: to tear;
— 5. = a: vengeance (e ifi bann nur
Sefejeicfeen na<i> franjof. 2lrt). — II. 2l(g
5Di))^ti^ong: e bitbet einen SSorfcfelag
»or bem a, njte i in ben franjof. SDortcrn
fiacre, rien ; alfo = ea cb. ea : Iineation,
lin'eament. <J)a»on ifi ber Salt ju fcfceiben:
III. njenn e unb a jj^ei vterfdjiebenen
@ i t b e n angel^oren, njie in theatre, rea'ct.
Each l^ebt ein einjetneg aug eincr his
f (6 r ci n f t e n Slnjal^t »on JDingen— every,
attgemciner , aug einer unbegrenjten
3Jienge; f. b. SSergteid&e each mit which,
every mit what. Each of us. The loss
was great on each side (jiemliA qUiiS)
Wave mit on bot/t sides, nsa^^renb on every
side gteicft on all sides, iiberatt).
®* noc^ Reciprocal unb Other.
Earth f. Personification, A, 2.
Eau : 1. = u nur in beauty unb beffen
5lbteitungen, atfo JDi^i^t^ongj'fonft 2. =
o, atfo Sirigrai)]^: beau, beaufet, bureau.
-ed ^at 1. atg ©nbfitbe toon SScrben ein
fiummeg e, — 2. atg ©nbung »on Stbject.
unb ®ubfiant. ein tauteg e = e; he op-
pressed, he has oppressed, mit flummem
e, aber the oppressed ; he blessed — a
blessed man ; she had learned (= learnt)
— a learned woman; aged. — 3. ©ei^t
bem ed eind ober t i^ot^ev, fo mup bag e
in jebem Satte gefproc^en hjerben: he
folded, lifted, quitted. SSgt. D, 2.
Ee, 5)igra)j]^ ; 1. = e: sheep. —
2. = i : been, threepence. 3U)eif[lbig ifi
eg j. 93. in Beelzebub, to re-echo.
Ei: I. a^igra^l^, tautet 1. = a:
eight. — 2. = c (ober i) : deceit. —
3. = e nur in heifer imb nonpareil. —
4. = i;_forfeit. — II. 5ttg 35 i J?)^ t^ on g
nur ttie i: height. — III. 3ttJ eifitbig
ifi eg J, as. in deify.
Either, atg Conjunction: either.. .or,
cntn}eber . . . ober : he is either a fool or a
knave. 9iacf| ncga ti»en @a^en fiel^t eg
fiir njeber . ♦. nocft: I have not seen
either him or his wife.
-el l^atatg tontofe ©nbfitbe oftevg
ein fiummeg e : shovel, hazel, nozel laud)
beffer nozle gefcf)rieben) , bagegen duel,
weasel, to ravel.
Elder, eldest, f. Old.
Elision, 3tugfatt eineg ober mel^re^^
rer a3u(i)fiaben in ber aJi i tt e eineg 2Dor=
teg ; nicbt immcr burd) ben 2l)3ofiro)3^ be=
jeict)net: a'most, e'en, en'my; sennight,
fortnight, grandam ; f. Apheresis.
Ellipse, Ellipsis. J. 5tu«taf=
fungg^eidjen, ein ©ebanfenfiricft, ben
man fiir iveggetaffene J8ud)fiaben fe^t:
Ellipse
ByG— , Mr. S— r deserves it! Slud) iaS,
tvaS man fo weflld^t, iicnnt man Ellipse,
unb iafjev ergibt fid) (meton^mifdj , tuie
tjei Parenthesis) tec weitcre @inn:
^. 2(ullaffung etnjelncr aSorter
bc8®a|eg, grcBcrer ^iirje ^alSer , fo=
njeit bie 3)entticf)teit eg geflattet — alfo nicf)t
in bcr QWantcr bc§ ^errn Jingle in ben
Pickwick Papers obev be« Mr. Gophagus
in Marryat's Sajj^et 1 I. @8 werben n^egs
gelaffen : 1. ber 5trtifet a: one hour and
/taff; this day ivee/i ; that day ?nontA ;
week about. — 2. @ u b ji a n t i » c ; am
£tnfad)f!ett nad) einem Som^jaratit) : This
book is belter than my brother's (viz.
book is). (So fe^r eft Set $ r e i ^angaben:
Two dollars and four (groshen) ; fernev
6ei Slngabe beg %ltexS, ber ^eit, be8
3) a turn, ber 2Ib teffe, uSerl^anvt bei
Sai^Icn, njenn fic^ bag •5au)?tn)ort son
felbjl ergcinjt: a coach and six (»ergt»:
er ful^r mit fe*fen); the twelve S'oev^l.
aWatt^. 26, 20) ; he has a hundred a
year (viz» pounds). <B. Cardinal, Gr, —
Doctor Slammer, surgeon to the 97tli. A
girl of seventeen (years). I am twenty
nine [years old., f. bag ©egent^eil l^ierju
nnter Pleonasm, (5.). We arrived at 6ve
[o'clock) . The first of November 1852
after Ghrist (= the first day of the
month of November in the year 1852
after the birth of Christ). @. nod) In,
(S., unb Of, 2. We were at St. Peter's ;
f. Possessive Case, C, 3. JBefonberg ftarfc
@Ut^[e bet 2lngabc ber Sange unb «reite;
This room is about twenty feet by eight:
bag 3Ser^d(tni^ ergibt fid) vonfelbji, ba
bie grojjere SSreite eben bie S d n g e ift. —
3. ©cltner blciben Slbjcctioe meg: f.
bie a3eifj)iele »on old, long, broad untcr
2. — 4. @in perfontidieg %ux =
m r t ; [o Befcnberg oft I bei pray , pri-
thee ; — please = if you please; what
dost mean? S^ergT. 5}f. 45, 16; 18, 39;
41, 3 ; 3. 3o^. 2 ; 1. ajiof. 41, 2 ; 5. gjiof.
22, 2, a. ©. nod) It, G^ Personal, G unb
Will, 3. — 5. @in)3offefiitteg5Pro =
nomcn, f. b., D. — 6. ©in bemon=
ftratitieg 5Cr onomen: f. Attraction,
Possessive Case, G, 1 ; fonfi au(6 5.
fcei day month = from this day in a
7. (5ln r e t a t i » e «
1
as
month ; f. cbeu 1.
51
5Jronotnen: f. Relative, II, G «nb
Atlraciion, 2.— 8. 2le^n(id) cincf5on =
junction, f. As, If, That, Though,
When.— 9. @in 95cr6: a. im 3nfi =
n i t i , fo befonberg to have, to go., nad>
einem ^ilfg»erb : Throw physic to the
dogs, I'll none of it {= I'll have). Let
us all to our dinner. I must lo him.
2(e^nrid) 1. aJiof. 24 , 58 ; SeremiaS 23,
30 ff. gSergt. nod) to Have, B, I, 3. —
b. %U conjugirteg fBitb: They
smiled and laughed at him, and he [was,
grew) never the wiser. He was seriously
injured; one of his ribs [loas) broken,
and two severe contusions (were) oa
the head. @o Sefonberg nad^ So m:p as
ratiijen: You are taller than I (ain).
S3ergt. oben, 2, unb bagegen to Do, B, IT,
1. — %evnn beim ® rii^en, bei 93rief=
unterfd)r iftcn unb bergt. : Good day
(= I wish you — ). Yours truly (= [
am — ). 2ltg Zoaft : Yours ! = your
health (Boz). ©. aud) nod) Proverb.
c. !Dic ^ilfgcerben to have unb to be
»Drjiiglic6 1* in inbirecter grage:
I know not what to do (= what I am,
I have lo do). — 2. 3n b i r e c t e r 5 r a g e
unb im Stugrufe: How many letters?
(viz. are there, have you?) What! not
one left ! not to leave me one ! — »ergf.
Adverbial. — 3. ©el^r oft nad) Sonjunc;
tionen f. b., 4, in cerfitrjten 5tbjecti«= nnb
5lbyerbialfd^en ; »erg(. nod) Participle,
B, 3. — 4. 3n Ueb erf d) rift en »ott
(5at)itetu unb bergt. : Mischief brewing.
Under ground, but not yet dead and
buried. — 5. ©0 aucft bag ^JJartici)) 6ei«^;
His folded flock [being) secure, the
shepherd home hies. 2lbfo(ut unb ganj
anatog bent oerfiirjten 2tb»erbia(fa^e :
Once on the bunder , or pier, I jumped
into a friend's Brougham. SBte im 3).;
S* 58. @inmat im SSefi^ ber (ltta =
belle, mirb ber Scinb nid)t mei^r mei-
dien. — 9iid)t aber fonneu bicfe ^i{fg=
verben m e g f a H e n in ben j u f a m m e ns
gefe^ten 3eiten in relatiwen unb
9i«b enfci^ en, mo fie i. 3). fci^r l^cius
fig augbleiben: ,,3J}ein t^reunb, bermir
(angc nidit gefd)rieben (r;atte) , m e i t er
franf gemefen (mar), befud)te mid) gejlern."
(Jbenfomenig in einfad)en 3eilen, wo
4*
a^
52
Emphasis.
fie ber '^o^ttt iStijt an^ imterbrurft : ,;Unb
enbti*, iuaS ba8 SO^eifie (ifi), fiill' im3 mit
beinem ©eific." {^aul ©erl^arb.) —
10. @ine 4?ra^ofition: namentlict)
after obev i« Bei^eitatiflatien wie this day
fortnight, to-day sennight. <B. obtn, 1
unb 6 unb Preposition, E. — 11. QU^=
ttxt ©a^tl^eite jugteid): f. fcfeon
c6en 2 : 1 am twenty nine unb bergt* ®o
in furjcn Sragen : JIow noiv ? = How do
you mean to go on now? ober ctwaS
2le]^ntict)e3. @6cnfo: What of that? ©o
'bUxbt t>cv cinem i?a[fi»en Snfinititt baS 9ie=
tatiti fammt bcm •^ilfSwevfe iveg : a blind-
ness not to be conceived (= which is not
to be c. = imbcgreljlirf)) , f. Participle,
A, H, 1. ®tav!c @ai))fcn entl^att jebe ^i-
fitenfarte, SirmO; SSviefabreffe unb bcrgL:
Mr. Traddles, Esq., 22 Weslslreel, Leip-
zig -fj^ Saxony = This letter is for Mr.
T., rvho is an Esquire, living in the 22'1.
hot/se of the Weststreet in the town of
L., situated in the kingdom o/ Saxony.
33gt. nod) to See unb But. JDaS ® egen =
tl^eil guv @tti:pfc ift ber ^tcona^m,
jum 3;^eit auct) bie ^eri^jl^rafe, f. b.
II. 9(ticf)t aU (Jlli^jfe ijl e« ju Be=
traditen: 1. iuenn ein SBort nicfct tvic-
bevl^olt VBirb , obfcijon c8 trteberl^olt
wevben fonntc, obec ireim eg burc& etn
anbereS evfe^t irirb : My father , mother
and sisters. / love and esteem him ; f.
to Do, B, II, 1; Auxiliary, D, II. —
2. 2Denn im ©ngtifdjen cin SSovt n i d) t
flel^t, was im JDeutfc^cn ftel^en mu^; fo
ble 2lrtif el: I J, an unb The, A, C, 2;
Dbev eine ^rci)) ofition, [.Accusative
B, I, 2 unb B, II, 1, For 4 unb Absolute
11, 1; obcr bie Son junction *o, ju
SSerBinbung beS SSovbevs unb 9iad)fa^cS;
f. So, 3. aSgt. and) no* It, C, II, 2. —
Ueberl^auvt miiffen ivir l^ier biefelbe 2Cavs
nung au8fi)red)en , iuie ju ©nbe beS %x^
tiUU Anglicism : QKan mad^e !eine Stxu:
de au5 ben 5lnna]^men »ou (Sttipfenl
SBirfttd) nijtl^ig iuivb eiue foIdteStnnal^ine,
tt>o mel^rnad) bent ©inn e, a(3 nad);bei-
5 r m einea 2Borte8 conflruivt irovbeu ift.
©0 '^aUn ttiv eine ganj erHedlic^e (5(li)>fe
Bei But jur ©rftcirung gebraudjt. ©. ciud)
Accusative, B, I, 5, (§.
Emphasis, bie Befonbere , nad)brud=
ttdje «&ev»or]^ebung eineg 2Elortc3
ober ©ebanfens. 1. Tlan erteidjt fie
a. fceim 8e fen burd) ben 9f{ ebe accent,
f» Accent, II, ober burd) BefonberS Be?
tonenbe 21 u 8 f v r a dj e : »crgl. Jo, 2 ; ^,
««, A; Mj/, By, The, A. SWan BegiBt fidj
bnnn , »ie e« bie g e ^ a 1 1 e n e Stebe iiBer=
l^auv^t tl^ut (f. Conversation), ber Beviue;
meren , fl[ii*tigen 2fugf))ra(^e. ®erab fo
ev^eBt fi(i^ ber»utgdr rebenbe JDeutfc^e
im 2lffcct jur geBitbeten 2lu8f)?rad>e :
„aD e i p @ 1 1 ! " ifi i^m eine ernfifles
meinte, l^eiHge ©etl^eurung , ir%enb ec
fein: „twep ®ott" gebanfenloS liBeratl
^ineinivirft. — b. 3m ©tijle felBfl
Bcjhjedt man tic cm)?]^atifd)e -^ertiorl^fBung
burd) fel^r »erfd)iebene aJiittel : burdi »ers
fiarfenbeBufci^e, burd) ^dufung »on © tj n*
on^men, burd) ^eri^jl^r afe, 21 n =
tici^jation, Sncerfion, Dieiteras
tion, etU^jfeu. f. tr,; f. biefe 2lrtiM
unb Proper Nouns, @. My own child.
My prop and staff {^\. 23, 4). It is that
reflection I build my hope on (= c'est
sur celte reflection que — ). Here it was
that the porter kept his watch. Your
limbs , they are alive. This it tvas I
caused to be done. To the best of my
knowledge, information and believe
(Surifienflo^fet). I can ride rotmd and
around you at pleasure. In itself a
thought, a slumbering thought, is
capable of years.
The world was wide,
The populous and the powerful was a
lump,
Seasonless, herbless, treeless, man-
less, lifeless,
A lump of death — a chaos of hard clay.
3n bem ©a^e: ,,He well knew that his
poor old mother could not be cheerful
and he away" fier;t and fcpr fmnig fijr
whilst he was.
2. Oft iuirb cin 2Bort mit fflait):
b r u d , in einem Bcfonberen ©inne
(emphatically, xur' ^^ox);v, par excel-
lence) gcBrauc^t. ©o l^eipt Wellington
im Sl'Junbc ber Seute nnr The Duke , aU
gdBc c8 fd)ier cinen anbcru Duke ueBen
tl^m nicftt mel^r. (2(e!^nnc6 TEmpereur
= IVapol«^on). ©0 l^eifU her day unb
Empire —
his day emj^l^atifcf): berSrviutfianb xmb bet
(S^efianb. He is quite the genlleraan =
ein roa^rcr ©entleman (ber ©entreman
comma i! faut). — ,,The first baby ! . . .
That baby's acts and deeds for months !
... He was a baby ! Another and another
little stranger have dropped in since
then. Each was a baby, but not the
baby ! " . . .
Empire, mit of, f. Apposition, III.
-en l^at a(§ tonlofc @nbfil6e oft ein
ftummcS e: garden, /reaten; laut (= e)
irtrb eg nac^ ben Liquids (I, m, n, r), fo=
Batb bte ccrl^crgel^enbc ©it6e furj ift:
women, woollen, bagegen stolen, fallen.
Uebet bie$artlci)Jten auf en f. Participle,
B, 0.
to End by brucft, ganj ttJte ba3 frans
jof. finirpar, oft nur einen 2[b»erbiat6e5
griff nu8: enbttd), jufe^t; »ergl.
Adverb, A, 11, @. There is so much to
see that we end by seeing nothing (=
M'^ hJtr ju guter Se|t gar 9iicfet8 fe^cn).
to Enjoy, fie^t nur mit Qlccufatio,
njci^renb hjtr ,,eine ©acfjc ober eincr
<Sa(fte geniepen, aud) un§ an@ttt?a3 Ia=
Ben, ergij^en" fonnen: They enjoyed all
the comforts of this life.
Enough: 1. 5(18 2lb jectitt fiel^t e8
incifl ^inttx fetnem @ubpanti» : flowers
enough, »laff enough — enough money;
•eltner burets o/mit fetnem @ub^anti» tiers
bunben : enough of danger (= assez de
danger). — 2, %U 51 b » e r b trttt eg ]^ t n =
ter bag Slbjectiv ober 5(b»erb, hjoju ti
geprt : rich enough, well enough, it. i.
3)., felten ba»or. 3)ag 5{biectit) felbft
tritt bann gem 1^ inter fetn @ubftanti» :
a man rich enough, a house large enough
— atfe immer bie eine aSeftimmung l^inter
bte anbere. @eltner flel^t ti »or bem >§au^t=
n^orte unb bie8 tt)lrb won mand)cn ®ramma=
tifern getabett , ift aber bei guten 5(utoren
Su lefen (»on Baker gebiHigt) : ^ kind
enough man (bei Bulwer). OefterS bfetbt
auc^ baS 5rbjectitt eor bem ®itbftanti» unb
enough tritt Winter bag ®ubf!anlw (nac^
Crombie ) : a large house enough.
Captain Oakum is a good man enough
(Smollet). He was a good-tempered
fellow enough (Marryat).
Epicene.
53
to Enter: 1. afg active verb mit
bto^em Objectio, ttjal^renb ttjir hti „eins
treten" etner ^pra^jofition beburfen: He
entered the world and wept (= betreten).
— 2. 51(8 91 ef lectio mit !Doi))?etaccus
fatio i. ©. to. tt> e r b e n : He entered him-
self a soldier. @. Accusative, B, I, 2.
Eo: a. 2tr« jDigra)?:^: 1. =e:
people. — 2. = e : leopard. — 3. = o :
George (e all franjof. Sefejeic^en). —
4. = 6: galleon. — 5. = o: pigeon
(tijiebeiS). — b. 5(18 3) i)j]&t^*on9 (au=
ttt e8 nur = u : feod. ^reeifxlbig in geo-
graphy, theory unb anberen griec^if(^en
aBortern.
Eon: a.) 51(8 Sirigrat^ = u, nur
nacf) 3tf^ern: courageous (»erg(. lou),
jebod^ fprid&t man in ge]^a(tener JRebe cou-
rageous, a(fo b.) eon a(8£)it>]^t]^ong,
trie in miscellaneous, aud) piteous,
Ep'fccne, beiber(et ®ef(()(ec^t8. 1. ©o
nennt man bie 3;^ternamen, toe((^e
bag a)t a n n (!) e n fon^o^t, a(g bag 2B e i bs
(ft e n bebcuten : cat , i?ater unb Ra.%t ;
pigeon , Glauber unb S^aube ; ass ; »erg(.
Common, — 2. '^ai ®egent^ei( bKben
bie, h3e(djc fur beibe ®ef(ft(ec^ter vers
f(f|iebene SGBorter l^aben : stag ober
hart, imb hind cber roe, jufammen =red
deer ; horse (stallion) unb mare ; bull —
cow ; weather ober ram — ewe , jufam=
men = sheep; buck — doe; boar —
sow ; dog — bitch ; cock — hen ; gander
— goose; drake — duck, — 3. 2Bitt
man bei ben epicene bag ®efd|(e*t
unterfdjeiben , fo fe^t man v o r fo(^c
SBorter im5(i(gemeiuen he ober she^ ober,
ttorjiiglifft bei ebleren Sl^ieren, male
ober female; ferner bei ji^ieren ttom
«&unbegcfd)(e*te dog ob. bitch ; bei
mel^reren anberen tt) i ( b e n buck ober doe;
bei Seberoie!^ cock unb hen ; nur hd
daw, hare unb ass fe^t man aud) Jacky
unb bei cat au(^ Tom jur Ji8ejei(ftnung be8
mdnnlid)en ®efc&(e(^te8 oor. 3i8eifpte(e:
a he-cat, a male cat, a boar-cat, a Tom
cat — unb a she-cat , a female cat ; a
male and a female elephant; a he-ass,
(a male ass,) a Jack-ass unb a she-ass
(a female ass) ; a dog-fox nnb a bitch-
fox ; a buck-rabbit nnb a doe-rabbit; a
54 Equivocal —
cock-pigeon uiib a hen-pigeon ; au^
ivirb biefe Sejei(f)nung n a ^ gefc^t 6ei : a
Turkey-cock unb a Turkey-hen ; a pea-
cock unb a pea-hen = eiii ^Pfaul^al^n unb
eine $fau^cnne. aSefiimmtere 9tegc(n ba=
ruber , tt> e I (^ e 8 bicfcr Unterfc^eibuugS;
jvorter man in jebem einjclncn SaUe nef;=
men folte, laffen ficfj uict)t auffieUen; bcr
(S^iracftgebraud) ailein entfd^cibct, natuv=
ltd) abtv mit jleter 9Jucffi(t)t auf bie @ a t;
tung eineg J^^iercg: atfo nict)t a buck-
cat (a cat is no buck !) ; tiergt. Feminine,
C, I, 2. — 4. a}Zand)mat njirb ba§ xvdU.
®ef(i)tec^t and} burdj bie ©nfcung ess he-
jeic^iiet: a lioness, tigress, leopardess,
aber mtr bet wenigen. SSergl. Feminine,
C, 1, 1. — 5. Oft ift aber cine [oWk a3e=
fiimmung fugli* ju entbel^rcn, n^enn
ndmttd) ber 3ufainmenl§ang fcfeon l^invetJ
d^enb beftimmt , fo namentlid) burd) bie
^ronomcn : The panther and her cub.
The jaguar advanced /ler head. — 6. Unb
n^enn iiber^au^jt auf baS @efd)(cdit u i ^ 1 6
onfommt, fo bel^anbte man ben 3;^ter=
ttamen aU 9i cuter: The cat drinks i7«
milk {'oqL Child). @o finbet fic^ feminine
unb neuter nebcn einanber : The jaguar,
itself tired, and not hearing the mews
of ^er cubs, retired. Suei^ft tt»irt i»E>^ 3a=
guar aU Z^iiv im 5lHgcmetncn, ba^cr
f a d| U d> , betrad)tct ; bei bcr ©rUid^nung
bcr Sungcn abcr erinncrt man fid) untvilt-
fiirlid) feincS ajer^dltniffcg al6 3K utter,
balder fiel^t er l^crnad) a(8 JBciblic^. —
7. Snbcfi betradjtet man cbtere, gvc =
^ere, fiarfere, and) jal^ me S^icrc
oft im 5ingemeinen al8 mdnntid)
cber roeiblid): Give my horse some
hay, he must be hungry. A hare sitting
in /<er form. Follow the owl, she will
lead thee to ruin. An old owl staring
with his usual air. Mr. Home . . . .
iaquires whether the owl, if>/iO swallows
a mouse whole , tastes him in his sto-
mach. — lie slits the tongueof a?««^jt/ie,
and says , "Now he can talk.'' Bruin
rushed upon the boar^ which met hiin at
once, and notwithstanding Bruin's great
strength, he proved to him that — . 33iel
be tebt er , , mc^r v«vfoniftcirt, alS im
Sficutcrl ®o fict;cn mdnnlic^ befonberS
nod|lion, tiger, elephant, dog, bear,
- Etymology.
ape, calf, deer, rat, robin, fly, serpent,
shark, whale, sheep, swallow, wolf; —
ir e i b li d) 3. 23. cat, philomel, stork; batb
mdnnlid) , haiii njcibtid) finbcn fi* n. a.
ant, bee, butterfly, dove, mouse, fox,
lark, goose, nightingale; sergt. Personi-
iicalion.
Equiv'ocal, e'quivoke foinet a(3
ambiguous, Jmbiguily, f, b.
-es :^at ats SPIuratcnbung ein ft u m m e 3
e, iuenn bieS im Singular jiumm ift:
name, names; wife, wives. 3iv>i[d)en jU)ei
3 i f ^ e r n tttivb e8 abcr taut = e : houses,
hedges, churches.
-est: 1. ats ©uvertatitt = ©nbung mit
tautcm e: loudest, longest, highest,
nearest. @. nod) le , d , 2. — 2. 5lt8
93erbalcnbung l^at eS baS e ftumm : thou
lovest; uad) 3ifd)etn natiirltc^ tiberoH
iaut, f. es : thou watchest.
Etymol'ogy , SEBortbilbungJs
lel^re, bie 2Biffenfd)aft, bie ftd) mit (5r=
mittlung bcr2Curjcin tmbber5lbftammung
bcr Shorter bcfdjdfttgt. 2)te @ti;mo(ogie
ciner ganjen (S))rac^e ift bcr 9iac^=
njeig i^rcr ©ntftcbung, ©ntn.nd(ung, a3i(=
bung — t!^re ® c n e f i 8. 2Bir fijnnen l^ier
nur ganj furj anbeuten unb tl^un bie3 nad)
Miinnel, Genesis der englischen Sprache
(1846j, auf tt3eld)e8 Iel^-reid)e SBerf^en ttjir
im Uebrigen werujcifen.
5)a8 ©nglifdie entttjidette ftd) minbec
f^ncH, <\U ba? jjranjoftfdjc, benu e3 blieb
feibftftanbigcv, unb fdincUcr ats bag !Dcut=
fd)c, benn e« geiuann bod) mel^r, atS biefe?,
burdi frcmben @inftu^. 1. @ngtanb«
llrf)3radje n^ar ba8 Slltbritifc^e, ein
celtif(^cr 5)talect. — 2. 9hir »oruberge=
l^cnb ]^errf*te (?) , feit 500 n. e^r., ba«
8 a t e i n i f d) e. — 3. gaft gan^ serbrdngt
abcr hjarb bag Slftbritifdje burd) bie ®)?ra=
die ber (450 n. (5&r.) eingcujanberten 31 n =
gelfad)fen. 91(3 man biefe (ju @nbe
be3 6. 3a^r^.) mit t a t e t n i f (^ e n ® ud|=
ftaben ju fdjreiben begann, belcgte man
bie bem fiatein frcmben iawti mit §iem=
lid) njiUfurlic^ tmb ungludlid) geujd^Uen
3etd)cn (f. Th, Gh, W). <3)a^er ein guter
5;]^ei( ber 2lu«f)?rad)fd)Uncrig!eiten ! —
4. JDem ^(ngelfdc^ftfcften serhsanbt t«ar
Eu Euphemism.
bag 35 d n i f cf) e , burdj welctjeg eg fett bem
8. 3a^r^. 6ereid)ert n)avb. — 5. <£)a5U fam
(umbaSSa^r 1000) aStetea , irag 9teifc =
I u fl i g e ani frcmbcn Sanben, unter anbern
au« >§ n a n b , mitbrac^ten. — 6. 9]atur=
lid^ erlitten "auct bic alten SSortformen
na^ unb nact) mancf|c mitbernbe UrnQt-
fiattung* @o twarb ai\§ eallewaega
($farm 55, 26): always; dohler —
daughter ; drig — dry ; heane — hen ;
hunig — honey ; heah — high ; is — ice ;
berSnfinitic ftarf bic @nbung -an ab (unb
na^m balder f^ater bafur bag sign to
an) : fo bringan, feelan, gelan ; hatian
= hale; gereccen = jerk u. f* ti\ —
7. William the Conqueror (1066) befall,
a(g ©taatgs unb ®efc(^iftgf^)rac^e bag n o r=
mannif^egranjofif^, b. 1^. ein
@emif(^ »on JDeutfcfe, @aUif(6 u. Satetn, ^u
BrauAcn, vwetctiegfc^onfeit me^rern3a^r=
l^unberten ®^3rac6e ber @ebi(beten (Sng;
lanb'g war. 2)abur^ ncue ®ereic^erung,
auc^ neuc UmSilbung nid)t nur beg 2l(ten,
fonbern aud) beg eben erft aug bem Sateis
nifc^igvanjofifc^en en^jfangcnen.— 8. Uiis
terbe^ fanf bag 2i n g e I f a.c^ f i f c^ e ju einer
mipac^teten a3ongi>cact)c unb et^cb fxc^
erfi naci) jtvei big brei 3a!^rl^unbcrtcn mt-
ber, naturli<!^ mit flarfer aSeimifcfjung »on
granjDfif(^. 9Son @buarb III. nun njarb
eg (1327) alg englifd[> jur '^of= unb
Sanbegf^rad)e angenommen. —
9. SDiit ber fteigenben 93ilbung, namentli(^
^tit ©infii^vung ber aSuc^brurferfunfi (1474)
fiicg nun au(^ ber @c^a| ber <Bpva^t
immer l^o^ec , unb vvS^renb fic unabfdffig
no^ aug bem granjofifd^cn unbSa =
teinifc^cn f^o^fte, ttjarb feit bem 15.
3a!^r|i. aud) 3}ian(fteg aug bem @r ie d| i =
fc^en, @^anifc^cn unb 3 1 a U e n t =
f eft en il^c eigen. Unb bie frif(^c Scute
ttjarb bcnn audi alg eigen bcl^anbelt, unb
eriitt, felbft njenn man bic ©c^rcibung bci=
bel^ieit, bod> minbefteng cine gehjaltfame
Slenberung ber 2lugf))rad)e. 2Iud) baraug
erftdrt fid) bic ungemeine 2lbnjeid^ung ber
2lugf^vad)e son ber @d)rift; Ie|terc
l^iett bie 5Ibfiammung fur bag 2lugc fefi
unb toer^utcte fo nod) groperc Slbwei::
i^ungen. — JDurd) Uebcrfe|ungen
aug fremben ©pra^en, burd) ben 2luf»
fc^wung ber $£1^ eater, buri^ bie ©in*
55
tranbrung franjo f if^ cr unb nieber^-
t an b i f du r gluc^ttinge, burc^ bic ii b e rs
fceifd>cn ©rwcrbungen tDurben
neuc @(emente fiir 33i(bung unb 3unjad)g
ber !S^rad)c geboten, reid)(id) bcnu^t »on
ben immer jai^treid)er auftrctenben ©(fiiifts
f!eUcrn. — Diac^ ber JReflauration
(1660) fam mit ber franjofifdjen 3)i))to=
matic au^ bic @ V r « rf) c ^ r a n f r e ic^'8
ftiebcr ju grofem (Sinflug, — 11. bui-<!^
2BiIbefm»on£)ranicn and) bag «5ondn =
bifd)c einigcrmapen, imb in ncucter 3eit
12. auf bemebettlen2Begcbag SDeutfc^e,
fc^on »on ben @d)riftfteUein unter 2lnna
5um ®cgenfianb il^rer <Stubien gcmactt. —
13. JDie mobernen 5^1^ ilo fo^^en
unb 2[ u 1 r e n cnbli(^ brac^ten bic ®vra=
c^c iu i^rer i&eutigcn SSIiitl^e. — 14. ®anj
bcfonbccn aGBanblungcn ijl bag ©ngtifc^e
in ben (Soto ni en untcrnjorfen getoefen,
»or 2mem in 21 m e r i f a , too ber 3ufam:r
menp[u§ ber r*erfd)iebcnficn ©}?rad)»olfer
t)cn bebeutenbcm @en)id)t war. SBcitcreg
JU ben cinjelnen $unften biefeg 2Irtifc{g f.
imter CA, Digraph, (5., Letters, British,
Auglosaxon, Danish, Dutch, German,
Latin, French, Italian, Spanish, Greek,
Arabian, Euphony.
Ett u. ew tauten a. atg 3) i v 1^ t ^ o n =
gen = u: euphonic, dew; b. atg bto^e
5)igrai?]^en: 1. = ii: rheum, Andrew.
eu 2. aud) = a: connaisseur, imb 3. =
w : grandeur ; — ew aber 4. = o : to
sew. — 3n jtoei ©itben getrennt in:
spondeus, reu'nion, reward.
Euphemism, cin fcincrer, ]^of=
tidKrer, mitbercr, fc^onenber, jartcr, o ft
umfc^reibenber ober btog anbeu =
t c n b e r 2t u g b r u d fur einc traurige,
unangencl^me , undfil^etif^c ®ad)e. He
has absented (surrendered) himself, — he
has failed, — he is gone off, ftingcn jebens
fattg gefc^madootlcr, atg : He has turned
bankrupt. They turned their backs
to us ifi minber betcibigcnb, atg : They fled.
He is secured ifi minber grett unb troden,
atg : He is shut up. @in fe^r gemiitl^tidjer
eut>]^emigmug ifl eg, njenn bag «&au^tge;
fdngni^ ju ©binburg tAe Providence
^eipt! iDag Sei^il^aug l^eift in Sonbon
JUi/ Uncle ober Uncle Tom. (3n 5Pari«
56
Euphony.
iMa tante — in Set^jjig „fte5en" »ev=
^jfdnbcte ^ac^ett 6eim „i8etter" obec
,;® e B a 1 1 e r" — unb fo (ie^e Tk^ bcr Wfl=
ben ber weitttn-jtveigten v^i(ant^ro)5tf(!&cn
gSerwanbtfc^aft tcol^t nod) in fiocaU
2Bol^Uauten n?ettev f^jinnen).
Euphony, ber 2Bc^iraut ber Sffiortei-
obei- @d^e, im @egenfa|e ju Cacophony,
f. b. ^. ^ai ©tcefcen nat^ SBo^Uaut 6e=
Moixttt namentUdj ciete Umbitbungen
bcr attcn ?5ormen: f. Etymology, 6.
2)ic anfangg mit 33jt d}fta&en ubcrfnrUen
SGBortcr ttjuvbcn einfadier, man fcefeitigte
ben ^iniui (f. b.) , entbe^rlicftc 3[nfang«=
unb (SnbsSonfonanten, fdfirierigc (5n^
bungeu , fcefonberS bie ^dufigen aJocalaiig;
gdnge, au* bag jiummc e. — ©inige
^eif^ielc: kynincg njirb king; feovvor,
feorer = four; Aelfred, thaet, waest =
Alfred, that, west; laeg = lay; Ihaer =
there ; hwael = whale ; saede = said ;
anig = any; niaenig = many; thonne
cymeth = then comes ; seglode = sailed ;
thone laestan dael = the least deal ;
gyf = if; adastriga = dastard ; ebba =
ebb ; — (pellis = fell, lege = law ; pieo=
fill, full.) aCBie mand) beutfamei-aBinf fitr
bic2lu8l>radic !
B. 2)affel6c tl^at man fcei bem i>dter
Sleuaufg enommen en, f. Etymolo-
gy? 9; — rolundus = round ; regula =
rule ; subitaneus = sudden , soon ; a-
mita = aunt; colonus = clown; mo-
naslerium= minster; magnus = main;
casamenlo = casement, ^vd'vfxvoi = an-
them ; gum %^t\i nac^ franjcf. 33organg ;
f. nod) L, (§., Latin, Greek.
C. 2lnbrerfettg fe^te man aucfi ijfterS
ncuc 58ud>fiaten (euphonic letters)
inbteSBocter : camera: chamber; tener:
tender; geuere: gender; nac^ ftanjof,
D. aSirfung unb ®e6ot be« 2Co§lIaute8
ifi no(^ ^eute : 1. SDieUS 93erfurjte, ®es
mitberte, J8erfd)n)iegene in ber 5(u8 =
ft»rad) e; f. bie etnjelnen i8ud)fiaben a. i.
D. unb Assimilation. — 2. 5)er 3B e d) =
fet ber Duantitdt unb be8 5lccen =
t e « : f. Accent, A, 4 ; Derivation, C. —
3. 5)ic aJermeibimg be8 Hiatus, f. b.
i. ^(i8 Sauticerben obev ber ein =
t r i 1 1 beg e jnjifc^en jn^ei !D=8autcn — f.
Ed, 3, ober jnjifdjen jnjei 3ifd)ern : rose
— roses; fox — foxes; I wish — he
wishes ; f. Es; Plural, A, IF, 1; Conjugat.,
11,4. — 5. 3)ie«crbc)3^elung ein=
jcfner eonfonanten: f. Consonants,
4. — 6. me^ven Unrcgelmd^igfeiten in
a3i(bung ber 5(b»crt)icn, namentlic^
and) bafi man tion 2rbjccti»en auf /y f etn
3lbtterb 6irbet: f. Adverb, A, II, 1-5. —
7. 2)er a[Bcd)fet »on f unb v: f. Plural,
B, 3 unb »erg(. bie aBortbilbungen ; the
life, the lives, to live, lively ; a calve,
calves, to calve, calvish xmb calfish ;
aur^ five — fifty; I cleave — I cleft.
Smgranjof. fagt man in berg or mens
lel^re: „5)te 2lbiecttt)e auf f »crn)ans
bc(n bieg im femin. in V." @tl;mos
1 g t f d* genommen tfl e8 u m g e f e 1^ r t :
V tvar ber eigentlid)c :8aut: activum =
activ ; ba e8 aber aU 2[ u g i a u t ju fdjtcer
ju fprcdicn njar, fe^te man bafiir bag
fdidrfere f ; foBatb at^er einc ©ilbc, ivenn
auc^ nnr etn fiummcg e , bal^inter trat,
fel^rte baS t in fein 9ied|t juriid : active,
activite. ©anj ebenfo tfi eg im
® n g It f d) e n. 3)te ® r a m m a t i f
nimmt bie @a(6e , vuie fic je^t (fertig)
ifi, unb fagt balder: „!Dic ©nbung f ober
fe ttenuanbelt fid)im5|J(uraf in ves."
f. Plural, 11, 3. @tt?motogifc^ gc*
nommen aber, b. 1^. bie ®adie fo betrad)-
tet, n)ie fte e n t f! a n b e n — ifl eg e6cn u m =
g e f e 1^ r t. QJtan l^atte big gegen (5nbe beg
11. Sa^r^unbertg fein V, fonbern nurbag
f im cngtifd)en %l\>l)aUtt, fprac^ eg aber
jebenfaUg balb mit einem fanften, batb
mit einem fci^arfcn Saute , affo fo »erf(^ie=
ben ttjie ^eut bag s, th, g u. a. (»ergl. of
unb off). 2Ug nun fvdtcr bag v aufgenoms
men irarb, bei^ielt man im 2tugtaute
ben l^arten Saut = f , fianb er aber nid)t
me§r am @nbe, fo toarb er in v ernjeicfct.
(Sg tfi auc^ natiirlidier, ba^ aug bove
t^tx beev, otg beef n>arb, aug 3Beil>,
Saub, Seben, <Bt!(b, Jfalb, felb e^er wiv,
leav, liv, stav, calv, selv al8 wife, leaf,
life, staff, calf, self. <Der l^arte Saut
ttjarb mancfemat burd) ben fotgcnben Sons
fonanten beirivft, ganj njie i. 3).: to give,
gift: geben, ®ift. !Dann bcnufete man
aud> bie beiben Saute ju Unterfc^eibung
Ever —
jweicr fonfi gl'citficr Sormen: the life, to
live; the wife, to wive — ttjdl^renb in
gteid^flutttgen Sciffen beibc jutciffig Mteben :
wifeless unb wiveless, calfish unb calvish;
fo fommt aucb gar noc^ b , ber SW i 1 1 c I =
iaut gwifc^en t unb f, i^inju : the proof,
the proofs ; to probe, probal ; to prove
— fcimmtfid) son probare. Der e n t g e =
gengefe^tciyaU ftnbet fi^ glcic^faftg :
kuB bcm alten fcic&flfrfien: heafig, ifig ifi
heavy, ivy, au8 cleofan — to cleave ge=
ttjcrben , bei le^terem fc^r er{id)tlid) be8--
f^alb, mail f oom 2tnfang bcr ®ii6e (cleo-
fan) toeg unb an8 @nbc, in ben SluSlaut
trat (= cleav). 2tuc6 biefen Salt fapt bie
gormenfc^re umgefel^rt auf, ttjenn fie
fagt: to cleave l^at im $arttctp cleft.
^itS 33er6 to cleave (cleofan) ifi »er=
nianbt mit unfetem „Stitift, flaffcn, ftiif-
ten ; €tn ganj anbereg QSerb aber ifi
to cleave, unfer fleben; nur jufaHig
finb beibe , burc^ bie erttjdl^ntc Umbilbung,
gleidier Sonn genjotben (sergl. Homo-
graph, III u. Letters) ; auc^ banacfe fragt
bie %ovmcnU^xt ber ^eutigen @))rad)e
nid)t mebr, fonbetn fagt : to cleave, i* <B* ».
f :p a ( t e n (flicben), ifi unregefmd^ig, i. ®.
». fteben abev ifi eS regelmdfig. iBerg(.
no(^ Y, @nbe»
Ever: f. Adverb, C, II, 6 unb Never;
auc^ What, Which unb Who.
Every, f. jnndAfi^ac/i ; Every man
is liable to errors. ®eine3 attgemeincn
©inneS njegen gefeltt man tl^m nocf> one
ju, njenn c8 jur ^ e r a u g 1^ e b u n g bient :
Every one of them is my friend. 3n
g(ei(!&em @inne fie^t e8 abit an* ab^
tt)ei(^cnb »om Deutfc^en abjectisifcfi,
ol^ne etnen ®eniti», njenn ein 33efi^
angcgeben rtjirb : his every movement,
jebe feiner SSehJcgungen. The children,
whose evert/ whim had been anticipat-
ed = bie i?inber, berengertngfie
Saune im SSorauS befriebigt — , bie ^inber
b e n e n jebe Saune @. no^ All, (S.
Evil , Slbjectio unb 5(b»erb ; fcinc
Steigerung f. imter Bad.
Ew f. Eu.
Ewe: biefer <Di^|t5ong finbet fic^ nur
in bem 2Borte a ewe; ftjvic^ ii.
Feel.
57
Exclamation, 3[u«ruf, oft fdjon cm.
bem SluSrur'seid^en, note of excla-
mation, ju erfennen» 3m 3lu6rufe tritt ba3
Subject oft Winter bag SSerb, itic
in ber grage : May it please you ! What
partial judges are love and hatredX
33 or bem 33erb aber fic^t eg, fobafb ein
3(rttfel ober $ronomen ficfc ber 2tu«ruf=
^(\xi\l<\ unmittelbar anfc^Iiept; fo beiwhat
a .. , how many unb berg(. What a noble
man must have written it! How many
fools are there in this world, .gier fann
man naturlicft 2Irtife( unb iJJronomen nirf)t
burd) bag SSerb son einanber hennen.
Ey, fietg aJlono^jl^t^ong ; UwM 1. =
a : to obey. — 2. = c : key. — 3. = e :
money. — 3>oeifitbig in beyond u. a.,
too y Sonfonant ifi.
Eye: biefer Di^jl^t^ong bilbet nur baj
aOBort the eye, to eye = i, unb beffen 2(b=
teitungen eyelet , eyed = Id ; bagegen
njirb bag jioeite e Taut in eyer.
F.
F ^eipt unb lautet ttj, i. 3).: five, if;
nur in of ifi e8 fanfter, = v, jum Unter?
fdjteb Don off; fiumm ifi ti fammt bcm
1 in halfpenny, halfpence. @g fic^t oft
fur unfer »: father, forgive, full; au(i^
fur b: leaf, life; — f. Euphony, D, 7,
unb »ergt. Latin, III.
Familiar terms, ^(ugbrucfe, bie nur
in »ertrau(t<!&cr Umganggs ober 93ricfs
fi^ractie gefiattet finb, nic()t aber in ge^
n?d^ltcrem ©tijlc : fo to scrape acquaint-
ance with one, @tnem nm ben 33art
gel^en ; to peach, ffatfc^cn ; to frenchify ;
rhino = money ( ioie 9Ji o o 8 ) ; my
grumpy frumpy story; fo auc^ toiele
2lugrufc: fiddlesticks! stuff and non-
sense! etc. <B. no(^ Declension, III,
unb Vulgar.
Far, 2lbjecti» unb 2lb»erb, l^at bie
Som^jaration : farther, farthest, auc^
further, furthest (»on fiir b er).
to Feel: 1. = ft* ful&tcn, fid^ an*
fiil^Ien : f. Accusative, B, I, 2 unb Adjec-
58
Female
live, B, 4: I feel liungry , thirsty. He
felt most grateful. Feel I not lorolh
with those who — . This cloth feels soft.
— 2. Sm @. to, f i't 1^ I e n 'i^<\.i eg enttreber
baS act. partic. obcr ben accus. with the
iiifin. c|ne to nacf) fid): He felt his
power over her slipping away. I felt
him pinch my arm.
Female, f. Epicene, 3.
Fe'niinine. J. Feminine Rhyme^
ein JDcibHdicr Sieim, b. \j. cin 9telm auf
5 n? e t ©itfceit (flummeS e n i rf) t atg ®ilbe
gere(^net!); fo affecting unb acting,
around ihee unb bound thee, acquainted
unb painted , ocean unb emotion. <I)a bie
englifc^en SCcvtej; meift nKSnntic^e @n=
bungen l^aBcn, fo finb fotc^e SKcime nicfjt
fo ^aufig, atS i. 3). SRandimal tBevben
fie gefucijt, tt;eiI8 ju •§er»orbringung etncg
fomifdiert ©ffedS, t^eilg m^ ber 516=
tred)gUmg unb materifdjcn SQJirfung l^als
fecr. @o tjorjugtic^ bei Byron, xot\6^vc
bavin oft bie ganjc @d)6n;§ett beutfcftcr
jyieim»erfd)ttngung erreid)t. QJJan fel^ej.©.
fein ©ebi^tt Stanzas to — .
B. Feminine Gender. %^xix 93 c s
b c u t u n g gema§ fmb b i c ®ubf}anti»e
treiblid), treld)e ^pcvfonen ober Jli^iere
iwei6lid)en ®efc^(cd)t« nennen : wife, aunt,
girl^ daughter, nun, squaw, hen, cow,
sow. ®o aurf) cinige Qlamen »on 3) i n a
gen, alg ^erfonen betcac^tet, f. Perso-
nification, A, 2 unb 3.
C. Unterfdteibung beS i5cmi =
nin toon bem aJiaScuUu. I. SSei
@ub ftantt»cn. Oft l^at man 6 efon =
berc aCortev fiir aJiaScuiin unb
g e m i n i n : it)ie father, mother ; brother,
sister; lad, lass; nephew, niece, Sir,
Madam; king, queen (wcvgt. Epicene,
2). Dft ober gibt eg foId)e ^oimcn n i d) t.
Unb bejlimmt bann ber 3iifammen!^ang
ni^t ]^inreid)enb , ob ein 2Cort mctnntid?
ober njetbiid) ju »erfte^en fei, fo bilbet
man eine befonbere Sorm jur Sejei^nung
beS ®efd)red)te8. <So bejeidjnet man
bag «5 em in in burc^ bie @nbungen ix,
ess, ina, ine ; biefe fe^t man an bag 3Kag=
culin, rvdd)tS babei oft feine eigene ©ns
bung abivirft ober »erfiirjt (f. Derivation,
G) : administrator : administratrix ; di-
— Few.
rector, directrix; testator, testatrix; —
abbot : abbess ; actor, actress ; Baron,
Baroness ; Duke — Duchess ; emperor,
empress ; God , Goddess ; master,
mistress ; sorcerer, sorceress; tyrant,
tyranness ; Sultan, Sultanessu. Sultana ;
Czar, Czaress u. Czarina; hero, heroine.
@g jeigt fid) l^ier oft, aber nid)t immer,
franjof* ©influf. 33g(. Epicene, 4. 5Rur
fetten bilbet fid^ umgefel^rt bagSDiaScu:
lin au8 b em Semtnin: a bride: a
bridegroom ; a widow : a widower. —
2. aOBo eg foId)e j^ormen ntd)t gibt, bes
jeid)nct man bie beiben (Sefc^Iec^ter burc^
befonbere, meip Borgefe^teSeftims
munggnjorter: tnan unb woman ober
maid; male unb female ; he unb she — als
tevbingg umftanblid) (ein ©(fatten baioonifi
unfer „ajianngbilber u, graueng^^rfonen")/
aber a\\(fy Slbwec^glung ber gormcn genjdl^s
renb: fo a man-servant, a servant-man
(serving-man), a male-servant ober a he-
servant, unb bagegcn a woman-servant,
a maid-servant ober servant-maid , aud^
a female servant ober a she-servant; a
he-friend, a she-friend ; a he-cousin, a
she-cousin. ®o bag elegantere a lady-
writer = an authoress (Boz) ; the lady-
readers. (5)erfelbe.) Stud) ^ier, n)ie bci
ben 3;^iernamen, entfdjeibet ber <B)(ixa.6:ii
gebrauc& xiber bie Qlnwenbung biefer a3e=
jetd^nungen ; man fagt j. 33. n i d) t a man-
child (obfc^on ft^ bieg j. «. bet Smollet,
R. Random, Ch. I., finbet) , a woman-
child , a maid-child , fonbern fc^t male
unb female »or, ober man nimmt boy imb
girl. 2re]^nti(^ fagt man, obgteicfe a black
fetbfl fc^on @ u b fi a n t i to fein fann — f.
Adjective, B, 6, d — aud) a black man,
ein 5>leger, jum Unterfd)iebe toon a black"
woman, eine 9?egerin , a black boy, ein
5J?cgerfnabe. lleberl^au^jt metbe man, wo
ti^un(id), biefe tio&i immer unfd)oncn *-8ei=
fd^c; oft fann man bag ®cfd)Ied)t bur^
(Sc^ung beg 91 a m e n g ber 5|}erfon bejeidjs
nen : My friend John ; my cousin Mary.
— II. llebcr bie 4Beibtid)en Sormeu bei
g ii t Vto r t e r n , 3 a ^ t e n imb 21 b j e c «
t i to e n f. Common, @. unb Neuter.
Few, ber plural ju little, \. b. @ub=
ftantitoifd) : The judicious few and the
illiterate many. @, no(^ ben 1. @a^ bei
to Figl^ —
Relative 11, B, 1, unb aevgt. 3. aJJof. 25,
16: f.nadj ber2Cenige bcr Soi^re/'
= na^ ber gcvingeu 5lnja!^I. Few attein
§eift: nur njenige; a few ifl ^jofitbcr,
= einige (ttctm auc^ ni*t eben v'uU).
®o ifl e8 ein gctraltiger Unterfd^ieb, ch f3
l^ei^t: ,,He paid the tribute of a few
tears at this grave" cter cb titan — gaiij
uiH?affenb — ^ier « ircglievc <S. ^, ««,
C, III.
to Fight ifl acti», tiic^t itur i.S* »• 6 e -
fam^feti (mttSemanbemfatnJjfett), ober
to fight a combat , eineii itainpf fatrH5fen,
fottbertt auc^ i. ®. t». f ft v @t tu a 6 f ant ;
i)fen, e§«ert^eibigen: He knew how to
Sghl /its s/n'p. ril fight him for a farthing
(for twenty guineas, for love). Unb ^affio:
His ship would have been well fought.
Never was field so sternly fought.
Figure l^eifit in bcr St^etorif einc Bes
fonbere SBcnbung eineS @afeeg.
Ellipsis, Welonymy, Reiteration, Ana-
diplosis , Ai\licipation , Euphemism,
Asyndeton u. f. nj, ri»ii foIrf(e gigur en
bet 9iebe. 3m engeren @inne l^eift a\i6}
jeber fcitbliite 3lugbrncf a figure, figura-
tive, "^duftg flimmeu btc iBilber jroeicr
@)3rac&en ni^t iibcrein, unb cine njorttidie
Ueberfc^fimg Iji oft fo gut, n.ne gar feine ;
fo: I was not born yesterday {= bin
ni*t son |> eute) ; the dead image (Boz)
t. (S. B. : baS t e t> e n b i g e Sben&ilb ; the
king fann aU <B p i eT au8bvucf ber .R o =
nig, abec awrf) bte ^ 6 n i g i n , 2) a m c,
bcr Setbl^err ^ei^en; flarfc 2l6tt3ei=
(!&ungen bietcn naincntlicft Biclc ©tricfes
ttjorter; f. Proverb. @g gibt auc^ 2Bcr=
ter, bie nur fiigurtid) gcbrauctjt tverben,
nic^t im eigentlic^cn ®inne: fo bie 2lb=
jectioe silken, golden, njdl^renb man im
eigentlirf)cn @inne silk, goldfagt: a
silk purse, a gold ring ; aber : The golden
rays of the sun. I know that pleasure's
hand will throw her silken nets about
ibee.
Fish, mk hair, im coUecti»en
@inne fiir Singular unb plural gebrauc^t.
9iaA3a^ten jebod) (alfo in ber@in =
g e I aufjd^Iung) fte^t oft axidifs/ies: two
fishes. @benfo Ui alien 5lrten »on %\^di :
many carp, four pikes; there are trotit
Fractions.
59
in this rivulet. Sagegen : Sixteen
hundred ^5/<; two fine salmon : a dozen
of fish.
Flexion, 935ovtbcugung , alfo S^cdi-
nation, ©omvaration, Scnjugation, f.
Anglosaxon. 3m ubertragenen @innc
bebeutet ei bie gormenlel^re einer
®tu-a(fje, njofiir tnan mit Unrec^t ben
Diantcn Etymology braucbt ; f. b.
Foot bat itn $(urat feet; 1. t. ©. ».
SJi annfctjaften , CDZann 3nfon te =
rie bleibt e§ aber untierdnbcrt ; ebenfo
horse i. @. ». 9{ e i t e r, (5 a » a 1 1 e r i c :
He commanded one thousand foot and
four hundred horse. A squadron of
horse. — 2. Sebeutet iS ein SJia^, fo
pebt im ?piurat gewo^nli* feet, feltner
foot. The snow was two feet (2 % u ^)
high. (S. Plural, B, 4.
For: 1, l^ei^t bei Seitangaben nid^t
V , fonbern vu d 1^ r e n b, ... tang : for
two years; for months, monbcnfang. —
2. gerner f. But, 7, Vulgar, 5, Accent,
A, I, (§. — 3. 3JJand)maI luivb e8 (er=
n^Jtifct)) treggelaffen unb bitrc^ ben
blc^enObjectit) evfe^t (tjergt. Preposition,
E) : When Mr. Burchell bought each of
the girls a set of ribbands, Sophia's was
the finest. He was prevailed upon to
stay supper. — 4. 9U c^ t ali (5 U i J) f e
ift eg ju betradbtcn, bap e8 na^ ben itnter
Accusative, B, I, 2 angegebenen SSerben
nict)t fte^t, ttjdl^renb loir „fiir ober a 1 8"
fcfeen. 3)ap eS fic^ jebocfj aucfi ba manc^s
mat finbe, jeigt j. jB. ber @a^: Virgil
proposed his hero for a pattern. (93es
jctdjnung bcr 5lbfici^t !)
Formation 1. of Words f. Deriva-
tion, Composition, Diminutives, Etymo-
logy, Euphony, Adverb, Ordinal, - fy,
-ize. Participle, B, 6, Periphrase. —
2. Formation of the Plural^ Feminine,
Cases, Conjugation, f. b. 5lrtifet unb
Periphrase.
Fractions, SSrufbia^tcn. 1. QJian
fe^t — beim 2luS[)jrerf)en — im 91 en n e r
ftctS bie Orbinatga^r — half au8ge=
nommen — unb tvenn ber 3 dl^ I er e8 sers
langt, be!ojnmt ber ^Jicnncr au^ bag ^(u=
raljci(^en : a half, one third, two thirds,
three fourths ; two hundred and seventy
60
French
four — five hundred and twenty sixths
=^'^V526- A quarter fiatt a fourth brauctlt
man nur Bel 2(ngatc beg aJi a fi e g. — 2.
Xlnfrc §um ndcfjficn ®anjen ubergreifenbcn
a3rucf)e: anbert^aU, britt^atS u.
bgt. fijrictit man fo, iuic fie m i 1 3 1 f f e r n
gcfrf|riebcnttjcrben : I'/j = one and a half,
2V2 = two and a half. @in ctwa batel
jtel^enbea (SuSflantb tritt Jointer bie
9 a n J e ^<S^\ unb half {u-au({)t bann feinen
Strtifet : eUvtl^atS S^^atcr = three dollars
and half (= deux ecus et demi).
French: f. junacftjl Etymology, 7,9,
10, Gallicism u. -fy. @anj obcr faft ganj
unangetaflet l^at'cn fiifj }♦ 33. er^atteu:
advantage, affair, affront, bomb, cruel,
conscience , double entendre, encore,
fetbfl jum 93ett' gemac^t to encore, exam-
ple, to fix, guide, important, pity unb
bavon to pity, possible, reparation, re-
venge, vis-a-vis unb i<\X)\io\t anbcre, wov
2lflcm in ber ©l^rarfjc bcr ®efe§e, ju
bercn 9?erjianbnt^ j^ranjofifi?^ cbenfo nctl&ig
if}, a.U Sateinifd). 9Jianc(K alte ?5orm, bic
im Sranjof. untevgegangcn, ftnbet fid) im
(§ngf. auf6ettja]^rt, unb mu^ fo ofterg bie=
nen, etncn mobevnen franjof. 3lu8brucf ju
erfldren. 93ecgL German. 2tu^cibem !^a=
Ben neuere <S(^riftfleIleir nur ju fel;r auS
einer ©Jjrad^c gefc^o^jft, bie baS ®emein=
gut bei- ®etii(bete:v atler 3S6(fec ifl. ®o
^nben fi^ tel 2C. ©cott (;iuf toenigeu @ei;
ten Bel cinanbcr: a propos, denoiiment,
soiree, ennui, na'ive, embonpoint, a
sevigne broach, toupee, perruque, bon-
bons, bizarre u. f. to. 5tu^ bag ftumme
@nb = e — f. E, II — ifi jum %^d{ au8 bem
Sranjof. gefommcn, oft atet fcefeitigt tt)or;
ben. lleber bie 91 u 6 f ^ r a d) e f v a n 3 6 ;
fifdiev aOBortci- — bem fvanjofi =
f (^ en D^te oft cin ®i:euet — f. Chy 2, Gti,
3, Gk, 1, Gu, 2, ^i, 3, Eau, Eu, II, 2,
leu, Oeu, Oi, 3, Q, U, 7.
Frequentative l^eift ein SGBort, ivel:
d)c8 cin 6ftere«, 1^ du f i g e 6 aOBieber^olen
berfelBcn '^anbtung bebeutet : fo to crookle,
oft, VDicbcrl^oU girren, »on to crook ; to
crackle, oft (ober aurt) etn h)enig)
frad)en, toon to crack. S3erb8 biefer 3lrt
flnb ni(C)t efeen jai^lreic^ im ©ngt.; d^nlic^
Future Tenses.
nocfe to knapple t>on to knab, to sipple
»on to sip.
From: 1. (§« bebcutet iimd(J)fi bie
©ntfcrnung, baS ^etfommen, 2Iu§gc]^en
» n einem O r t e (bann ift fein ®egenfa§
to, as far as) , ba&er aud) Urfprung,
®runb, Itrfac^c; bann bie 3ett, [eit
weldjec fBi'nic^i Bcgann (bann ift to ober
till fein ®egenfa§), f. Declension. I come
from London, from my uncle. He is
from (auS) Paris. From this motive,
from hunger. We received letters from
them. 2. (58 ]^at eincn acti»en@inn,
mdi^renb o/meifl i>affiti fiel^t; balder from
= b w r d| , bem by d^nlid) ; of = u 6 e r :
I heard /rowj my friend, id) erful^r bur d)
meinen Sreunb ; I heard of him, \^ l)i3rs
te, erfu^r @ttt)a3 iiber i^n. They had
heard reports o/us (u6erun6)/romsome
malicious persons. He had not heard
one syllable from, or of, any human
being in the district. 3. 3iBo fein SWi^s
toerfldnbni^ mijg(id) ift, fle^t and) of fur
from ; bei mand)en 93erben batb of, battj
from : fo bei to absolve, to receive, to
borrow, to buy, to purchase. 4, From
bifbet aud) me^ircre 5)oj3^et))rdpofi =
tionen, b. i^. 3nfainmenfe^ungen mit
einer anberen ^Prdpofition, bie bann ab»er=
biatifc^en @inn evl^dtt : from amidst the
waves (mitten an8) ; from among us,
au« nnfrer (D^ttte it? eg; fro7n betivecn
the arcades (au3 . . . l^er»or) ; from out
her sight; from q//^ the table; it was
drawn from out of the very bowels of
heaven and earth (l^erauS gejogen
an 8 . .),f'om under his cap it, a. 5lel^n=
lid) fle^t 2. (S^ron. 32, 30 : con abenb=
tt) d r 1 8. @. Preposition, A, 3. — 5. ^a8
t>teonafltfd)e from f. bei Hence. 6.
3J{and)mat b I e i b t e8 aud^ tt) e g : f. Pre-
position, E. Banished {from) France
and excluded (from) Italy ... (Bulwer.)
Future Tenses. /I. ^ormeUed.
I. $Da8 Future Tense im gewol^nUs
(^ e n ®a^e. 1- First Future Tense : 3)ian
fe^t in bcr e r fi e n ^^erfon @ing. u. dJtur.
shall, in ben iibrigen will oor ben 3nftnis
tiv (ol^ne to) : I shall love, i^ ttcrbe lie=
ben, thou wilt love, he will love; we shall
Future Tenses.
61
love, you will love, they will love.
2. Second Future T.i 3n ber erfien
$erf. ©ing. ii. %{\xx. fte^t should^ in ben
anberen would ijor bcm Snftn. : I should
love, i6) iuurbe licben; thou wouldst love,
he would love ; we should love, you
would love, they would love. 3. First
and second Preterit Future Tenses:
a)Jan fc|t ba8 pass. Parlic. ju bem
eifien obet ^ttjeiten gutuv »pn to have ;
affo : is' Freterit Future T. : I shall
have loved, id) u'erbc geliefct l^attn ; thou
will have loved, he will have loved; we
shall have loved, you will have loved,
they will have loved. 2d Preter. Fut.
T. : I should have loved, id) n^iirbe ge;
Iic6t fatten ; ihou wouldst have loved, he
would have-loved ; we should have loved,
you would have loved, they would have
loved.
II. 3m gragfa^e abcr biaudjt man
6ei fammttid)en ?5utur8 toill nur in bcr
britten 5)3evfon, in alien xibrigen shall —
atfo nun <\w6:j in ber jweiten: j. 93* You
would not have written to him, should
you? Should you take a drive this
evening, if . . . 2)emna^^:
1. Fut. T. 2. Fut. T.
shallllove? should I love?
shall thou love? shouldst thou love?
will he love? would he love?
shall we love ? should we love ?
shall you love ? should you love?
will they love ? would they love?
1. Pretei\ Fut. T. 2. Preter. Fut. T.
shall I have loved? , should I
shall thou have loved ? shouldst thou | -s
will he have loved? would he
shall we have loved? should we
shall you have loved? "should you
will they have loved? would they
III. 5)er Conjunctive Mood ifj bei bcm
1. unb 2. Future T. bem 3nbicati» gleid)
(f. oben, 1, 1 u. 2). 3)te bctben Preter. Fut.
T. bagegen nefemcn im Sonjnnctiio in al =
I en Sperfonen shall obev should: I shall
have loved, thou shall have loved, he
shall have loved n. f. f.; I should have
loved, he should have loved, ihey should
have loved. aSeifpiele f. unt. Conjunctive,
B, 2, a.
IV. 2)ie8 ifi bag Siegelmd^ige;
unb ftreng beoSad)tet irirb e3, fobaCb eben
nur einfad) bie.3eit auSgebriirft hjerben
foU. 3)iit ber reinen 3eitangabc aber \)t^
gnfigt man fid) ^dufig nid)t, fonbern legt
ben Diebenbegrijf einer 21 b f i d) t , cine8
SBunfc^eS, SBotlenS, ©otlcng,
33erfi?red)en8, JBefei^IcnS obcr
2) r c ]^ e n 8 in biefe gcrnien unb bann tritt
oft shall an bte Stelie con will, unb will
an bic ®teQe »cn shall , natrivlic^ mit fies
ter gefl^aftung ber eigentlidjen ® runbs
bebeutung biefer SBorter: foltcn unb
hjptlcn. aSei biefer aJtannidjfaltigfeit
ber 3ufammcnfe§ung ergibt fid) benn <xxi.6it
mannid)fad)e St^attirung be? 5tu«brncf8
fiir jeben einjetnen %oM, nnb l^ier, xo'xt in
fc»iefen dl^ntid)en Sdllen , trOfle ben Scr^
nenben ba« SOBort: 2Ca8 bem ftrebenben
®d>ider eine gcffel, ba« ifi bem fcfeafenben
3JieiPev ein 2Ber!gcng ju fd)6nerer 93ott=
enbung nnb einegreube bem ftnnigen Sefer !
!Davon wirb eine aufmevffame Scctiire balb
iibergeugen. 2Bir gebcn nod) ein )jaar
aSeifpiele jnr ^rlduterung ber Steget, benn
an bie 9{ e g c I l^altc fid) ber Sernenbc fa !
\ shall go to London l^eipt: i^ toerbe
nad& S. ge!^en ; I will go to L, aber nur:
icfc ttjiU n. 8. g., ifi alfo minber gettji^.
You will do this, @ie n? e r b en bag t^un
— einfad)e 3f itangabe ; you shall do this,
@ie foUen baS tl^un — SSefel^f; you
shall have it to-morrow — 93erfpred)en.
You shall prove this ! — JDrol^ung. ®o
in ber gragc njiebevum will fiatt shall, too
n i d) t nad) bcr 3cit , fonbein na* ber 2tb=
]ic^t, bem SBotten in einem barfdjen Jionc
gefragt reirb : Will you hold your tongue ?
@inen 93orfa^ bejeic^net: Henceforth,
Onward shall be our hunting shout. @.
nocfe Shall unb Will.
B. ®e branch ber Future Tenses.
3m 3(ngcmcinen mit bem 2)cutf(^en iiber=
einfiimmenb \ itber ba§ 2d Fut. T. f ubri=
gcnS no(^ Conditional nnb Conjunctive,
B, 4. lleber bag erfie^utur bemerfen
toir aupcr Dbigem no(^: 1. 3Jian »cr =
meibet to. i. !D. feineu ©ebrau^ oft
nnb erfe^t e3 bnrd) bag fiirjere Present
Tense : f. b. — 2lnbver @ett8 fiel^t c«
fur ben 3 m :>? e r a t i — bann naturli(^
n\\t shall: You shall absolutelv do it.
62
-fv
!Dag ifl jeboc^ cigentU(f> gar fcin Future
Tense, fonbeiu you shall ijl baS Present
T. = ©iefoUen, unb do bet ba«on <xh^
l^dngigc Snfinttio. 3)a atev shall auct) juv
33ilbung be^Sutur bient, fo ftintmt eg fveU
lid) mit btcfer 5orm xibercin. Unb bet
Unterf(^tcb ifi ni^t grog: = ®ie njers
ben eg bepimmt t^un ! — jwerfictjttidje
@rtt>artung. 3. 3m 2)eutfd|en briidt bag
Sutur oft auc^ eine 'iSal^rf dj e in ti(t) =
f e i t aug ; (5c w i r b fcanf fein ; barum
!ommt er nid)t. 3m (Sngtifdben mug bann
abev bag Present T. fte^en unb bic
2Ba^rfd)einUcf)feit burdj ein 21 b » e r 6, ttiie
probably, perhaps, angebeutet toerben: he
is probably sick; perhaps he may be
sick.
-fy, ©nbung »on a}erBen, bte »on 2lb:
ject. ober @u6jiant. gebilbct finb unb ein
SJiac^en, ^erPellcn (lo render) bebeuten,
»om franjof. -fier, tatein. facere : fo »on
liquid — lo liquefy, neben to liquidate in
njeitevcm ©inne ; torrid — to torrefy; ter-
rible — to terrify; to deify; to vivify.
3Son legtercn beiben fe^lt bag Stamms
Slbject. ober ®ubftant.; fte finb gleid^
fcrtig bem Sranjcf. entnommen. JDie
SSerben a.\\\ -fy bilben oft auc^ icieber an=
bere aufficate, fotvie abfiracte @ubfi. auf
{ca)tion , ^erfonennamen auf Jier unb
Slbject. auf J'c, able^ cal, ive {=. bar)'.
fo »on to vivify — to vivificate, vivilica-
lion, vivilier, bag :33erebeniie; vivific, vivifi-
cal, vivificative; liquefiable; torrefaction;
terrific ; deific, deifical, deification.
G^cigtje. (yglautet: 1. ivie unfer g
(n i * t j !) »or a, o, ii, »or Sonfonanten
xmb am ©nbe beg SBorteg; in 2Bortern
b c u t [ ^ c n llrfprttngg aud) »or e unb i :
gayi gOj RU"i glory, great, dog ; finger,
geese, gift. 2. ©onft j if d) t eg »or e, i
u. y fanft gteic^ bem J {\vk itat. g in gengi-
va), alfo »ute bfdf, son bem ©ummen
ber (Stimme begtcitet ; bann bejeidjuen wix
eg 0, g: genius, ginger, Egypt. 3.
(Stumm ip eg »or h, m, n: night,
Genilive.
gnaw (togt. cnaster, knee), sign, phlegm ;
aw^ aig (Snbbudjfiabe cineg qjarticij) auf
inging: singing, ringing. ®. nod) Gh,
Gn, N unb Nasal.
Gallicism, ein ber franjof. @l?rarf)c
etgener, ober im ©ngtifdjen i'^r nadjgebil;
beter 5(ugbrucE. <Be^x »tete 2Corter, (5on=
f^ructtoncn unb ilunftregetn beg ^o^eren
<Bt{)U finb aug bem ??ranj6f. gefommcn,
aber meifl fo eingeburgcrt, fo felbppdnbig
bcl^anbelt, bag man fie faum me^^r @aUi=
ctgm nennen mag. ©. French, Etymo-
logy.
Gender, bag breifadic grammatifdje
®efd?lec^t: f. Masculine, Feminine, Neu-
ter; Common, Epicene, Personifica-
tion.
Gen'itKire. J. (Sr irirb entvueber
burdj bie ^rd^ofition o/obcr bard) ein an=
ge^^dngteg 's auggebriicft : the roof of the
house ; the man's brother. ®a er fid) fo
in jtuei Xf)dk fvaltet, tterben ivir i^n and)
in jtvei gctrennten 9(rtifeln iteitcr l-e^an=
bctn: f. Of imb Possessive Case. ai}an
benu^t biefe 3)o))^eIform : 1. 3u »er =
fd)iebener @innegbejlimmung
(ajJobification) in ein unb berfelben 3u=
fammenfe^ung : fo ^eipt the Lord's day
ber XaQ beg «&errn = Sunday ; the day
o/ the Lord aber = the day of judgment.
@, nod) Active, E. — 2. 3ur 21 b iv e ^ g^
t u n g im (£ti)te, um (Sinformigfeit u. QJiigs
flang ju mciben, wo me^rere ®eniti»e ju=
fammentreffen. QJIan fagt n i d) t : The son
o/ihe brother o/my friend; auc^ nid)t
my friend^s brother''s son, fonbcrn the
son of my friend'' s brother. (3[uvf) i. 35.
hjitrbc man l^eut fold)e ^dufungen eincr
Worm umge'^en, it»ie fid) ^falrn 45, 11;
1. OJfof. 2, 17; 4, 10 ftiiben. Snbeg ftelte
man turd)aug nid)t, wie einige ®ramma=
tifer t^un, a(g jivnngenbe 9tegct auf, nt e
jttjei gleidje @cn itii^e |inter einan=
ber i\\ fc^en. 3n)ei $offeffi»e neben
einanber njcrben allerbingg meifi vcrmie=
ben; bie atBieberl^olung ber ©eniticform
m i t of ift aber nid)tg meniger, a(g feltcn.
The American citizen ... is one of a
race o/ sovereigns; the European Baron
...is one of a race o/ subjects. (F.
Wright.) He is an example of man-
Germanism
liness, of feeling o/honesty 0/ purpose
(Boz). OB bag and) f cfe on ift? — 3n?ei
^offeffwe: Without her husband's fa-
ther's consent (Boz). 3m ®cftcrjc : She
was a lady's ladies' maid (Marryat).
B. Daf fiir unfevcn ®cnitto man(i^ma(
auct) anbcre Sdtte fie:^cn muff«n, f. Dative,
1, unb Accusative, B, I, 1, b. llmgefel^rt
fit^t bet ®eniti» fur unfcrn Stccuf.,
J. as. bet to repent: I repent of all my
former follies. 3ebo(^ fagt man nebcn:
I repent myself of it auc^ : I repent it
cber felSft; It repents me (beutfcf|e %xt).
Gemianism. 1. -Hon etnjelnen
beutfc^en 5(u^briicfen ober @abffigungen
fann im @ngt. nid)t fuglic^ bte 9Jebc fetn :
bic ganjc iS:|.trac{)e ifl ein ©ermoniSm, ja
in man(6en ®tucfen beutfdjer, aU bag
JDeutfc^e fetfcfi; i'cnn fie ^«t fo 2>iand)e8
auS ber attcn @)?ra(t|c hitoa^xt, ttjaS n?iv
»evIoren ober gar burc^ grcmbeg
eerbrdngt ober bo5| nur im 5) i a I e c t
beiua^rt l^aben ; fo the watch (oertuanbt mtt
to watch, nja^cn), toofur toit \li)t au9
bem @riectjifc^;Sateinifc^cn l^afien; horse,
wofiir trir ^fexi au3 bem fctirerfU^en
paraveredarius gebilbct ! to write (oergt.
9tci]S jeug), buret) fd&r eibcn (scribere)
soerbrangt ; fo to leap, to take, to draw
(breggen), to forsake, lo look (lugen) u.
to. a. aSergf. French, Etymology, Eu-
phony. 2. JDag 3«eiflc ^at ftarfe 5(enbe=
rungen ber Sorm, oft aud) bcS ® inneS
erfa^ren , nur ©injetneS hVitb ganj uncer;
fe^rt in ©^veibart (ober 2lugf^ra(6e) unb
33ebcutung, n)ie: inland, inlander, inland-
ish, inner, landwind, nestling, stark,
hand, finger, back, hammer, hamster, a
haudle(bie >§anbet), hall, halt, handiwork,
horn, oft, erst, a poodle, a were -wolf,
lust, warm, bitter, brown, between (f.
Among), gift, allwise, to shine, blind,
buttermilk, shoe tt. a. 9iur Bcbcnfe man
immer, bap btefc engt. 2Dorter nic^t au^
bem ^ e u t i g e n «& d) beutf(^, fonbern aug
bem atten^ieutfcfe famen(f.Anglosaxon),
au8 einer SKunbart, bie con ber i^entigen
(Sprac^e ungemein serf^icbcn tt»ar.
iDa^er fel^en benn freilt^ evening unb
SlBenb, child u. SHxii (im ©c^njcijerbialecte
gl^ilb, S^itbern), dry unb trocfen
(brcid) fagen bie SEBafd^njetber), south
Get.
63
unb ©lib, soap unb ®eife, to go unb ge^en,
to choose unb erfiefcn, an egg unb ein
(Bi, fxd) ni(^t gerabe fo d^nlic^, icie ein (si
bem anbern ! Ueber bic orti^ogra^ji^ifdien
2lbweir&ungen beiber Svrac^en »on cinan=
ber f. man nod) bag (5nbe ber Qlrttfet : />,
F, 0, P, T, y. - 3. aJianc^e beutfdje 2Bbi =
ter l^at bag granjof. serbrdngt, fie l^aben
fic^ jeboc^ in einjelnen iBerbinbungen er-
i^aitcn : berg toid) bem mountain, blieb
aber in iceberg ; time (temps) ccrbrdngte
tide (3eit), bieg erl^ielt fid) inbep in
evening-tide u. a. (felbfi tide and time 1)
4. 2i(g h)ir!lic^e ©ermaniSmen
liepe fid) bag bettac^ten, trag ncuere 2tutc=
ren, nadjbem fic^ bie ©prati^e gegen bag
3)eutfc^e abgefd)Ioffen , gefonbert, fidi
fe(bfi|ldnbig gemacfet, aug unferer <2prad:e
aufgenommen ^aben. sg. Etymology, 12.
So fatherland, landsman, landwehr,
flugelman, the forget - me - not (= le ue
m'oubliez pas) , a waltz u. a. -^iel^er
liepe fic^ tto^f au^ bag unter ber ^rdi30=
fition Of 10, iiber despite, unb bei Impe-
rative, A, 2, ©rtrdl^nte red)nen, nur bap
Se^tereg \a. ntcfet a(3 etwag erfi neucr =
bingg *2(ugenommeneg gelten bavf. 5.
©ermaniemen einer minber crfrculidien
2lrt madjt ber JDeutfcfte, iwenn er fetne ®e=
banfen hjortlid), gegen ben engt. (£^5rac6=
gebraucft iiberfefet ; j. 33, It freezes me
fiir I am cold; What Johnny does not
learn, learns John nevermore fiir : An old
dog learns no tricks. JDag finb bann njol^t
englifdje SGBiJrter, aber il^re '^erbinbung ift
unengltfcfe.
to Get, 1. i. (S. ». nj erb en, b.]^. aug
einem 3»flrtnbc in einen a n b e r e n
iiberge^en, xcit lo turn, to grow, to
go, lo come, fic^t mtt bojjpeltem 0lomtna =
ti» ober mit einem ^ilbjectio ober ^affiwen
$arttct)> : to gel quit of one, to get ac-
quainted with one. I cannot get clear
(rid) of this weakness. 2, S^cbeulet eg
taffcn (f. to Cause), fo l^at eg, in ju=
fammengefe^ten 3«itcn/ junddjfi fein O b =
i e c t unb b a n n bag )5aff. *P a r 1 1 c 1 1> nac^
ficfe, tt)te to have (f. b., Sir. 4). I got my
boots made = ic^ be! am meine @ttefeln
g e m a d) t. I will gel it done (= ic^ wilt
eg f(6on gcmacfit friegen, familiar).
Get my pen -knife done. Get this book
64
Gh
bound. 2luS etner ©Uipfe, ganj mt bet
to see, erftdrt fict) balder: I got him
away, I got them home ; get yourself
gone (ready). S)iiS ifl gteictjfam aucfe
etn actitteS fiaffen, ttJic to cause, franjijf.
faire = tn a cb en @ie, ba§ ©ie fort fom;
mcit, fertig hjerbcn u* bgt. a)al;er auc^
3. oon 5P e r f n c n : to get owe f o do a
thing = Semanben ju @troa8 bringen,
sentiogen : He got the lieutenant to
nominate him for the commission. 4.
2)vi8 pass, partic. g-o/ fiei^t :^)leonafiifd} :
f. to Have, B, I.
Gh, 2)tgvai5§. 1. Urft^rungttc^ fit^t c8
role gti fiiv g, um biefem sor e unb i ben
®aum(aut ju roal^ren (roieghirlanda, tta(«
unb Enghien, Berghen, franjof.) ; bann
abtx aucfi »or anbercn 33ocalcn: Ghent,
burgher, gherkin {axid^ guerkin gef(I)ries
Ben) , ghastly , ghosl. 2. 2lm @nbe bet
@itbe, h)D eg fiir unfec d^ fiti^t, fxnb
ofter3 fceibc S3ud)fiaben jlumm: high,
mighty, throughout; ober 3. fie tauten
roie f : laugh, rough, tough, enough, to
cough ; ober 4, roie k, in hough, shough,
lough, auci) (fcfiottifd)) loch gefcbvieben,
roie bet unS in ber @eogra:pbie.
Gn: 1. aSegtnnt ober fc^Iicpt c« cln
aBcvt, fo iji tiaS g ftumm: to gnarl;
impugn. 2. Snmitten eineg 2Borte8 tautet
ei = gn, n i d) t ngn ro. i. 35. ; magnet
(= mag -net, nid)t mang - net), dignity,
ligneous. 3. gni fie^t ofterS als 3etd)en be«
franjijftfd) =■ italienifdjen SWoniUe : bagnio,
seignior (= ital. bagno, signore); d^nttd)
champignon. @ettnei- fte^t a\id) gl mit bem
mouiUirten Saute : intaglio.
to Co, 1. i. @. ». ro erb en, roie to
gel, f. b. He went impunished = ci* f am
ungefiraft baoon, eg ging i^m fo i^tn; the
dog went mad. <S. nod) ben erften ®a$
untet Nominative, 2. — 2. / atn going to
... ic^ roitl eb en, id> jlel^e im Segriffe
= je vais; / rvas going to ... id> rocllte
grabe, flanb eben im ^Begriffe = j'allais.
JBgt. to ofTer. He is going to be married.
We were going to sup. What was I
going to say ? Sle^nli* : iii ge^e baben,
tanjcn, ®d)(lttfd)u^ fa^ren, betteln. llebri;
geng f. Periphrase, XVII, B. — 3. 7'o
go on mit bem actt». ^Jarttc. flel^t njie to
Grow.
Continue, f. b. He went on reading =
et laS fort.
Good l^at im (5onH)aratto belter, im
(Su):'erlati» the best; ebenfo fein 2tb»erb
vjell.
Gradation (ober Climax), einc 9iebe=
figur: bie ©tetgerung auf= ober abrodrtg
bur^ eine Siei^e «evroanbter ober entgegen=
gefe^ter 2Iu«bru(fe, ofterS aud) burd) aCie=
bcr^orung etnjctncr Shorter, befonberS ber
©onjunctionen , tterfidrft. „If the plot
had been unravelled to us byany«M/)er-
7iatural intelligence ; if it had been
whispered by a genie, communicated by
a dream, or revealed by an angel from
on high, we should have been to blame
in credj^ng ocular demonstration !" fagt
Mr. Concordance , bie flcifc^geroorbene
Gradation in SmoUel's R. Random.
The spirits I have raised abandon me —
The spells which I have studied haj^le
me —
The remedy I reck'd of tortured me. —
By thy cold breast and serpent smile.
By Ihy unfalhomM gulfs of guile,
By that most seeming virluous eye,
By thy shut soul's hypocrisy ! — etc.
.Grccisms, gried)ifd)e aBiJrter ober
Sonftructionen ; f. jundcfefi Etymology, 9.
SD'ian bilbcte anlhem axii 6vdv/.irog; ana-
sarca t>on Aru unb cr«p|; feruer anabasis,
phlogiston, andranalomy, pseudograph,
zoophyte, physics, Periphrase, Homo-
nym, Ellipsis u. », anbcre Jtunftaugbriirfe,
roetdie bie tnoberne3GBtffenfd)aft t^eitSbem
©riecibifdjen cntlef;nte, tl^eitS aug gricc^.
SBortern nen bifbete. — ®anj roie im @rie=
diifdKn fle^t bag act. partic. atg O b i e c t :
I cannot avoid repeating, I could not
help sjiiiling; it is needless (o attempt
describing unb 2lel^nlid|eg. ®. nod) to
Chance, Participle, A, I, 3, a ; Plural,
A, II, 5.
to Grow, roerben, roie to get, f. b.
He willfgrowX^nce) a scholar. You grew
ashameoof my acquaintance. You will
grow sick (fat, big, lean, strong, weary).
It grows very cold (hot, lale, light,
dear). Qlbcr and) mit info: I find the
plate growing into a companion (rote to
turn).
Gu
Ga »or 33ocalen flingt 1. = gw, fos
6alb etn n baoor ftel;t (alio ngu = w^j^;,
nafat): language, distinguish; vgl. (>«
unb Su. — 2» Slog trie g lautct e« in
franjof, 2Bcrtcrn, two bog u nur a\\:
jeigt, ba^ ba3 g nicftt jif(t)e (ogf. G/'i) :
guide, league, guillotine ; unb eSenfo iro
g-M fur unfer to iii^t : guard, guarder =
2Barte, SBdrter. 3)a6er gitt eS auc^ nod^
to warrant nfben to guaranty, toal^ien,
©ettjcil^r kificn. SSc\L ticct) Gaelfs narf)
itvit. 2lu8fpvnc6e fxu aSBcIfen; gnise, engl.
unb franj., itcit. guisa = 9£Beife; the war
= la guerre, itai. la guerra, bie 95Be^r ;
the guard, bte SBaite = la garde, la
guerite, itfll. la guardia; William =
Guillaume, ital. Guglielmo; reward =
guerdon (itat. guiderdonc?) ; Guy, engl.
unb franj., ital. Guido, 3Scit.
Giittnrals f. Consouants.
H.
H, 9kme: atsh. Saut: 1. SB ie unfer
ge^aurf)tc6 1^; fo in bcutfd&en imb
flric(^. 2B6rtern: had, hat, head, heat;
hymn, hypocrite; aSer nie glU e3 a(8
35 e ^ n u n g 8 jei^en {mt in 8 o 1^ n) : alfo
John. 2. 3n lat. u. franj. 2B6rtern, unb
uberall, t»o eS nac^ /• fte l&t, ifi // f} u m m :
honest, humour, hour, Rhine, rhythme;
fo aud> in shepherd = sheperd. @. norf)
gh, ch, th, sh,p/i, wk. iDen Saut be8 /*
fc^itbert etn nUer(ie6fle« 9Jdt^fel »on
aSbron, aurt) in {^(iigeU®ram in atif
(®. 468) abgebrurft.
Hair, cot lee tit) gencmmen, Hei6t
«n»erdnbert; jebc8 -^aar e i n g c 1 n
getadjt, nimmt eg bag 5} t u r a I j c i c^ e n
an (oergl. Fish). All my hair fell off.
Her hair were not yet dressed. I have
some grey hairs in my beard (»erein=
gelt), ajht (£tng. unb qSiural neben ein=
anber : "iMy hair is grey, but not with
years, nor grew it while in a single
night, as men's have grown from sudden
fears." (Byron.)
St, «Ut)rc(i;t, gtamnmt, iBJotfert.
Have.
65
Half, 1. nimmt 9trtlfer unb $ronomen
nad^rirtJ/ tvenn e« bebeutet : bic^atfte
won einer @ad^c ; f. A, an, E, 3 unb
The, D : half a year, half a bushel of
oats, half that price. ®. noc^ ben @a§
mit half a one unter One, B, 1. — 2. ©c;
beutet eg aber etn ab g ef c^f of feneg,
fiir fid) b e fi e 1^ e n b e g ^ a I b e g, fo flel^t
eg njic ein gettjo^ntic^eg 5lbjecti», girifc^en
5(rtife( imb <Subflanti». @agt man : This
book costs half a guinea, fo l^eipt bag : eg
fof^et ben2Bert^, 58ctrag einer ^alben
®uinea, gleidjriet in welc^en aiJitngforten
er begal^lt hjirb ; man brauc^t nitfet gerabe
eine tt> i r f (i c^ e ^albe ©uinea, ein @ e I bs
flucf biefeg 9iameng, ju geben; biefe
^iep a //a// guinea (= eine .^albguinea,
ba&er a\x6:i a half- guinea gefctjrieben).
(Sbcnfo unterfc^nibet ftctj : half my guinea
is lost = bte '§d(fte ton ber gang en
®utnea, bie ic^ i^aitt, ifi cerloren ; unb :
my half guinea, meine ^Mt ®utnea —
me^r l^atte id? nid)t. 33ergf. Double. —
3. (Sbenfaflg n.\ i. 3). fle^t half, wenn eg
ein 2(b»erb »or fid) ^at ober njcnn eg felbfi
2lb»erb ifi: a/«// half hour; a halfwitted
man. 4. @. nod) Fractions, 2.
to Happen = jufdUig, f. to chance :
I happened to say it became her. If he
should happen to be there (foUte ct
etwa . .). My wife and daughters happen-
ing to return a visit to neighbour F.,
found — . The table-talk happened to
turn upon your sister.
to Have. X^ormeUed. $rdfen8:
I have, thou hast, he has, we have — .
3m^erf»: I had, thou hadsl — . (!Da8
llebrtge rcgetmdf ig.) JDiefe gormen gelten
aud) alg ©oiijuncttt), tocnn to have .^ilfgs
terb ifl ; atg felbfipdnbigeg SSerb aber (f.
B, I) ip ber 6onjuncti» beg ^Prdfeng regeU
mdfig, atfo I have, thou have, he have — ;
g. 93. The Lord have mercy of our souls.
B. ©cbrou*. I. 8ifg felbfifidnbis
geg aSerb ^eii?t eg :^ aben , befi^en,
em^jfangen (mie avoir = recevoir):
He has a large estate. He was to have
a halfpenny (fottte befommen). Sa^er
aud) taffiv : It must be had (= gefi^afft
werben). It is not /o6e/<a<f (= gu^aben).
Do not have that false pride — . 3nbe^
5
66
Have.
»erfiavft man c8 gem buvcf) baS vfccnaPi?
^^tgot, namcntlirt) in fragenben nub in
Bcrneincnben @a^en : Have you got my
pen? No, I have not got it. This lady
has got black eyes. 1. Tlit ciuem O b =
ject nnb bem Snfinit, (ol&n e to) obcr
act. 5)}artic., ju iBejeirfjniing ®cf[en,
was jcneS Object tl^ut, affo i. ®. to. f in =
ben, fcl^cn u. bgt. We had often
strangers (ober the blind and the lame)
visit us. We had t/ie7n now 7nodeUiftg
their old gauzes, or flourishing upon
catgut. ( ©0 : aBtr |ia6cn e i n i g e
grcunbe bortnjol^nen. (Srl^ateinen
@o^n franf liegen. Srf) ^atte eine
» 1 1 e g I a f rf) c toov nitr ft e 1^ e n u. f. f.)
2, 3m @innc sonfonuen, foUen,
miif f en (njolten) l^at e8, hj. i. 2)., einen
Snfin. (mit to) nactj fidj: I have some-
thing to tell you. He will have to go
there. We have had to pay. We had
to deal with him. 3. / will have t. ©. »,
©tttsaS |i a 6 c n m o U e n , eg h) it n =
fci)en, nimmt ben 9(<cnfatito mit bent
Snftnitiw, tcfeteren fottjol^t mit, als
ol^nc to : What will you have me to do?
I will not have him write to her. 9(n(^
mit SluStnffung beg 3nftniti» : I will do
anything you will have me. Obei: mit
einem » o H c n ® a § e nac^ fi(!^ : f. bag
2te ©eifpiet unter Asyndeton. 4. ^eigt to
have: fiir ©tVuag l^alten, fo l^at eg
ein Object unb, a(g 2lpj?ofitton baju, ein
t»aff» ^Javtic. : Have me excused, Sir,
that I cannot come. 9]egattt>, ba to have
l^ier eben n i c!^ t ^itfgttetb (f. to Do, B,
II, 3) ifl, l^eipt eg : Do not have him ex-
cused = taffen ©ie i!^n ficft ntcfjt entfcf)ul=
bigcn. 2(uct) fotgt ein ganjer <Ba% barauf,
mit obcr cl^nc that. 5. ^ei^t eg laffen,
fo l^at eg fein (vafficeg) Object bi*t
naclj S\6) unb l^intcr biefem bag pass,
participle fiatt unfereg Snftn. (oergt. to
cause, to get unb Accusative, C, 4). He
has his clothes made in London = tx
l<x%t m a c^ e n. 3)agegen : He
has made his clothes in L. = er l^at
feine Jlfetbcr in S. g e m a cf) t ; nun ttjdre
has ^i(fgt5erb, unb clothes bag Object ju
made. I shall have my hair cut. He
had the mutineers shot. Oft ergibt fic^ i
bei biefer Sonftruction ein :|5aiift»er
@inn, toie fcfjon im jtt>citcn 33eii>ie(e: =
9Tiein 4jaar njurbc mil- vcrfdjnitten ; unb
bann fann man ni({)t immet Uffcn ans
tuenben. @o : He had his own jest
turned upon him in earnest. This prince
had his head cut off and his body thrown
to swine = eg njurbe bent Siirfien
(2tf]^nlic^: er l^atte jnjei $]3feibe unter
fi^ crfrf) offen.) 9Jian ncl^me a^tx ein=
mat in biefem ©a^c bie $avticiv»g ju had!!
Gentlemen may easily fall into such
mistakes; but it is a great comfort to
have them cleared up (= hjcnn fie @inem
aufgeHcirt roerben). 6. 2)cn Snfin. o ^ n e
to nel^men bie Stebengarten nad) fic^ : /
had as good, ic^ tl^dtc ebenfo gut ; / had
better, ict) t^dtc beffer; / had best, [^
tl^citc am beften ; / had as lief, [^ njoHtc
ebenfo gem, ic^ l^dtte eg ebenfo gern; I
had rather, ic6 mollte lieber, icf> l^dtte eg
lieber: — I think we had as good be
waiting for him. No, we had better go
away than stay here. I had belter not
have told it: icfe l^atte beffer (bar an)
get^an, eg ni(i^t — . You had best run
away. I had as lief g^o as stay. I had
rather die than commit such a crime.
He had rather be than appear good.
JDei 2lnna]^mc 9B a g n e r 'g u. g tu g e I 'g,
biefeg had fei aug tvould »etbovben, »ers
mag i(!& nidjt beijutrcten, nel^mc »ietme!§r
bie aBorte b u (^ ft a b t i ct>, trie ic^ eg ©in=
gangg biefer 91ummer in ber Ueberfe^ung ge=
t^an. fVould tourbc in ber 1. ^5erfon eincn
aB in en, einen SOBunfcfj angeben; in
»telen gdtlen aber ift nielmel^r son einem
SoUen bie 9tebe, rtjelctKg bent aBoI =
ten gerabe entgcgengcfe^t Juirb. aJian
»crgteicf|c bie obigen unb fotgenbe ©d^e.
Had I not better loose a trifling sum than
break my promise = !I^dte ic^ nicftt
beffer baran ♦ . . You had best resolve
to think of him no more. Cophagus then
said, J had better reflect upon his offer.
You had even best do according to my
direction. (®anj dl^nticfi : What had I
best to do? What course had I best to
take?) @i-Hdrenb laffen fi(^ fo((f)e ®d^e
a\\6!i bnrd) it would be, it would have
been aufli)fen ; fo : I think we had as
good be waiting = I think it would be
(it were) as good to wail for him.
He
3te5n(ic6 finbet ftcfi and) : You ivere better
take another draught before you depart
(fiatt you had better) : nict)t SCBittc, fon=
bern 2In ratten cineS 2lnbcrn: (Sic
iuaren 6effer baran, — ©ic tl^dten Beffer.
3fl bagegeit »on einem 2B i f I e n bie 9tebc,
fo fiel^t au(!^ mxUid} would unb ni(i^t
had : j. 93. I rose, assuring her I would
rather die than disobey her. (Smollet.)
J^ier gafce / had etnen ganj »crf(!&iebenen
©inn. 9iod) mel^r 6ctt)cifen ©tetUn, njo
bee 3nftniti» have fdbft auftcitt; beitn
biefcr fann nictit au§ i^iV/ loerbotScn fein :
er ift ii&m treber fo dl^nlid), tt?tc I had bem
I would (Beibc = I'd), nod) trirb will
ii6er:§autt a(3 3iiftnitio gefn-audjt (f.Will).
®o in bem ©a|e : I think I might much
better have staid in a country where I
was esteemed and beloved. @nblid| fagt
man and) : I had rather a dish of coffee,
than a dish of tea. .§iec ^at had ein
Dtjcct f»ei flcft, e8 fann a(fo aud> nidjt fur
would fiel^en ; fc^t man biefcg, fo mu§ e8
l^eifien : I tvould rather have a dish u. f.
f. — 7. / had like, id) njat nal^e baran
= ti fel^rte nid)t Diet, faft, Bcinal&e;
l^at ben Snfinitiw mit to nac^ fidj : They
had like to have lost their lives (= ils
faillirent perdre ...; dl^n(id) he xvas like to
die). I had like to have broken my neck.
II. To have atg ^ i t f 8 » e r b bitbet bic
jufammengefe^ten 3eiten con actiwen imb
neuter S3cv6g : I have read, I had had,
he would have slept, they would have
been. <B. Neuter, B, II.
He f. Personal unb Epicene, 3. 9^as
mentlid) au5 bem unter Personal, B, 6,
^rwd^nten erftdrt fid) ber ©ebraud) ttcn
he a(S ©ubfiantio, befonberS »on 3;]^ie =
r en , feltner auc^ »on $etfonen, ganj toie
she : — the he's of these birds. The best
he of the kingdom.
to Hear ^ai 1. ben Qtccuf. mit bem
Snfln. (ol^ne to) ober 2. fiatt eiueS ac =
ti»cn3nfiniti»8einacti»eg3[Jar5
t i c i ^ unb 3. jlatt eine« :|)affi»en3n =
ftniti»8 ein ^jaffieeS $articiv.
@. Accusative, B, I, 5; Infinitive, A, 4,
b ; Participle, A, I, 2 unb B, 4. — 3u 1.
I hear the birds sing. 2. We heard him
playing on the fortepiano. 3. I have
Hiatus.
67
heard Sir Th. represented as one of ihe
most generous men. You would like
to hear my fellow- partner eloquently
spoken of. (g. ben ©afe unter Comma,
A, 2 ; au^erbem nod) From, 2.
Hebraisms, ]^ebrdtfd»e, in8 ©nglifdc
aufgenommcnc SBorter; nid)t ebcn ja!^f=
reid). ©o Jehovah , Abba , Messiah,
allelujah , cabal, cherub mit feinem etge=
nen ^luvat cherubim, neben cherubs.
Hellenism fottiet (\U Grecism.
to Help ! / can not help mit act.
partic. (J. 93. pitying him, laughing),
fosiet a(3: I can not but . . . f . But, 5.
5hiperbem f. Infinitive, A, 4, b.
Hence. 2)ie @nbung ce hd whence,
hence, thence bejeic&net bieaSeiregung
con einem Orte treg: hence, won l^ier,
thence, con ba, balder, whence, »on wo,
njo^er (bolder). 5ffiit^in Ifl e« minbefienS
ubeifluffig, noc^ from ober of baaor ju
fe^en, Wic from hence; from thence,
thencefrom; of whence, from whence,
whencefrom ; ober gar from henceforth.
Sofd)e, »on man^en ©rammatifcrn ganj
verhjorfenc ^(eonaSmen finben fi<i^ bo(?^
mand)mataud) bei gutenSc^riftftettern; bei
Boz ift from whence fe^r l^duftg, bei Mar-
ryat nid6t felten, bei Smollet njar eg fiel^enbc
Siegel. <So : I will trust no man from
hence-forward. The place from whence
we set out in the morning — . @inen dl^ns
(idien ^JteonaSm in 2lngabe ber entgegens
gefe^ten 9iid>tung („gegen ... w Arts")
f. Sofua 8, 9. 12; 17, 9; 15, 11 unb 19,
11; 2. $mof. 26, 35.
Her: 1, Objectio ju she, f. Personal,
2. — 2. Her imb hers f» Possessive pro-
nouns.
Herself f. Reflective, A.
Hexameter, ber fc*8fuiitge iBerS be3
^elbengebid|t3 ber Stiten ; in aSerbinbung
mit bem ^Pentameter (ber nie aKein »cr=
fommt) bitbet er bag 3jifiidlon, the
distich. 3m @nglifd)en f cl^ r ivenig an=
gewenbet.
Hiat'ns, ©d^ntaut, b. 1^. bad ubellaus
tenbe unmittclbare3ufammcntrfffen jweier
QSocnle. llm il^n ju »ermeiben, ttjirft man
68
Him
1. ken eiiien SSocat njeg unb fe^t bafut ben
3li3 0fir 0^3^ : d'ye, I'm, she's; [.Ab-
breviation. 2. aJian fe|t an ft^itta: an
apple jiatt a apple ; f. y/, aw, B, II, sgU
oudti Possessive Pronouns, B, II, 2 unb
No, 1. — 3. aiJan jiel^t in ber 2lu8f)3vad)e
jtoci ©itten in einc jnfammcn: e'er, ne'er
= kv, nar. ^al^er gum ^^eit bie unter
Euphony, A, errtjcir^nten SSerfitrjungen.
JDa^cv ci\\6) mag bie ^t^xifxijii ber 93ocat=
bigvvi^jl^en fi^ erltciren : man htf^itit gttjei
Sautjei^en 6ci, ftirad^ a6er nur einen Saut
auS. ®c entfiant) bie (gdjnjierigfett ber
Ort^ogra^jl^ie, baf man einen 93cca({aut
mit ben »cvfct)tebenften ^u(fej!aben ((fcreis
ben !ann. @o »of aUem bag i: 1, ea
fann einen I a n g e n , 2. ae, 3. ai, 4. ay,
5. ee, 6. ei, 7. ey, 8. eo, 9. ie, JO. oe,
\\, oi fcnnen ! u r j e unb I a n g e S^Saute
icjcic^nen. !X)a nun, au^ec 12. bem e
felbft, audi 13, i, 14. y, unb in einjelnen
Sdlten fogav 15. o, 16. ia, 17, ui, 18. iiy
imb 19. oei to'xt i ffingen fcnnen, [o l^aBen
ttjirr efcen nidjt njeniger al8 neunje^n
»crf(fiicbene Ort^ogra^l^ie'n eine«
Sautes 1 (35er Sfieugviec^e trofte fi(^ alfo
fiber ben 3=Saut feineS /, e/, ^, f, «/-, ot,!)
aSelegc nad) ber 9tei:^enfoIge ber cbigen
3iffcrn (hjo 2a3eifpiele fte^en, ]§at ba« erfte
ein I a n 9 e 3 , baS jweite ein f u r j e 8 i) :
1. sea. 2. aera, caesura. 3. raisin,
captain. 4. quay, monday (and) monda
geftsrod^en). 5. beef, been. 6. Seine,
foreign. 7. key, money. 8. people,
pigeon. 9. field, sieve. 10. diarrhoea,
oeconomy. 11. Turkois, tortoise. 12.
mere, desire. 13. machine, fit. 14.
mystery. 15. women, 16. marriage.
17. built. 18. plaguy, 19. Onomatopoeia.
5Den tontofen, unbefiimmten , aber bocfe
bem i nal^e fommenben (oft auc^ in ©rams
matifen unb aGBorterbud)ern buvd) i be*
jeidineten) Sauten ai (ay), ei, ey, eo, oi,
ia, uy liefie fidi aid 91r. 20. nod^ ba« a in
China, village, orange u. bgt. gugcfeUen.
2)ie neuereOrtJ^ogvav^ie befeitigf iibrigeng
aud) mandicn biefer JDigrajj^en u. fdireibt
J. 93. nur cesura, economy, njie in alien
romanifc^en ®))rac^en.
Him, ©bjectic ju he ; f. Personal,
Himself f. Reflective, A.
Homographs.
His f. Possessive pronouns.
Hissing sounds f. Consonants, 2,
a unb b; Euphony, D, 4. Unter the hiss-
ing aspirate »erfie^t man ba« sh (ch).
to Hold = Semanben fiir (5t\t)o8 '^aU
ten : f. Accusative, B, I, 2 u. 5 unb Par-
ticiple, B, 3. I hold pillaging a very
great crime. He held himself boimd to
Lord R, «Paffi» : These men are held
very pretty gentlemen.
Homographs, SGBcrter »un glei =
c^ e r Drt^ogra))^ie unb oerf^iebener
33ebeutimg (2D o ^ t^ c I g ci n g e r), @. Am-
biguity, corgiigtid) Sir. I. — I. Homo-
graphs, bie gugleic^ and) Homonyms finb,
b. ^. bie aud) g(eid) auSgefurod&en
n^erbcn (f. ben fclgenben 'Slrtifet), fmb
g. 33, divers (= diverse), mel^rere, unb
the divers, bie Jlaudier (»ergl. frangijf. le
convent unb ils convent; vous peignez
»cn peigner unb »Dn peindre) ; to light,
angiinben, to light, treffen; to lighten, er*
leidltern, to lighten, leu^ten, bli^en ; I
savv^, xi:^ fage, id| fa^ ; I lay, idi lege imb
ic^ lag tion I lie; to bear — the bear.
II. ®otd)c, njo bie 2lu8fijrad>e cber
berStccent einen Hnterfd)ieb l^erfiellen:
I read, xi:^ lefe ; I read, id& Ia8 ; I beat,
id) [{filagc; I beat, id) fd)lug; to desert,
toerlaffen, desert, njuft, the desert, bie
aCitftc, the desert, baS ajerbienjl; the
gallant, ber ©tu^er, the gallant, ber
3;a))fcre; minute, unbebentcnb, a* miuute
= minut pber minjt, eine ajJinute; to
pred'jcate, a predicate. @. noc6 "5,2;
Th, 4, fottie Accent, I, B, 1, c u. 2, c, —
III, aDJanc^mal gel^en ein ^aar «&omogra=
)3]^en hix ber flexion au^einanber in »ers
fdjiebcne Gormen ; fo finb to lie, lugen,
unb to pen, f^reiben,re9clm(S^i3e3}crben,
aber to lie, liegen, unb to pen, einfperren,
unreqelma^ige. aSergl. Euphony, D, @,
— IV, S)a8 ©cgentl&eil bilben aBins
ter, n)eld)e bei gteid)er 93ebeutung
»ctfd)iebene gorm l^aben fonnen;
fo zechin, zeccbin, zecchino, cecchin,
sequin ; plane unb platane ; to con unb
to cun ; to threat unb lo threaten ; to
wake unb to waken; overrode, over-
ridden ; I began, I begun ; fol(^e D o))s
Homonyms
)) elf or in en, wotocn meifi bic eine
Beffer ober getrdudjlirfjer , aU bie anbetc
ifi, fijnnte man Doubles nennen.
Homonyms, aSBorter t»on »erfrf)ieb=
ner JBebe'utung, cibex glei^er 2(u8frrac&e
(® lei (^flange). I. ®ol(^e, bic aucf)
glei* gefc^rieben trerben, f. unter
Homograph, I. — U. <Bef)x t»ie(e a6er
l^aben eine unterfd)eibenbe Dit^o=
gvajj^ie: ale, Sier, ail, ©djmerj; ere,
jttttot, e'er = ever, air, Suft, beir,
Qthc; hair unb hare; aunt unb ant;
aught unb ought ; cord unb chord , betbe
»om franjijf. la corde ; corse, coarse unb
course; dear unb deer; I unb eye; the
ware, to wear, we were, (wliere) u. [♦ f.
aGBagnet'g ©mmmatif gi6t eine 14
©ijalten t a n g e Sifte fclc^er J&omonl?men I
III. 3)a3 ©egentl^eil tilben Shorter,
wetc^e beigleicfeer^ebeutung »ev =
fc&ieben an^gefy vo <^ en n^erbeu
tonnen (35 o J? )) e 1 1 1 a n g e im @egenfa|e
ju ben ® 1 e i d) f I a n g e n , abet ni^t mit
iDo^^jeUautern, Diphthongs, ju »er=
iwed>felu) : fo zechin = zekiii , tshikiu,
tshe'keu, tsh'ikan ; china, ^Porjetlan , fa=
milivir tshani mtlgefpvo^cn (mit SSers
fe^ung bev Saute) ; fo aucfj minule f. Ho-
mographs, 11. aSergl* noc^ Emphasis,
1, a.
Horse f. Foot.
How = tt) i e , in birecter unb inbirecter
gfrage unbim SluSruf: How old is he?
I know how old he is ; f. Exclamation,
As, Like.
Hundred unb thousand nefemen a
»or jtd?, njenn fie eine c o H e c t i » e 3al^I,
eine runbe @umme, nad) ber man ju re^^
nen vPcfit, obci- aud) u n g e f d 6 r ein ^un=
bert, etn)a(circa) ein Jiaufenb bebeuten
(= une centaine, uu millier). 3n anberen
Sattcn fie^t one bacor : I had shot a
hundred wild geese. ^ hundred of
segars. He has seen a thousand strange
animals (= 3;aufcnbe). There are a thou-
sand ways of living. 3n bemfclben ®inne
flc^t aud^ Der gphtral; The larks in hun-
dreds. There are MoM^wnt/* of men in
London who live in a similar manner.
iBeiSal^regjal^len )jf[egt man one ju
I.
69
braucften: He was born in the year
one thousand eight hundred and twenty
three.
Hybrid, 3Jt i f dj I i n g , ein }ufammcn=
gefe^teS 2Dort, bejfen %^t\U » e r f d? i e b e =
nen @)?rad)en entle^nt fmb, njie flowers-
de-lis— ]^at6 engtifd), ^alb fcanjofifd). @o
fe^t man befonberS bie gried)tfd)e SCorfiCbc
anti— , ttjiber, gcgen, an einen lateinifd&en,
frangofifdjen ober anberen ®tamm: anti-
revolution , anlicourtier, anliamerican.
Ober eine englifdie 91ac^filbe an ein
Srembujort : tenderling , ingrateful ,
beautifully, ironical, ^ergt. ba8 llmge=
febite ; Latin, IV.
Hyphen, ber2lbt^eitung«flric^
am (Snbe ber 3eilc unb ber 93 i n b e ft r i d)
in 3ufammenf«|nngen : grand -father,
plum-tree, night-scene, swift-sailing,
man-of-war. ^dufig Idpt man il^n njeg
imb »creinigt bie beiben SGBorter in ein
®anje8 : seveuteen, nightmare, herself,
downcast, ober man fc^t fie un»erbunben
nebeu cinanber: the ebbtide, a bringer
in, a tea spoon. JJommen mel^r ate jttjet
3Borter jufammen, fo finben fid? bie le^tes
ren beiben @c^veibarten gemifdbt , atfo :
windmill - sails , Avhitsunlide , aber :
whilsuntide-beer; high-watermark. 9?e5
fonbevS bient ter JBinbeflric^ auc^ in uji 1 Is
furlid>fe(bfigebilbcten 3ufammen=
fc|imgen : out-of-London-ish ; we mar-
velled at the quarter-of-a-mile-longiv&xu.
of luggage-trucks arriving from some
out-of-town London in the north. She
was a good-tempered , well-spoken,
bunch-of-keys-at-her-waist sort of per-
sonage. A devil-may-care fellow. A little
man with a puffy Say-nothing-to-me, -or-
I'll-conlradict-you sort of countenance.
(2lrij!oi>'^anifc6e Sdnge!) A touch -me-
not-ishness in the walk.
1. 1, i, iBocal, namen* i (ei) , nidit ju
»erwec^feln mit J, j. 2lu«f^rad)e:
1. i = ci : fine ; — 2, i = i : fin ; —
70
3. i = I : machiae ; — 4. i ttor r = e
obcf ii (f. b.): fir; — 5. i in tonlofen
@Uben mt a, e, o, ii, y, ciii furjcr 3=
Saut; «orrbmn))fer; algfonfi: digressive,
elixir. 2llfo §at»en "nix : ein ci (I) , ein
fui-jcS ant) ein tmigeS i (i anb i) , ein biimi
:pfeg unb ein ffiic^tigeS i ('i unb i). !Dte ba=
niit gebitbetenJDigraiil^cn unb 5)ip^t|>ongcn
f. a. i* O. — D r t ^ 9 r a i» T; i f d) e din
get: 2lm @nDe etne8 aaSovteS ftel^t n i e i,
fonbcrn bafiir y : hilarity, family, happy.
3n ber gtexion aha txitt 1 oft fur y ein :
f. r, ©nbe.
2. I, ali 5Pronomen, jletS grcp gef(f)iies
f>en ; uBrigenS f. Personal unb Abuse.
la lautet in tonlofen ©itkn = ja : filial,
©ctrennt ifi e8 in diamond, diameter.
Iambic, ber Sambe , ein SSeigfuf :
^- ober ^^: betray, consi'st; f. norf)
Alexandrine.
Idiotism, (Sigenl^eit einer ©Vnadje,
alfo im ©nglifcfeen bie 5fng(ici8ntcn , im
granjofiftficn it« ©atlici^men u. bgf.
le. a. 3113 aJiono)5]^t]^ong. 1. = ie
(i) : fierce; — 2. = i: mischief; —
3. = e: friend. — b. 21(8 2)it'^t]^ong am
@nbc »on ©infitbtern = ei (i): lie. —
c. 3ft iaS ie in ber i^lerion awS y ents
fianben , fo 6el;a(t ei ben Saut, ben biefea
y f^citte: alfo =j in flies, cried, aber = i
(tterldngevt au8 y) in studied, — d.^va e^=
fi ( b i g ift eg (babei e meiji e, fettner = e
1. in ©u6ftanti»en aufier, bie «on 33ers
Ben auf y fommen: flier, carrier;
2. in ben Som^arationSenbungen -ie?- unb
-test unb in ber ©nbung -iet/i t>ei ben
Dibnungaja^ten (6eibe jiel^t man jebod)
and) in i jufammen) : drier, driest, twen-
tieth ; — 3. in ber ©nbung -iety: society ;
4. in cinigen einjelnen 2B6rtern, nne fiery,
quiet, hieroglyph.
leu unb iew lauten tvit u : adieu , to
y-iew; ieu aud) = n : messieurs.
If: 1. iuenn, njofern, falls, » or an « =
-gefc^t, ba^, fronjoftfd) si (ni*t
quand; bie? ifl ttjann, ivhen). @8 gibt
eine SSebingung, einen angenommenen Ball
<in, ftel^t ba^er in Sonjunctivfa^en ; f. jes
bo(^ Conjunctive, B. — 2. Dft ttjirb if
weggelaffen unb bann tritt ba« ®ut>iect
I Imperfect tense.
^ i n t c r bag 93ert) (g r a g ftellnng) : Had I
seen you, I should have spoken to you.
Man is born free and tvere he born in
slavery. — 3. @8 fte^t and) in inbirecten
gragen fiir whether (ob) , Jwcld^g bie ge^
firengen <Sprad)regter verlangen : I do not
know, (/"this poor man's situation be so
bad. Mr. Nash asked her , if she could
inform him of the name of Tobil's dog.
Ill: bie ®teigerung f. untcr bad.
IniperatiTC Mood. j4. 5^ormel =
leg : f. Conjugation, I, 2. 2)aju ift noc^
ju ethjci^nen: 1. 3ur QSerflcirfung tritt
<x\xd) bag ^ronomen you atg 2(nrebc
(anftattbeggflameng ber.^Pevfon) ba^inter :
Think twice, yoti. Be silent, you! —
2. 3n ber erften ^Perfon $tural n^irb fiatt
ber llmfd)reibung niit to Let (f. b.) aud)
bag $rdfen8 in gragjiellung (mit
bem ^ironoinen n a d) ftd>) gebraudjt, ganj
nacfe b e u t f d) e r 2(rt : Well, march v)e
on 1 (Skakespear.) Talk tve not of these
matters! (Bulwer.) MountJi;e our clouds !
(ByronO — jP. ® e b r a u i&. 1. (5r britdt,
je nad) ^on unb Sarbung beg ®afeeg, 93 e =
fcH, (Smiajnung, aSitte, SBunf*
aug. Co away! Go a little aside! Turn
over if y. p ! Cive us this day our daily
bread ! ( 2)ie »erfd)icbenfte 5lb|!ufung ! )
®e^r ftarf ifl j. 33. ber ^efel^t : Be gone !
(5r »erlangt nid)t nur, ba^ man (Stwag
t§ue, fonbern eg fc^on gct^an l^aben
[oil, fd&on in ben banac^ folgenbcn 3u =
ft anb iibergegangen (ein foil ! 93gl. unfer
energifdjeg: ©till gef djn; icgen! 3>Vi'
g e m a d) t ! 51 u g g e t r u n f e n ! — 91 i e =
bergefniet! abgebeten! (©otter.)
a)g(.' Sefaiag, 44, 28 (5nbe. @. au(^ nod)
Future, B, 2. — Ueber bie 5Bcrfldrfung f.
to Do, B, II, 4. — 2. 3Kan fe^jt ben Smpes
ratio aw^,"! , mit lebenbigercm 3lugbrucfe,
ftatt eineg aScbingunggfaljeg mit
if; alfo njenbet man ® I e i d) orbnung jiatt
Unterorbnung ber ®d§e an: Co there
and you will see it. Master them and
the ship is ours. Give him au inch and
he will take an ell.
Imperfect tense : j. 58. : I was,
I loved , I spoke. J. S o r m e 1 1 e g ; f.
Conjugation, I, A, 5, Conjunctive, A, 2,
Ambiguity, III. — B. ® ebrouc^. 3m
Impersonal Verbs
2{llgeraetnen mit bem 3)eut[(t)en iibereiiu
ftlmmenb ; befonfcer^ auct) aU crjd^IenbeS
Jleiife. Oft aber fie^t eS fur iinfer 5|J er =
feet, namlid|irennt»DU cincr wollig »ei"
gangcnen, abgefcfeloffenen 3eit bie9tebc ifl,
t. I), won einer folct;en, in ber wir nirf)t
mcl^r ftel^en, con tt?eld)er fein S^eil
ubrig ifi; bemnad) Bei yesterday , last
night, last week, last month , last year,
the twelfth of April u.bg(. 5llfo ganj mt
iai Imparfait second itn Sranjcfifcfien
(je fus, j'aimai, je re^us). The day be-
fore yesterday I was at the theatre (bin
i* . .genjefen). @.ubrigcn§nod) Perfect;
Periphrase,XVII, B,2; Conjunct,, B, 4.
Impersonal Verbs. 1. ^Pcrfon^
I i ^ c (personal) iBerbS finb feline, )^}dA)t
atte 3S)3erfonen be3 ©ingular unb beg 5[}fu=
rat l^aben. ^ie un)3 er f onlicfc en (im-
personal) l^ingegcn finb 93erbcn, biennr
im 9^ e u t r u m bet britten $erfon ©ingu;
lar jie^en fonnen , n.ne : it rains , it
snows, lY hails, it freezes, it thaws, it
dawns, it betides , it befalls, it misbe-
comes , unb bic ni^t attju nioberneu :
meseems, methinks. — 2, ^luierbcm n5er=
ben and) ttielc ^jerfontic^e 93erbg ofterS
nn^jcrfonlid) gebrawdjt: fo I become,
id)njerbe — it becomes, tB jicnit. He light
the gentleman down stairs ( = '« Ieud5=
Me) , — it lights (ober lightens) eg n)et=
terteu^tet. — 3» llmgefel^rt jle^cn cin =
jelne eigcntUd) unijerfonti^e 3«itn)orter
4?er[cnUd) : it thunders, eS bonnert, —
tm ftgurlidjen @inne: the pope thun-
dered an ecclesiastical answer against
them; balder bcnn andj ijaffio: He has
been thundered about , er ift tuc&tig aug=
ge[c^otten (vulgar : angcbonnert) ttjon
ben. — 4. S)a3 , o^^nel^in nur fdjeinbare,
attgcmcinc , blop anbentenbe , Subject it
f d H t/ nj. i. 3)., babei oft n? e g : meseems,
inir fci^eint, fiatt it seems to nie; me
thinks , mid) biinft u. a. ; f. It, C, 1. —
5. 3m @ngtifdjen fte^en oft ^erfonli^e
SSerben, two im SDeutfdjen im)3erfonltd)e
ftel^en , unb umgete!^rt : 1 am cold , mid)
fciert, I am warm, el ift mir])varm ; I
dreamt, mir trdumte , I pity him, mid)
jammert [einer ; f. nod) lo ail, lo chance,
to come, to happen, to like, to repent, to
succeed, to want. — Ueber unfere f d) e i n;
Incorrect.
71
bar uni?erf6n(i(6 e Sonftruction ht\
95oraugna^me beg (Subjected f. It, A. —
7. Ueber unfer Snujerfonat ,,ti (apt
fi(^" f. There is.
In. 1. ©-g bcjetd)uet, iutc «^, 9tu]^c
an einem Orte, auf bie grage Ujo? ifi
alfo gteid) unferm in mit bem 5Datiw:
in the house , in b em «^anfe. — 2. Into
bagegen gibt bie 9tid)tung, 33 ewes
gu n g n a d) einem Crte an, c^wx bie grage
wo^in? entfpric^t fomit unfetm in mit
bem2lccnfati» : into the house, in bag
^aug. 2)ief€r Unterfd)ieb wirb , njie mans
d)er anberc (f. On) , rft infofern bei @eite
gefe^t, bap in and) fur ?'«^o fle^t ; f. ben
1. Sa§ unter Comma, A, 3, unb vergt.
1. anacc. 1,18; 3Jiatt6- 2 , 14, wo i n =
\\c^^ Mt; 1. 9Jiof. 49, 29 wo bei fiir
ju gcfe^t ifi. — 3. Jt fie^t befonberg »or
©ubftantioen obnc 2trtife(: at cards, at
pleasure, at first sight, at table, at
dinner; f. nod) The, C, 8; ba^er auc^
ht\ ©tab ten am en: at Loudon, —
4. 5 n fiel^t fowo&l bei 9tamen ton @ t ci b =
ten, a(g bei bcnen ber Sanber; eg be=
jeidjnct bag Sanb ober bic Stabt bann alg
ben einfd)Hepenben Ort: alfo ijt at
= a u. in = dans imf^ranjof.; fo : in Eng-
land, in cbet at Paris. — 5, iBor anbern
artifellofcn SBortern braud)t man in oft in
abti erb ia tifd? en ober abftractcn
2tugbriiden, wic in bed = a bed, in good
health, in great trouble, in times past,
in respect to him, in contempt of her, in
token of his friendship, in comparison of.
6. 3JIit einem r c f ( e c 1 1 » e n ^Pronoun fier=
bunben i^eipt eg : a n unb f u r (fid)) : Your
passion is not in itself illaudable. 93gt.
Of, 8 unb ben ©d)Iup iumi By unb To. —
7, In ]^at (wte bag franjofifdie en) oft einc
Sal^rjal^l ol^nc ben 3nfa§ „the year"
nac^ ficfe: The famous Jesuit Schreiner
who discovered first some spots in the
sun in 1611, died, I believe, t« 1621.
aSgl. Of, 1.
Incorrect, nad)ldffig, fe^ter =
l^aft, nennt man einen gcgen ffiramma^
tif Ober ©ttradigebraud) serfiopenben 2lug=
brud. ®o: What are become of these
men? ()latt is), I shall arrive to London
(ftatt at). They write me often fiatt they
72
Indelinite Article
often write to me. It is now three months
ago since he died , ftatt: It is now three
months ago that he died, pbcr : It is now
three months since he died. @. nod)
Abuse. Sube^ l^iite man ji^ toc^, bie
gerabe, ebenc, unteugfamc 9iirf)tf(f)mtr
grammatifc^er 3Sorbcfiimmung in j e b e m
j^attc cdi 3J?afifiab an ben btii^cnben,
fc^njitngl^aften, origineHen @ttjf cineS gcs
biegcnen (S(^riftfleUer8 ju Icgcn» „®rau,
Srcunb , ift aUe Jl^eoric !" 5lnberer ®ett8
a^mc man after auc& nic^t jebe ©igcns
tl^umlicfef eit eine3 5(utor« nart), auf ba^
nid&t bev gvobe JJritifec f^n-ec^e: Quod
licet Jovi .
Indefinite Article f. yi, an.
Indicative Mood. X 2)ic Sits
bung feinec Tenses f. nnter Conjugation.
B. ©ebraucfe. 1. 2Gtc tm 5)eiitfct)cn ; f.
Conjunctive, B. — 2. Siiv unfeven
Sonjunctiti fiel^t ec tioqitgUcf) nadiben
33er6en be^ ©agenS, aSerfid^crnS:
I told them thai I was ill (= hjave). He
wrote me word that the affair was.
finished. 2)a8 (Sn^iii^t ^dft fictj fier
alfo oftjectitjer, jlvcngcr an ba8 SBort
bc8 ®^3rec^enben , ol&ne eg , wie un=
fer Scnjunctit), einem 3»«ifft Ju unter=
fictlen. "M'Dermott has staled that I am
a tithe collector and an attorney.'' 9]nit
benfen rote (eicfjt, bte6 / am gefce bie 5iu8=
fage ju ; aber neiii, Marryat fdr;rtfort:
I am no such thing. SSon eiuer ^Jcbten
roicb gefagt : „One would think she is
asleep." — 3. !l)orf) fann bee Snbtcatiti
oftefS n i rf) t ftel^eu , roe tuir i^ii braticfeen :
f. Conjunctive, B, 2. — 3m 2lUgemcinen
nsirb aber ber Snbicattc l^dufigcr, ber Sons
junctto feltjter, al8 i. !D. gebi:aud)t.
Indirect, un gerabe, mittelbar,
ab f) dn g i g, im ®egcnfa|c ju bircct ; f. b.
— l.SnbirccteS 9tegimen nenntman
jeben »om 93erb abl^dngigen unb mit i^m
burd) etne 5JJrd^3ofition terbitnbenen
^ix%t1inl, alfo im ©nglifc^en aucft ®e=
niti» unb !Datit>. — 2. Snbirecte 9tebe
brau<^t man , toenn man 3emaiibe8 SBorte
nict^t in berfelben (Sonj^ruction roiebergibt,
njie er fie gef^rorfjen , fonbern fo , roie ber
J&orer fie fa^te, balder auci^ jnit Son*
junction en eingeteitet unb i. 35.,,
— Infinitive Mood.
nid)t abcr im @nglifc&en, l^dufig
auc^ in ben 6 n i u n c t i » gefe^t : he told
me that he rvas a poor man : er fagte mir,
ba^ er ein armer aWann hj are. 9}orbcr
inbirecten 9tebe fle^t i. 3). cin Somma, im
©ngJifc^en fann e8 auc^ roegbtciben (f.
Comma, A) ; tjor ber birecten 9fiebe flel^t
bei unS fietS ctn Solon, im Snglifrfien
enttteber bieS ober ein Somma (f. Comma,
B, 6). —3. Ueber bieinbirectegrage
f. Interrogative, B, I.
Inflexible, f. Invariable.
Infinitive Mood, bie ®runbform beg
aSerb. J. (5ormclte8. ®. jundcbft
Conjugation, I.— 1. To mu^ unmittcls
bar toor feinem Snfinttto fiel^cn , nicf)t
burc^ DIegationen ober fonfi irgenbroie pa=
won getrennt roerbcn : It is impossible to
tread on the soil of America and not to
bless it : — nj. i. 2). , abcr ni(t)t roie im
Sranjoflfdjen : de ne pas le benir. 2)as
&er roirb j. 95. g e t a b e 1 1 : Her eagerness
to again meet her friend (bei Miss Bur-
ney). To sit on rocks, to slowly trace
the forest's shade scene, this is not so-
litude (Byron), 9lu(^ in Dickens, House-
hold Words, XII, p. 260 finbet ficft : To
mature the germs of natural thought, not
to forcibly engraft a conventional set of
ideas upon a repulsive stem , was the
principle of the Reverend Lucas Sprin-
ger, llnb in Marryat's Japhet; I despise
you too much to ever wish to be ac-
quainted with you. Slel^iilidjeS bei Scott.
— aSergl, iibrigenS Preposition, F, 2). —
2. golgen mel^rcre Snftnitirc axx^ tin-
anber, fo braudit man to nur beim en
fien gu fc^en : I desire you to come and
stay with me. Such an ideal of child-
like beauty as Lawrence had loved to
paint or Chantry iuodel. — 3. QJieift
entfvrictft to and) gfeid) nnferem: um
J u (pour) , unb braucfct au(b banu niitit
ttjicbcr^olt JU werbcu: I come to
save, and not destroy. 3u befonberer
J^er» or 1^ ebnng ber 3lbfi(fet, be«
93or]^aben« ftel^t bafiir in order to.
(S. nod) Vulgar, (§. — 4. aOB e g g e t a f =
f e u iu i r b to : a. 9tad> alien Auxiliary
verbs (f. b.), aufigenommen / ought (f.
b, unb Bfll. ttudj to Be, B, 3 unb to Have^
Initials
A, 1). Let theoi go. I can speak. They
must stay. — b. Diac^ to behold, to bid,
to dare, to discern , to feel, to have (f.
b. A, 1) , to hear, to help, to know, to
make, to need, to observe, to perceive,
to see; (f. ble curft» gcbrucftcu einjetn a.
i. £). unb »ii(. And, 1, fotwte Accusative,
B, I, 2 unb 5). 9ta(^ i^nen if! ber 3nftnitit>
cAi Object anjufel&en. @3 finbet fid)
aber aurt) ber 3nftniti» mit /o nad) ben=
fetSeti, Befonbev? innactjbrucffic^crer
©ijra^c; unb er mup auf biefe S3erl)8
fotgen, fobatb fie ^affi\5 fiel&en:
balder: I saiv him /f^m the race; afccr :
He wfl« seen to ivin the race. She bade
me write, aber : I was bidden /o write. —
c. 9tarf? I had good [better., best, lief,
rather) , f. to Have, B, 6. — d. 9(Jad) /
cannot but . . . , f . But, o. — e. !Dcr frdf=
ttgeren J?iirjc l^aber audi in ?5 r a g e n unb
oft (nid)t tmmer!) in 2lu8rufen,
tDcnn ber Snftnitic fc^einbar unab^an =
gig fie^t, fo ba§ man 'ocxijtx cin 93cr6 ju
ergdnjen ^ai ; And why not live and rtc/
with other men ? But why delay the
truth? Why, Nature, waste thy wonders
on such men? iDagegen : What ! not one
left ! not to leave me one ! — 5. Ueber
ben @r|"a^ be3 fc^ tcnb en 3nf ini =
ti» u. [♦ tt>» bci ben befectitten ifier -
b c n f, biefe einjetn.
B. (Sebraud): ©te^c 1. Participle,
A, F, 2 unb 3, m&i II, 3 unb III, 1» —
2. Accusative, B, 1, 5. — 3. Absolute, II,
2. — 4. Active, C. — 5. Auxiliary Verbs,
D, I. — 6. Ellipse, B, 9, a. — 7. to Come,
2; to chance, to go, to happen, to offer,
about.
C. ® t e t ht n g. 35ap ber Snfinitio nid)t
fietS 1^ i n t e V bem 2Botte fiebt, trocon er
abl&dngig ifi, jeigen j. 33. bie le^ten 4 @d§e
unter Inversion.
Initials, gro^e 2tnfang8bu(!6s
fi b e n , a«(& Capitals gennnnt. ©ie rters
ben wett weniger gcbrau^t, <\\i im 5)eut=
fc^en, ndmli^ nur: 1. 3u 93 eg inn
eineg @ a ^ e 3 ober einer 93 e r 5 j e i I e ; —
2. balder au(!^ bei Slnful^ru ngen nad)
bem Soton ober Sommci ; — 3. hti @t-
g ennamen unb bei 5;iteln, bie Bor
biefen fie^en: toie King George, Miss
Interrogative.
73
Micawber ; — i. ^n ben, meifi tion Proper
Nouns abgeleiteten 2lbjecti»en ber
SSolfernamen: English, German ; —
5. bet ben Diamen , iBeincimen unb (5igen=
fd^aften ber ® o 1 1 1^ c 1 1 : God , the Crea-
tor, the Holy Ghost; — 6. ebenfo jur be=
fcnberen 5lu3jeid)nung ber ^au)5tfad;cn in
Ueberf^r iften, Sudbtitein unb
bergt., aud) tool^I bei Sr embttjortern :
The British Aluseum; As You Like It
(ein (£^afefvear'f(^cg <Stud) ; Musard's
Quadrilles, Strauss's Waltzes, and Jul-
lien's Polkas, ^nblid) 7. n^erbcn / n. !
ftetS gro§ gcfcfcrteben , baniit flc fid) bei
ibrer kuvit nid)t »frlieren.
Interjections, cinfadie 5Katurfaute
fitr unfere ©mpfinbungen , baber grcpen
%^tilS Onomatopoeias unb in ben vers
fcbicbcnficu ©}?rad)en einanber d^nlicfe :
ah! eigh! oh ober 0! fie (fy) ! hum!
pooh (pugh) ! heigh-day! whir! whist!
wisht! whoo! whoop! whow! ho! hoa!
5Iud) jufammengefe^te $^rafen fxnb bur*
l^aufigen ©ebrviucft ju 2lu8rufen gettjorben,
n^ie fy, for shame ! aJian »ermeibe ubrigen*
\a eine immd^ige 5lnn?enbung von 3nter«
jectionen. Uebcr bag 3tegimen einjels
ner Snterjcctionen f. Accusative, B, 4.
Interrogation. l.(5ragfa§, f. b.
nd(5flen tMrtifel, C. — 2. Sign, Point ober
Note of Interrogation beipt bag S r a g =
J e i c^ e n. Sein @ebrau<^ ifl tt>. i. S).
InterrogatiTe^ yi. Interrogative
Pronouns finb who, which unb what, f. b.
3m Slttgemeinen ifi noc& ju merfen :
3)ie fragenben gurworter ftel^en
fletS tor bem 33erb : alfo audb, vocnn fte
Dbject fmb. ©ie madjen fonac^ eine
bot>»eUe 2lu«nabme: erftenS oon ber un^
ter Subject, C, 1, unb jmeitenS »on ber
unter Accusative, C, 1 gegebenen Steget
(oergl. C, 3 bafetbfl). 5)a8 bilbet
eben ben Untcrfdbteb jttJtfdien ber Srage
unb bem gewijbnti^en 2tu3fagfa|e. —
B. Inten-ogative Jdverbs finb J. 33.
how, where, wheu, whence, whither?
C. Interrogative Phrases, grogfdfte.
I. (Sie finb entweber b i r e c t , j* 93. What
o"' clock is it? ober inbirect, j. 93.
He asks what o' clock it is. — II. S^re
SB ort fie Hung fann, Joie in anbern
74
Into
<St)vad)in, 1. ganj f o < Voie tm ge^
njoj^ntidien (2a§e feiii ; bann briicft
n«r bee 3; on beS ©^recbeiiben (uiib bag
?5mgjetct)en) bie Srnge au8. ®o befonberS
bnnn, jueim man augbntcfgwottcr fragt,
ober bie cvfofgcnbe 5lntt»crt fct)on ttoraxtS?
fe^t : Vnu will not go there ? Weil ! —
Indeed! i/ou will kill liiin? T/iou dost
not mean to menace me ? @o fletS, tuenn
cin S r a g )) r n m e n baS ® u b j e c t ifl:
rV/io talks of peace? (Which book is
the best?) ©♦ obcii A, uub bagegen baS
©nbe ber folgenbcn 9ii% 2.-2. ©es
n) ij 1^ n I i c^ e r ifi c3, bag © u tt j e c t ^ i n J
t e v'8 93 e r (), in J u [ a m ni e n g e f c ^ t e n
3eiten l^intejr bag .& i I f 3 » e r b ju fe^en :
Had he? are i/ou ? (love they ?) will 2/o^^
kill him? Have / said so? Has the ser-
vant of the physician been here? 3)iefe
llmfleUung mup j^attfinbcn , fobalb ein
fragenbeS 2lD»erb (f. cben B) ober ein
^ V a 9 )3 r n m e n a t g 9i e g i m e n im
©a^e ijl. @. oben A, unb bagegen ben
@c()(u^ bei- »ciigen S^r, 1 : Where have
you been ? //o?/- does yowr brother to-
day? /^/<a< will he do? ^^/acA Z»ooA:
have they lost? — 3. TVof tritt bann f; i n =
ter'g (Subject; inancbnial and) ba;
yov, befonberg in gcnjo^nlid)er Son»er=
fation : Has your brother not been here?
Have you not (have not you) read this
book ? — Oh , Leonora ! Wilt not thou
reply? = 28iafi nirtjt 2)u antwocten?
3)agegen irdve : Wilt thou not reply? nur:
aBidjl 5)n nt(^t anthjorten? — 4. 5lu=
jjerbem tvitt in ber9tege{ to do atg 21 nr i =
V\^x in ben gragfag: Do you go? Did
she find it? @, to Do, B, II, 2. — 5. 3m
^ 6 f; e r e n @ti?te flepen gragen jebod) anc^
ol^ne bieg (matte) to do : Feel 1 not wroth
with those who placed me here? We
meet then ? where ? Why say ye so ? —
6* 3u «§ilfgjeiti»6rtern fe^t man
/o rfo n i e (f. to Do, B, 3) unb in ©ci^en,
beren Subject ein S v a g ^ v o n o m e u
(who, which) ifi, fie^t eg felten : Who
s-pohe to you? Which lady smg-*- best?
JDagegen JvcI;I: Whom do you seek?
Which of them did he praise? iT'cnn l^ier
finb ja whom unb which Object.
Into f. In, 2»
Inversion.
Intransitive Verbs, fotoiet ^\i
Neuter Verbs, f. b.
Invariable ober injlexible (un ^> e r =
a n b c r It c^ ) finb 2lrtif el , ^tbtoerb , qpra^
^jofitionen, (Sonjunctionen, Snterjectionen
imb toiete ^Jronomcn. 2lud) bet ben iibris
gen Stebet^eiten ift bie aSeugfamfeit gc^
ringer , alg in anberen ©^rarfjen : f. na-
mcntlid) Adjeclive , Cardinal , Conjuga-
tion, Declension. 2)ie einformigen93eiben
(Conjugation, HI, A) fmb fap ganj un*
ttjanbelbar, nur bap fie bie ©nbungen ing^
s unb st annel^men. @. / must.
Inversion, bie U »t ft e I hi n g, 93 c r =
fegung ber (Sa^t^eile aug ber ge=
tt>o^nli(^en, einfactj Irgifdjeu 6on=
ftruction l^eraug , fo bajj alfo bag 9{egierte
» r bag S'Jegierenbe tritt, bag 3ufammens
gc^ijrige bur(^ 3)ajn)if(^entrctenbeg ge =
tr enn t >cirb n. bgr. @o uamcntlict) im
^l)ixtn (Stifle fe]&r I;diifig , um buret)
f u n ft tt U e Orbnung bie ©djonl^eit ober
ben 9iacf)brucf ber 9tebe ju erp^en, 93 e i *
f).uele: In came Mr. Mennil. Down
came my wife and daughters, dresst out
in all their former splendour. Dear was
his life, hui dearer still his fame. To
bed they went. With these and with
their victims am I classed ! He , to the
surprise of all Europe^ was seized as a
slate- criminal. From the Atlantic to
the vicinity of the Rhine the Latin has,
during many centuries, been predomi-
nant, ©efouberg ftarf in»ertirt unb auf
©^annung beg Seferg bererf)net: Yester-
day , while walking with an intelligent
acquaintance, there advanced , towards
us out of the wood, a being that appeared
to me a bear in disguise. To beg they
are ashamed. — Remain here I cannot.
To go to the castle would be madness.
— I would essay as I have sung to sing.
3)ie ® e f e § e ber Sntjerfion ju erfc^iJtfen,
mupten mir eine dft^etifd|e ©tijlte^re f(l)rei=
ben ! aJian fet;e noci? : Dative, (J,, Empha-
sis, Proverb, Comma, B, 2; Not, Antici-
pation ncbfi There is ; It, C, I, 2; Subject,
C ; Accusative, C; Adjeclive, C, 6; Ad-
verb, C, II, 2 u. Ill ; Preposition, F unb
Possessive Case, bei bem bie 3n»erfion
jur gemeinen SHeget gehjorben.
lou —
lou Uiutet = jo : bilious, na(()3if*c"i
nur = o : precious (ogt. Eou u. Ea, 1, 5).
Irishisms, bte voin guten ®ebrau(^e
abwei^enbeniBefonberl^eiten iu 5(u0fi?rad)e
unb2lu8bntc!bei-3i«n. 9iamentlid) fpridjt
bag aSolf in Srianb bie 93 o c a I e b r e i t
a\ii : to mane, to lave, lo spake, lo plase,
bould, ould fiir mean, leave, old u. f. xr}.,
ober anbert fie in anbercr aBeife : ginile-
men, druv {= drove). @tatt s/ioll fe^t
bcr gemcine 3re mcifi will : „l'll be clane
ruined, your ladyship, 1 will." (Seine
Seibinterjection ifi och , och hone, och
bother! fein getrcucr^Bcgleiter, fein „dar-
lint" ber shillelagh, ©anj ber irifd)en
(S^tvic^e angel&orig, alfo in fein er 936=
jiel^ung jum icirftic^en ©ngtifd) ifi j. ®.
baS Syric^TOcrt: Croni a boo = I will
burn. CRur au6 bcm (Jnglif^en t>erberbt
ift biefeg : What can ye expect frae an
oolie - pig but oolie (= from an oil - can
but oil)? Srifrfic (Sigennam en fangen
l^aufig mit 0' an (= of, b. \). the son of—):
0' Rourke, 0' Donaghan, the 0' Tooles
(Patronymic).
Irony f. Antiphrasis.
Irregular, « n r e g c ( m d f i g , ifl bic
2lugftracl)e, bie 23ilbnng einer Worm ober
Sonfiructton, tDennfie t>on ben allgenieinen
Stegefn ivgenb abiueirfjt : f. A, 8 ; E, @.,
L, a. u. f. f. : Comparison, A, IV; Plu-
ral, A, II unb III; Ordinals, 3; Adverb,
A, II, 1 — 4 ; Conjugation, III ; Inversion,
Accent, III, Ellipse u. f. iu.
It, bag Neuter jn he unb she; f. Per-
sonal. J. It fann ni^t uberaU ge =
branc^t hjerben, mo i. 3), cd fle^t. —
1. JBeibem3ettuiorte fein fe^ennjir „cd"
audj inSejug auf mdnntidje unb n)eiblicfee
SBiJrter {3P c r f o n e n) : @ « ift meine aJ{ut=
ter. ©inb @ie mein greunb? 3^ bin eg.
a. 5)afiic !ann it nur bann flel^en , iwenn
baburc^ bag nacfcfoTgenbe (Icgifrf)e) @ub =
iect anticiv>irt njirb (f. Anticipation
unb Emphasis) unb bann ^tijt bag 93erb
fletg im Singular nad) it, njeit it
felbft Singular ifi: it is, eg ifl unb eg
f i n b , n i e it are ; it was, eg war unb eg
iv a r e n , n i c& t it were : lt'\s a pity. It
was a beautiful day in May. It is my
father who has said this. It is those
It.
75
women. @o nun audt abniet<ftenb »cm
!S)eut[c6en : It is I , id) btn'g ; it is he; it
is they ; il was we ; was it you ? It is she
whom I look for. — b. 3n anberen gdls
(enaber, reounftr e g fic^ aufein VLU-aug=
g e ]^ e n b e g (Subfianttt) bcjie^t , mu§ im
@ngttfd)cn bag SPronomen fid) in ©6 =
fc^tc d)t unb 3al^I nad) jencm
@ub^anti» ricfeten, eg mufi atfo
enttreber he ober she , ober they fiel^en :
Who is this gentleman? He is our cap-
tain (eg ifi — ). And this young lady?
She is his daughter. Who are these
gentlemen (ladies)? They are ray cousins
(eg finb — ). Are you the man who saved
my child? Yes, I am he. 3)ann fann ba8
*]|?rcnomen and) njegbleiben : ,,WeIl," said
the captain , ,, where is the pilot?" ,,/
am, sir," replied I. — 2. 2B i r bel^nen
ben ®ebraud> biefer 2lntici)5ation aud) auf
a n b e r e ©erben, a(g f e i n, aug : @ g f om=
men Seute ; e g fam ein @(^iff ; eg fanben
fid) »ie(e 93u^er. 35ag gebt im ©nglifc^en
n i d) t. 3)Jan fe^t enln?eber there fur e g
(f. There is), ober man nimmt bag togifd)c
©ubjeet vor, fo bap bag formelle <£ub=
ject ,,eg" (bie 5tntici)jation) ganj befeitigt
ttiiib : 5. 93. @g l^ingcn eine ©Jenge JBienen
an biefem 93(atte : entwebcr : There was a
cluster of bees hanging on this leaf, ober
beffer : A cluster of bees hung on this
leaf, gcrnev gift 3.) nnfer e g a(g @rfa§
I eincg bagettjefencn 2lbjectit», 2lb»erb,
93 e r b ober ganjen @a|eg: bann fiel^t
bafiir so : — They are happy and deserve
to be so. Of all the ruinous and desolate
places this was the most so. Do
you think he will come? I hope .90. I
thought so (id) bad)te mir'g). Who told
you sol Did you say 40.' Do not so
again ! — 4. 2Ind) 9(ebengarten, in benen
eg a(g unbeflimmt gelaffeneg,
a n g e m e i n e g Object fie'^t (fo ba^ eg
einen ganjen <B a^ iievtritt) miiffen im
@ngtifd)en oft ganj abtreidjenb gegeben
ttjerben. @o: @r meinte eg nidjt bofe mit
3r;nen = He did not mean to hurt you,
ober He meant no harm to you. >§ier be=
ifrage man bag 3)ictionart).
j B. 2(nbrerfeitg fl e ^ t iV oft fiir anbere beuls
I fd>e3Borter,alg c g. l.aGBir fe^en fehen „t 8"
Si a (6 einer ^Jtfi)) of it ion ; toir ne^men
76
Italian
e^ec „baffe(bc" (biefeS); banii fie^t
bafur aud) nur it: — ®ib mir metn 33urf> ;
id& fann ntcf^t o^nc baffflfcc artciten.
Give me my book ; I cannot work wit/tout
it. 2Ba8 l^aben ®ie fur bflffclfec 6e=
jal^tt? What have you paid /or it? —
2. 2)er ^urje ^albcx fe^en mt abcv oft
aucij bie 5^} r ii J) f 1 1 1 n e n an 21 b c e r b 8,
6efonbei-8 an ba, ftatt ,,e$ ober bafs
f e 1 6 e " ju nel^men ; f. Preposition, C, 4.
®ot(^e 3ufammettfe^un9cn (ofe man (5ng=
Itfc^bur*bic«Pra))ofittonunbi7auf:
He grew fat upon it; I heard of it; he
kept me from it (fammtti* = b a » o n).
She laughs at it; they spoke of it;
there are diverse opinions about it; I
leapt over it (aUe = bariibcr). He
protected us from it (basor) ; you may
depend upon it, barauf fannfl bu bid?
ttcrtaffen ! He hindered me from it (bavan);
What shall I do with it (baniit) ? I slept
well after it. ®o aud) : We sent to him
about it = barum, be^wegen ; he fell
into it = ^inein. @. aud> This, 3, Which,
A, 3. — 3. SSc^t. nocf) Anticipation, 2 u.
Emphasis, 1, b. — Stu^erbem Dative, @.
C. eitipfe son it: I. 3tt8 (Sub =
ject. 1. 93ov einigen Impersonal Verbs
(f. b., 9fir. 4) : methinks, methought, may
be (may hap) , as appears, as follows;
she is as like him as can be. — 2. JBei
ber @a§in»crfton, b. 1^. tcenn ein
SJJebenfa^ »oc feinen ^aui?tfa§ tritt , blclbt
e« aU formctleg ©tttject be? '^cint)U
ia^iS njcg (ba8 eigentlidje, (ogifdjc ©ubs
ject ifi ebcn ber ganje 3?cbcnfa§) ; To gel
a great reputation can happen but to a
few men. SBte tm <D. , jebocfe n^irb it in
biefem gaUe oft auc^ gefe^t: To get this
out of his head it (= bag) is impossible. —
II. Qltg O b j e c t : 1. 0iacf) : Who knows ?
I do not know, h). i. 2). 21 cl^ n ti (t) : No-
body can tell. — 2. @cl)einbar aurf^,
bem beutfcfien 2(u8brucfe nact|, in Slntujors
ten, ttjo ein ^i(f«ocrb fiatt be8 »orau8;
gel^cnben 93frb pe^t (f.Auxiliary, D, III, 2).
@tgcnt(irf| i^at man ba aber cben bieS 'oov-
l^crgc^enbc 33erb ncbft 3ttbe]^6r ju ergdn?
jen. Can you lend me this book? Yes,
I can = icf> fann e8 (namlirf): I can
lend you this book). Did they sing?
They did (sc. sing; beutf* : ©ie if^a^
ten eg), 5lc^n(i^ : How can you tell?
(so.)
Italian. Stalien'g grcifiaatcn U-
l^crrf(f)ten einfi ben ^anbel jur See:
Statlen be^errfcftt no* baS 3tei(^ ber
5;6ne; ba^er fmb in atle moberncn ®l3ra=
c()cn itafientfc&e SSJorter libcrgegangen, \oth
(^e ber ©j)ra*c bet mufifalif(6en unb ber
J?a«fmann8 = aSctt ange^oren. ®o im
•^anbet: almarco, al corso , al pari,
ginger, discount, uso, endorsement (unb
®i)3)3e), credit, banco, bankrupt, sardine
unb sardel, ducat unb ducatoon; — in
ber SKufif: al piacere, dal segno, volta,
volti, alia zoppa, ritornel, assai, vivace,
adagio, soprano mtt bem ^lurat soprani,
f. Plural, B, 5; pianoforte; viol, violin,
violino, violoncello. 2lu§erbcm aud) in
ber a)2alcret unb anberen Jtiinften unb ein*
jelnc atttdgltcfee ^lugbriicfe : cartoon, pallet,
fresco, arabesk, miniature, profile, (frag-
ments of) relievi, torse, Lagoons, piazza,
poetaster, burlesk, canto, stanza ; zec-
chino , macaroon , vermicelli u. a. IDte
© n b u n g e n ma^cn fte meifi fenntUdi. —
UeberbieSlugfvradbe itaHenifdJer
aCorter f. ?. S3. (7, 5 ; Gn, 3, unb sergt.
Gh, 1 unb Gu, 2.
Italics, btc (Surfitofc^rift , b* 1^. bie
fc^rdgttegenben Sud^fiaben , bie jur befon=
beren ^lu^ieii^nung eingetner SBorter (na=
mcnttid) grembn>orter) unb ©dfee bienen,
babergef^jerrte oberburd)f^o ffenc
Drnd ebenfonjenig im ©ngtifdjcn , als im
Wranjofifdjen unb Statienifdjen gebrduc^=
Iid> ift. a3cif)3iele bietet jebe <£eitc biefe«
i8ud)e«»
Its f. Possessive Pronouns.
Itself f. Reflective, A.
-ize, feltner ise, 33erbalenbung, glei*-
bebeutenb mit -fy , f. b. , fottjie mit bent
franjof. -iser unb bem beutfcfteu =if iven
(= madjen): to familiarize, to utilize, to
popularize, to nationalize, to demora-
lize, to Italianize neben to italianale in
gtcid&em, unb to italicise in tterfdjiebenem
@inne. @ol(ftc SSerbeu bilben oft and)
Sub^antioe auf -ation : nationalization,
naturalisation, subtilization.
Latin.
77
jr.
J, j, 5eipt ja; nid)t ju oerivec^feln mit
I, i ; I a u t e t Pet8 n>ie iaS jifc^enbc g, f. b. :
joke, joy; trie feeutf(t)e6 i nur in halle-
lujah. a)a8 j miri) nie »erbc))tert, fte^t
auc^ nicf|t ju ©nbe eine8 2Borte6 ; f. I.
K. 3?aa afiei§t, fo ^ei^tkka. (5«
lautet trie im 3)eutfd)en = f, nicfct =
g!; kind, tosiuk, to sing; kick, gig.
iSov n ift e6 ftumm: to know (trie bie
anberii ©aumtautc, g unb c). 33te Dxt^a
<iva)p^'u frfjtoanft cftev6 jnjifc^eu k unb c,
[eltntr jttjifc^en g unb k : kabbala , cab-
bala; kerb: curb; knarled — gnarled.
S3erboi5fce(t flei^t ti nur inHabakkuk,fonft
bafurck: neck.
to Know; i. ®. »on 6 em erf en,
f e |i e n, ^at e^ nad) ftd) ben Snfinitit* o ^ n e
to, fonftmitto. (©.Can,®,) She is known
to esteem him highly. I never knew you
fail at that. He knew himself a villain (f.
Accusative, B, 1,5, @»).
L: 9]ame unb Sviut njie i. 2). : lip, all.
©tumm ift eg ofterS »or f, v, m, k,
befonberS in ben Silben alve, alf, aim,
alk: half, to halve, psalm, alms, to
talk, folks; auc^ in could, should, would
(unb in fusil, naci) franjof. 3[rt). 2t(fo meip
in gcitlen; too bie ^dufung ber Son?
fonanten ben f d) nui rf? ft e n verbrcingt l^at ;
in SGBortern nun , too einec ber Sonfonan*
ten »cn ber @tlbe toeg jur nadjftcn tritt,
toirb bie ^aufung gcminbert unb ba^ec oft
baS 1 taut: fo in palmy, psalmist, almost,
talkite (in talker, talkative unb bcrgt.
f>teit»t eg ftumm). SSergl. N, (§. Suriofum
ift bie ©ebraucfe getoorbene StuSft^racfce
von colonel = ciirnel ! @o toie ^ier aug
1 ein r toirb , fo aiiit) in ber romanifdj*
gevmanifdjen 5oim beg fateinifc^en halec:
franjof. hareng, ita(. arenga, = herring.
'-Cergt. asparagus, bag familiar toie spar-
rowgrass unb Birmingham , bag wic
Brummagem ftingt! — llcber bie SSers
bo^ tie lung beg 1 f. Conjugation, If, 1,
Comparison, A, I, 3, unb LI. — L ifi bet
toeidjfteSonfonant, ge^t ba^er au*
Iei(fet in ben bum|)ffien SJocal, inn
iiber , jebod) feltner, a(g im granjofifAen
(audj in ben liBrtgen romanifdjen @i>ra=
<&en ge^t eg in mel^re anbere ©onfonanten
unb UJocale iiber) : a beau , a belle =
beau, belle uonbellis; aubade , toie im
franjof., »on alba, ber JEageganbrucft ;
bagegen ifi eg in alb, alba, bag S^orl^cmb,
beibe^alten ; fo an* alms neben bemSran*
§i3f. aumone (friil^er almosne) »on elee-
mosyna; fell ncben peau »on pellis.
iKg(. Latin.
Labials f. Consonants, 2, a.
Last f. Late unb The, C, 4.
Late l^at neben ber rege(md^igen @oms
):taration later unb the latest auc^ latter
imb the last; later unb the latest mel^r
i. ®. »on fpdter, ber fvatefte, unb latter
unb the last me^r = ber te^terc , Ie§tc,
duferfte; f. noc^ Demoustrative.
Latin, Latinism : f. Etymology, 2, 3,
9. — I. S3eifpiete ber 3) e r d n b e r u n g beg
Sate in. im franjof. unb ©ngl.
bonilas, bonle, bounty,
eleemosynarius, almosnier, almoner.
(je^t aumonier)
tempus, temps, tense,
populus, penple, people,
novus, iiieuv, new.
(f^jfiter neuf)
extraneus, estrange, strange.
(etrange)
acris, aigre, eager.
Cauda, queue, cue.
aWan fic^t beutli* bie JtiJrV^ertoanberung
beg Sateinifcfeen bur(^ bag 21 1 1 franjofifc^e
in'g ©nglifc^e; f. nod? Multiplication.
— II. Oft toerben, toie fdjon in obigen
aSeif^ieten , ganje @ilben auggefto^cn:
penicillum : pencil (= ^pinfet) ; spiritus :
spright, neben spirit; palalium : place
(u. palace) ; corona : crown ; f. Euphony,
B. g3efonber8 ftotf dnberten ^d^ bie oft ge*
78
■le
Brauditeu @tqctinamen: Egidius = Giles,
Jacobus = James, Jemmy. — III. 95cr =
wanbte Suctjfiabcn, ttoriuggwcife
btc Liquids, iDurben nut einanbcr »cv;
taufdjt: pignus — pawn; lege — law;
pellis — fell ; piscis — fish. <B. nod)
L, @. — IV. 93or= unc 91 a (t) filOcn,
icic a-, ac-, ad-, com-, con-, de-, dis-,
oh-, pre-, re-, sub-, unb -ance, -ate,
-cal, -ous, -ion, -ivc, -ure niurben aufs
genommen : accompany, depress, return,
substance, nature, — aucb oft aCortevn
anbercn Uv^rungg beigegeben : to recast,
talka/iwff, f. Hybrids. — V. Untter;
cinbcrt bticBcn §. 93. erratum, stamen,
triumvir; mel^revc fattimt bei* late in.
$turalform f. unter Plural, II, 5.
SfiamentHd) »icl Sateiii ftnbet ficf) in bet
gf{ecl)t8njiffen[c()aft, 3Jifbicin, ©rammatif
It. bgt. ; auct) fcetm^anbet: ad valorem;
per contra; via Bremen per the same
vessel ; I paid 6 pence per pound = a
pound, unb fotd)er babblonifcfeen 3JJifrf)ung
me^c, leiber )D. i.55. ! 3n<Srf)anfpie(en:
dramatis personae, exit, exeunt u. bgt.
. -le, ©nbfilfcc, nact) franjof* 3lrt = el
ju f^iredjen : table (= tlib'l), people, ivie
' table, peuple. '
to Leave: 1. i. ©. ». toerlaffen,
f. to Cause, (§. — 2. L ®. 'o. ut>er =
iaffen, f. Dative, 3: I leave it to your
choice (care). I was left to myself.
i5ebocf) and) : The anguish I felt left me
no rest. His father left him no fortune
What is left ?ne now ? 3» i, ©. ». 1^ in^
tertaffen, f. Accusative, B, I, 2: He
left his daughter his only heiress.
to Let; 1. meifi «§itf8»ei6, mit bent
Snfiinit. ol^nc to : Let me know it. <Da]^er
aud) jui- llmfd)retbung beS 3nH)ci-ati» in
ber evftcn 5Pevfon t let us go (= allons) !
(g. bagegen Imperative, A,2. — 2. @beufo
i. @. ». julaffen, gcjiatten , f. to
Cause, 2: He let his friend guide the
man. 3. 2118 f etbpflanb ig e 8 ftJerb
jlei^t e8, \v>i\m [ein <Sinn bwrd) eine abs
j c c t i V i f (i^ e ober a b » e r b i a t c a3eftim=
mung eigcinjt roitbtHelethis dog loose
upon them. Hcleto^a pistol at me. Let
me a/one., The curtain was let rfojt'n. They
^ leth'im into t/te town. @, to Cause, @.
Linguals.
Letters, a3ud)fiabcn, f. Etymology, 3.
9)ian tocrjog baS latein. v in iv, wcil^renb
V fetbft, fottJte x, z, k, qu erfi ju @nbe
beS ll.Sa^r^. in« 2U))]^abet tamen ; fvn^er
fd>iicb man j. 58. cween ft. queen, heofen
ft. heaven, gif ft. give, unb fing erfl frcitec
an, bem jebcnfallS jhjeifacftcn Saute biefeS f
jttjci ticvfdiiebenc 3cic^f« JU gebcn; »ergl.
Euphony, D, @. 2)en eigent^iimlidjen bs
Saut bejeid)nct man erft feitbem 13. 3a^r^.
burcfe th; fru^er l^attc man bafiir jwei
au6 bem gebitbetc 3eid)en, eincS fur ben
fdiarfen, ba6 anberc fiir ben fauften 8aut.
Like. 1. 3Ibjiecti», l&at au§na^m6iBeifc
(f. Dative, 2) ben Dbjectio ol^ne to nac^
fid) : The end is like the beginning.
@benfo unlike. 2. 5lbtterb bev 33erg(et=
d)ung, me as. !Dei: toon manc^en ®vam=
matifern angcgebcnc Unterfd)ieb : as fage,
ttjag Semanb iB i r f n d) fei , like nur,
tt)em cr dl^nlid) fei, tft nid)t begrunbct,
ibIc bie 2 erfien SSeif^jielc nnter as jeigen.
33ergt. aud) ben te^ten ®a& untec Vet mit
biefem ; The masts bent and quivered
like twigs (@mo((et). iJfeilid) fann like
nld)t angeben , n) a 6 , [onbevu nur , tu i e
Semanb ift, as aber tl^ut b e i b e S. They
looked all like dead men. @, no^
How.
to Like ^eijit eigenttii^ lieben,
gem l&aben ; iBir fc^en aber bafur meifi
ge fatten, unb bann n^irb nnfcre ©on?
ftruction ber engtifd|en entgegengefc^t :
to like f)cit bie 5P e r f n , njeld^er (StwaS
angene^m ifi, atS ©ubject, bie ange-
ne^me® ad)e atsDb ject; bci„g efa ts
ten" bagegen ifi bie <S a d) e ba« ^ni'
jcct, unb bie^Perfon fte^t im SDativ
(ebenfo bei to succeed): biefeJ 5)8ferb
gefaltt m ir = / like this horse. I don't
like Dresden = (§8 gcfdtlt mir nid)t in
<£)♦ Oft tdft fid) to like burdi ctn bto§e8
Slbtoerb geben: gem, unb ^at bann ent-
weber ben Snftn. ober ein actiweS $aittciD
nad) fid) : We like having the best of
every thing. He liked people to sit
down there. She likes to go out early
in the morning. @. ben cortefeten ®a^
unter Periphrase, XVII, B, 1. aUergt.
to Love, to ff^ant, to Succeed, to /til.
Linguals, f. Consonants, 2, a unb b.
Liquids -
Liquids, f. Consonants, 2, a unb b.
Little, flcin, iwenig, l^atim Somijaratb
less, irenigcr, geringcr, imb lesser, f(cincr
(na(^ Kenyon) ; im ©iipctl. the least. !Der
^Jfural ju little i. ®. ». w c n i 9 (9)2 af f c)
iH few (^Jtnja^t): little money, ttjentg
®etb; little houses, Heine J^dufev; few
houses, hjenig >^dufer; few little houses,
hjenig Heine •§fiiifcr. Little l^eift nur
wjeiitg, unbebeutenb; a little abtr
ifl ftdrfei- = @tt»a6, wenn au^ iiirfjt
cben »{et. Q^ergl. Few unb Much.
LI: 1. JU 2lnfau9 uon (2Baatfcr)
©igennamen = 1: Lloyd, Llewelliu.
2. 2)ie @n b u n 9 // ivirft ein / ab, fobalb
bie 2lbteitunggfj)I6en less, ness, ly, ful
bal^inter trcteu : skill — skilful ; dull —
dulness (jcbod^ auct) dullness gcf^rieben).
3. 2;rttt all oor, oitx/ull i^inter ein SBort,
fo serderen fie ein 1, all abet nid^t immcr :
alwajs^ alniighty — abe r.allwis e ; hand-
ful, dutiful. Sle^nli^ in einjetnen (VdUcn :
wic tobefal, toforelel, to fulfil, 3)a8
@egcnftii(f f. Conjugation, II, 1.
to Love, flcl^t fehen t. @. t*. to like
(f. b.) = gem : I always loved to be at
church — . I loved to see them happy.
M.
HI, l^ei§t unb kutet tt). i. 35. : mamma.
33 e g i n n t ein 325 ort init mn, fo ifi iai m
{)umm : mnemouicks ; f. bagegen 3'^.
to Make: 1. taffen (f. to Cause) mit
bent Snftn. 1^ n c to : He made me stand
during the whole lime. — 2. 3m @. ».
madden: f. Accusative, B, I, 2 unb 5,
Adjective, B, 4 unb Participle, B, 3: Art
made him more than ever reserved. A
firm will , making death a victory — .
Make his secrets ours! We made them
l"riends again. Her position made her
looked up to by her relations as the
head of her family. / am not to be made
such a fool as to make me believe that
the moon is made of green cheese. I
will make you find your legs. You will
make yourself miserable.
— May. 79
Male f. Epicene, 3.
Man unb feine Bufaminenfe^ungen f.
Plural, III, 1 unb 2.
Man-of-war, in bcr ^erfoniftcation
(U b.) tvelbli(§ : The man-of-war sent
out y^er boats.
Many, ^Uivai ju much, f. b. ^Ht a
fte^t e8 — ganj feiner Slbftammung »on
,,mand^" gemdp — <\iS ©ingutar: f.
//, an, C, I, 4. 5lu§crbem ifi eS aitd&
®ubfianti\3 unb flcl^t bann nur im 8ingu=
tar : f. Few. <Da§er er!(drt fl(t> a ....
many: [. ^4, an, C, III.
Masculine. J. Masculine Hhyme,
ein m d n n I i d) c r, b. 1^. einfitbtger 9Jetm,
njic man unb can, away unb decay, hour
unb bower, sigh'd unb hide, grave unb
brave. ®» Feminine, A. — B. Mascu-
line Gender l^aben bie Stamen mdnn(ict)cc
^erfonen unb %\)\txt. llcbrigenS f. Per-
sonification, Common, Epicene unb Fe-
minine, B unb C.
Master, un»erturjt gef^rieben, mirb
master gefproc^cn unb bebeutet QJJeificr,
Sel^rer, ©ebieter u. f. to. %U %\Ul »cr
^igeunamen fdireibt man Mr. unb fprictjt
mister; man brau(^t e« bann auct> nur
im ©ingutar, im ^jpturat fefet man
gentlemen. ©.Abbreviation u. Mistress.
(5^ njirb ni^t, ttjic unfcr'^err, »di- an?
berc !XituIaturen gefe^t : nicfct Mr. Doctor,
Mr. Professor, fonbern nur : Good morn-
ing. Doctor (Professor) u. f. tt). Sebccl)
finbct eg fid^ »or 2tmt^ttte(n, r»ic Mr.
Justice, Mr. Maire, Mr. Chairman.
I May. $rcf. %. : I may, thou mayst,
he may — . Sm^erf. %.: I might, thou
mighlest obcr mightst u. f. f. 1. <Da«
ge^leube njirb erfefct, rt»ie bei Can. @o in
coniunctit?ifcf)en Sd^cn mit „]^dtte" : The
contest might have been long = l^d tte
(ang fein fonnen. We might have
sent it back. Without your assistance
he might have died, ol^ne 3^rc <§ilfc
l^dttc er njo^t fterbcn fonnen. ^ier
fte^t ti alfo im b e b i n g t e n ® a|e; eg faun
aber biefetbe Son^uction aucft eine 3S e r =
mutl^ung, cinen a(3 mogti* jugegebc;
nen Sail bejeicfinen, unb bann uberfefeen
n)ir fie n)6rtU(^: There appeared a
80
Me
lurkey, that might have died of jungle-
fever = ber "m c\ji am Sungtefieber gcs
|tov6en fein mo (6tc (Boz). giir baS
rccfjte SSerfianbnIp forgt ber 3»fammen=
l;aug. a)gt. I Shall, @. — 2. Oft blent eg,
)Die mi) gen, nur ju Umf^reibung
beg Sonjunctb : All three kept aloof that
Ihey might not be seen.
Me f. Personal.
Mean, 1. bte aRtttelflra^e ; 2. ba«
SJitttcl; in btcfer SBebeutung ftel^t aber
geJVD^nti^er means, fcruol^l old ©ingits
tar, tDie at« ^(ural: a means, by that
means, by these means.
Metaphor fo»ieI alg bi lb ticker
2lu3bvucf ; f. Figure.
Metonymy, eine Otebeftgur, njelrfie
bie llrfacfee flatt ber 28irtung , ben a:^eit
ftatt beS ©anjen, ben '-Befi^ fiatt beg 93e=
fibers u. bgt. nennt: alfo immer ein un =
cigcntUt^er 2tu8brurf. So ^eifit the
brow juerft bie Qlugenbraue, bann aber
aud) bie ©tirn unb ba8 ©efidjt ; two horse
= Steiter; the upper house, the house
of Lords opposed the king. @. no^
Ellipsis, A, unb Parenthesis.
Metre, 33er8ma^; bie SCBiebevfe^r
einer gleicfcen 3af;t »ou aSergfii§en tiarf)
gettJifTev Drbnmig. !Die CUJetva fmb na(t)
ben aJergfii^en, t»orau3 fie beftel^cn, cers
fc{)ieben ; bie getrcl^nlidjfien finb : ba8 tam=
bifd)e, trodjdifcfce, bacti?Ufd|e, ana>3dfli[(^e.
Mine f. Possessive pronouns.
Mistress , untierfiirjt gefc^rieben,
fpticbtman (x\\i : misiress=^errin, 3)ame
u. f. f» 2113 blofien Xitet t>ot 9Tamen (=
grau, SJabam) fcbreibt man e8 Mrs. mib
fprid)t niTssjs. SScrgt. Master.
Modern words, modern construc-
tions: wtwt, nengcbilbcte SDorter ober
alte, aber in einem neuen®inne gebraud)te
SiBorter ; neue, eigent^itmUcije obei- bem
J^erfommtidten nur d^nlidie (5onftructio=
nen. OJJanc^e foldicrSieuerungen miif fen
atlgemein merben, iueil bie Sortfdjritte bev
SBiffenf^aften, Jliinfie, gefelligcn SJers
fealtniffe neue JBegriffe bringen , fiir
bie man bod| aud) Slamen l^aben muf 5 ans
bere, uieUeidjt in augenblidlidjer Saime
vom 9lutor gebilbetc, ftnb minbec not^ig,
Mrs.
madien aber bod) mitnnter aud) (SHicf.
SSeifpiele: holel, grog, hypocaust, aboli-
tionist, autirevolution, fatherland, keep-
sake, to yacht, flugelman, guttapercha,
guano, to lint, to veto, electro-magnetic,
air-speaker, revolver, vesta (f. Antono-
masia), 2meS, hjaS mit bem 3) am^^ f ju*
fammen^dngt u. a.
Monophthong f. Digraph, A.
Monosyllable, (5 i n f i t b t c r, aBocter
tion nur einer (Silbe, wie : I, you, house,
he drenched, I showed. 3)cn ©egenfa^
f. imter Accent, I, B, 1—3.
Month l^at ben ©igennamen mit of
na^ ft^. ®. Apposition, HI.
Moods, afiebetreifen, f. Infinitive, Par-
ticiple, Indicative, Conjunctive, Im-
perative.
Moon, in aUtdgtidjer @^3rad)c al3
0leutei-, in i^oetif^er *]3evfcnification ge=
minin (= Sima) : The moon threw her
light upon the scene. 35a|ier l^ei^t er
aud) the Queen of Night = ber ^onig ber
SSl(x6)t. @» Sun unb Personilicalion.
More f. Much u. Comparison, A, 11.
di flel^t oft al« 3lbjecti», wo tvir ein 2lb =
» e r b ju fe^en vPegen : = n d) , twieber.
I shall write 07ie inore letter to him {=
no(^ einen ^licf). Six more horses were
lead after him (= nod) 6 qSfcrbe, 6 we is
tere, fern ere ^ferbe). Once more
^eift: nDd)malg; atiy more, nod) wcl^e?
not any more, feine me^r, ni(^t me^r.
Most f. Much, Comparison, A, II unb
Adjective, A, I, 2, b. 2118 5lb j e c t i»
ber 31 n J a ^ t — atfo im ^Plural — ^at e8
gewij^nlid) the n i (^ t bei ftd). Most of
us. Most sorls of berries. Most of them
were born in France. We were visited
by the gentlemen in the neighbourhood,
most of them our relations.
Mount l^at weber ben Jirtifel ttor, no*
o/nnd)rtd): Mount Cents, Mount Ver-
non, Mount St. Godhard, Mount Etna.
2)agegen pe^t
Mountain mit 2rrtifel unb of: The
Mountain of the Andes. @.Apposilion,ni.
Mr. f. Master.
Mrs. f. Mistress.
Much —
Much, SCngaBe ber 9Jiaffe, f)at im
$Iiirat mani/, SIngabe ber 3^1^;!; i»"
Gtcmt»aratb 7nore unb im ©iiterlatiw
7/10*^- f. b. unb t»crgl. Liltle. Much ifi
.^ronointnali obfr 3n^I=5tl)|ectttt unb 5lb=
X)cxh : He has much money , but many
children too ; — too many people. Think
much and speak liltle, @. auc^ noc^
Very, A, 1.
Multiplication. Numbers of mul-
tiplication , SSertiictfaltigungSs
5 a 1^1 en, gibt ti nur tttenige, fammttict)
lateinifd)£n ®f^>ragcg : single, double u.
treble ober triple ; bie iibiigen: quadru-
ple, quintuple, sixtuple, octuple, decu-
ple, centuple fmb hjcntg , fafl nur in twif-
fenfcf)aftlict?en SBerfen im ©ebraud) ; gc;
njo^nlidj crfe^t man fie burd) Slnl^cingung
Mon-fo/d =. sfaci): fourfold, sixfold, a
hundred-fold u. f. fv., aucfe fct)on two- u.
threefold fiir double unb treble.
I Must, gcinjtic^ untoervinberli(!&e8
aSerb; ift eigent(ict) nur ^refent Senfe,
fte^t aber oft nud} nU Smjjerfect, obfctjon
c3 mandjc ber >gerren ©rammatifer nid)t
leibcn njotlen; ei f)cit bann, fonsie ought,
ben mit to have jufammengefe^ten 3nfi=
niti» (ter aSergangen^eit) nat^ fid) :
Mrs. Filzpatrick must have been ac-
quainted with her. Nad John inherited
the great qualities of his father, ... the
house of Planlagenet ?nust have risen
to unrivalled ascendency in Europe
{3Iacaulay); i^ier Uepe fic^ ftatt must
and) — mit etnja^ »erdnbertem ®inne —
might, could, should, would eiufe§en,
lauter unbejn^eifcUe 3mpevfect«. 5Ufo nur
nid)t „engbriiflig" in ber Uieurt^cihmg,
iuenn auc^ ttcrfiditig in ber Slnttjenbung !
3m lUbrigeu mirt baSSe^Ienbe tourd)
shall, unb n^o cieS nid)t au6reid^t, bard)
bejfen @t[a^(eute ergdnjt; f. audi to Have,
B, I, 2 unb ben 3. Safe unter Accusative,
C, 1. nBeifpiel einer umgefe^rten 6on=
ftruction : He must have ended his life in
poverty = er ^ at t e .... enb en muf fen.
Mutes: 1. im engern ©inner f. Con-
sonants, 2, b.— 2. 3m weitern ©inne nennt
man einen 33ud)flab€n mute cber silent,
fobalb er nid)t mit auggefprod^en wirb.
3 e b e r SSudJflabe, q auSgenommtn, ifi in
Si. 9lltred)t, (jrammat. Ofiorterl*.
Nasal.
81
irgenb einem italic cinmat fiiimm. 55ie8
jcigen fotgenbe Shorter (ber f c 1 1 e
iBnc^fiabe ifi ber fiumme): marriage,
doubt, cnasler, victuals, yacht, hand-
some , Hidepark, formed, life, half-
penny, gnat, phlegm, sigh, heir, friend,
venison, knee, calf, fusil, mnemonicks,
hymn, kiln, reason, psalm, corps,
phthisic, Mrs., island, castle, currant,
corinth, clothes, pique, guest, seven-
night (aud) sennight gefd)riebcn), wrong,
Avho, twopence, toward, housewifery
(hiizifry), a billet-doux (f. x) , day,
rendez-vous. Unb nun ttcHenbg in ^igens
namen I 3fliefen fiirg 3iuge, 3n)ergnoten
fitrg Of)v: Brougham = Brom , Chol-
mondely = chiiraly, Knowles = nolz,
Marlborough,Hngdes=uz, AInewick.
®. nod> -cester vrnt Digraph, (§.
My, betont, im ©egenfa^e, f)5ric^ my ;
fonfi my : This is my dog, not yours.
My dog is as pretty as my cat. 35a]^er
au^ myself. SJergU By. Uebrigen3 f.
Possessive Pronouns.
Myself f. Reflective, A unb My.
N: SfJame unb Saut ic. i. 5). : nine; f.
nodj Nasal. ® tumm ifi eg in ben @n =
b u n g en In unb mn (f. bagegen M) : kiln,
autumn. 3li ein flummeS n ©nbung beS
Snftnitiw, fo bleibt eS au^ in ber g I e y i c n
(b. ^. in alien (SonjugationSformcn)
fiumm : to condemn, condemning, con-
demned ; in ber 3) e r i » a t i n aber (b. ^.
in antern 2lb (e ttungen) nurb ba« »
laut: fo in condemner, condemnation (f.
2te^nnd)eg unter L).
Name : ber n^irflicfte ©igennamc fiel^t
mit o/ljabei: The name of Maria. The
name of second Calo delighted his ear.
@. Apposition, III.
Nasal sound. S)en 9iafenlaut
^at n tjor alien ©aumenlauten, alfo »or
g, c, k, ch, q, X (nsie in 9lngft , bang,
®ang): uncle, anchor, bank, banquet,
lynx, to sing,^lo sink; unterfd)eibe TOcfli
sinking = fingsfing , ttnb singing =
82
Near
fingsing, ntc&t [ing^ging, iinb singeing
(toon to singe) = sin-jing, oT;ne Slafal in
bcr eifien ®il6c.
Near: 1. Somjjaratb : nearer, @nijer=
Iati» : nearest unb next. — 2. 9ta^ near
fte^t berC&icctio Balb mtt, batb o^ne
?o : Drawing his chair nearer the fire — ;
near to the eye ; the place then nearest
lis — ; next to the city ; a(fo tvit i. 2). :
na^e ber ©tabt unb nnlje b e I bev @tabt ;
»evgt. ^Pf. 88, 4.
to Keed Ijat meift ben Snfinitto o^n e
to nadf> fid); nur roenn it needs ftreng
nn^erfcntirf) ju ne^men ift, b. f). ivenn
untet bent it nic^t irgenb fceftimmte ^txio'
nen gu »eifte^en finb, fut^t ber 3nfinitt«
mit to, namcntUA n^enn fttntet needs nod)
ein Object ftcl}t: You need not go
there. It needed no more to ruin him
(no more ift bag Object ju bem ftreng im=
^jerfonateu it needs). „It needs not g-o
there" ifi nid)t fcf)Icct)tevbtng8 un)5erfonlicf),
man bcnft bet bem it an bic 5^ erf on,
tuelc^e nic^t ju ge^eu bvaurf)t (njtc bei
,,man" = 'I ne faut pas y aller) ; ba"^er
fann to niegblcibcn — eg fonnte nber aud)
gefe^t njerben.
Negation, neg'ative, ©ernetnung,
»erneinenb: f. Affirmative. 1, SSoUe
Stlegattonen finb not, no, none, never,
nor (f. b.), neither, nowhere u. bgt* —
2. ^albnegatito ift any (f. b.) unb fetne
3ufammenfe§ungen anywhere, anything,
anybody. — 3. 91act) einct: 9Jegation
miifCcn bie ^^tonominalfovmcn buvdjs
g an gig l^atbncgatiw fein (?l 1 1 v a c -
t i n ber Si c g a t i o n e n) , mfi^renb fie
i. 5). beja^enb finb : (5r gab n i e 3 e m a n s
b e m @ t n? a 8 : He never gave anytlnng
to any one, nidft : He never gave
something to some one (il ne donna
jamais rien h. personne : ebenfo latcinifc^
unb italienifdi). I could not do it for
anything (= fiic OllleS in ber SBeit).
He should never see anything. I was
refused without ariy reason {o^wt ollett
®runb ; bie 9legatton ticgt in without =
there was no reason, franj. sans aucunc
raison). ®b aud) in S r a g e n , toenn fl(&
ivgenb eine »ernctnenbe 3lntn?ort eintarten
■ Neuter.
Xci^t: Will you have anything with nie?
Is there any hope? Has anybody hcea
here (= personne). 3m !Deutfc6en ifi
foldje befrdftigenbe Siegationen^aufung
vuIgdrobev»erattet(93avud:6, 36;l.<2am.
6, 7; 5Pf. 140, 11 ; ^iob G, 13; 3. aTfof.
26, 1 ; 4. ajJof. 19, 2 u. befonbcrg 4.3}iof.
16, 15. @o auc^ bet 5) e c i u g : ,,barum,
ba^ nun unb n i m m c r m e 1^ r ung riibren
fann fein @djabe," unb bei Sutler:
„c3 if! ja bod) f ein anberer ni d&t." —
„ J?aiin ung bod) fein Job n i d) t tobten."
^. ©eri^arb. Unb jtuei n o H e a3ernei=
nitngen biirfen jur SSerfidrfung aud^
im @ngtifd)cn n i d) t nebcn einanber ftcl^en ;
fie :^eben einanber auf unb biiben eine 23 c =
f al^ung , U). i. 3). <S. Vulgar, 1.
Neol'ogisin foBiel o(g Modern Ex-
pression, f. b.
Neuter. J. Neuter Gender, bag ©es
fc&tect)t alter Xiamen »on J'^ieren unb Ieb=
iofen !£)tngett; f. jebod) Epicene u. Per-
sonification. 1. Unter ben pronouns finb
it, its unb what (i. @. son mag) aug=
fd^lie^lid) neuter ; it ift bag Sieitter gu he
unb she, its ju his unb her, 2y/^rtf juwho.
Sebod) ifi bag aSerI;dttntp »on his, her, its
n t ^ t ttma. fo, baf; alle brel gleid)e a3ebeu=
tung i^dtten unb ba^ his »or einem 3JJagcu=
tin, her ttor einem Seminin, its «or einem
atcuter ftdnbe (ttjie suns, sua, suum) ;
toictme^r gibt his nur an, ba^ bie @ad)c
einem Q)iagculin gel^ore, nid)t bap fie
f e t b ft gjiagculin f e i ; her, bafi fie etnem
Seminin, its, bafi fie einem S^euter (alfo
aud) einem Ji^iere ober tobten 2)inge) j«s
gel^ore: The man has lost his brother,
his sister, and his child; the woman has
lost her brother , her sister, and her
child ; he loves sugar for its sweetness.
The town and its inhabitants. His, her
unb its rid)ten fid) alfo in ®cfd)ted)t unb
3a]^t ni(f)t nac^ bem S^efi^f^umc (ber
(Sad^e) , fonbern einjig nac^ bem Sefifecr,
tt)ie i. ®. fein unb i^r fid) untcvfc^eiben.
@. nod) Possessive Pronouns, A, I. —
2. ®o nsic who nad) m d n n t i d) c n ober
tueibticft en ^Jcrfonen, what aber nad)
(&ad)en (Df^ enter g) fragt, fo tiegt and)
in bem tierfd)iebenen ®£braud)c »on who
unb which atg Stetatiten berfetbe
Never ■
®€f(f)(ec^t3itntfifc^ieb, ba which fic^ nur
auf 5) t n g e begie^t. Jt'lin (bag aKaSculin
unb Seminin) ^at bcmita* j nj c i 9tcuter :
what alg f r a 9 e It b c 3, which oXixxid^
iejuglicfecS giiriDort. — 3. SSrauc^t
mail ein SBort a(g ^ciui^twort, toelc^cg
cigentUd^ fein ^au^tmort i|t, fo iji ti
0leittcr, ttjie i. 2). : I do not like ivriting,
it gives me too much trouble.
B. Neuter Verbs, 3ufianb8\)er6cn,
objectlofe SSerbcn, bag Oegent^cil
gu ben Active Ferhs^ f. b. 9Jtan nemit
fic auc6 Intransitive: j. 93. to sleep,
to go, to stay, to laugh. — I. 93iele 93cr=
Ben fmb 6a(b acti», balb neuter: to enter
into a league, neuter ; to enter a house^
acti». ©tenfo : He is wont to eat well ;
This veal eats well ; unb The soldiers
had eaten the whole country. He rests
in his grave. Have you rested the
children (= coucher). SVe returned on
our way. I returned to him all the
commodities which he had sent me. —
2lurf» finb ni^t flctS in fieiben ®)3racften
biefcI6en 3Serb3 tranfitb ober intranfitb :
»ieiinel^r ifi ba3 ©nglifc^e lueit reid)cr an
Slctitjen, alg njtr , t al^ er auct) an 2lccufa=
ti»en nnb an toafficen Sonfiructionen. @*
Accusative, B, I, 1 unb Passive, B. —
JDagegen l^aben ttjtr g. 93. fur ba3 intran;
fltioe to feast upon . . . ein 5^ran)itiv> : (5't=
i»a8 fd&maufen. @. uBrigenS no* Reflec-
tive, II, B, 1. — II. 5)ie gufammenges
fe^ten 3eiten bet 93erb8 neuter bilbet
man m e ifl mit to have, wid ber 93egriff
ber <§ a n b t u n g cormaltet : I have been,
gone, walked, come, started. 3tii S)cut=
f^en jle^t bafur oft fclu (bei Sutler
fettner, al6 je^t \ ttgl. ,,n3ir ^ a 6 e n genjan=
belt/' 1* ®am. 25, 15), alfo ber Segriff
be? 3uftanbe8: id} bin gewefen, ge?
gangen , gefonimen u. f. f. To be fie^t im
@nglifd^en nur bann, tuenn man fagen
»in, ba^ ber auf bie Sil^dtigteit foIgenbe3 «=
flanb eingetreten fei unb fortbauerc,
fo ba§ mit^in ba« $articit gang abjccs
t i tt i f (^ c n ®inn l^at : he has gone l^el^t :
er ifl ttjeggegangen , aber he is gone : er
ijl gegangen imb ifl nun fort. 3)a^er:
He is dead and gone for ever. 5lber:
He has gone a great while under an ill
report. — I have gone too far ; aber : And
— No. 83
ao 't will be when / am gone (wenn t*
^ i n u b e r bin). Those joyous hours are
passed away (=r cntjToben). His head
%uas sunk upon his bosom (ergcinge : and
rested there). — Is she come? — '\\i fic
ba? bagegen : She has come twice here
(unb ii^ reteber fortgegangen). —
iDap in ben beiben Preterite Futures (f.
Future, A, I, 3) n ur to have Pel^en fann,
\\\ felbfttjerfianblid) ; benn f shall be imb I
should be mit bem ^jaffttten^artici^iuaren
X^ a f f i tt e Sormen : fo I shall have borne,
ic^ roerbc getragen 1^ a b en unb I shall be
borne, ic^ werbc getragen njerben; I
shall have awaked (actio unb neuter) fann
i^eipen: id) n^erbe genjecft l^abcn unb: i^
werbe erwadit fein ; I shall be awaked
aber nur : i^ hjerbe genjecEt n^erben (Jjaffiu).
Never f. 1. A, an, C , II, 3. — 2. Ad-
verb, C, a, 7. — 3. SWandjmal fle^t never
so fur ever so : They will not fear to
engage the enemy, be he never so nume-
rous. (®ebanfc: He will never be so
numerous as to be feared by them.) She
observed, that, let people be newer so
much in the right, there were some folks
who would never do them justice (Smol-
let). We will tame them be they never
so fierce. 3)ie8 never — fon manrtjett
®rammati!ern angefod)tcn — flel^t frdfti=
ger, mel^r ijeraHgemeinernb, aU ever, d 1^ n^
t i iti bem frang. jamais. ICgl. anii) But, 7.
News ift cigenttic^ Plural noun, njirb
aber and) aU ©ingurar gebraud^t : a true
news; this news.
Next f. 1. Near. — 2. The, C, 4. @«
tritt auc^ 1^ inter fein ©ubjlantto : on
friday next = next friday.
No, fein, 1. fie^t mit, 7ione aber
oi^ne ©ubflantiB, njeit e3 anS no one
gnfammengegogen ift (»ergt. bem @inne
nad) = nul unb point; ber j5orm nait) ifl
chaque u. chacuu gang dl^nlic^). ®. None.
A'o power in death can tear our names
apart, as none in life could rend thee
from my heart. 5 r it § c r in ber 91 e g e t,
je^t nur felt en fe^t man none audi) »or
©ubftantioen, bie mit einem SSocat anfans
gen, unb sermeibet baburc!^ ben «&iatu6 :
none effect. SBql. Possessive, B, II, 2. —
84
Nominative
@tatt no tritt none auc^ mand^maf ein,
inbem ei iei 9iacf>bvu(f3 tvegen t>on feinem
@ubftantb g e f eft i e b e n irirb : E mploy-
menl, income, have they none = They
have no employment, no income. (2le^n?
lic^ in @ubbcutfd)tanb : (Sinfommen ^at
er f einS.) But of education she had
none. — 2. No jie^t fvir not : a) wov Sotn;
Vavatioen (loon 5[t»»crbien), mt no less,
no more, no longer; ftel^t abet nodj cin
SIbBerb »dv bem Som^aratiw, fo fe|t man
not: not a?ii/ more, not any longer.
-3ttfo: I shall wait no longer obev I shall
not wait any longer. SSeigf. ^, (in, C,
I,5unbE,2. @o fte^t ,,fein" in$f.
fiO, 13. — h) ©benfaUg file not iiac^
whether im jtreiten ©afeglicbe : Resolve
whether you will or no. Siibc^ fann l^ier
aucf) not ftel^en. Slel^nticf) : Will you do
it or no? (!l)opl>eIfvage.)
Nbm'inative. JDcv ©cbrauc^ biefcS
SaltcS fiimmt ganj mit bcra 3)eutfcOcu; f.
noct) Subject itnb Accusative , C , 1.
9luperbem fiel^t bcr bo)3))ette 511 o mis
nati» in jwei iJdUcn, tt>o ivir meifi an
jweiter @tcHe bcr ^rcHjofitionen
,,al8, ju, fiir" bebitrfen; ncimlici)
1. na* bem 5Jaff ttt bcr SSerbeu, bic im
Stctitt eincn bcw«iten 2lccu[ati» regievcn:
f. Accusative, B, I, 2. — 2, 9iad) ben
33erben, bie aU ^Jrdbicat ein2lbjecti»
l^aben fonncn — f» Adjective, B, 4 — nnb
nart) ben il^nen finn»ettt)anbten fann flatt
beS 5lbjcctit)8 au* ein (Subftantit* flcfien :
He came in a rich man and went out a
beggar. ®o t ,,@r !ommt, er fommt ein
^onig — ." $aut ©cr^arb. He com-
menced doctor two years ago. He com-
menced an author by profession. He
died a martyr lo the cause: abfo lutcr
9]ominattx> ; f. Absolute, II, 1 unb As. —
3. Ucbcv ben Nominative with the Infini-
tive f. Accusative, B, I, 5.
None f. No. (gtc^en fur none feinc
beiben %^i\it'. no one, fo ifl bcr @a§ njcit
nac^brucfli(t)er; I crouch lo no one, obey
no one, respect no one. 5lb|ectit5ifct) :
No one hoztse had escaped the general
ruin (= fcin einjigeS).
Nor. 1. Nor .. nor (mtr bi(i&terifcfe) —
obet neither . . . nor = weber . . . no(^
— Number.
(ni .. ni). — 2. gur and not im jweiten
©Hebe eineg tterncincnben <B<\%ti (\X)\t
n d^ unb tu eb c r bci Sutler $f- 66, 20) :
The soldier did not know, nor did Ar-
thur remember that there was no charge
in the musquet. I had no mind to hurt
you , nor (norf) aurt)) had I the power to
do it. Nor I ober Nor 1 either = ni moi
non plus. 3)ie SBeifpiefe jeigen, ba^ ^iev
ba« @ub|ect Winter bag SBcrb tritt»
Not jl e 1^ t in bcr 9tegct bi*t 1^ i n t e i-
bem SSerb, jeborf) t)or SJarticii) u.
3nfiniti»: He has not; he has not
been; he ivitl not be. I cannot wait.
Aye, returned I, not knowing well what
to think — . (So aurf) in 5r a gf d^ en :
Had not your friend been here? f. no(ft
Infinitive, A, 1. 51 u g n a 1^ m e : ^erfons
Vx&it ^^ronoung fonnen jtvtfctjen ba8
93erb unb ?^o/ eintieten, ober naturlicff
nuv in e in fa c^ e n 3eiten (f. Accusative,
C, 4). @o al« O b j e c t im gett)6l^nn(t)en
(Sa|e : I have it (them) not. I love
you not (= I do not love you). @benfo (xH
Subject im ?5r a gfa^c : f. Interroga-
tive, C, II, 3. 2(ud) beg giadibrucfg ^albec
to'xxX) not inttcitirt : I do fear him not !
@. nocf) No, 2 unb to Do, B, 3.
Noun, SfJennnjovt, bcr gemeinfd)aftlt(^c
3tame fiir Substantive, Pronoun, Adjec-
tive, Numeral.
Now , 2lbt5evb , nitr felten afg 2lbjccti»
gcbraud't: Her now benefactor; f. Ad-
verb, B, 2.
Number. I. f. Numerals. II. iBei
(SubPanti»en : f. Singular unb Plural.
III. a3cim93eib: f. Conjugation, gfir ben
®ebvau(^ beg ©ingular unb plural
bctm33erb ift noc^ im 211 1 gem ein en
gubemevfen: 1. SCerbeu me^rcve ®ub;
fiantiioe aneinanber geteil^t (mit
and wcrbunbcn cbcr aud) aftjnbctifd)), fo
folgt bavauf ber 5)3 1 n r a t : Socrales aud
Plato were Greeks. iUergt. Plural, B, 6;
Person, 5 unb Collective. — 2. (S (^ t i e ^
^en bie tierfdiiebnen ©ubpantite einanber
aber gegenfcitig aug (a(fo bei ent*
gegenfe^enocn ©onjunttionen, trie or, nor,
either, neither, whether), fo flc^t bag
aSerb im @ i n g u I a r , benn eg bcjicl^t Tic^
Numerals —
batin niir anf eine6 blefer Ǥau)3ttt3crtcr:
Neither one nor the other was there. —
3. @inb (Subject itnb $ r Abie at jn^ei
©iibfiantbe son oerfc&icbnec 3a]^I;
form, fo rt*tet ?tc^ bag 33erb nac^ bem
® u 6 i c c t e rcic genjD^nlidj : Her figure
was the very antipodes of his own. The
wages of sin is death. Its weight is
three tons. His next work was his Tra-
vels through France and Italy. Physics
are a very interesting study. What is
the city, but the people ? True, the people
are the city. The government i* the
people themselves. — 4. 3n 2)cfini =
tionen (JBegriff^crfldrungen) fann fidj
bag 93erb na^ btm erflen, obtr auc^
nact> bem jioeiten ©ubfiantiw ric^ten,
ba i^iec bcibe cinanber gletc^ jle^en (bag
gtocite tft ber ©teHttertr et er beg er^
ften) : Physics are the science which . . .
cber Physics is the science which ....
INumeralsi , f. Cardinal , Ordinal,
Fraction , Multiplication , Repetition,
Date.
o.
O, ]^ei§t 0. S a u t : 1. 6 = (in 9lote) :
no, note, lorn, in unBetonten @ilben tiir;
jer : echo, negro. — 2. o = o mit [c^ttja-
c^emSlnflang »cn a: (gteirf) bem franjof.
o in Rome) not, torrent. — 3. o = lan^
gem u : move. — 4. o = tiefem o mit
fiarfem SlnHnng t>on a , ttergf. a : nor,
order. — 5. o = o mit 2lnf(ang »cn c =
0/6, ttiie ii: done, some. — 6. o in torn
Tofen ®il6en , Bor r wit ein bum)?fe«,
]^aI6fauteg c (in SScrbot), ■cov anbcrn
a5urf)jlaben t»ie o {^v. 2) , aber g a n j
fur J : actor, confess. — 7. @tumm ijl
o ijfterg in ber (5nbung on : to reckon,
cotton, pardon, lesson. @g gibt alfo : ein
reineg o (o) ; bann mit @ r 1^ 6 ^ u n g beg
Sauteg ein o unb ein o mit 5{nflang »on a
(0 unb 6) unb ein o mit 3lnf(angBon e (o);
mit a?crtiefuug begSauteg:6, (angeg
»i ; ein »erflud)tigteg o (o) unb ein fium;
meg. — 8. Slugnal^mg'njeife ftingt o
no^ tt)ie hirjeg u in : wolf, woman ; trie
Objective.
85
wo in one, once ; njie i in women. — iDie
Saute 5 u. 6 ftei^en oft fur unfer ei : bone,
stone , hoi , row ; 6 au(^ fiir anbere 93o5
cate : love (Siebe) , dove (Slaube) , to rob
(rauben) , rod (SRut^c) ; 9 fiir tontofeg e :
forgotten, to forbid. — !!Da o ofterg gteis
d)e 2lugi>rad)e mit « ^at (o = u) , fo
fc^ttjanft auc^ man^mat bie Ort^o =
g r a V 1^ i e jtt3if(f)en beiben 33oca(en, jeboc^
ifi o meifi corjujie^en : fo to con unb to
Clin, Avhilsuntide unb whitsontide, to
pommel imb to pummel , diachylum unb
diachylon (Jateinifcftc unb gried)if({)e @ns
bung). — 5)ie 5)igra)?]^en imb Dis
^^t^ongen, luelc^c O bitbet, f. a. i. O.
Oa, 1. = o : coach ; -^ 2. = o : broad ;
— 3. = o : waistcoat, ©etrennt in co-
acted u. a.
Object , ber ®egcnfianb , auf ben fidj
bie -^anbhrng eineg 93erb erftrerft. Dag
nal^ere (birecte) Dbject jlelgit im 2(ccufa-
tiio , bag ent f ernter'e ( inbirecte) im
3)atir>. ^a biefc beiben Safug im ©ng*
tifdjen meijl in cine Sorm jufammenfaUeit,
fo nennt man fie aucf) jufammcn ben
Objective; bag 3Ceitere f. bei Dative
unb Accusative, B, I, 1. Diefetbe 3Ser=
fc^meljung jroeier ©^jaltungen in i^rc
^ijl^ere ©inl&eit l^aben njir im Deutfc^en
bei: fi(^, f. Personal, B, 5, ein an*
ber, eu^, ung, bei toielen (5igen =
nam en (granjen, Souifen), auc^ bei ttie«
ten^turalen aufn (33Iumen, Stcgein,
aJienf^en), ben 35 e r li n e r 5) i a I e c t unb
bag Sei)3jiger ,,^^mn" fiir „@ie" ni(i)t ju
erttja^nen ! ©benfo im granjofifcben me,
te, se , nous , vous ; aud) in ben iibrigen
romanifcfeen ©^jradjen. 3m (5nglifd)en aber
entfpringt aug bem attgemeincn 3ufammen=
fluffc ber beiben (Safug and) eineJJiirjc
beg 2lugbrucEg; benn ein unb baffelbe
SGBort fann nuntion jmei »erfd}iebenen ifiers
ben abl^cingig fein, beren eineg (in anberen
@prad)en) ben 3)ati», bag anbere ben 5tc5
cufatio regiert ; eg brauc^t bann atfo nur
einmat gefe§t ju twerben, jua^renb eg in
anberen ©^radien in »erfd)iebener
5 r m ttjieber^olt toerbeu mup : He loved
and served his father = @r liibtc feis
nen 93 at er unb btente il^m. He loved
86
Oe
and served God. SiU^ec jiel^t elJenfo iu=
fammen : 3. 3)Zof. 19, 13.
Oe, 2)t9ra)5]^ : 1. = o : doe ; — 2.
o : shoe ; — 3. = o : he does. — 4. = c :
anioeci ; — 5. = e in oecou'omy unb tt)ie
e in oeconom'ic (beffec economy unb eco
nomic gef(i^riet»en). ^treifilbig in poem u.a
Oeii = fi in manoeuvre, alfo S^iigraj^^
Of, bag 3eic^cn bcS @cniti», nebcn bem
's beg ^JoffeffiW; f. Declension. a)ian
bvaudtt bicfe ®eniti»form T 1. SBo
!ein SScfi^ angcgcbeniuirb: The chief
mountains of Europe; f. Active, E, From
itnb By. @o Juirb o/oud& unmittelbar mit
finer 3al^vja|itt»erbiinben : The champaign
of 1780 (betgt. In). — 2. Scborf) fte^t eS
auc6fiattbe8 $offeffi», namentU(^
njo mel^rere @eniti»e jufammenfonmicn :
[.Genitive; ferner fcei einem fubfian^
tiioifd) gebraudjten 2lbjecti»;
The happiness of the wicked (ntcf)t the
wicked'* happiness). 2lUein au^ bei
biefen SlbjectiBcn bitbet man mituntcr ben
$cffe[fl» : the poor's box , the learued's
task. 3. Stu^crbem bient o/ ju 93 e r =
binbung eintS Dbevbegriffg mit
feinemUntevbegr if fe: f. Apposition,
III. — 4. 3ur ^erausiiebung ein=
getncr au8 c in erOJi en ge won S)ingen:
Of all the men I know he is the most
cautious, ^iebei »evfa:^rt abcr bag (^ng^
iifrfje, njcnn »Dn einem 58 efi^e bie JRebe
tft, anberS, ciU itnfrc @)3cacfee: a.) aiBiv
fc^cn bag Ǥ a u Ji t n? o r t ber a)lenge, tuoj
rang (Sinjelne l^eraugge^oben iuevben, in
ben ® e n i t i » ^ I u I- a I (obcv mit » o n) :
brei i^rer Sriiber, jtoei »on mcinen
5|i f e vb e n. (Jnglif^ aber fe^t man biefeg
^am^trtjort gfeid) ju itv^a^l unb lapt
baun nur bag befi^anjcigcnbc g it r n? o r t
im ®eniti» folgen: three brothers of
hers ; two horses of mine. Siatiirnc^
jte^en bann auct) bic unio crbnnbenen
Oatt bei- tteibunbencn ^offeffi»)3voncung :
tvie l^iei- hers unb mine jlatt her unb my.
<So : ^ny friend of yours. That is no
business of mine. That pretty girl is
none of yours. @anj baffelbe finbet auc^
flatt, wenn (i. fD.) ein bemcnflrati»e8
*4Jronomen »cr einem )5offeffit)en flel^t,
ttjo bann an ein eigent(id)eg ^etaugs
Of.
^ e b e n nirfet tt)o]^{ ju ben!en ifi, befonbetg
ba oft ber befeffene ©egciiftanb gar nicl)t
im Spfnral ftel^en fann. (£o : biefe
3 § r e aiBorte reicfeen l^in = Those words
of yours are sufficient. He has put all
my substance in that fat belly of his.
The eleven hundred Ions of coal , and
the three hundred tons of cargo, which
she (the ship) stows away in that big hull
of hers. 3n biefen gciiien evjieit bie Son*
ftruction einen f o m i f cf) e n ©inbvucf. @o
befcnberg : That long pigtail of his! That
nose of yours ! 2)aneben finbet fic^ jebod)
cm&i : These thy servants ; this my paper.
These their adventures. 2Beitcr gilt fitr
bie in 9tebe fle^enbe Sonftrnction : b.) 2Ctrb
nur eine cinjigc ^erfcn ober @od)e
I;erauggcl^oben, fo fe^en n)ir bag Ba^^Imort
eincr, eine, ein eg; im @nglifc6en
aber fiel^t a, ebcn niett g(ei(t) barauf bag
^au^tnjortfofgt. @o: tiner i|rerS3riiber: a
brother of hers. — No free-lhiuker shall
ever have a child of mine, ©iefelbe Son?
firnction \)^t f!att, toenn fein v^offeffl»e8
pronoun, fonbern ber SPoffeffioe Safe babei
fiel^t : A house of my father's (ncimlic^
houses). A friend of our friend's (viz.
friends). 2)ieg ifi bag ® e«) 6 ^n(i d) c.
gatfrf) ifl eg aber nid)t, fid? n?. i. 25.
angjubrucfen : Three of her brothers, one
of my friends, one of my father's houses.
Unb biefe bewtfdje 2(rt ift bie gen)o^n =
Uc^e, njenn ntdjt ein 33efi^ ange=
geben njirb : One of those men ; four of
these soldiers. Few of all the books I
know are better. 93gt. Possessive Case,
C, 2, Personal, B, 3 unb Which, B. Qlng
biefem l^eraug^ebenben (Sinne ertlcirt ftd) :
5. Of nad) ajiengettjijrtern, f. Parti-
live, 4 unb »ergl. Date. SBeiter fie^t eg :
6. 3uv Slngabc einer ^tit, h). i. 3), :
of an evening, (etneg)5lbenbg. @. bagegen
Accusative, B, II, 1. — 7. ^\\x 3lngabe
ber ©igenfc^aften ober beg ©toff eg
einer ®ac^e: A man of great learning.
Queen Mary , of bloody memory. Me-
dals of gold and silver (ben ®runD l^ierju
f. nntcr Substantive, C, 2). a3g(.: „®cib
gut eg QJJut^eg! fr6]^Tid)en ^er*
3 e n g ! " and) ^UH%- -^ 8 ; i45f. 86, 5 u.
15; 34, 19; J. ©am. 25, 2; @))r. ®at.
11, 13 ; 2. 2«of. 28, 3. — 8. W\i eincm
Offer —
rfflectbcn ^pronoun i>ebeutet c8 »on
fclbft (c^nc Slnregunfl »on aupcn), an
unb fur fic^: The machine moves of
itself. Thy calm clear brow . . . which
of itself shows irnmorlalily. SSergt. In,
By , To. — 9. (Sn%Ud) ifi of \>on sietcn
aScrfi en (f. From unb togt. Preposition,
A, (§.) unb 2lbjectitten (f.b., D,l) ah-
pnijig. — 10. aC c 9 i3 e I a f f c n mivb of
l^ciuftg bet worthy , unworthy, on board,
on — side, oft ober and) gefc^t: They
are worth a better fate. He went on
board a steamer. <Bo and) bet despite,
voel^ii fe^r oft unb bei ben anerfannte=
f ffff ften ©(^riftfieaern fiir in despite of )le^t
^^mp'j __ tDO^I unferem „tre§" nacfegebtlbet.
UV^*^'(<go befonberS bei Bulwer unb Boz.)
^Jj?4v to Offer mit einem Snftnititt ^eipt : i m
33e griff fein, cben tuoUen (=
aller) , au^ : fici) unterfte^en. We came
close to the shore and offered to land.
«ergr. to Go, 2.
Oi unb oy, a(« ©i^j^t ^ ongen = oi
(wie oi^ in Di)bin): noise, oyster; a(8
iDigva^^ 1. = i: Turkois; — 2. = i:
tortoise ; — 3, = e : avoir — du — poids.
Sweifilbig: heroic.
Old ]^at bo^^elte ®teigcrung: elder
unb eldest » c r © u b fi a n t i » e n , older
unb oldest nac^aSerben: in elder
times ; the elder of these two brothers.
My friend is older than his eldest sister.
Seboc^ brauc^t man »on ©ac^en elder
unb eldest felten.
On bejeic^net etgentlic^ JRul^e, upon
^eroegung; njtc bei at, in unb into
]^d(t man and) ^ier tiefen Untevfctjteb nid^t
ftrcng inne : Newcastle - upon - Tyne (f.
Proper Names, 1). His head rested upon
my bosom. Innocence sleeps as sound
7ipon straw as on down. SSorjitgtid) fiel^t
oft ba8 bequemcre on fiir upon : On me ...
let all thy fury/a//. SSergt. In, 2.
One (f^^rid) won ). I. ^a^^fttjort,
iDA^renb a nur 2lrtifcr iji: a fault, tin
'St^ltx; one fault, ein gcl^Ier (ein
einjiger) ; f. Cardinal unb Ordinal. —
H. 2U8 ?pr onomen bi(bet tS einen 5)Jcf=
feffiio : one''s (f. Reflective, A) unb einen
Spfural ones. %iiv b i e f e 3 gelten folgenbe
One.
87
9tcgeln. J. One ift felbftllanbige§ aU>
gemeine^ Pronoun personal: 1. 3m
®. ». man: f. Personal, @. — 2. 5m
@. \). S e m a n b , @ i n e r ; bann l^at e8
oft ein 21 b J e c t i » cber ein vaffineS 5P a r =
ticiv nac^ fid), ivcfur i. 2). ein rela*
tt»er ©a^ fiel^t: He was going to sa-
lute my daughters as one certain of a
kind reception. There were two ladies...
The one selected was the younger (bic
ern3ar;(te). He stood like one planet-
struck = mie (5iner, ben fein ©djidfat er=
reiditl^at; dbniid): nne ein »om 2)onner
©etroffener. Your nature is one formed
to wrestle successfully with the world.
2lud) ein ©igennatne wecbinbct ft* bamit:
one Vale, ein gchjif fer 33a(e; One Pick-
wick , One Gabriel Grubb. 2)icS flibt
fdion einigeS Stc^t fiir ba6 Solgenbc,
@d)njicrtgerc. (Jfiergt. ctud) bag pronoun
T/iat, A, 3).
B. 21(8 ©teltttertreter eine8 » o r =
^erge^cnben @ubjtanttt»8: He
was a poet and (unb Jtrar) one of the
best, I resolve to set up as a gentleman,
having as legitimate pretensions to the
rank of one (= eincS fcld)cn) as many
others. 1. @o befonber^ bei 2(tjiectioeri
unb ben bemonfiraticen QJronomcn. Oft
aud) im ^PrAbicatc , njcnn bieg bie ®adic
genjiffermapen in etnc Slaffe ftellt, tvo
ba^r im ©ingular a i>or bag 2lbjectii9
tritt. ®o itn 2. unb 3. ber folgenben @d^e.
Dann fie^t meifi i. 3). gar giidjtg bafi'ir:
There are two dogs , a black one and a
grey one; the black one is my own.
Your heart is a good one. Chapter V :
— a short one. Your breakfast will be a
disturbed one. A Paris winter .... and
a Brussels one. From the sublime to the
ridiculous there is but one step; and
from old clothesmen to old clothes there
is but half a one. I think it was in this
one {(§ Qif)t these temples t>orl^er). Good
hotels and bad ones. This man is wiser
than that one. Your former days and
your latter ones. A he -goat and two
she-ones; f, nocfe ^4, an, E, 2. — 2. SDianc^s
mal rertritt one ein n i d^ t tt o r a u a g e =
gangencg, aUgcmeiueg, letd>t au«
bem 3ufammenbange ju ergdnjcnbeS 2Bort;
bann ifl eg genjifferma^en fetbfl ©ubfians
88
One's self
ti» ; fo in : any one , every one , such a
one ; it is all one to me ; my little ones=
children; the great ones of the world
(bie ©ro^en). A bad great one is a great
bad one. Avaunt, ye evil ones! (=
spirits). A knowing one, ein Jtcnner ; a
Mt ^icv cSenfo, h>ie in ben obcn (B, 1)
ijegeSenen SStifpiefcn; e8 gcl^ort ni^t
gum 2lbiccti» (tuic ^crv ©vorfcfcit nuint),
foubei-n ju one, ober toielmc^r jubemuntei-
one tiei-i^anbcncn @ubpanttt» (man).
C. 9lt(^t gefc^t n)irb one 1, t>ei
Slbjectittcn , bie fic^ auf cin 21 b fi r a c t u m
ober einen © t o f f n a m e n bejie^en : I am
going to buy cloth, shall I take black o
brown. (NB. ^iec fie^t aber and) nid)t a
black or a brown, ebcn tviii eS tin ® t o f f
ift.) Swift was born for turbulent times
not for cahn. — 2. ^)UA) (Som^cixa'
titten unb @uj3cvlati»en: I have
two sons: the elder has gone to America
aSgf. ben jnjetten ®a^ oben, A, 2. 21 u 8 =
n al^m Sif eife: a maiden of forly ami
two younger ones. — 3. 2lud) nad) 3 a I; =
ten fiel^t ti nirf)t: You have ten dollars,
give me ttvo. 2Birb nad) biefen cine 33e=
fiimmung nijl^ig erad^tet, fo fe§t man :pev=
font. $ronDun« : You have many books,
lend me two of them {pretes-tn''en deux,
franjof.)* ®o awdi x Should Bombay ever
be laid under contribution by a French
line-of-battle ship (and one such would
be sufficient for the purpose) = unb e i n
fo(d)c3 ttjurbe — . golgt ein Slbjectit)
auf tie ^a^l, fo erl^eifdjt b i c f e 8 natiir;
Iic^ meitv one : I have heard an Italian
song, and two English ones. Wlan tiet=
geffe jebod) bie sorige Stummer (2) t;icrbei
nid)t! Siir bag blope one mup a one
fiel^en , iuenn bie unter ^, an, E, 1 unb 2
gegebenen j^ciUe eintreteu: it was as
vindictive a one as could well have been
resorted to. In the yard of one of those
inns , of no less celebrated a o?ie than
the White Heart.
One's self f. Reflective, A.
Only tritt aU 2lbwerb in ber 3fiegel
»or ba« aaSovt, iue(d)e8 eS einfd^rdnfen
toitt: I only say that — . He did it only
for Jest. 3JJanc^maI fiel^t e8 au* b a 1^ i u =
ter: 1 only stirred in this black spot, I
Onomatopoeia.
only lived, ©o namentlid) md) Objecten
unb iiberr;au)Jt ba, njo feine 2)ovve(beutig=
feit mogtic^ ifl.
Oo, 2)igra^j5§; 1. meifi twie 6; poor;
— 2. tcv k= u : book, cook, aud) in good,
wool; — 3. = 6 nur in door, floor; —
4. = o nur in blood unb flood. 3nje'ifit=
big in zoology.
Onomatopoeia, cin JJ t a n g lu o r t,
einc Worm , beren bloier I* a u t fc^on ben
Scgriff beg moxM erhjerft; eine Sou;
m a r e r e i , bie ben <Bd)M nacfeal^mt, ben
eine @ad)c ^ertoorbringt. 1. (Btljt oft in
einfacfien, meifl »on ber beutfdien abutter
eretbtcn ®runbn)6rtern. 9iid)t jufattig u.
nidit umfonfl^eifit biequeKenbe, fc^tveU
lenbe, waftenbe aBaffernjoge the toell, the
wave, ber treibenbe, brel^enbe (gtrubet
the whirl, (wherl , whorle) , bag SBel^en
ber Suft the wind; d^nli* the whifl",
whiff'le, whip, whistle, to lisp, whisper,
bluster, to blew, to buzz, to whiz, to siss,
to hiss, to whinny, to wing, swing, to
sw ingle , to swell , to wave, to rush, to
sigh, to rustle, to brustle, to crash, tc[U=
ter aSejeidinungen xxS iBdimUtnS , 2i[>e=
^en«, aSIafeng, ©aufelng, 3ifd)eng. To
whine, to cry, to creak , to screak, to
squeak , to scream , to tweedle , to
twaddle, to pip , to pipe, fieHcn , po^e,
grelte, fd)riac, fdjneibenbe 2aiitt bar;
towraul, to brawl, to growl , to yawl,
to grumble, to howl, to wow, to pur,
to whurr, to snarl, to rattle , to clatter,
to croak, to crow, to caw, to groan,
to roar, to low, to hum, to murmur,
to yawn, to 'grind, to crackle tiefere,
ftdrfcre, raul^ere; man l^ore ferner: to
knock, a pat, apitpat, ticktack, tittle-
tattle, tirwit, squab, squabble, to knoll,
to knick, to blunder, to rub, to scrape,
to grabble, to stretch, to split, to shrink,
torpid (latein.) u. ». a. : „There's music
in all things if men had ears !" SSergl.
namentlid? nod) btemeiftenSnterjecttonen.
— 2. Oft fud)t aber au* ber (Sd)riftpet=
(er burc^ befonbere SBa^i unb Orb:
nung ber SBorte eine fotdje mafenbe
^arPellung ju erreid)cn. (£o hjirb eine
$ut»er;Jlijrnmafd}iue in i^rer iBemegnng
bffdiriebcn : The wheels whirl and buzz —
OVder —
iron leelh play into brass leelh — copper
winks at iron — it. f. f. Dbet: „The
cruel morning - bell" : "Ding-a-ding-
dong, ding-a-ding-dong, it went ruth-
lessly, remorselessly, unceasingly, as it
seemed/' 9Scrfl(. Alliteration unb Asso-
nance.
to Order: i. ®. »on tafftn (f. to
Cause) mit bem 3tccufatio unb bcm 3nfi*
nttb : We have ordered the principal
conspirators to be apprehended. Da^er
Jjaffit) : The portmanteau was ordered to
be brought up. The Americans ordered
every British ship of war to quit the
ports.
Ordinals, bie Drbnunggjal^ren, 1.
2JJaii Silbet fie »cn ben ^au)jtja^Icn
buret) bie ©nbun^ ih : four — the fourth ;
six — the sixth ; nineteen — the nine-
teenth ; hundred — the hundredth; thou-
sand — the thousandth ; bci eight fe^t
man nuc no(^ ein h an: the eighth (fo
njirft ii fd^on hti eighteen fiatt eightteen
ein t ab; ticrgt. Adverb, A, II, 3). —
2. @tumme« @nb = e fciUt iaid
ttj c 9 : nine — the ninth. — 3. v »cr\»an-;
belt fic^ in f, unb y in ie: Ave — the
fifth, twenty — the twentieth (tigf. Plural,
A, 11, 4 unb f. Ie). — 3. giic : b er crfie,
ber jtDcitc unb ber britte ^at man
bie unregelmapigen gormen : the first, the
second, the third. — 4. 3n jufam =
mengcfe^ten Sal^ten ttirb nur bie
lc§te3a^t orbina(,n).i*!D.: the twenty
first , the seventy seventh , the one
hundred and twelfth. — QtDgefixrjt
fc&rei6t man fie fo : the 1st, the 22d, the
33(1, the 44tli, 45th u. f. W. — 6. 93ei
fteineren^a^len (tjgl. Cardinal, A, 3)
f ann man bie @ i n e r v o r bie 3 e ^ n e r
fe^en : the eight and twentieth ; natiidic!^
fii\)t bann aur^ one, two, three jlatt first,
second, third: the one and twentieth =
the twenty first. ®etvD§nIic^et aUt fte^en
bie dimx ^inter ben Bel^nern. — 7. ® es
brand) unb ©tetlung ber Drbinat;
jal^rcn ift ganj nj. i. !D. 9^ur bci 9legens
tennamen, in Ueber f (^ r iften unb
bergt. fte^en fie :^ inter bem ®ub =
ft a n t i » : Lewis the sixteenth = Lewis
XVL died. (NB. mit ^Junft ba^interj
Other.
89
nid)th)ie Louis XVI= Louis seize.) ^in-
ter fofc^en 9^ a m e n treten fie au^b in ben
^Joffcffio: Lewis the sixteenth''s life.
,,Act II, Scene 4." lefe man : Act the
second. Scene the fourth, ober auc^ : Act
two. Scene four, nj. i. CD. SWan finbet
aixit) , ber Jtutje ^alhet: End of Act
Second, pl^ne ^Irtifel. llebrigenS f. np(6 :
Date unb Fractions. — 8. 9Son ben Or-
binal8 first big tenth leitet man 5tb =
tterSien ah, anitf Numbers of Quo-
tation ( 21 n f ii ]^ r u n g 8 = 3 a ^ I e n ) ge=
nannt: firstly, fifthly, lenthly. SQBeiterl^in
umfdjreibt man fie burd) abcerbiale 9Ie=
bengarten, ttie : in the eleventh place., in
(he thirteenth place; fo fann man aud)
fd)on fagen: in the first (second n. f. f.)
place. First bient auc^ felbfi aii 5lbtterb :
First come, first served.
Orthoepy, bie 9t ecft tfj^r e dbung ,
bie Sel^ve tocn ber 2lugfrrad)e : f. Pronun-
ciation. 23ucbltaben, tteldje nur gefdjricben
ttierben, um bie rid?tige2(u8fprad)e anberer
anjubeuten, l^ei§en ort^ oejjif c^e 3et=
djen. @o e nad) g unb c: f. E, I, @.,
Ea, \, 5, Eo, 3 ; ferner u unb h nad) c :
f. Gh unb Gu ; cergU auc^ Gn.
Orthography, bie JR e d) t f c& r ei =
bung, ein befouberS fc^ttierige^ ©a^itet
in einer @)5rad)e, bie eine fo ganj anberc
fiirbalD^r, al« fiir bag ?luge ift! 3)te
beftc Sel^re ift pterin cine bebdd)tige Sectiire.
(Sinige 9iegetn attgemeinerer 2(rt —
anbere flnb fein ni'i^e — f. unter Adverb,
A, II, a, Comparison, A, I, Plural, A, 2,
Conjugation I unb II, Euphony, D,
Division, Initials, Comma, Semicolon,
Colon, Dale, Hyphen, Derivation, Pos-
sessive Case, — gh, gn, gu, el, II, sc,
sh, sch unb unter ben einjetnen93u(^jta6en
be8 2ll)3^abet8.
Other l^at, aHeinfte^enb , ben 5)3(urat
others unb bie ^cffeffite other''s unb
others'', <xU ^vciicmmj bejiel^t ti ficft
aber an^ ein @ubftanti» , fo bteibt e3 un=
i^eranbert other, uiie ein 2lbjecti» : Others
may behold this with other eyes. One
sees others' faults sooner than one's
own. OMer ftel^t aucb fubjtantioi fd)
»on einer ®a(^e (= an other thing): I
can expect no other (= ntd|t« 2lnbre«).
90
Ou
Did you Ihink any other? (Se hiiUt aiicf)
tie Sitfammenfefeungen another unb each
other, D^ne $luraIfovmen, abet niit $of=
fcffit). @. Reciprocal.
Ou ali IDi^l^tl^ong = ou, au]
county; — a(S JDigra^'^: 1. = o:
court ; — 2. = o : shough, lough ; f. gh ;
— 3. = fi: soup; — 4. = u: could,
should, would; — 5, = a : ought; —
6. = u: country, housewife (= huz.if) ;
— 7. in tonlofcn ©nbfitben = o otix u :
famous, honour.
I Ought, t/iou oughtest, he ought — ,
ifi^Jrefent unD 3m:|3erfect5:enfe; f, I must.
I ought ip bag e i n J i 9 e ^ i I f g » c r b, bag
ben Snftuitb in it to nact? fid) !^at» She
ought to do it. (Sg ift befectit), unb feinem
aJZanget f;i(ft shall unb beffen (^rfal^njor;
tec at) ; f. b. 3n conjunctii^en ©aj^en mivb,
ivie 6ei aubern 2)efectiv)8, bic Son jti-uc =
t i n u m 9 e ! e 1^ V t : She ought to have
do?ie it = fie l^atte eg t^nn foUen.
These ought you to have done. You
ought to have satisfied the expectation
you had raised.
Our, ours f» Possessive Pronouns.
Ourself, ourselves, f. Reflective,
A, unb Plural, B, 3.
Ow flingt atg JDijj^t^ong (n^ie ou)
= ou, au: how, now? 2llg 2) i grap^ :
1. = o: bellows, I know; in bev tonlofen
(§nbung ow fiirger (bie ^itti jmifdKn o
niib o) : shadow, morrow ; — 2.-6 nur
in knowledge ; — 3. = o nur in gallows,
©etrennt in froward u. a*
Owe : biefer Sivigrajj^ bilbet nnv bag
3Cctt to owe = 0.
Oy f. Oi.
IP.
P l^etfit pe , I a u t e t = V / "icf)t h:
pack, back, ^. B. ©tnmmifieg: 1. ju
51 n f an 9 beg SiCoiteg «or n, s, t : pneu-
mony, psalm, Ptolemy; —2. inmitten
unb ju @n b e bcv 2C6vtcr jiwifcbcn m nub
t: empty; prompt; — 3. in mel;icin ein=
jelnen: receipt (n^ie recclte, jve(ct>cg bag
Participle.
p ttcn receplum aurf) in bcr ®c{)rtft aug=
fto^t), corps (=cor, franjof. Qlugfjjradie).
— P fler;t oft fiic nnfcr ^f , and) fitrf:
the pale, panikin, penny, pipe, pepper,
to hope, to hop.
Pair, geii3ijf;nli(^ fiir ©ingnlar iinb
$Ini-a( gifid) , W. i. i), t three pair of
gloves. We hired a bed-room , up two
pair of stairs. ®. noH) Singular, 1.
Palatals f. Consonants, 2, a.
Paren'thesis , bie ^lammcrn,
(. . .) ober [. . .], ai\<i) Brackets obcr Crot-
chets genannt. ®. and) Comma, A, 1 nnb
B, 4 nnb 5. 3)ietoni?mifd> nennt man auci)
bag @lngefd)altete, in ben ^tammern
©tel^cnbe „Parenthesis," tt). i.2). SSergt.
Ellipse, A.
Part flci^t civile a, iuenn eg einen un«
6 e ft i m m t e n 5:^eU, i r g e n b c i n <BtM
tion ©tttjag bebentet; l^ebt eg aitv eine
t> c ft i m ni t e ober benannte^lbti^eis
lung einjein l^eraug , fo ftel^t eg mit
bem 21 ft if cl: Part of the town was
abandoned. Here he wrote .... part, if
not the whole, of his tragedy. West-
minster is a part of London.
Par'tieiple. llcbcr bag ^ovtntllt
f. Conjugation, I, A, 3 u. 4 ; iifier ben (§vs
fa§ beg ^affitien ^articii? bei ben !Defec=
ti»g f. b. einjeln. — J. Active Par-
ticiple, g, 33, loving, being. @g if} eon
tveit auggebel^nterem ® e b r a u (t>, alg i. 3).
5)a eg an ber 9latnr beg 33erb, be«
21 b j e c t i » unb beg @ n b ft a n t i y t^eit=
ninunt (= )> arti cil-Urt — baiter bet
9iame), fo iji eg in breifadjer ^^inft^t ju
betrad)ten. I. 2H g veiner %\)(H eis
neg 33evb blent eg jur ©erfurgung bev
(Sctge. 1. 3tvei gl eid) g eft elite
(coocbinirte) (Sci^e locrbeii einanber um
tergeorbnet (fubcrbinirt), iubem ber
eine ing $avtici^ tritt, njobei bann bie
Conjunction e r f )5 a r t n>irb ; anftatt :
He sal there and read, fagt man beffer;
He sat there reading. !Die Jpauptfac^e
iuar fein3)afein, I)afi$en, ber Sfiebens
umftanb [bcr nntcrgeorbnete] bag Ses
fen; bieg fJel;t ba^er im *|}articip. I
stood gazing on the wild forest scenery.
®o oft an* i. 2). — 2. 2)ag act. 5Partic.
Dtent ferner jur 93 e v ! it r j u n g von 21 b =
j ecti»5 unb Slbserfcialfa^en, b. ^.
ijon @d§cn, bic eine JRefatiBfecfttmmung
;5U cinem ®ubj!antb obec JCetb ent^altcn,
^ahd ttjirb baS 9ielattv erfpart. @.
Absolute, II, 3, a. !Dn^er fie^t eg and) :
a. narf) ben 93ecben , bie ein 2lbjectb aU3
SJvdbtcat ^ahen fimnen, f. Adjective, B, 4,
itnb nad) niand)en beret, bie ben 2(cciifativ)
mit bent Snftnitb nad) fid) l;aben: (.Ac-
cusative , B , 1 , 5 , cibcx niir bann , wenn
bie >§anblung al9 b a u c r n b , glett^fam
cilS 3 u ft a n b bargeiiellt nnrb ; fcnfi fie^t
bet Snftnitit) : f. Periphrase, XVII, B, 1.
We saw him joriting a letter = when he
was writing, when he was occupied with
writing. I saw him standing alone ; aber I
saw them part (momentane-^anbfc;.). I find
the plate ..groiving into a compauion(aU«
malig). A blackbird imitated the crowing
of a cock so well that he continually set
all the cocks crowing who were within
hearing. JCa^er feT;v augbnicf^woU unter=
frf)icben : I saw him lying (ttjie er bakg)
Avith his head upon his arm , as I had
often seen him lie (liegen) at school. —
b. Sei ben SerfcS ber iS e id e g u n g , idd
n)ir (nac!^ f o m m en) bag jjaffiue SUarttci)?
fe^en : cc f am getaufen, geritten,
gefal^ven = He came running, riding,
driving (il arriva en courant = al8 ein
Saufenber). 55a8 ©egenfiucf f. Peri-
phrase, XVII , B , 3. — 3. 3ur aSerfiit.
5ung »on @ubfiantittfd§cn, b. 1^. in
Sd^en, bic eigentlic^ nur fo»iet alg ein
@ubjiantiB augbviicfen , e8 nmfdjreiben.
@o a. fiir einen 06 j ectiwf a^, fo ba^
bag 5^artici)) felSfi atg Object fiej>t ; bte§
gefd^ie^t bcfcnberg nad) acti»enS5etbcn, ivo
rcir ben 3n ft nit it? fefeen, ber feltner
auc^ iin @ngtifd|en fte^f, mit *Seobad)tung
be3 obcn, bei 2 a angegebenen Unterfd^iebeg.
@. no^ Grecism. iCabet fdHt bic Son;
junction that n^eg : I have forbore writing
at all (= bag @d)reiben). I could not
help laughing ( = icf) !onnte b a g S a d) e n
nic^t — ). I cannot omit mentioning au
anecdote (= bic ©rwd^nung). We had
done writing. I remember making him a
Participle. 91
of it. He intended giving a ball. I wish
putting my children forward in the
world (bag Sortfommen). It is not worth
mentioning such a trifling; f. Worth. —
5)agegen mit bem 3nfintti»: I at-
tempted to restrai7i their affliction. I
have omitted to tell you this. I regret
to have left him. He proposes to be in
town next week. — b. @benfaHg fitr
ben bcutfdjcn3nfiniti» fte^tbag
active Q5artici)3 nad) alien $rd =
^ofttionen o^ne 2[ugnai^mc: l^ier
ftel^t man beutlid)er nod), alg im SSovigen,
bap bag active ^Jarticiv gleidjfam alg Db'^
jectiv beg 3nftnitiv be^anbelt iuirb. ©o
nennt man ja au^ im 2ateinifd|en bag
©eritnbium ben beclinirten 3nfini =
t'x'o-^ d^nlid^ in faciendo., lateinifc^, en
faisant cela , fvanjijf. 33ci-gf. iibrigeng
unten III. @o: We prevented theniy)o»i
penetrating — . I scruple at refusing
it. Without much spelling. By pu-
nishing ; they were within hearing;
on hearing the melancholy story; in
thus judging for myself; after once
more silently pressing my hand; in
telling ; for pickling; upo7i leaving col-
lege. He was incapable o/ forming ex-
tensive political combinations. Jfter
taking leave. Instead of pursuing the
chase he stopped short. On Mrs. fVeller
advancing towards him, he appeared to
relinquish his intention. 2Ug 2luS =
nal^me fii^ren vieic ©lammatifer an,
nad) to !onne f ein ^Jartici)) ftel^en, foits
bem nni- ber Snfinitiv; anbere geben
tt)enigfieng bag ^JJarticip alg ©elten^eit ju.
@g ift aber ein gvoper U n t e r f (t| i e b , ob
nac^ to bag *P a r t i c i p ober ber 3 n f i s
present (= bap tc^ i^m — ). I could not
avoid observing the great number or|3nfinitio /o */?/</y nnuc l;iei- ftnuegbar
soldiers. I must intreat being informed jioanbte feinen ®etft, urn j u flubiren
nitiv fotgt. 3ft ndmlid) to -^^rdVos
fition (3eic()en beg2)atit)), fo folgt gattj
natiivlid) bag ^Jarttci)) ; betin alte Spvd)3o=
fttionen regieren benObjectiv, unb bag act.
^avtici^^ gilt i<x eben alg Objectiv »om3n5
fiiiitiv , ober alg ©ubftanttv. 3ft to aber
nur Conjunction, nur sign , \o l^at
eg ben 3nftnitiv nad) ftd). 2)emitad) : He
turned his mind to studying = er wanbte
feinen @eift awi bie ©tubien; to gibt
atg ^3rdv>ofition bie 3ftid)tniig an; bee
er
92
Participle.
(SKan iDiirtc bann siudy el&er nod) fiivr ba8
©ufcftvintb anfel^cn.) Sophia's horse fell
suddenly to prancing and capering
The young lady fell to compassionating
my case. Many betook themselves to
cultivating. Your mind is superior to
being governed by prejudices, or to
opposing any important cause (= er^a=
ben itber). He demanded if I had any
objection to giving prayers (= gegen
bag 33 e ten). What! he pretends to
learning? JDagegcn : We had some letters
to write. — c.) @nbficf) f. no<ij Cotijunc-
tion, 4.
II. 35a« actl»c jpartici)) atS 9lb =
jectt» f. Adjective, A, I, 4. These
books are very amusing. Marching re-
giments ; a thievish -looking dog; a
sleeping partner = ein fitfler (Somjjagnon.
3n ^ejug fetnec ©teUnng untcrltegt e8
bann benfelBcn Qiegetn, ro'xt bag 3lbjectiti.
9lamentUcl) fte^t e8 nact) felnem ®u6 =
flantiio: 1. JlCemt H ein JKegimen
:^at (a(fo bem r e ( a t i » e n ^Ibjectio gleid);
jnacfeten ip) ; bann fadt eg mit 91r. I, 2 a
gufammen , t>evflf. itiiten B, 5. — 2. 2Benn
eg ein 21 b « e r b »oi- fic^ \:)(it : A time which
is within the memory of men still living.
— 3. JDeg gtad)bru(fg Ulbtt (3n»ers
fion).— 2(ug bem ^Ibiectiijfmne beg 5Par(ici^
erftart fic^ aui* bie t'erijj^rafiifcfie Son|u=
gatton, f. Periphrasis, XVII. SGBo tt)ir
aberunfet acti»eg5Particip mit „ju"
in ))affi»cm @inne fe^en, ba fann im
englifcfcen ntrfit bag ^articij), fonbevn
eg mu^ bei-)3afft»e3nf initio fte^en;
j,93. cine ni(f)t j n 6 e f cf) r e i b en b eSiebe :
Affection not to be described; ein nic^t
3 It wermcibenbcr Srrti^um : an error
not ;o 6e avoided; ein teirfjt jU ertra =
(jenbeg Ungliicf: a misfortune easy /o
be borne. 93erfl(. Ellipse, 11. — »i3on
bem abjectbifct)en5Pavtici^ bllbet man audj
2[b»crb«, f.b., II.
III. Dag acttuc i^arttctVaTg (xh--
(tract eg (Subfianti«, tvofiir xo'xx
njteberbcn Snfinittto braudicn, feftner
bag ^IJarttcip , ^duftg abei- and) ein ©ub;
ftantia auf =ung (ibentifd) mit bem engt.
ing). 1. ©g ftebt foment atg ©nbject, )vie
atg Object , aud) nad) ^Crd^ofitionen, »gf.
oben 1 , 3 , b. The observing of the
rules (SeobadUung). There is something
touching in his air (etwag 9M^renbe«).
Holystoning is music compared to her
play. She insisted upon her landlord's
stepping in. Swearing is perfectly un-
fashionable. (!Dag @6wiiren = i;u fc^tvo-
rcn — ). It was a common saying (bie aU=
gemeine 9tebe). I fear his coming (fein
Jtommen, [eine 21iifunft). I did not at all
see how Strulwell's being a rascal alle-
viated my misfortune. The first lieu-
tenant's going down below. To prevent
the ladies' leaving us He feared
the officer's drawing his sword. Upon
his leaving the room. He was ignorant of
our being so near. Before his wedding.
The pleasure of travelling, bag SSen
gnugcn beg 9ieifeng, ju reifen. At
his ifirst coming. aJian fie^t, eg treten 2lb-
»erbg, 2lbjectitig, 5tJronoung unb $offefflt»c
@afeg bacor. ©ettner ftel^t bet 3 n f i n i t i »
atg @ubftanti» : To err is human , but
to forgive divine. — 2. @6enfo erflart
fid) aud) bag actioe ^avticij) nacfe there is
no. . ., ixi Scjeic^nung ber U n m o g t i d) =
f e i t«= eg ift fein . . . , eg Id^t ficfe ni^t ...»
man fann nid)t. . . There is no dealing
with this man : eg ift fein Umge^en mit
i^m , eg td^t ftd) nic^t mit i^m umge^en.
There is no reasoning with a fool. There
is no telling, whether— man fann nicf)t
fagen, ob — . SScrgt. There is, 3. —
3. lleber ben 2lrtifel •oov bem fubftan^
tt\3ifd)en $artici)) gitt baffetbe, tvit bet ab=
fii-acten @ubftanti\)g : f. The, C, 8, a.
•i^at eg einen ©enttio nad) fid) , fo fiel^t eg
m i t 2Irtifel : the leaving of a neighbour-
hood ; the original surrounding of Ihc
steel with iron. — What boalsful of
barbarians went out, amidst the mutter-
ing and chanting o/ charms, to the diving
for the shells for our handling! But for
the culling of the thread .... pearl
buttons would wear for ever, y/ pouring
forth o/ invectives. 3nbcp (d^t man lic^
bet ben 2lrtifct n?eg unb fe^t l^inter bem
$artici)) ben Sad, ben fein U?eib regiert :
leaving a neighbourhood ; for washing
decks. In leaving these people. Many
betook themselves to cultivating the rich
vales. iBergl. bag Satcin. : in faciendo
hancrem, otit hanc rem faclu. 3a, felbft
jweiut tB mit bcm 2trtifcf obcr einein 5Pro;
nounflel^t, atfo ©uDfl nn tic ifi, ftnbet
fid) bennodj ber Safu8 fcal&inter, ben e8 at?
93 er6 regiert (h)te im 3tal.) : the leaving
a neighbourhood. The forming the
little channel. My doing anything.
Here are many rooms , devoted to the
making an article so small — . Why did
you consent to my leaving youl The
forming the little cup in the middle of
the button ... is called counter-sinking.
It contributes to my enjoying my new
situation. Thy seeking //ie/« is vain and
fruitless. Their having given up all
hopes. Their taking three bottles each.
(StwaS Slel^nlictjeg ill im Satein. : amans
patriae unb amaos patriam ; uiib ganj fo
fte^t ber 2lccufati» ftatt bc« ©enititj
luicfe unferm fubflantitiifc^ 9«f«^t«"
3nfinitt»: dm 3,11: ,,mit Soben
bcn <§ ervn/' unb 9iel^em. 13, 27 : „niit
au§ldnbifrf)em 2C e i b e t n e ^ m e n." (NB.
and) nicf)t auSlanb tfd) et», fonbcrn
au^Ianbifc^em, iiber „5fficiber"
l^invueg ju bem „gie^men" bejogen !) SBeibe
(kafuS nebcn einanber fiuben fid) cbcn=
fall6 : „Al>nsgiving takes the place of
our workhouse system .... The giving
of alms to the helpless is ia Catholic
countries a religious office" (= b a 8 51 1=
niofengeben — unb: Sllmofenju
9 c b c n). Dickens. ®d jebod) nur bet bem
a c t i t) e n ® enitio , nja^renb beim vafli^en
of natiirlic^ bleibt, ba mnn biefem n i c^ t ,
irie bem acti»en , ein Object beigeben
fann (f. Active, E) : The singing of birds
(the singing birds ^ie^c ja : bie fingenben
35cget) ; the crowing of a cock. ©8
evgibt ft(6 tweiter: 4. 3u einem ^avticip
m i t Slrtifel (alfo @ u b j! a n t i ») tritt ein
21 b j e c t i » ; ju einen $cirtici» o 1^ n c 2(r=
tifel nur ein 2lb»crb (njeK e« nod) cAi
SSerb gi(t) : The ^ne singing of the
birds (= ber fd)LVne @ e f a n g). Thinking
freely of religion may be involuntary
with this gentleman (= grei ^u b e n f e n).
That very keeping your temper made me
more angry.
IV. 3lud) in 3ufammenfe^ungen
fiel^t bvig active ^avticij) balb abjecti =
» i f d} , aU S3 e ft i m m u n g 8 ttj V t ,
»ie : a dancing lesson , a swimming
Participle. 93
master (fettnet ber 3nfiniti» : a brew-
house, a saw-mill), — balb fubfians
tivifd), aU ©runbTOort: house-
keeping, ship-building.
B. Passive Participle, twie loved,
been. @cin ©ebraucf) ifi meifl, "m. i. 2).
5. jebod) Passive, B. — 1. 3n jufams
mengefe^tcn 3eitcn fann e8 t)om >&ilfSt>erb
getrennt nserben: He had ever after
that been liberally supplied, — e8 fann
i^m aud) woranSge^en: Borne wiih
uncovered face on a magnificent gilt bier
is the corpse of a woman (Sntjcrfion). —
2. (§9 btent ebenfa(l8 jur S a^to e r!iir =
I u n g : f. Absolute, H, 3, b. — 3. @o auf6
mit (Sonjunctionen, f. b. , ^Hr. 4.
ff^hen gone, our conversation at supper
turned upon our late /nfortunate guest.
— 4. ©tatt beg 3nfinttio« fle^t e8
nad) ben oben A , 1 , 2 , a angegebenen
SSerben. She imagined her daughter's
pockets filed with farthings. 3)a bie8
biejenigen 33etb8 fmb , tveld)e fonft ben
2lccnfati» mit bem Snftnitiw nad) fid? ^aben,
fo Ia§t ftc^ l^iec bie ©Uii^fc »on to be an=
nc!^men , rtjie wir unter Accusative, B, I,
5 a. (5". gejeigt. SBeitere Seifpiele bieten
bie 5trtitet to See, to Hear, to Get, 1, to
Have, B, 1, 4, to Make, to Hold, toCome, 1.
— 5» ms 2lbjecti» (f. b.. A, I, 4) rid)=
tet c8 fid) ganj nad) beffen 9iegetn «ber bie
iStellitng: a broken heart; an unlooked-
for shock; the unheard-of adventures;
a well-known man; in proving every
poison knoion. Other similar acknowl-
edgements, known to the legal institu-
tion (r e 1 a t i » ; fdflt mit 1 jufammen ;
»ergl. i. SD]accab. 2, 67 ; 6, 30 ; 9, 42). —
6. ^at ein CSerb jtuei pafficc ^jiartici^jien,
fo brau(i)t man nur baS auf n ober en
aU 2lbjecttv »or ®ubflanti»en, ba8 ans
bere ali Slbjectio nad) ©ubfiantitjen unb
a(§ ?|3arttcip in jufammengefe^ten Beiten :
fo the drunken men, aber I have drunk;
he has melted gold, ev ^at @o(b ges
fd)mctit (ober gcfd)moljcn), abec : he has
molten gold, er ^at ge f d) m o t jcn e 8
®olb; he was swelled with pride, —
swollen limbs, a s/>oAen language; the
language spoke in Bengal. — 7. !I)a8
^affiTje 5}3artici)) fle^t fogar al8 2lbjccti»
in acti»em @tnne: a person well read
94
Partitive
(= belefen). ®. oUn A, 11, 3 bag ©cgen^
tl^eit fcaju im JCeutfc&cn.
Par'titive. iDog gr an jof i f (!&c l>e=
jeicfjnct ben 2:;&eilung§fitm rcgetmd^ig
bur(^ etgenc gormen (du pain , de bon
paiii) ; ba6 3) e u t f d) c Itcjetrfinet i^n f e I =
ten (»om fcepen JEucfte; er Incite fic^
Siatf)6] ,,t§ fdKtiftc ber SBo^me beS
^eclcnben SGB ctnl;" wgl. ®l3r. 9, 5;
^fatm 16, 4; 1. eor» 13, 1—3); ba3
engttfct)c fti'^t, ttJte baS StaHeuifc^e,
mitten inne jwifdien beiben. 1. ©8
bejeirt?net ben JJ^cilfinn burc^ of, so?ne
nnb anj/ , f. b. He drank of this wine.
I tasted of this glass of beer. Will you
have some bread o?" some cheese? Give
me some bread arid cheese. Have you
ani/ beef? Xlnb btefc SSovtcc bienen and)
nic^t nur jnr 2lngabe ctneS unbeftimmten
Zf)dUS (einei- SUJaff e), foubern and) alS
$ t u I- a t b e 8 u n b e ft i ni ni t e n 21 r t i =
f e t g (trie toon uu enfant — des enfants, 5tn-
gabc bevSDicuge): have you any children?
I have some boys. — 2. ®otl aber btog
e i n ® i n g bcm anbern gegeniiber
gcfiettt rcerben, fo fommt eS eben nur im
2tUgemeinen auf ben SSegriff be8 <Dinge6
itSer^aupt an , nnb ber 2;§ei(riun ifl n id) t
fcetitdfid)ttgt ; bann fe^t man ba« Mope
®ubftflnti» Dl^nc some ober any (njie im
3tatieniid)en) : What are you reading,
books or lettersl Can you smoke to-
bacco? (im 'JUtgemeincn.) Will you have
some tabacco? (einen %^t\{.) Did you
eat beef or veal? I ate some beef. —
3. 2lud) ber unbefiimmte Slrtifel ftef;! im
^^eitfinne: f. ^, an, C, 1, b, 2. —
4. 9t e g e I ift e« , o/ al8 )? a r t i t i » e n
@ e n i t i tt ju fefeen , b. ^. jur aSertinbung
gnjeier >§auptm6rter , beren erfteJ ein
aWcngeivort (a word of quantity) ifl,
atfo einen %^i\{ beS jmeiten auSbriidt : a
piece of cake, a sheet of paper , a pair
of slippers, ahostof railroads, of names,
a kind of cloth; f. jcbod) Dozen. —
5. ®(eid)faU6 jjartitiiaen ©inn ^<xi o/nad)
to accept nnb bgl., (njte imSranjoflfdien :
Quand j'aurai re^u de vos lettres — .
-Vous ne voulez done pas de mon bou-
quet?) @d: I shall accept of his offers.
1 begged him to accept of my watch.
aSergt. 5Pf.81,12; 101,5.
— Passive.
Passive. I. Passive Genitive , f.
Active, E. — 11. Passive State ob. f^oice,
bie Seibeform be8 SQnb ; [» Active , B. —
^. gormeUeS. gur unfer ^ilfg»erb
w e r b c n ftel^t to be; babei ba3 ^jaffivc
^Partici)?, n?. i. 2). Sllfo : 5Prcfent
Sienfe: I am loved, id) ttjerbe geliebt,
thou art loved , bu ivirft geliebt , he is
loved, er h)irb geltebt, we are loved, wir
njerben getiebt, you are loved, i^r njerbet
geltebt, they are loved, fie hjerben ges
Ikit. 3mi5erfcct2;cnfe: I was loved,
id? ronrbe (»varb) getiebt. — 5Uerfect
3;!enfe; I have been loved, id) bin ge=
liebt ivorben. 30(nV>erfect 2;enfe:I
had been loved , i^ tvav geliebt morben.
1. gnture JJcnfc; I shall be loved,
t(6 h)erbe getiebt Icerben. 2. gnture
3;enfe; I should be loved, id) njurbc ge;
liebt icerben. 1. preterit Suture : I
shall have been loved, ic^ njerbe geliebt
njorbcn fein. 2. preterit future: I
should have been loved, id) tt)iirbe geliebt
ivDtben fein. — @onjunctit> beS
^ r e f. 2: e n f e : I be loved, ic^ njcrbe ge=
liebt, thou be loved, bun^erbefi geliebt — ;
beS 3m)5erf. : I were loved, id^ unirbe
geliebt. — 3m J) cr ati»: be loved, n?erbe,
tt>erbet geliebt. — SSor 2lllem fiitte man
fid) »or a3erh?ed)Slung be8 ijaffiwen
^refent %enU n\it bem a c tit en
gnture S^cnfc, bie beibc mit id)
m e rb e gufammengefegt finb ! 3m acti\jen
gutur fti^t id) njerbc mit bcm 3nfi =
nit i» : id) njerbe fie ben, I shall love;
im ^affiwen $rdfen8 ^c^t i d) m e r b e mit
bcm ^aff. ^Partici)): id) »»erbe geliebt:
I am loved. @bcnfo : icS tuurbe Ue =
Sen: I should love; i (6 njurbc ge =
liebt: I were loved. — ff. !Der ®c:
Brand) bc« $afriu ift ungel^cuer, ba fcl^r
»ielc aScrben actis finb , bie in anbern
@);rad)cn 91eutra finb , nnb ba ber SJatii^
nnb 2rccufati» in ber 9tegel nid)t nnter=
fd)ieben ttjcrbcn. ^(it bag SSevb im 31 c t i »
jiu ei Db jccte, fo be^dtt ti and) im
^a^fi'o bag jweite bci. Berner fann ein won
einer *4}r 5^)0 f iti o n abl^dngigeg 2Bort
(Subject eineg j) a f f i t» c n ©a^eg wtv^
ben! !Dic ^Prd^ofition tritt bann Winter
bag ^affwe aScrb. — 33 e i f p i e I e : It
pleases me : 1 am pleased with it. They
Penny —
showed me a room : I was shown a
room. The evil was submitted to (niviit
ergaft fief) in baS Uebel !) I wish to speak
to him ou a business which he does not
like to be spoken to about (etgentUct) :
er tie6t c8 nict)t , u6er baffelSe aiiijefpro^
(tien jit werben ! b. ^. er ^at ntcf)t gern,
bap man il&m ba»cn rcbe). He tuas refused
leave of absence by his colonel. He xvas
supposed to be the author of this mis-
chief. They shall be made an example
of. The windows were looked out often
enough. He was denied a christian
burial. They were given christian bu-
rial. War is spoken of (z= they speak
of war). They were never heard of
since. He was seen by all of us to do
it. She was allowed by all to be com-
pletely pretty. They passed us, followed
by four persons more (= suivis). For
this I was thanked by the chaplain.
He was quite happy at being permitted
to dispute. 1. a)Jan bilbet, njie bie Sci=
ffcielc jcigcn, aucf) auS bem actittcn
2lccufati» mit betn Snfinitit* ci=
nen ))affi»cn9tomtnatl»mit bcm
3nfiniti», gleidjfam eincn umgc =
fel^vten 2(ccufatiio mit bem 3nftniti» ; f.
Accusative , B, I, 5. 9}evgf. Personal,
E, 4. — 2. 2lu(t> finbct fK^ bie 3u =
fammcujiel^ung jhjeier @a§e , beren
cinec ein gctuol^nlir&eS einfaci^eS Subject,
entf^jrcrfienb bcm Dbjecte be3 acttiicn ©a=
tea , ber anberc abcr ein fo(d)e3 ®ubj[«ct
l^at, bag im acttoen <Sa^e »on einev $ra;
Vofttion ab^angig trdre (f. oben, ben ©cfituf
actigcr ®eite); j. SS. No such thing as
retiring from business is kjioivn or
thought of. Dies iudrc actio fo augju^
brucfen: They know no such thing, they
think of 710 such thing as — . 3)iefe bei=
ben ®d§e liepen fid) auc^ fo »erfc^metjen :
They know, and think of, no such thing
as — . J&ier^abenteicalfo baffelb e beim
^affis, ttjag rciv unter Accusative, B,
1, 3 in 33ejug auf bag 5lcti» gejeigt. —
3, !5)uvct) bie[e \3tet[eitige ?(n»venbung beS
^Caffit) eriangt man einc fc^ijne, anbcrn
©pracfien oft unerrcid^barc ^ ii r j e. — 2)ic
narfj bem^Jaffiw gen)6^nU^fle$ra))ofition
jU 2Ingabe beS SSetuivfenbcn ijl by, f. b,
C. 2)ag )3affi»e5particiv f. Parti-
Perfect.
95
ciple, B. — D. Ueber ben ^affitien
3n fin it i» fiiv unfcren acti»en f. Ac-
tive, C.
Penny f}at im ^Invai pence , njenn
»on bem SQBertl^c, 93ctrage mel^rever
folcfjer 9)h"in3cn bie Siebe ifi ; pennies abcr
bebeutet mebrerc CDJiinjen, beren jebc
a penny ^eiptj fo : He has seven pennies
from different reigns, but he would not
lake 18 pence for them.
Pentam'ctcr , tin bacttjtifc^cr 93er8
son 5 gupen ; f. Hexameter.
Peuiilt ober Penultima l^eipt bei
ber Sel^re »om 2[ccent bie » o r I e § t e @i(bc
eineg SBortcg.
People bfeibt {ali QolUcth) fietS un;
vcrdnbert, jeboc^ »erbtnbet eg fidj mit
SJlnratformen: these people, b iefe
S e u t e ; many people ; f, bic le^ten <gdbe
bei Number, III, 3.
to Perceive l^at, hjte lo see, ben
5(ccufatiti mit bem Snfinitiw o ^ n e ^o, ober
ein $articit> na^ ftd^ : f. Participle, A,
I, 2 tmb B, 4. We perceived the winds
change. I perceived her a little intoxi-
cated with the incense she had received.
Perfect , bie unbefiimmte 95ergangen=
l^eit: I have been, he is come. Ueber
bie ©ifbnng f. Conjugation I, B, 2 itnb
Neuter, B, 11. JDer ® eb r an * beg $cr=
feet entf)jrid)t meijl bem JDeutfc^en. Slug
bem beim Sn^jerfect Senfe ©efagten cr=
gibt fid) fiir bag perfect bag ®egent§eil :
1. ®^3rict)t man von einer noc^ ni6t
g d n } I i d) sergangenen 3eit (»on ber alfo
no(^ ein2;]^cil iibrig ifi), fo fiel^t bag
perfect: / have written ten letters
to-day. He has been here several limes
this month, ©ettner fle^t bafi'ir bag Sm-
^erfect S^^enfe : I wrote to-day. — 2. fl^eitt
man ben nod> nidit ganj eerfloffencn 3ett=
raum in mer;rere 21 b f d) n i 1 1 e , unb
fi7rid)tbann»onelnem fd>on »erfloff e=
nen2lbfd)nittte, fo fie^t bag Smperfcct :
At two o'clock this morning, it rained. —
3. aSei gefd>td>tndjen SIngaben
fiei^t bag Sm^erfect, totnn man con
t>ergangcnen 5|Serfonen ober ©ac^cn
rebet ; jinb fie aber annoc^ corl^anben.
96
Period
fo ftc^t bag 5)3 e"r f e c t {Af^niii^ bem 93ott=
gen). Napoleon lived several years at
St. Helena. 3m Sal^re 1820 tvuvbe man
abtv gefagt l^aBen : Napoleon has lived
these five years at St. Helena. SDarauS
erflcivt fid) bag untev Present Tense, 3,
©cfagte.
Pcrfod, bie 93ercintgung mcl^rcrcr <B&1^t
{sentences) §u eine in ©afegcbciube.
Per'iphrase , Periph'rasis , bie
Umf c^ re ibuug; periphras'tlc, um=
fcfereibenb. <Bo ^cipt eine Icingere StBen;
bung, bie man fiic einen fiirjeren 2Ui8bruc{
get>rau<^t; fo a twelve-month = a year;
at a small expense = cheaply; he will
pay you when two Sundays come toge-
ther (= never, auf ben 9iimnurme:^rS=
tag). ®. Euphemism unb Emphasis. —
aJieift ifl eg rein nnUfurlicb unb nur burrf)
ben ^wtd bc8 @).n-c(f)cnben IJebingt, ju ©rs
rei(t)ung einer fomifdjen ober fidftiqen
aBirfung j. 93. , c6 man cine fotcfee llm=
fdn-eitning bilbe ober nid)t. JtiMuifd) iP bie
llnifd)rei6ung beg 6e!annten (S>?rid)tt)or=
teg : 'A bird in the hand is worth two in
the bush' — njenn eg l^eipt: 'One member
of the feathered creation held in the
hand is worth two of the same species
in the bush.' (Boz.) 2;ragif(^ malt bei
Byron ein 2)dmDn ben trt»ialcn ©cbanfen
,/2lbenbS" burd) folgenbe, feiner 2ln-
fdiauung ent^rcdjenbe Umfdireibung aug :
When the moon is on the wave.
And the glow-worm on the grass;
When the wilch is on the grave,
And the wisp on the morass : —
5)iefer ®ef>vaud) ber *Perii)^vafe ge!^i5rt ber
JR^etorif , ber *Poefie an. 3Jian ^iite fidi,
nad) [cld)en 5Perii?l;rafen ju l^afd)en (roie
•&err W. Micawber bei Dickens) : bag
wirbeine {dd)etlid)e $l;rafenbiefdKrei ! @g
gibt aber and) ?Peri)?^rafen , bie burd> bie
einfad)e 2B c r tb ilcun g ober burd)
grammatifd)e JHcgeln geboten
flnb, nja^renb in anbem ®prad)en ein?
f ad)e ijormen ^inreid)en. 2)a^in gcl;6rt,
bem iDeutfd)en gegenubev, bie Unildjreii
bung: I. ber meifien !Dim inut i«5Jl^e =
griffe; f. Diminutive;— 11. ber® e;
f d)led) t gformen, f. Common, Epi-
cene, Feminine; — III. ber (Singulars
Periplirase.
form bei ben ^ruralSiJoung, f. Singular,
B, 1 ; — IV. ber 6 a f u g ; f. Declension ;
— V. ber Som)) arifon, f. b , A, 11 ; —
VI, ber SBieberl^ olunggs unb VII.
ber 2ln fiii^run ggja^len: f. Multi-
plication unb Ordinals, 8; — VIII. ab =
»erbia(er iBegriffe, f. Adverb, A,
II, c; — IX. ber Son {unction
,,jivar/' f. Conjunction, 5; — X. ber
mangel n ben gormen einjelner
95erben: f . I shall, will, ought, must,
may, can; — XI. beg Sm^jeratit), f.
to Let, 1 ; — XII. beg (5o n j un ct t» , f.
I may (nj. t. !D. aud> oft); — XIII. ber
3eitcn bei einflufigen93erben, f.
Ambiguity, Q. — XIV. f r a g e n b e r ober
mit not Berncincnber, aud> gc»tJD]^n=
Itdier b e j a I? e n b e r ®a§e, f . to Do, B, H,
2-4 ; — XV. r e f t e c t i » e r 93 c r b e n ,
f. Reflective, H, @. [XVI. <35en aUen
©i3rad)en gegen fiber gel^ort ^ie^er
aud) bie ben meijtcn mobernen @r»rad)cn
e{geneUmfd)reibungbeg perfect, $tu;
^jcrfect unb ber guturc Senfeg,
fotvie beg ganjcn $affi».] SOSic^tiger
aber, atg bieg 5U(eg ifl
XVH. ^ie pcrl^F)raftifd>c <?oniu=
gatton. ^. g or melt eg. 9iian |e^t
ju alien *5ormen von to be tag ac =
titic^Particiti irgcnb eincg 93crb ; j. 95.
I am reading, t^ tefe ; I was reading,
id) tag ; he has been reading, er Bat ge=
(efen; we shall be reading, nnr tDcrben
tefen ; I were reading, id) Idfe , u. f. f. —
B. ® c b r a u d). 35iefe gormen fe^t man :
1. Urn eine an^altenbc ^anblung,
einen bauernben 3uftanb ju bejeid>nen,
ttjorin man eben be griff en, womit
man grabc b ef d)d f ti g t , tnoijon man
ganj in 5lnfvtrud) genommen ift.
They were travelling to their home. He
was edifying his pupil by long lessons
of wisdom from the stars. I am writing
letters the whole day. They have been
perambulating the streets since early
morn. I have been reading ihe whole
morning. Britons like (o eat and drink
when they are thiukiii". ©o ift eg cine
ff^r bejciitnenbe llnterfdieibung : Mad;ime
Gogo forbore to scold when he lost (as
he was always losing) his pocket hand-
kerchief. — 2. ^at)tx n)irb bag 3 m )) e r ,
Permit —
feet bation BffonberS 6et ber (Sleic^^
J e i t i g f e i t jroeier ^anbtungen gebraud>t,
b. ti- 6ei fol^en <5anbtungen , »on bcncn
bieeineiiDC& fortbaucrtc (unb biefe
brurft man eScn burd^ iaS umft^ries
6 e n e Smj^erfect au«) , alS bic anbcre ein;
trat. @ona(f> entfprid^t biefeg Sm^erfect
bent erfien Snn?crfect beg granj6fif(i&en
unb Stallcnifc^cn (j'etais, je vendais, —
io era, vendeva), wenn e« neb en bem
jtoeiten Sm^erfect fie^t, itm ben 3u=
i^anb, bie 3eit abocrbialifd) gu bcjei(i^s
nen. 3)em jmcitcn Sm^erfect biefer
©tjrac^en (je fus, je vendis — io fui,
vendei) entf^ri^t bann ba« e i n f a c^ e engl.
Sm^erfect (I was , I sold). QJian oers
gfeic^e: They were waiting for roe at
the door when / arrived; — lis m' atten-
daient k la porte, quand j' arrivai;
— M' aspettavano alia porta quando io
arrivai. (@o fc^etben a 1 1 e romanifci^en
@)jra(!^en.) — They were singing, when
we entered. As I was going to a convent,
I gathered my friends around me. When
I was in the garden , Louisa was play-
ing there.
3. enblic^ flel^eu biefe Gormen fogar
in jiaffisem ®tnne, aber nur, wann
auS bem 3ufnmmen^angc ffar ifi , ba^ bag
Subject nic6t acti» fein !ann: The
house is building, bag ^au8 ijt noc& im
iB a u e , n)irb cben gebaut. Dinner will be
preparing, when you arrive. The un-
happy young man was missing. While
this ballad was reading (ftdnbe : was
read, fo l^ief e bieg : gefefen n) orb en
trar, aber nic6t : gelefen tourbe). Some
absurd proposal was preparing for
appearing with splendour the next day.
35teg ift bag gerabe ©egenfiiicE ju unferm
acti»en ©ebtauclje beg ^saff isen $ar-
tici^ , f. Participle , A , II , @, — 2)a ein
einfacfieg 93erb , ivctdKg ben Uebergang
i n e i n e n 3 u ft a n b (alfo: n? e r b e n) aug;
brurft, nic^t ocr^anben war , fo fonnte
man ni^t to. i. 2). bag Jiaffiue $artici^
fe^cn, ol^ne fd)on ben ttotlenbeten
Suftanb anjugcben. !Denn e3 l^ie^c 5.
33. : „The house is buill,'-' n i (t) t : „bag
^aug ttjtrb gebaut/' fonbern: „eg ijt
gebaut." JDie Slniuenbung beg ac ti» en
^arttcijjg erftfirt fi(^ bei ben v. neuter
Si. mbxt^t, grammat. QSJortnt.
Person.
97
eineg Z'^tili baroug, bap man fie
ftottber3f{eftecti»abraud)t. ©age
i^ einmat: the beef eats well (= laft
ft(^ effen) ; this book sells (reads) well
(=»erifauft, liejt flc^ gut); they were rough
to feel (fit^tten ftdfj rau^ an) ; fo ifl eg
bann mir nD(f> ein unbcbeutenber
®(^ritt big ju ber beft*ro(i)enen (Sonfirucs
tion. 5tnbercn3;^eilg erfldrt ft* bie*
felbe au^ babnrc^, bap fruiter in »or bem
$avticti)fe fianb, unb eg alfo atg <£ubftan=
ti» (Participle, A, III) gait: The temple
was in building. 2lu(6 immobernen <Sti)Ie
ftnbet fict) in manc^mat noc^, wdl^renb
ber minber eble Qlugbrud »or aUen actiioen
$artici^Ieg a (f. t>.) fe^t: Corporal Trim
was in waiting. Your coat is a doing,
©eltner , befonberg au(^ in ber Umganggs
fpradje , fe^t man bafiir auc^ being mit
einem i? a f f i » e n ^Jartici^j jufammen, unb
bann — all's well ! §. 93. What is beirig
done to that house ? A new room is
being built. Some efforts were even then
being made (Dickens). Quadrilles were
being systematically got through (2)er=
felbe). 5tu(^ bieg servwerfen mandje ©ram*
matifer ttjieber (njie Kenyon) tro^ ber beften
2lutoritdten. SKan »ergtcid)e noc^ , tvie
flit) bag gransijfif^e in gleidber ^lot^ ^ilft :
Le livre est vendu = ift serfauft; ce
livre se vend, n? i r b tterfauft, — 4» Ueber
to be going., f. to Go.
to Permit, laffen, iibertaffen: f.
to Cause ; eg l^at ben 5lccufati» mit bem
Snflnititi na(^ firf) : He permitted me to
read the letter. What! he permitted the
letter to be read?!
Person. 1. 3)ie brei SPerfenen ber
(S^ra^e fmb : bie e r jt e , bic f^redjenbc =
I, im ?I3turaI we ; bie jh) eite, bie ange=
fjjrorfiene, angerebetc = thou, you; bic
b r i 1 1 e , bie befj^ro^enc , bie, ttou tneldjcc
man rebet = he, she, it, ^furat they.
((5ngtif(f) : 1. the person speaking = he
who speaks ; 2. the person spoken to ;
3. the person spoken of). — 2. 2Bag bie
erfte SPerfon befi^t, ^eiptmy, mine —
imb njcnn eg mc^rerc 93efi§er flnb : our,
ours ; itjag bie jrtjeite befigt : thy, thine —
your, yours ; ttjag ber britten ge^ort : his,
her, its, hers — their, theirs. SDeiter f.
7
98
Personal.
Personal unb Possessive Pronouns. —
3. Ue6er bic gormen ber $ e r f o n c n eineS
33erb f. Conjugation, I. — 4. (Selbfi=
»erjidnbli(i& mit§ bie ^erfon beS SSerb mit
i^rem ©ubiect ubereinftimmen : I speak,
thou speakst, he speaks, they speak.
@. Personal, C, @. — 5. ®e^en mel^rere
Dcrfc^iebcnc ^Pevfoneu vor^ev, fo ftei^t
bag SBerb imSpturah You and he have
been present (ni^t has). SSgl. Number,
III.
Personal. 3)tc Pronouns personal
bienen fiatt bcr ®u6fianttBC ju93ejci(^imng
ber»crfd)icbenen/'er«o?«*, f. b. — J.^cv^
melteg. ©icjinb, iicben who , bie eins
jtgen Shorter, wetc^e nod( cine eigene
^Declination , ndmUd) eine Bcfonbve Sovm
fuv ben DSjcctitt unb fccfonbere ^luvaU
formcn l^abcn : I — me, thou — thee, he
— him, she — her, we — us, they — them.
You nnb it l^atien , njic bie ©utfiantitte,
9lomtnatio imb Objectto flteid). SmUebri?
gen bectinirt man bicfc ^Pronomen mit of
unb to glei* ben ^auvtttjiJrtern. @. An-
glosaxon, Ye, It. — B. 3^r @ c B v a u cf)
tjl meifl ID. i. 2). 3m SlHgemeinen
ifl nocf) gu mer!en: 1* @ie fijnnen cin
^au^ttBOvt aU aSefiimmung ju ficfi nel^-
men : ff^e templars are a power and a
dominion within ourselves. You ....
you HEAP of Infamy! [2)a bic8 nunBtcS
in bcr 1. unb 2. $erfon angcl^t, njit aUv
in bcrSlnrebc im D. t)ic brittc ^crfon
(ftatt you) fefeen, fo miiffcn ujir ofterS au8
bci- abj[ecti»if^en aSejlimmimg cinc5t:ppos,
fition madjen. 2Sir fagen j. 33. luo^I:
„<Dir aSratjcm banf id) mcin Sebcn ! ©ud)
(SttUi banf id) meine 9ftettung I" abev ge-
njip nid)t t „3^nen aSrauen (Si^nen (Sbetu)
banf id) mein Sebcn I " fonbcrn : S^nen,
Iirawe aJidnncr , bant' id) — .] 2. SKand);
mal ne^men fic a\i6) , felbfl gtcic& (Sub;
fiantiioen, cin 5lbj;ccti» ju jt^ : You miss
me? even poor, giddy, stupid me? —
3. JEreffcn bie perf6nlid)en giimortec mit
ben 3 a ^ I a b i e c t i e n both, few, none,
many, all unc bergt. jufammen , fo fle^en
®cnititt bal^inter: ttcrgl. Relative,
II, A, 3. fFe all three took beds at the
inn. Fleta looked us both in the face.
The ball was very close to both of us
(un3 beiben). 5(ud) abjectiwifc^ ol^nc of:
This gave all us landsmen no trifling
alarme. @. ben le^ten @a§ unter Most
unb vergL $f. 55, 19. ©o fte^t felbfi bet
©enitio eincS cben tiorl^ergel^enben (ober
bod) im 35or]^erge]^enben liegenben) ^?ros
nomenS nod) i^Ieonajiifc^ jur SScrfidrs
fung : They all of them cried that — . I
thank Heaven that you are none of you
so afflicted. Go with me , some few of
you. KoM hear that, all of yo?/. ©benfo
l>(eonaflif^ : These cheeses are some of
them formed like loaves. SScrgl* nod)
Of, 4. — 4. 3m !D. fic^t bcr ®eniti» bet
pronouns »orjugU^ » o r befiimmten
3aHen: aQBir ftnb unfer fieben, e«
waren i^retr ad)t. 3)ann fe§t man i^n
im e. Winter bie 3«^I unb beginnt ben
<Sa^ mit there (f. b.) : There are seven
of us; there were eight of them. Scingt
bag ^Pronoun ben ®o^ an , fo bleibt l^iev
bcr ttjtebcti^otenbe ©enititt roeg : fVe are
seven (in all) , ^3oetifd) inficrtirt au(^ ;
seven are we = seven boys and girls
are we. — 5. ii(x%t bcr Bufammcnl^ang
feinen 3)o)3^)eirinn befiird)ten, fo fiel^en bie
^jerfonlic^enSiirwiJrter ofterS au^
ftatt bcr reflect i» en; ba8 bcr brit*
ten ^Jerfon foil jebod) nur bann , tocnn e§
nad) einer l|3tdt>ofition ftcl^t , fo gebraud)t
ttjcrbcn ; inbe^ finbet ftd) : He lifted hiin
up from his painful bed (n?o him fiir
himself ftc^t) u. a. I shall bethink me. I
remember me. I did lay me down (fiatt
myself). ©. baf[elbe 1. SJiof. 3, 7 unb
22, 8 ; ©))r. 1, 5 ; @ft^. 1, 3 ; ^iob 16, 12 ;
©ir. 3, 29 ; 6, 4 ; 21, 31 ; 37, 22 ; «Pf. 53, 5
unb ijfter. *) 5Den umgefe^rten gall f. Re-
flective, I, B, 3, — 6. 5)a8 «Pronomcn bcr
britten $erfon fiel^t ttor 9ieUti» =
fd^en oft im altgcmeinen ©inne =
Seber, wer, ober im ^injelfinne,
bcmonflratio = bcr , berjenigc, jebod)
nur »on SDt e n f * e n. ©o im Stalienifc^en;
fie entttjcber b a » o r , njte im !D., ober i m i »ergl. auc^ S3f. 25, 36 unb 71, 13. a. 3m
*) Sutfter brauc^t namlici) mcift „f i(J)" al« 21 c cu f a tiu imt> „\\)m" unb "'?"*"" "^,f
35atio be« 9lef[«cti»8 , wabrenb tjier in bcr f;eutigfn ©pra^^e bet be galle in ben Dbjectio „11<V
iufammenpieSen, roie eS im ffinglifc^en a U g e m e i n ©tfltt ^at.
Personal.
99
angemcincn (Sinne: They who know
the most (=btc,n)e(t^e—). He who pays
his debts begias to make a slock (= tu e r
feme (gcfeulten . . .). He that desires too
much is always poor. He is a fool that
does not take good care of himself (=
Seber [hex] ifi ein Zf^cx , bev iiic^t...).
He that reckons without his host must
reckon again (= hjenn man bic Siedjs
niing o^ne — ). They that have no other
meat , bread and butler are glad to eat
OBenn man grab' nic^t* SSeffreS l^at,
madjt tms gem Srob unb 33utter fatt).
They as come after him .... — b. 3m
Befonberen, inbisibueUen @inne: I
am he who bids it pass. — giir they unb
fcefonbcrg fiir them ^ef)t jeboc^ aniti those;
fo : Those who hold to his principles.
Those who descend into a coal-mine; to.
i. 3). — ®. audj Such, 3; unb bie a3ei=
f^jtefe unter The, C, 11, bag te^te unter
Will unb unter to Want. (5ine Snoerfton
biefer gonjiruction bietct ba8 erfte Seifptet
unter Anticipation unb •^ioh, 6, 16. —
c. 2tu& o^nc ba^ ein 9ielati»fa§
nad)folgte, fie^en bicfe J^ronoungin
bcmonj^raticem ©inne: They two
are in heaven = those two. The Mehmon,
the Borah , the Mussulman from the
Deccan , and he from the Konkan, have
all some distinctive Shibboleth. Uebri=
gen6 ifl aU 9fielati» who in biefer a3erbtn=
bung ebter, aU bie mel^r ber Sonoerfafion
»erblei6enbcn that obcr as (tjergt. ^px.
@al. 12, 20). 2(uc^ fann enba* bag ^xo=
nomen in folcften ©d^en toegfatten,
toenn eg cor tvho (nictjt cor that ober
as) jie^t: Who pays his debts begins to
make a stock; wie 6ei toer, franj6fifct>
Bei qui, quiconque; »ergt. What, A unb
3pf. 135, 18 a ; @))r. @a(. 3, 12 u. 15, 15.
JDieg ifi alfo : C. ^Ui^fe beg ^erf6n=
H^en Surtoortg. 2lucfe tjor bem reftec =
ti»en SPronomen a(g ©ubicct fdltt eg df=
terg toeg : Yourself have done it. Pick-
wick addressed the club himself had
founded. fDiefer gaft unb ber tjorige treffen
jufammen in bem 3Serfe : "Who would be
free, themselves must strike the blow,"
©. no(^ Ellipse , B , 1 , 4 unb 11 ; It, C.
eine fd)etnbare @nii)fc ifi eg, bem
S)tutf(t)en gegenuber, baf in 9letati»5
f d ^ e n, bie fidj auf eine c r fi e ober j to e 1 1 c
?13er[on Iiejie^en, bag 5Pronomen ni^t
toieberl^olt toirb, todl^renb bo* bag
aSerbfi6nac^ bemfelben ti&ten
mu§; 77*0?/ who wert ashamed = bu,
bie bu 6ef<^dmt toarfl, cber : bu, bic 6e=
fctjdmt to a r ; im ^ngtifcfeen b a r f eg aber
toebcr l^ei^en : Thou who thou wert a.,
noc^ : thou who were a. (= Toi qui
avais honte ; vous qui aviez honle.) Oh
(Cawdor Street), thou ihAl sulliest bright
mirrors with ignoble vapours — ! ®anj
fo ifi t* auggelaffen: 2. a«of. 6,7.—
D. Sur bic ® t e H u n g ber ^jerfonlic^en
gurtoortcr getten biefelben 9tegeln, toic bei
ben ^au^jttoortern , bie fie eben uertrcten.
®. oben B, 3; fcrner Subject unb Accu-
sative, C ; Dative, @, unb Not.
E. (§rfa§ unfereg unbcfiimm=
ten, attgemcinen^Perfonentoors
teg man* 2)afiir flel^t: a man, one (a
body, a person), men, people (folks),
we, you, they — obcr au(^ bag $ aff i»
cineg S3crb. (35ie eingefd&toffenen 2Bottcr
tocrben fettncr angctocnbet.) 2lber eg
ifi fcinegtoegg gteidbguttig , toeld&er biefec
elf ftjccialifirenben 5lugbrucfe fiir unfer alt=
gemeineg ,,man" gefe|t toerbe; eg ifi »icts
me^r fietg ber @inn }u berucfficfetigen, ber
in jebem einjelnen Salle grabe in unferem
„man" liegt, ganj toic bei „taffcn,"
f. to Cause. 2(uicrbem ifi genau barauf ju
fe^cn, bap bie nat^folgenb en, fic^
auf „ttton" bcjiel^enben SEBorter auc^
mit bem 2lugbrucEe flimmcn, ber fur
„m a n" gcfefet ifi ; eg barf j. 35. nic^t nac^
we (itvoai »on one fotgen; „man reurbe
ft 6 Iditerltc&mac^en," nic^t: 7i;e should
render owe's self ridiculous! (f» 9(lr. 1
unten) ; bag l^ie^e an g ber Sonflrucs
t i n fallen! J^aujjtfdcljlic^ ifi ju un=
terfc^ctben: a.) ob unter „man" etnc
einjige 5lJerfon, ober mel^rerc eins
J e I n e, ober alleSeute im Slllgemeinen
ju ttcrftel^en finb ; 6.) ob man fic^ felbfi
mit baju redinet ober nic^t. 3)a=
raug ergeben fid) benn folgenbc 9iegetn:
1. Sfi nur eine 5Perfon gemeint, fo fon?
nen natiirlicft bie ^turalbcgriff e
men, people, folks, they nic^t 5SIa^
greifen ; eg blciben alfo no^: one, a man,
a body, a person, we unb yow mogti*.
7*
100
Personification.
Umftdj felBft au8brurf(i(f) mit einju=
f c& I i e ^ c It (fid& ber e i n e n ^erfon glei*?
jufietten, i^r ficft nitjufc^tie^en), fe^e
man one ober ive: foil bagcgcn ber <Sa|
atS Slnrebe an einen 3lnbern crfrfjeU
nen, fofie^cyow; file baS altgemeine
SSerl^dttnt^ cruBrigen bemnacfe a man, a
body, a person: j.S. One (obet we) cannot
please every one. One cannot always keep
one's word (= fein SBort, NB. ni(St
his word ; f. Possessive Pronouns, A, I).
One would render one's self ridiculous,
if one did not conform to new fashions,
obet teffer — ba man bie ;^ a u f i g e 2B i c=
b e t f e 1^ r »on one gern m e i b c t : We
should render ourselves ridiculous, if
Ave did not — . You cannot say so. What
is a body to say to such doing (= h)a8
folt ein SKenfdb gu fold&n- Sluffii^rung
fagcn? — familtdr). How could a person
do that? May a man ask you only one
question? JDa^cr auc^ fur ben Dbjecttt)
„@inem, @tnen/' bev bem ©inne
nad) ju ,,man" gei^ort: It is our duty to
do a man a service. It is not polite to
give one a box on the ear. How could
he hate one ? It struck you with awe. ~-
2. (Sinb mcl^rere einjelnc ?PcrfD =
nen unter „man" ju ticrflel^en, fo ent;
fljrec^en iuieber owe, a man (body, person)
nid)ti unb people, folks, men ftnb ju
allgcmein: e8 fcleiben miti^in nur we
unb you mit ben itnter 1 fiejcid^neten @in=
fd^rdnfungcn , unb fiir ba§ aUgemei =
nere aSer^ttnii fagt man au^er they
au(J| some people^ some folks (eingc;
f(!&rdnft). fVe cannot eat all this cake.
You could hardly put any question to
him, but you would get from him a satis-
factory sort of an answer. When you
come home to your own door , home
looks cheerless if there is no bright eye
to welcome you. Some folks have shown
me a bad trick. Second thoughts , they
say, are best. — 3. aScbcutct enblic^
,,man" [o»tet al8 : ,/oieSeute, alle
aJienf(Jten, Scbcrmann/' fo flel^t
men, people, folks, they unb, faU8
man fid) mit einrecfcnet, we. People
in adversity should preserve laudable
customs. What do they report of me?
They speak everywhere wilh great
regard of you. Men fear to see them-
selves as they are. fVe are seldom sa-
tisfied wilh what we have. — 4. 3n j c =
bem gatte abtx f ann man unfern a c t i » e n
@a| in einen t» a f f i » e n umhjanbetn,
ttorauSgcfe|t, bag baS 93er6 ein 5Paffi»
l^at. 2) ann ifi bie ^erfon ebenfo unbes
fiimmt gelaffen, n)ie im 2)., bie ganje S o ns
firuction aber hjieberum eine anbere:
a.) Ratbag beutf(!^e SSerb ein Object,
fo h)irb bieS ba6 ©ubject: SJian jiel^t
f^one $ferbe in @nglanb = Fine
horses are raised in England ; fo au(!&
im 3). : 3n ©ngtanb njerben fc^one $ferbc
gejogen. *.) 3fi bag <Subfian ti» buri^
eine -iJJrdlJofition mit bem 93erb ser^
bunben, fo trilt baS © u b fi a n t i » an ben
Stnfang, bie *4Jrd))Dfition an ben
©d)tug be« ®a|e8: Wian f))ric&t toom
Jlrtege: JVar is spoken o/ (= eS tt)irb
»om St. g.). aOBeitere Seif^^iete ju a unb b,
bie ft* mit m a n ober aucb )) a f f i b geben
laffen : She is not to be spoken to. I am
shown two great penitentiaries. In
France, wine is mixed wilh water before
it is drunk. How is flour made? 93 cs
fonberS i^dufig fiel^t bag ^affw in
©d^en, tt30 ttjir „m a n f a g t" ivau(!^en ;
J. as. €Kan fagt, ^err N. fei tobt:
a.) entttjeber u n )? e r f ij n li d), ttJie im 3).:
it is said (reported) that Mr. N. is dead
(= they ober people say); ober !iirjer
b.) ^erfonlid^, bag ©agcnaufbie
^Jerfon )jaffi» fcejogen, fo bag biefc ba8
Subject njirb unb ben 3nfintti» nadi fic^
l^at: Mr. N. is said to be dead (= bem
tateinifd)en diciiurunb bergt.)- The chief
of the robbers is said to have been
arrested. Religious and political socie-
ties are said to dwindle into factious
clubs. I have been told that the man-of-
war is arrived (= man l^at miv gefagt).
@. nod) to Say. — The Parsee knight,
Sir Jamsetjee Jeejecbpoy (at Bombay),
is reported to have given away , within
the last ten years , upwards of two
hundred and fifty thousand pounds ster-
ling to works of permanent utility. —
5. ©nbli^ f. noci^ Participle, A, III, 2.
Pereoniflcatiou, biedtebeftgur, ivtU
d^eeine@oc^e ober einen abflcacten
Ph Pluperfect.
33 e g r t f f ata felfcfifianbige, UUhtt, §an=
belnbc ^ c r f o n barjieat ; 5. 33. Use is the
tyrant of all languages. J. JBefonbcrS
iemerfengtuert^ ift babei ba3 ® e [ c^ t e c£> t,
hjelcfoeg bem ^jerfonifictrten 2Borte fceige^
legt ttjirb. 1. JEritt an einem 3)in9c bie
©tdrfe, %f)atlvaft, ober ba3 ©erealtigc,
@ d) r c cE li ^ c , 9iau]^e bcfonberS l^erwOr,
fo 6etra(^tet man eg al« mdnntic^.
2. 2lt8 njeibti^ bagcgcn, ttjenn bie @a*
d|e at8 f^toa^, tetbcnb, em)?fangenb,
laxt, fcfjon, erjeugenb bargefieUt
njerben fott. <Bo ifi j. 93. tAe sun, ber
groBe@^>enberbe8fiarfen,burrf|5
bring enb en Sic^teS mcinnlirfi ; Me
OToon, ba3 fleinere, fein ii^i cms
tifangenfte ©eftirn mitberen @(t)ei=
neS, irteifelt^ ; fo in attcn 6efanntern (Sjirai
(i>cn, bie unfrige auSgenommen ; tAe time,
in mdci^tigem gluge a«f 2ltte« ein =
ttjirlenb — magculin; the virtue, bie
fc^one, Itebtirf^c duell c, ber at=
Ui ® ute c n t f J) r i n g t — ttjeibli* ; ebenfo
bie 2tUe3 erjeugenbe earth; aud} iaS
©dbiff, the ship, al8 ein tieber ®c=
gen^anb ber 9leigung be3 meerbe^err;
fc^enbenSnfeCbetool^nerg (fo ifl felbjl man-
of-tvar ftjeiblid)). @. btefc 2B6i-ter eins
getn. 2Bie earth fiel^t aurf> country unb
bie Xiamen ber Sdnber imb S3 6 Her,
city unb bie 9famen ber ©tdbtc, aud)
church unb bergi* oft weiblid) : England
and her navy. — gtiiffc finb fafi immer
mdnnli^ ^jerfoniftcirt. (3n Cornwall
fagt man aud) : Oh , she is a wonderful
mine.) — 3. Jtann nun einc @ac^c au3
»erf(^iebcnen ®eficl^t?»unften aufgcfapt
toerbcn, fo gefc^ic^t eS aud^ leidtt, baf
serf^iebene ©timmung beS ®emiit^eg fie
»erf(^ieben — balb mdnnlid) , balb n3etb=
\\6) — oerfor^ert. Unb auperbem fann ein
fotc^er 33egriff unbenommcn auc^ no^ a(«
9teutcr 6etra*tet hjerben! <So ergibt
ftc^ bem ©^riftflelter eine fdimudoolle,
malerifd)e 2lbn)ed)glung ber 93e(ebt!^ett im
2lu«brude , toie fie vool^X fetten eine anberc
©Vrac^e bietet. <So ftnben fid> fott) 0^ I
mdnnli^, a 1 8 «) e i b t i d> betradjtet :
Heaven, Providence, Genius, Conscience,
Heart, Contemplation, Age, Chaos, Com-
merce, Contenimenl, Hope, Vice, Ven-
geance, Death, War, Ship, Ocean, Sea,
101
Autumn, Winter, Summer, Happiness,
Tree, Lily, Bird, Eagle, Swan, Owl,
Raven , Lark u, a. ; j. S. Heav'n his
wonted face renew'd. Now heaven in all
her gloiy slione and roiler' ,'i3r motions ;
kiSef bi.i, ailili'ob. . And Wai' did glut him-
self again. War had s,tored, hfr sul-
phi^roas tveasuj'es' <=% bii ,5t«:i'',^^furie).
93cipet'', EfiKyroiij ' Provideiice disposes
as lY thinks fit (Marryat). 3SieIe anbere ans
jiel^enbe 93eift(iete f. in W I u g e t '« ® r a m=
m a t i f, aud^ einige bei 5ffi a g n c r, § 266.
— B. 2)a nun in ber ^erfonification bie
35 i n g e eben aU belebte , geiftige SBefen,
als ^^Jcrfonen geltcn, fo ieibet ^ier audi
bag !eine Slnttjenbung , ttjoburc^ fonfi ©a=
6)txi »on 3IJerfonen unterf^ieben ttjerben:
fo ber Unterfdjieb ber 5Pronomen : f. who,
which; his, its, Neuler,A; au^Possessive
Case, B, 1 ; j. 95. The bear, who was
sitting still after his dance — . I had a
horse who knew me from any other
person and manifested ... when I was
on his back, his knowledge that he bore
a person superior to the others. The
good qualities of Christmas, 7^;^o is quite
a country gentleman of the old school.
aSergL bie 33eif^iete oben. A, 3 unb Epi-
cene, 7.
Ph, tautet 1. = f : philosophy; —
2. n^ie englifd^eS v in nephew; — 3. = p
(bag h fiumm) in diphthong, triphthong,
naphtha, shepherd. — 4. ph ift flumm in
phthisis (= tisis) , apophthegm. — @e=
trennt in atten SBortern beutfi^en llrs
f^jrungS: uphold, uphill.
Plc'onasm, ^dufung, Ueberfiitte beS
2tu«brucf8, fo bap fe^ter^after aCBeife jttjei*
mat JDaffelbe gefagtn)irb ; au^ Tautology
genannt; 5. 93. These two soldiers were
both equally brave. (S. no(^ Hence , to
Have, B, I ; Personal, B, 3 u. Very, A, 4.
3ur JRegel genjorben ifi bie J^leonafiifc^c
51 n t i c i ^ a t i n , f. b. @benfo fie^t neben
old oft no^ at: At six years old Mar-
garet Fuller could read Latin (= im 211=
ter »on — ). SSergt. bie entgcgengefe^tc
3Serfurjung unter Ellipse, B, I, 2.
Pluper'fcct, bie aSoroergangen^eit,
meiji mit I had, feltner mit I was jufoms
mengefe^t: f. Neuter, B, II ; I had beeU}
102
Plural.
I had come — I was come. @3 bejeic^net
eine ^anblutig , bie BereitS uergangcn
irar, el^e eine cinbere Begann. ®thxau(ii
hj. im 2).
Plural. UeJtr ben9]tuiat 'jcv Q^troali
formen f. Conjugation, Collective, Num-
ber, -i^m lia«beln nur mtr t>Dm Plural
Number of the Subi^tantive. ,A. ^cc-
m cites. I. Slcgelmd^tg bilbcter ficf)
burrf) Slnfe^ung eine^ s an ben (Singular :
the father — the fathers , a tree —
some trees ; a strung series of Zs. —
II. ^(eine ort^ogtajjl^ifrfie 2tb =
toe id) an gen, bur^igangig dl^nltd) ben
unter Conjugation, II, Comparison, A, I,
Ordinals, 3, Euphony, D, erwdl^nten.
1. 9ia(^ einem 3 i f (^ e r (s, ss, sh, ch, x)
St%t man es: glasses, foxes, bushes,
churches. Sautet ch afcer tote k, fo fiel^t
natiirlid) nut s; aucft l^atte man th nid?t
cttoa fitr einen Sifd^I^JUt : monarchs,
smiths. @. no* -es. — 2. 5lud) bie mei-
ften aCiirtcr auf o itel^men es an: the
echoes, cargoes; jcboc^t the volcauos,
the dominos ; bie auf to Ijef ommen nur s :
the folios, seraglios. — 3. 2)te @nbung
fottvfe ijectoanbcit fidj in ves: the beef
— the beeves ; the knife — the knives ;
(fo and) myself— ourselves). <Dic SDjox:
let auf J", if, oof, cber anf ief ne^men
nur s an: the buffs, dwarfs , the hoofs ;
the chiefs, mischiefs, reliefs, griefs,
handkerchiefs; staff aber l^at slaves imb
thief: thieves (beutlic^er ^inweiS auf b
in <Ztah, 3Dieb, todl^renb hoofs, skiffs,
muffs, stuffs, suuffs, cliffs auf urf^rung=
JidKS f, pf ober p\> beaten: ^uf, @d)iff,
3){uff, ®tcff, ©c^nujjfen, Stlippi; fc aad^
coifs son coiffe (franjof.), cuffia (ital.) ;
»gl. Euphony, D, (5. — 4. y na d) einem
©onfonanten toirb ie (alfo tes): a
lady: ladies; na(^ einem S3 o cat aber
Bl eifct eS: boys, days; »ergt. Compa-
rison, A, I, 2. Snbeji fd)rei6t man neben
bem regetrndf igen 5PlaraI attorneys, jour-
neys , valleys unb monkeys audi altor-
nies, journies, vallies unb monkies. —
5. SJiandje aa8 fremben @)jrad)en entlel^ntc
aOBorter ^aben aa^ i^ren fremben
^Jtaral mit ^eritber gebvo*t: fo axis,
axes ; aac^ basis , crisis, ellipsis, em-
W
phasis, hypothesis, parenthesis bertoan*
beln ba« is im 5PJurnt in es ; sphinx : /
sphinges; magus: magi; triumvir : tri-/^
umviri; arcanum: arcana; automalou'' -^
automata ; datum : data ; encomium
comia ; phenomenon: phenomena; genus:
genera. !Die« finb S at inig men unb
tSreciSmen; nadi bem ?5ran jof. '^at
mun von monsieur : messieurs; manteaux
unb beaux (neben manieaus unb beaus) ;
aa8bem3talienifd)en: bandilto : banditti;
virtuoso: virtuosi; relievo: relievi ;
soprano: soprani. Oft jie^t baneben bie
englifd)c ?PIura(form : fo seraphs unb
cherubs neben ben ebrdifcfeen seraphim
unb cherubim ; mediums neben media
»om tatein. medium ; genius bilbet genii
i. @. son: ©^u^gei^er, @cnten, aber ge-
niuses i. @. »Dn : talentttoUe aWdnner, @e=
nieg; bei un8 tritt oud) noc^ in erf^erem
®inne bie latetn., im lectern bie fvanj.iJi a 8=
f^rac^c jur SJerfdlieben^eit ber gorm
l^inju. — HI. @anj anregelmd^ig
bilben fi* folgenbe: 1. child — children;
foot — feet ; goose — geese ; louse —
lice ; man — men ; mouse — mice ; ox —
— oxen ; tooth — teeth ; die i^at ben re=
getmdpigen $Iarat dies i. @. son ^mi=
fiem^et , bagegen dice i. @. »on SBiirfel.
@*ou bie 2le^nlid)feit btcfer SOSorter mit
unfever @))rad)e beatet auf i^re 2lbfiam=
mung , anb fte l^aben bie alten gormen be8
atngetfd^fif^en im $(aral ebenfo betoa^rt,
toie bie anter II, 5 angegebenenbieil^rigen*
SSergl. Anglosaxon. — Brother u. Penny
f. a. i. O. — 2, 3)ic SBorter aaf man
^aben im $laral men, toenn bie eng =
lifd^e @:prad|e fetbfi fie gafammen;
gefe|t l^at : statesman — statesmen;
Frenchman — Frenchmen ; woman — wo-
men (f)5rid) wimen). @inb fte aber gteidj
fertig, jufammengefe^ t aa8 ans
b c r n @)3rad)en gefommen , fo ncl^men fie
im ^Plurat s an : a Norman : Normans ;
Mussulmans ; Germans. — IV. 3n jUs
fammengefe^ten SiCortern befommt ba?
@runbtoortba8 3eid)en beS 5^ t u r a \,
wdl^renb ba8 33eflimmung8toort uns
loerdnbert bleibt: an attorney -ge-
neral: the attorneys-general; a son-in-
law : two sons-in-law ; a man-of-war :
the men-of-war ; a mouse-trap : mouse-
Plural.
103
traps ; — spoonsful, boatsful. — V^ U n =
toerdnbert 6(ei6cn: 1. bic33 oHer=
n am en auf e^e: Chinese,(5^iiufe iinb (Bf)i'
nefen ; Genoese, Portuguese, the coslume
of the Tyrolese ; fo ai\di Swiss ; Maltese
j^at abet Malieses. — 2. @inlge ©ubfians
tbe, wtil fte colle ctiw if(^ geba^t
werben: fo business, fish, deer, sheep
people, fowl, fruit, hair; knowledge,
progress, income, strength : — Men kill
oxen , sheep , deer and even birds and
^sh. Exactness in accounts or business
Fish, Hair, Pair, People f. a. uO. ©o ^at
Sutler: tobtlidjc ® efdjo^, 5Pf. 7,14,
imb ® e f c^ ci f t , ^ a a r , O b fi bvau(J)en
toh a^X[{[6) , icenn aud^ nicf|t nc6cn $Ius
raf f r m e n : njeif cS ^aar = iceife ^aarc
iinbbergf. —3. 35ie al«@ubfittntttte
gebrauc^ten 2lbjecti»e unb bte a(S
21 b j e c t i » e gebraut&ten @ ti b fi a n t i » e,
93ergt. unten B, 4 unb Adjective, B, fi.
2lugnal^men: externals, 2(euierti(^=
feilen ; regulars, regutdre 3;ru)Ji3en : pri-
vates, ©cineinc; initials, 3tnfang8bu(^=
^aben; innocents, Unf^ulbige; com-
mons, bic SllUagSfcft, u. a. (£ie laffen
fic6 oXi Plural Nouns betrac&ten, trccrn fo=
glelA. — V'l. SGBorrer, bie uberl^amjt cber in
eincr gewiffen 33ebcutung b t o f i m $ I u =
rat t5orfommen, l^eigen Plural Nouns;
mandic ftnb aud) im fDentfcfeen nur fo gc*
brdud)ti(f), cinjclne ftnben fi^ au^ , aber
feltner, im (Singular; hsie arms. 2Iug
il^rcc gro^en 9lnja^{ — glugefg ©ramma^
tif gdl^lt beven 900— gcben tuir nur bic ge-
tooi^nlicliflen ; bie curfiD gebrurften f. man
nod) a. i. O. unb »ergl. Proper Names,
B, 1. — yilms, the Alps, annals, bie3nl^rf
budjcr, archives, arms, bieSBaffen, ashes,
bie 3lfd>e/ (ash = (5fctK,) the Azores ; —
Bellows, billiards, bowels; — Cata-
combs; clothes, colours, compasses,
consols , coppers , ^utfcrgelb ofcer @es
fd)irr, costs, colelets, curds; — Deli-
cates, drinkables;— Eatables (»gt. IV, 3),
eaves, effects, entrails, environs, espa-
liers; — Fetters, finances, folks, forces,
3;rui?^3en; furnishings; — Gaitors, gallo-
chies, gallows, goods, greens, ©emiiS,
gums, gymnastics; — Headquarters; —
Incomings, the Indies, intellects, in-
trigues = 9ldnfe , italics ; — Letters,
bie 323 iffeufdniften, lines, SSrief = biefe
3eilen, literati, ©ete^rte, lungs (= les
poumons) ; — Maculatures, manners, 8e=
benSart, mathematics, means, measles,
morals; — theJNetherlands, news, nine-
pins, nut-crackers; — Oats, odds,
orgues , Orget ; — Pains, pantaloons,
papers, physics, bie Diaturle^re (bagegen
^ei^t physic, bie SD^ebicin), politics, poste-
riors; — Reins, relicts ober reliques;
ruins = Jlrummev; — Sands, scissors
(= lesciseaux), shelves, 9({ega(, snuffers
(= les mouchettes) , spectacles (= les
lunettes), stairs, stays, suspendors,
synonyma; — Temples, thanks, tongs
(= les pincettes) , troops , Irowsers ; —
Vacancies = gerien, vapours = ©rtffen,
victuals; — Wages, waters cber wells,
ber ©efimbbrunncn , whiskers. 3m IU=
brigen f. b. SBovterbucft. SQBieman nun, h?o
n6tf;tg, ben ©inl^eitSbegriff fotc&er SQSorter
augbriirfe, f. Singular, B, 1.
B. SBefonberer ©ebraud) beg
$tJIural. 1. ^ie^er gel&oren jum 3:^eil
bic cben befproc^enen Plural nouus. —
2. 2)cm ttcrttanbt ifi ber gall, njo ber
plural noc^ cine anbere Jfiebeutung
neben ber beS Singular }i<\X'. water j^ei^t
ba« aOBaffer: waters, bie SBaffer, @enjdf=
fer, aber aud) ber ©efunbbruiinen ; letter,
ber 23ud)fiabe, ber SSrief: letters, bic
33ud)ftaben, 33ricfe, aber aud) bic aBiffen;
fd)aften; humanity, bic aJicnfdific&fcit ;
humanities , bic ©c^ulnjiffcnfdjaften , ^u=
maniora ; the iron, bag @ifcn; the irons,
bic ©ifcn = geffeln; f. nod> Colour. —
3. SBie in anbern @vrad)en ifi ti <x\\6) im
©ngUfdjcii gebrduc^lid), » o n f t c^ ober e is
ner anbern ^erfon im5)3turat ju
f^rcd?en. ©rfiereg ))flegen ?yiirfien gu t^un
(and) ec^riftfieUcr , urn in aSefdjeiben^eit
SDiejenigcn ni^t ju »ergeffcn, auf bercn
©d)uUern fte f^e^en)« ^ahii fann nun
ourself ober aud& ourselves flei^en : We
will keep ourself till supper-time alone.
Our royal selves. We will ourselves lead
forth our daughter of Beaujeu, said the
king. We ourself ca.a testify — . Ucber
bic 51 n r c b e im 5pturat f. Thou. — 4. JDic
®ubfiantit>e , bie ein aJiaf, ®en)ic&t
ober cine 2tnja^t bebcuten, blcibcn im
2). mcifl un»erdnbert, im (Jnglifc^en
104
Positive.
jDcrben fit 6a tb ijluraliftrt, Balb
ni<i^t ( coHcctbifd) ) : fo braze, pair,
dozen, score, pound, stone, fathom, foot,
ream, quire, last, tun, piece u. a. Eight
last of oats ; hundred pound (sterling) ;
they allowed him 500 pounds a year;
thousand /rtMoOT deep ; down, down with
him Miy fathoms deep ; ten stone of soap;
he was near six feet. These engines are
eight hundred horse power. A little
VfiQ-horse engine, ©o im ©djerjc : There
was the strong arm of the law coming
down with twenty gold-beater force.
Hysterics of four young lady power.
3)a^ct erUart iic& auc^ Foot unb Horse, f. b,
@te^en fotcfte ober auc^ anberc ©uftfiantbe
mit einct 3 a § t jufammen alS a b j e c t i =
» i f c& e aSefiimmung »or einem @u6ftanti»,
fo;; bleifeen fic fictg unt>eranbert: two
four-tcheel carriages ; a two hundred
pound note , the ten thousand pound
prize, a two foot rule. @ben[c : my hair-
breadth escapes. SSgt. oUn, A, V, 3 unb
Substantive , C. — 5. aDBtrD auggefagt,
bap m e ]^ r e r e 5l?erfoncn dtwaS b e f i ^ e n,
fo fte^t bie Sefeffenc © a (J> c im 5? I u r a (,
wenn fic jebev 5Per[on einjein jufommt
(Sebein gteic^fam ein (SremiJiar) ; ift ti
abtx eine ©ac^e, bie mir ein mat »ors
!^anben ifl, bie atte nut einmat, gc
meinfc^aftU* Scftlen, fo ftc^t fie im
©ingutar. My dear parents make my
happiness the whole study of their lives.
My poor mother's and father's deaths.
You have done me many kindnesses.
He was sincere and affectioned in his
friendships (=gcgen f e i n c g r e u n b e; e8
fc^immert ba8 Concrete bitr^ ba3 5lbfivac=
turn Ijinburcf)). The gross understand-
ings of the Hellenes. They drank to our
healths. We had filled our stomachs.
The appetites of the consumers, ©o un=
terfrf)elbe : We returned to our home =
in unferc (gemeinf*aftri(^c) ^eimat. We
returned to our homes = in unfre Ǥ e i s
maten {3frf>ocfe), jeber in feinen feetreffen;
ben ^eimata o r t. ©o auct) narf) (5 o 1 1 e c =
tivcn: The family still resolve to hold
up their heads. Mankind wanders, un-
knowing his roay. The council were
divided in their sentiments. The gather-
ing (of the gypsies) was broken up, each
gang taking their own way (= gemeins
fct)aftri(^en aCeg). 9Jergt. Collective, 2,
unb Possessive Case, A, 5. — 6. iX)er
5P(urat bient ferncr, m e 1^ r c r e einjetne
©ingttlare jufammen jufaffen,
alfo jur ©a^»erfiirjung. Slnfiatt ndmlirf>
ein ©ubfiantito, bag ju mel&rern 2tbj,ecti»en
gcl^ort, Bei jebem ju njieber^oten, fegtman
eS nur Winter baS U%tt , unb jiDar — weit
e« me^rfac^ ju benf en ifi — in ben
gplurat: The thirty -sixth and thirty-
eighth chapters of Exodus. The Latin
is the basis of the French, Spanish, and
Portuguese languages. i?ann jeboc^ einc
3i»cibeutigfeit entftel^en, fo »ermei=
bet man biefe 3itfammenjte^ung unb fcfet
bann entttjeber baS ^au))ttt3ort im©in5
gular julefet, ober gleirf? gum erfien
5tbj;ecti», irci^renb eS bei atten iiSrigen
buret) one aertteten n^irb (f. One, B), unb
— bie •& a u i) t f a * e — in feeiben SaUen
toirb ber 5lrtitet ic iebcrl^ott, um
eben bie serfc^iebcnen JDinge ni^t in
einS jufammenfUepcn ju laffen (f.
J, an, D, 3). The big and little ele-
phants tonnte l^ei^en : bie gropen unb bie
!(einen ©♦; l^at man aber nur ein en
grof en unb ein en fleinen ©. gefel^en, fo
fagt man : 1 saw the big and the little
elephant, ober: I saw the big elephant
and the little one. — 7. 2lbflracta unb
©toffnamen fie^en, wic im JD., gc=
iwo^nlirf) nur im ©ingular, fo courage,
humanity,— wood, milk; ijfterJjebocb and)
im plural, sorjiiglic^ tt?enn bie ser;
fd)iebcnen ©injelarten eineS foi^en
SSegriffg l^ercorgel^oben tuerbeu fotten. ®o
mischiefs, UngJiicfgfdae; griefs, 33efum=
merniffe ; wools, silks. The intolerable
heats. He found the snows so deep that — .
I would have died a thousand deaths
rather — . The lives of those heroes
were not happy (ttergl. oben 3). Ste^n^
ti*c? ftnbet ft^ in ber beutfc^en Jlauf*
manngfprarfie, oft auct> in ben Siatur^
njiffenf^aften. — 5tuferbem f. no^ Pro-
per Names.
Pos'ltiTC. 1. Positive Degree l^cigt
bie (Srunbform eine? 2lbjecti» , im
(gtgenfa^e ju Comparative unb Superla-
tive; ju best, happier finb alfo bie jpofi*
J
t^eTryy, if.f*M^/f.
Possessive Case.
105
ti»e good, happy. — 2. (Jin ^ o f i t i » c r
© a§ ifi fottift aU etn affiimatber, f, b.
Posses'siTe Case , au^ Saxon Ge-
nitive gcnannt. J. S o r m unb @ t e I =
lung. 1. 2Kan Jjejeicftnet i^n buret) em
bem aCorte angc^angtca V (^B- n i c^ t nut
s !): the man's, beS QJianneS ; the Lord's
Supper. 2)ie8 mag urftjriingtic!^ au8 Ais
entfianben fcin, toaS »utgdr*) no* jegt
gcbrau^tttJtrb, fru^er auit) in ber®(^rift.
@o: The Pope qualifies himseU Christ his
vicar, jtatt Christ's vicar. — 9lod) bei L.
Byron : „Dark. Muchlar his son to the
Danube is sped." Unb bei ©cott : This ye
may read in Colonel Munro his expedi-
tion. 2luc& im neueftcn, XIII. iBanbe ber
Household Words (@. 312) : Read good
Dr. Borlase his History of Cornwall.
gSgt. Abuse. — 2. (5r fie^t jlet? o o r bem
@ufcjianti» , ba8 il^u regtert : the man's
horse ; my daughter's friend ; those
men's children; Jullien's Polkas. — 3t3u=
weiten tt)trb er jtuifc^en ein ^Pronomen unb
beffen @ubfiantt» eingefd^loffen: ^U Doc-
tor Burdock's little pieces. All Mr. Tup-
man's earnest entreaties. — 4. (5nbet ein
2Bort (im (Singular Dber ^Ptural) auf
cinen 3 i f c^ e r , fo \t%t man nur einen
2l)5ofiro))]^ baran : Charles' hat. My
brothers' graves. Marks like flies' feet.
5Kt*t fetten jiel^t jebod^ '* aucfe na*
einem 3if^er, aber nur bei @ingu =
larformen: Strauss''s and Lanner's
Waltzes; at St. James's; Mr. Perkins's
profession ; bann tefe man ben 5{pofiroi)]&
njic e (In roses), j» 23. :
Hard by, where turn'd apart the road
To Douglas''s obscure abode — .
3m jpiurat bagegcn taf t man nad) einem
3if(6er ijfter§ fogar no* ben 5ljjoftrop]^
tteg : One of your tenants sons. After
two hours walk (f. unten B, 4). — 5. @inb
mel^rerc fol^e ©enitiwe »on e in em ©ubs
flantio ab^dngig , fo fe^t man ba8 's nur
an ben le^ten, njenn ber a3eft| ein ge =
mctufdjaftUcfcer ifl, — an jebeS
Charles and William's rooms (=ge =
metnf(f)aftnrf)e 3immer). John's,
Charles', and William's rooms = bie
3immer Solon's , bie itarl'S unb bie 2fii(=
l^elm'g. — 6. ©te^t bei bem ©ubfiantie
eine Sljjpofitiott ober eine anbere Ses
jlimmung, fo befommt biefe, unbnid)t
ba3 ©ubfiantit) bag 3ei*en be8 $offeffio:
Prince Adolphus Duke of Cambridge''s
Palace. The queen of England's children.
My father-in-law's will. There is John
the footman's coat. My Lord Bishop's
spatterdashes. @. bie tefeten beiben ®a^c
unter Abbreviation, II, 1. 3fl ber S3ei«
fa§ jebo* gar gu lang , fo fe^t man He=
ber of , ober l^angt baS V bem erfien
©ubflanttB an , fobalb bie? ein $erfonen;
name ifl: The army of Charles John,
King of Sweden and Norway. These
psalms are David's^ the king, priest and
prophet of the Jewish people, ©elten
ftnbct man ben ^offeffio na* beutfrtjer
2lrt j tt) e i m a I bejei^net: A spaniel
which had been Don Jose''s, his father''s
(Byron). You proceeded to my father''s,
Copeland's (fagt ein fl e U e r bei Dickens).
93gl. 1. @am. 23, 17* — ^. ® e b r a u c^
be6 5[Joffcffi». 1, ©cfjon fein 9]amc
beutet an, bap er einen ^efi^er be=
jeicfcne. JDa^er fie^t bei tebtofen 5)in=
gen biefe Sorm in ber Steget nt(^t (jeborf)
in 3ufammenfe^ungen : a pin's head , a
pin's point ; f. Composition, A, 1, 1) ; ^du=
fig aber bei abftracten 93egriffen, fo*
batb fie yerfonificirt erfcfjeinen: And
FreedomPs fame finds wings on every
wind. What was the pity''s recom-
pense? — The moral's truth. Pleasure's
hand. \vl my youth'' s sxxmvatv. An Earth-
quake's Spoil. ©. nod) Active, E. —
2. @tatt son einem tt)irHi({|en ©ubjlantic
fann er aucft » o n einem a c t i o c n 5)3 a r =
tici^j ab ;^dngen:f. Participle, A, III,
1. — 3. 2Benn er fiir unfern !5)atio jlel^e,
f. to Be^ A, 2; «gt. ba3 Statienifcfec unb f.
jpf. 94, 1 ; 3. SKof. 6, 5; 7, 7 ; SJiatt^.
22, 21 ; L ©am. 9, 20 : au(^ ^t^tm. 5, 5
(bei merben). ©o audi : „2Bir teb en
ein 5 eine aber, ttenn Seber fiir fic^ bie junb fterben beS .§errn." — 4. gcrnerfiel^t
@a*e befl^t (»gt. Plural, B,5): John, jer bei aSefiimmung ber 3ett, beS 9lau =
*) 3(1> erinnere an bie bcru^mte 3nf(^ttft in ben fpiefwirfiern : „Bill. Stumps. His. Mark,"
106
Possessive Pronouns.
me8, fDU^eS, ^ttt^cS, ® troi^f
teS: la less than five minutes' time; a
two-year's imaginative task; half-au-
hour's bombardment ; one mile's distance;
at a minute's warning ; a ten-hour's bill ;
we hold them at arm's length. llefctigenS
f. noc^ Genitive. — 5. 2Bo er in ter
3f{cget nic^t gcbrau^t ttjerbe , f.
Of , 2. — C. 2) a 8 r e g i e r e n b e
^au))tn)ort Blcibt oft njeg:
1. 2Co e8 aw« bem 33or]^evge^enben iric=
itxt^oU tverben fofltc : My garden is
greater than my neighbour's. @. ben 1.
@a§ untev For, 3. 93ergr. ^ic6, 7, 1;
2. SDfiof, 14, 5. ©ott baS ®ubfianti» bur*
ein^Jronomen vcvtrctcn it>erben , bann
fiel^t of ftatt be? $offeffi« : My garden is
greater than that of ray neighbour, —
2. 2le]^ntt(f| Bei ben ^dKen beS >& e r a u 8 =
l^ebcnS, irie fie unter Of, 4 angegcBen
finb : A horse of the general's (viz.
horses). A manuscript of the old clergy-
man's. The species is a plausible in-
vention of Pennant'' s (viz. inventions).
SDIan meinc ja nicftt, ba^ biefer $cffe[fit>
»on of ab^dnge! SJon of l^ctngt »ielme^t
ba8 im *phirat ju crgdnjenbe SCBort
ab, tinb biefeS regiert ben 5|Jcffeffitt. —
3. aCenn e6 cine fid) »Dn fel6|l »erftc^enbe
DrtSb ejci^nung ifi, toie house,
palace, church, shop (e i g e n t li d) e @ 1=
li p f e), befonberS nad) $rdjjofitionen : We
were at my uncle's ( — house)", not a
Brown's ( — coffeehouse). I left the wi-
dow's ( — shop). My friend proposed a
visit to Frascati's ; but .... I knew
Frascati's , as the French saying is, by
heart (ergdnjc gambling house). He went
to Copeland's (— fabric). I found him at
the bookseller's ( — shop). She goes to
St. John's (—church). (So l^ei^t fogarbic
UeSerfdirift einer ©rjdl^lung bei Boz:
„Monsieur Gogo's," unb man l^at, njie
ber Bufammenl^ang fpdter geigt , Pension
ju crgdnjen.
Posses'sive Pronouns. J. ?5or =
mtUti. ® ie jerfaUen in jttjei (Slaffen :
aerbunbene, b. 1^. fold^e , bie abjiecti=
»ifc6 belm <§au)jtn3orte ftel&en , unb uns
\) e V b u n b e n e , bie felbfiftdnbig, felbft al8
®ubfiantitt fiel^en. I.aSerbunbene {con-
junctive possessive pronouns). ^Ht bie
crfie SPerfon my, unb (bei mel^rern
23eft§ern) our; fiir bie gttjeite thy unb
your ; fiir bie britte : her, his, its, one's unb
theirs: ndmlid) his, fein, son einem
33efi^er; her, i^t, »on einer 93 e =
fi^erin; its, fein, i^r, toon einem
Dieuter; one^s, fein, (il^r) toon einer unbes
fiimmten IJJerfon (one) ; theirs son m e 5 =
rem Sefigern ober aSefi^erinnen o^m VLn-
terfc^ieb* 5)emnad) : the man and his
wife; the woman and her child; the
bird made iV* nest. The 6e// rang, and
its sound was borne towards us. Every
thitig finds its level. It was almost im-
possible to keep OMc's fooling, ^axx §at
atfo 5 2(u8brucfe fiir nnfer i ^ r ju unter=
fd)eiben: 1. <Da3 ^serfonlic^e i^r: you
(= (Sic, S)u). — 2. 3){ebefi^anjei =
gen ben i^r: her, its, their unb 3^r =
your. (Sbenfo fd)eibet fid) : b e r i 1^ r i g c
in hers, its, theirs nnb yours (= bet
Sl^rigc). ®. nodb Epicene, 7, Personi-
fication, B, u. Personal, E, 1.— II. Un =
»erbunbenc ( distinctive possessive
pronouns). <£ie l^abcn im 2). ben 21 r^
t i f e t »or fi*, im (Sngt. n i d) t. 1. ^tx\.x
mine , ber , bie , baS meinige , ours, ber,
bie, bag mifrige ; 2. 5Perf.: thine — yours ;
3. 5Pcrf. : his, bag fcinigc, hers, baS
il^rlge, its, baS feinige, bag il^rigc ; theirs,
bag itjrigc. llnterfd)icb njie oben. — 2tUe
bicfc Sormen (I unb II) fmb unt>erdnberi
licft ; bie Safug bejeid)nct man burd) of
unb to. — B. ® e bra neb- I. Die tiers
bunbenen brauc^t man genjol^nlid^ axi^
ba , njD i. 2). ber biofie Sirtifet jurei<6t,
ttjeil fic^ ber ©efife sen fetbft serfie^t : He
put his pipe into his pocket. She fell on
her head. I have cut 7ny finger (= i(^
\:io,U m i d? in ben %. — ). I beg your par-
don, id) bittc ©ie urn a^erjei^ung.
He plunged in to her relief (=z umfie
ju retten, i^r ju ^iitfe). SSgl. %\. 78, 8 ;
Serem. 27 , 2. 9^ur augna^mgmeife flel^t
aucft im ©ngt. ber bloge Qlrtitet, ttjenn «in
bepimmenber Objecti» toor^ergel^t: He
held me by the hand. Fleta looked us
both in the face. SJergl. Reflective, II,
B , 2. — 2. Defter a(g t. 3). ne^men fic
oivn jur aSerfldrfung ju ftc&. @o fc^meis
6^i\t ein Jlinb feiner aiiuttec : That is my
Potential Mood -
own kind mamma! SSergt. no(i^ iinten'
II, 1. — 3. Ueter i^rc aSerbtnbxtng mit
bempnfiratben $ronoutt3 f. Of, 4, a, @.
— 4. ®tc Srauctien nic^t ivicber l^ott
ju tterben , iro fie jit nie|)rcni ®ubfian=
twenge^oren, auggcnoinmcn beg groBci^n
Sfiadibrucfg ivegen: Her mother, brothers
and nephews. She deserves our love
and our estime. @. nod) Partitive, 5. —
II. 2)ie unsertunbenen fte^en ganj
fo, n)te t. 3), 1* ©tatt unferer »erf)un?
ben en tnuffen fte ftef^en, tnenii bicfe
nic&tbeim^aiH)tn)orte, fonbern alS
^rdbicat 6cl fein fieljen, iuie: 2)le8)i8ud)
ifi me in (euer, unfer u. u f.): This
book is mine, yours, hers, ours — . 3)ie
gormen mine unb thine beuten an, bap eS
auc& i. 2). eigenttic^ nicf)t btc »crSiin =
ben en, fonbern bie a(ten , Bom ®entti»
ber ))erf6nltd)cn ^Jronomen {n?ie: ,,®e =
b e n ! c m e i n ! ) abgeleiteten (rcie ii^oi
»on ifwv)^ artifeltofen Sormen ber uns
BcrBunbenen gueignenben giirftorter
fmb. JDal^er fagt man and) , befonberS in
neuefter S)t'xt'. bie QJieinen, er unb bie
©einen, flatt Q)ieinigen, <2einigen u. f.
XV). 3n»erttrte« a3eif)5iel : iMine be a cottage
in the vale. -Winter to be f^e^en bafiir
oft bie cerbunbenen, aber burct» own
»erjicirFten : Whose is this purse? It is
my own. (S. audjnod) Of, 4, unb Every.
— 2. 3m l^ij^ern @ti)fe fiel^en mine unb
thine man^mal, in ®ebi(ftten fiet^ vor
SSocaten (SBol^UautS unb Sflac^brucfS ^at^
ber) flatt my unb thy; Mine absent guests.
A bee-hive's hum shall soothe mine ear.
With thine eye. Thine own heart.
Know'st thou not thine and our Sover-
eign? 93ergt. None. — C. ©tcttung:
ganjber5)eutfc^en gteidi. 3)ieBerbunbencn
ober tretcn, fo wie bie 2lrtitel unb bie 5)e=
monfiraticg , ]^ i n t e r half, both, all
f. b. — D. ac eggetaf f en iuerben fie
in ber Umganggfjjra^e bei ber 28ejei(f)nung
»on aSerttjanbten (tt)ie in mand)en @e=
genbcn!Deutfd)(anbg: ©ater ifi nic^t ju
4?aufe, er ifi mit aJiut tern auSgegangen
— ganj tuieSigennamen): Look, this
is brother Jack. Uncle is not sick. I
have not quarrelled with sister. %u6^ in
aboerbialen 9teben8arten, trie at will,
XxKxi jc na(J| bem Sufammenl^ange l^ei^t :
Preposition.
107
narf) meinem, beinem, fcincm,
unfermu.f.f. aBilten, gleirfj un=
ferem: nad) SSetieben, ad libitum,
franjof. aber : a mon gre , a son gre , \
votre gr6 (= at yowr pleasure).
Poteutial Mood, f. Conditional, @.
Predicate, bag ^Jrabicat, (.Adjec-
tive, B, 1 unb 4.
Preposit'ion , 93erl^artni§n)prt. J.
Qlrten. 1. (Jinfadje ?Crd)?Dfitipnen
finb J. 33. at, by, in, to, for, of, after. —
2. 2lu8 9Ib»erbien (ober abwerbialts
fd^en JRebengarten) unb eincr ^rd^jofitiott
finb J u f a m m e n g e f c $ t : out of,
throughout, without, within, because
of, instead of, up to , according to. —
3. !Dopt)e(t>rdi3ofitionen ju au8=
briicftidKrer SSejeici^nung gibt eg Ujenige :
f. From unb t>ergt. im Sranjof. de chez
moi, rfe;yflrlaloi, d'aprSs , d'avec unb
bergl. , au(& unfer ,,von . . . Vregen:" !♦
®am. 25, 5 unb 9; ^f. 7 , 1. Sine d^n?
lic&e Siiflc beg Slugbrudg f. unter Hence.
(Sin anbercr gatt aber ifl ber unten
(F, 2) erwd^ntc: f. bie Ic^ten Sd^e bort.
35ag @d)tt5ierigfle im ®cbraud>eber
*Prd^3ofitionen ifi nidn i^r 9{cgimen, nid)t
il^re (Sonfiruction, ©teUnng, 2Bieberl^oIung
ober 5Iuglaffung — bariiber f. B big F —
fonbern eben il&r @e branch, b. ^. bie
rid)tigc SB a 1^1 ber $rd))Dritioneu am
jcbegmatigcn Orte. 3)iefe ccrrecte 2lntt)ens
bung aber ifi — bei ber fo nal^en ®innc«s
»ertt)anbtfd)aft manner — fo tt>enig teieftt,
ba§ fetbfi ©ngldnber unb englifdte (Sd)rift=
fietter l^ierin gefc^tt l^aben (f. Fliigel's unb
Wagner's ©rammatif am @nbe beg 2lbs
fdtnitteg fiber btc $rd)3ofxtiDnen). ^ier
foUten nun f(^Ied)terbingg bie 2B o r t er =
b u * e r eine anf ben anerfannt guten ®es
braud> gcgrunbete 2lnleitung gcben, no=
mcntlid^ iiberatt fagen, rreldie SPrdvofition
nac^ einem SSerb, @ubflanti» ober Slbuerb
fotge ; fe^r oiet, aber bei bem befc^rdnften
9iaumenatiirnd)uid)t immer genug, bictet
bag (fteinerc) 3}ra!tif(%e SBorters
bu(^ won Dr. J. G. Fliigel, Hamburg,
1847. 2Ber mel^r tterlangt , bem gibt
2Inti)eifung unb ja^lreid)e iBeif^siete ein
2Berf , bag ft<^ »orjiigUd) ^ i e m i t be*
108
Preposition.
f^aftigt ; Melford , cnglifd) = betitfdjeg
^jl^rafeologif c^ eg ^anbnjortcr?
6u(i& u. f. h). Set^jtg, 1852. Uebrtgene f.
mon noc^ iaS (Snbe unfcreS QtrtifelS : Ad-
jective. — B. 3ebe ^Jrd)?of. regiert
ben 2lccufatt»; f. biefen, B, I, 3 unb
Declension, III. — C, ® e S r a u eft: tu. i.
2). 1. Dft flel^en aitt m c 1^ r c r e 5^rd)5ori=
tionen Bor einem ©uBfiantb: In, and
wit/t our country. He walked up to and
returned ivith the master of the ce-
remonies. Feeling for, or wi(/i them.
Some demand on her charily interfered
with, and drew from, the pious savings.
I had formed so high an opinion of and
so strong an attachment to her. 3)aS gi6t,
jDcnn aud> nicftt ftets einc fdjone, fo bocft
eine furje Sonjiruction. @ie finbet fid)
6ei ben befien unb mobernfien ©(ftriftfiets
lern, mogen fie au(i) bie ©rammatifer
tabctn. 3m !D. ifi fie, obfcfton ganj tabets
log, fc^on beSttjegen fcltner, \vcx\ imfre
aScrl^altni^morter nic^t, ttiie bie (Sngli'
f(i^en , alle b c n f e 1 6 e n (5afu3 regieren ;
f : @3 »arb fur unb tttber ben 33ors
fc^kg gefprocften. 91 e ben ober in bcm
^aufe* 93ilber m i t unb o 1^ n e dia1)men ;
iinb bergUc <S. aud) Accusative, B, I, 3.
(§g ifi eine Sont faction ober eine
@ni5pfc, bieganjal^nticft aud> bei
bem 3ufammentreffcn jreeier @onj;unc =
tionen »oif ommt : They are as bad as,
e\eu worse than , the fair. They glow
like creatures of the mine , with a rich
gnome-like splendour, more mysterious
than, if not so exquisitely lovely as, the
"flying flower." (a3etbe(S(S^ebei Dickens.)
aJlan beacfttc |iier, njie in obigen @d^en,
bie Singerjeige ber 6 o m m a. — 2. a3e=
fanntlicft bienen o/unb to ju Sejetd^nung
ber eafu6»er^dttniffe. ®c^r oft mup abcr
an(f) eine anber e $rdpofition eintreten,
no X. JD. ein bto^er SafuS :^inreicftt : He
settled this sum on his daughter (= fe^te
fic feiner 3;. auS); f. Dative, (5, —
3. Umgefe^it mu^ niand|mat i. 2). eine
^rd^ofuion jiel&en, wo i. (5. feine ifi:
f» Accusative, B, 2 unb Nominative. —
i. UnfremitJJJrd^ofitionen jufam-
mengcfefet en 21b»erbien: babei,
bamit, boran, barein, barin,
barau8, bajn, bajtoifc^en, ba*
ranf, baruber, barum, ba»on,
ba»or, b a bur (ft, bal^inter, bafiir,
bagegen; itomit, ttjoneben, ttjo?
ran, njofiir;l^iemit, l^inein u.bgt.,
au^ be8|iatb, begwegen miiffen im
(5. oft bur^ eine $rd^5ofition unb ein
^ronomen aufgetdjl werben; fiir
,,ba" tritt bag 5)emonftratit> this (ober
and) it) ein, fiir „» o" bag 9ietati» which
(f. This, 3; It, B, 2; Which, A, 3):
worin = in which; baruber = at it, at this;
«)oriiber, at which. 3nbe§ l^at aud) bag
@ngl. mand)e foId)e ^rdjjofitionalabvers
bien mit here, there, where, bie aber n)ie=
ber nid)t atle son jebem ©rammatifer
gelobt njecben njoHen : ihere-of, here-
by , where - by , there - by ; where-
at he grew angry. Where - fore is
he come? The ground where -upon I
stand is wet. Here -in he is in the
right. — 5. $rdj)ofitionen ttjerben oft
aucft JU (5 n i u n c t i n c n : fo after,
before. Jfter the dance had continued
an hour. Before they could proceed. —
D. aOBieberl^otung einer $rd^3ofition,
bie ^u mei^rern SGBortern gel^ort , ifi nicftt
notl^ig : Nothing could make us angry
with the world or each other^ It de-
pends not on circumstance but consti-
tution. I destroyed her not with
my hand, but heart. 93erg(. Apposition,
11. — E. (SUiJjfe ber 518rdi)ofi =
tion: nid)t ebenl&dufig; f. Of, For, At,
From, To unb Ellipse, B, 1, 10; unb »gl.
A, an, C, I, a, 1; u. Accusative, B, 1, 1, a,
unb British , ©. — F. ® t a n b ber
3Prd:|3 ofitionen. 1. 3n ber JRcgel
b i d) t » r iferem 2lccufati» : I went with
my brother. According to its command-
ments , i^ren ©eboten g e m d ^ ; be-
cause of you = Sl^ret tt) e g e n. — 2. 3)ann
njerben fie ofterg aucft burcft eingefifto =
bene2lb»erbicn ob^Stboerbialien
»on i^rem 2lccufati» getrennt : »gt. Con-
junction, 1 ; — Ai precisely that age ; in
directly an opposite light ; in about a
fortnight (= in timcx Bierjel^n flagen);
in, she told her Somersetshire friends.,
the south of France (Boz). At various
depths, of from five to thirty feet. We
would get through a stage oZ/rom fifleca
to twenty miles (einc ©tierfe »on ber
Present Tense —
Scingc »on 15—20 a)Jciten). A duration
of from fonr to five hours. After a
f^ambler's life of between three and
four years. A population of from four
thousand to five thousand. I shook hands
and parted with , next to you , the best
friend that I ever had. 2Ie^ntic^ aucf): It
tastes of I know not what, h). i. 3). SJgl,:
II parlait de je ne sais quoi. ^el^nlid)
finbet ftcfe bic unbeutf i^c SSecbinbungt
iDiefe SSoget nci^rcn ft(^ »Dn im^erbfie
reifcnben SSeeren, — 3. ©ie treten iweit
i^inter tl^ren SlccufatiB, icenn bie^
fer an bie © )) i ^ e bcS ®a^eg tritt (3n»er=
non); bann tritt bie^Prd^jofttion l^inter ba8
SBort, t>on bem fie abl^angig ij!: j411 these
Mr. Turps will supply at per dozen. A
gentleman whom he had not the pleasure
of an intimate acquaintance wi/A. 3eboc^
ixitt fie aud) bann oft »cr il^rcn 3lccufat[» ;
am l^aufigften getrennt tvirb fie »on
telatt»e« unb interro gati»cn
^Jronomen: What new conquest are
you now aiming at? <B. nocEj ben Ic^ten
®a^ unter bem pronoun that unb »ergl.
Sutl^er, ber befonberS bte mtt5)3ra»ofxtionen
jufammengefe^ten Slbiserbien fo ttennt (f.
oben C, 4) : „bafetbft macfct er etnen
Oott son; ferner @irac& 25, 31 ; 4, 14 ;
ep^«6,8unb7, 8; ^Sf. 74 , 2 ; 142, 4 ;
1. 3«of. 17 , 8 ; 26, 21 ; 42, 38 ; 2. 3«of.
12,5.27; 26,35, — 2. 3) i d) t Winter
il^rem 5lccufntitt flel^en fte nur felten (im
erfiabenen ©tS?le) : all price beyond. But
these betweefi a silver streamlet glides.
(aSte i. 5). „iBegen, l^alben, njitten, ges
md^ unb bcrgl., f. oben F, 1.)
Present Tense. Ueber ba8 govmetle
f. Conjugation. — 3JJan braud)t ei meift
n)ie i, 3). 1. ©el^r l^aufig fie^t e§ aud^
aiS ergdl^tenbe 3cit, anfiatt beS 3 m =
perfects, urn eine ^anblung lebl^after
»Dr 5tugen ju ftellen. Unb bag ijl f e t n c 8 =
njcgg setaltet, tote einige ©vammas
tifer fagen , fonbern ftnbet fl^ bet ben mos
bernften 5lutoren feitenlang l^interetnanbev.
— 2. Werner braudjt man eS oft fiatt be3
gutuvg, trenn man ettoaS 23 e a b [ i cfe t i g =
t e 8 al8 g e » i f bejeid^nen toitt t I depart
to-morrow. ®o befonberS na^ when,
as, after unb bergt. , iwo baS gutuv fc^on
Pronunciation.
109
Borl^ergel^t : He will hear the news , be-
fore he arrives (ober as soon as he a.).
@. Future, B, 3. — ^Kidjt tmmer
aber fann im @ngltf<i^en ba8 $rdfenS
fl e l^ e n, JDo e8 im 55eutfd)en fiel^t : 3. @o
bei STngabe elner bauernben "^anb;
t u n g ; i^ter bcnfcn vo'xx an ben g e g c n =
todrtigen 2[ugenbtid ber nod& forttodl^=
renben »5anblung , ber ©ngldnber aber an
ben »ergangenen 2lnfang berfel=
ben ; er fefet balder baS perfect fiir unfer
$rdfen8 : 3d> » o 1^ n e 20 Sa^re in biefem
^aufc = I have lived twenty years in this
house. His father has been dead these
nine years (= ifi tobt). He lived in a
floui'ishing condition upon the estate left
him by his wife's father who had been
dead some years. I have been here these
six months (id^ bin nun feit— ). 4. 2lu=
lierbem fie^t oft fiir nnfet e in fa d^ eg
5Prdfen8 bag ))eri^l^rafiifdte : f. Peri-
phrase, XVII.
to Proclaim : f. Accusative, B, 1, 2.
The people proclaimed him emperor.
He was proclaimed king and soon after
publicly crowned.
Pron'Sun , f. bie einjelnenj Srajfen :
Personal, Reflective], Possessive, De-
monstrative , Relative , Interrogative;
bann all, both, much, few, any, some,
each, every, one, no, other, such.
Pronunciation , STuSf^jracfte. SBic
eg gefommen, ba§ bie 5[ugfvrac&e tm ©ngU
fo bebeutenb »on bee ®d)rift; abfteic&e,
'^ahtn "voxx unter Etymology unb Euphony
beviil^rt. 3m Uebrigen f. bie einjetncn
aSudifiaben unb S3ud)f!aben»erbinbungen,
fotoie Digraph, Diphthong, Trigraph,
Triphthong, Quantity, Accent, [Homo-
nym. — !t)ie 2lugf^rad^c nadjjeinem ge*
orbneten ©bfieme ju fiubiren , bettor man
in ber ©^jracfte felbfi fdion [einige, nidit
gang geringeiJenntni^ l^at, todre ein ebenfo
mii^ferigeg, alg unfeligeS SSeginnen. 3)er
Sernenbe hjurbe balb mtt @ e nm c fragen,
toarnm man benn nid)t tteber bie 5lu6=
na^men alg Sfiegetn J^infleHe unb 'bie 9?e=
getn al^ 2tu8na§men. SOian ternc anfangg
bei jebem2Borte, weldieg in etnem ©les
mentarbuc^e ober Sefebu(^e>orfommt, bie
no
Proper Names
3lugf))ra(f>e efeenfo mtt, wie bic 93ebeutung
unb Drt^ogratt^ie (j. 33. child = t f rt) e i t b
l^eif t J?inb). ©^on baburd^ trirft man Bei
bet n)ad)fenben 3a^t ber f e ji unb f i d) e c
gelerntcn SDocter eine SJienge ^Inalogiccn
unb nad) unb nad) cin gettjiffed ®t»rad)s
tadgefu&l gctuinnen , namentlid) fiir ble
ri&tige Sdngc unb Jturje bcr @iI6en
unb ben bacon ab^dngenben % c cent.
35a8 aber ifi bie ^auiJtfac&e. ^at man bie
gormentc^re unb gtetc^seitig mit berfetben
bie gett)6|)nll(ften ©a^rcgeln ukrtDunben,
fi) ge§e man nun erft an baS ©tubium
ber 2[cccntlagc (eine iDentgjieng uber =
fi(i^tnd>e 55arfiettung ^afcen h)tr unter
Jccent, I, gegeben) unb bann an ein @e^
bdube ber 51 u 8 f )) r a d) I e ]^ r e felSf^, twie
ba6 in SGBagner'g ®rammatif, um »om
(Seftil^i jum SSenjuptfcin ju gelangen.
Proper Names (oitvpropernouns),
©igennamen. J. 5)ic 2lu 5 f)3 r ad) e
berfetften Idf t fid) cbenfonjenig burd) Siegeln
befitimmen, aU bie Orthographic bcutfd)cr
eigennamen (S^ulje, ®d|ul^e, @d)ultfe
unb (Sd)u(j, (Sd)ul^, ®d)u{t8. ©. Mule,
(§., LI unb -cester. — /?. 2)en 21 r t i f e t ,
ba8 3eid)en be« SnbittibuatirirenS , ne^men
fie in ber 9teget n i d) t , ba fie an fic^ ft^on
3nbi»ibuen bcjei*nen: Switzerland = b i c
<Sd)meij ; and) bann m(bt, wenn ein 2lbs
jecti» ba»or tritt: little Louisa, bie ffeinc
S. ; poor Sophia; let us get away from
fashionable Frascati's; EuropeanRussia;
Old England (=2llt;(5ng(anb). A cottage
in dear England. 2lug n ai^me mac^en :
1. 3)ie 9Jamen aUer BHiffe unb SBiJeere, fonsie
bie Plural Nouns (f. Plural VI.), n)eld)e
Sdnber unb ©ebirge benennen : the Rhine,
the Elbe, Francfort on the Main ; jebo^
— ber Jtiirje l^alber : Newcasile-upon-
Tyne ; the Pyrenees, the Alps, the
Andes, the Netherlands; the United
Stales (eine Anlonomasia). ®o and) bie
einjelnen : the Levante, the Crimea , the
Hague. — 2. ^n6:i italienifd^er 2lrt aud)
bie Sflamen »on atlgemein befannten 5)Sers
fonen : With the trading poet, arose the
trading publisher, and Me Dryden had
his Tonson. The Tancred was celebrated
through Christendom. Who does not
recall ... the „T6te d'arm^e!" oi the
Prosody.
dying Napoleon ! ©benfo bei 91amen »on
»crtraulic^ena3efannten,tt>. i.iD. @o l^eift
cS in einem S3riefe bei Dickens : We are
not easily persuaded that the tip of the
beloved y4melia's nose is at this moment
slightly tinged with blue (ber Srieffdjrei;
ber ift ndmlidj im Sanuar in JRom). —
3. SDieauf ®d)iffe, ©ebdube, ®e =
mdtbe, 33ud)er imb bergt. iiber =
tragenen ^erfonennamen (too fte bann
Appellatives toerben, f» b* unb Anlono-
masia): the Pluto was lost; the Caro-
line ; a Murillo. When I saw the Venus
I was wrapt in wonder. ®. aud> Ad-
jective, B, 6. — 4. 2Iud} irenn »on me]^=
reren iperfonen gleiAcn 9iamen8
gefvro^en toirb, fie^t jur llnterf^ci =
bung ber 2lrtifel, namentlid) totxm. ein
abjectitiifc^er 93eifa§ ju bem 91amen tritt :
the elder Pliny, the Stuarts , the two
Belts, the two Scipios, — the three Wolfs
(NB. nid)t Wolves!); the Cartouches
of London ; sergl. ben le^ten <Ba% unter
Reckon unb unter This, 1. — SJJan flel^t,
ba^ bie ©igennamen bann auc^ in ben
5[}Iural treten; fo befonber? njieber bei
Uebertragung berfelben auf 3) i n g e
(f. 3) : Our own Wilkie had no other
employment for a long time save that of
counterfeiting Tenierses and Ostades
(a3ilber). The Peels and the Louis Na-
poleons, the Schillers and the Tom
Thumbs (— SWebaiUen)* Oft ifi babei ber
2lrtifet einem JDcmonfiratiw gteid) , tnbem
er mit9tad)brud ]^er»or!^ebt (f. Emphasis).
Captain Smith is neither the Smith,
nor has he decovered where the Smith
is (= ber v e di t e ®.). SSergt. nodi
Titles.
Prbs'ody, bie Se&re »om ©aue. Metre
(f. b.) unb 9J^i)t]^mu« ber SSerfe ; ijergl.
Accent, III, Quantity unb bie etnjetnen
aSerSfii^e a. i. O. 3n eng(ifd)en OJerfen
njirb, trie and) meifi i. iD., bie Sdnge
ober Jtiirje einer ©itbe n i d) t banacfc bes
fiimmt , ob i^r 93 o c a t f ii r j e r ober
tdnger gefprodjen toirb, fonbern cine
accentuirte <£i(be ifi Inn g, eine tons
tofe fnrj. (3(ud) ®ilbcn , auf bie nur ber
gijebenaccent — [. Accent, I, 3, d — fdUt,
njerben oft aU lang gebraudjt.) JDa^er
Proverbs —
^aicn toir j. SB. ben SamBic Begeit^net v -
obcr ^^, benn consist bifbet cbenfo gut
einen Sambic aii beiray. iDa^er fann ou^
ein langer iBocat in 33crfen furj fcin, fobatb
er nid^t in b«r betontcn ©ilbe fie^t. Die
SBctfe:
The Gods that wanton In the air
Know no such liberty —
ftnb ^iev mit bent gert>6]^ntid&en iamBifc^en
SKetrum bejeic^nct; bie 2tu5f:>3 rarf)s
It^vt l^ingegen, bie bent Sernenben jeigt,
er foKe ni(^t God fonbern God, n(c6t know
fonbern know augfpreAen, mii^te biefefben
ol^ne 3fliirffi^t auf ben Saut, ico^I aber
auf bie £i u a n t i t ci t fo bejeic^nen ; The
Gods that wanloa m the air know n6
siich liberty. — JDiefen au3 bem Sateini=
id)in angenommenen, in unferen 'B\>xaS)tr\
aber teiberfprecfeenben ®ebraud& eineS
3eirf)eng file jujci »erfcf)iebene ©ad^en
Knnte man »ermeiben, wenn man in 33er=
fen bie betonte @ilbc mit bem 2tccente
bejeid^nete (wie mv bei ben einjelnen 33er3=
fii§en get^an) :
The Gods that wanton in the air,
Know no siich liberty.
— UcbrigenS toerjiel^en bie @ngtanbcr untec
Prosody gerool^nlid) awS) bie Se^rc »on
ber 2lu«f)3rad)e unb bem 2(ccente mit.
Proverbs, Qpvi^tt>oxtcx — bie
SBeiSl^eit auf ber ©affe. Oft fiimmen
»erf^iebene (g^jradjen in il^ren @fric^=
toertern itberein , oft au^ nidjt* 2)a biefe
$ro»erbg t^eifg uralt, t^eit? »iet abges
griffen finb, fo finbet fi^ in i^nen man(^e8
Gigentl^iimlic^e beS 2Iu8bru(f« , befonber3
©ai)3fen, Sntierftonen, au^ oft Sleime
ober5IUiterattonen u. 2lffonanjen : Fiercer
war, sooner peace. Least said, soonest
mended. Handsome is that handsome
doeSi Who makes himself a sheep, him
the wolf eats up. Man proposes, God
disposes. Much virtue in 'if. Beauty is
liut a blossom. He makes a mountain
of a molehill. The devil was sick — the
devil a monk would be : the devil got
well — the devil a monk was he. Hell
is paved with good intentions (ber 2Beg
jur J&ofle ifi — ). <S. oud^ Scolti^sm
unb Irishism. JDaf mi tiieUn Sanben
- Quantity. HI
(2(rabien, (S^ina, ©tanten, Stalien, %vanU
rei*, ©(Snjeben, 35eutf^Ianb, Satium unb
>§ena8) ®^ric^toorter nacf) @ngtanb ge=
»anbert, jeigen brei amiifante Qlrtifet:
„Sirings of Proverbs" im 12. iBanbeoon
Dickens, Household Words. — Uebrigen*
flie^e man nictjt, ttjie <Sani^o ^Panfa, in
@^3rirf)«j6rtern uber !
ProTincialism, eln SluSbrud, ber nur
in einjeinen ©egenben gebrciud^iic^ ift,
ni^t aber in ber @|jrac^e ber ©ebitbeten :
fo whish , whittle , yarrish , sackless i.
©. w. frieblic^ ; yate fiir gate, ees fur yes
unb bergt. ; f. Dialect unb Irishism.
Panctuation , Sntcrpunction ; bie
3ei*en finb to. i* !D. @. Comma, Colon,
Semicolon, Interrogation, Exclamation,
Dash, Hyphen, Parenthesis, Quotation.
55er qjunft l^eipt Stop ober Full Stop.
33ie{e fcftd^bare Semerfungen uber bie
engl. 3ntertntnftion entl^dlt: Br. ffau-
sc/iild, Bildtingselemente der deutschen,
franzos. und engl. Sprache , (gei^jjig,
1847) ^tiii. 52-59 unb @eite 66-75.
Pyrrhic, 5tJi)rrl^id^iu3 , ber SSer^fu^ :
^ : on the ; finbet ficfe nur in ©erbinbung
mit anberen guf en.
Q l^eifit ku , ba u ii l^ei^t; ti l^at
ji e 1 8 u nac& fic^ , unb qu lautit = kw
(NB. englifcfteS w!): quaker, quiet.
3n un»erdnbert gebtiebenen franjof* 2Bor=
tern Hingt qu nur ttjie k : piquet; fo auc^
in burlesque (and) burlesk gefdjrieben,
Bom itatienifc^en burlesco) imb bergf.
Qnantity : 1. bie 3eitbauer, bag 501 a §,
bieJliirjc unbSdnge berSitben.
3u i^rer 5lngabe bienen bie 3eid)en v/ unb
- , ttiie in is , night. 2tuf bie rid)tige a3e=
Dbad)tung ber ©ilbenauantitdt fommt in
ber 3lu8fvrac&c fafi me^r nodi an, al3
barauf, jeben SSuc^flaben genau unb ri^tig
au8juf!pre(i^en. iD a 3 ©S^flem ber^luSf^jrad^s
bejeic^nung ( »on Worcester - Fliigel),
o
112
Quotation
bem ttjir folgen , nimmt balder iiberatt auf
bte Jturgc uub Scinge ber SSocatc 3fJu(f fic^t.
3)arau8 crgibt ficft audi ber 33ort^eU, ba^
cine au8brurf(i(^e Slngafee beg 2(ccentg oft
ufterfluffig iulrb, inbem ficf) bie aSetonung
ani bet Duantitdt son fetSfl ergibt ; fo in
homage, material, medallion, ambigiiity
u. t. a. 2)agegen mu^ er i.'SB. angegeben
hjerbcn in liol'la , neg'ative u. a. —
2. Ueber bie Words of Quantity, f. Par-
titive, 4.
Quotation. 1 . 2)ag S i t a t , bie 31 n =
fii|cnng einei- ©telte au3 eincm
a3u(!^c, aSriefe, eincr 9iebc u. bergt. CDJan
bcjeidjnet fic gehjij^nli^ burrf) bie ®dnfes
fiip(t)en (2lnfiiOrung«jetd)en = quotation
obcr sign of quotation): ,,...." ober
" " au^ ' * J. 93. 'Here,Mhought
he, 'my poor father will be dragged to a
French prison ! ' — 2. Numbers of Quo-
tation, f. Ordinals, 8.
R, Beipt ar. 3u 2tnfang ber ®ilbe ifi e«
fti^drfer (aber nic^t fo 9ef(f)narrt, h)te r in
^Jiorbbeutfcblanb), ju @nbe getinb, fafi luie
ein >§aIb»ocal in ben vorl^ergcl^enbcn 9}o=
cat »erf(i)n5immcnb : river, round, star,
storm. ®tumm ift e? in Marlborough,
Mrs., gcttjo^nticfi auc^ in worsted, ©cine
^intuirfung auf bie tangen SSocate a unb e
itnb nuf bie furjen e, i, u, y, fiel^e unter
ben aSocalen : a, c, e, i, ii, y . — Jfann
e8 auf einen tangen SSocal xn6)t fo einwir
fen, fo n>itb e8 fetbfl beflo getinber : warm
worn, cure. ®. D. ?5 1 ii g e t , in bet @in=
Icitung gum 1. aSanbe be6 fteineren SEBor*
terbudjeg, @. XIX f.
Rather bejeid)net »or 2lbjecti»en unb
2tb»erbien cinen geringen @rab: ein
roenig, etn^aS, jiemtic^ (el^cr..., at 8
nict)t): rather handsome; he is rather
inclined, cr moc^te tieber, at* nid)t;
man(i|mal fotgt auc& toirfiic^ than: He
was rather charitable than otherwise to
the poor. — JDal^er the rather = umfo=
iiiel&r (f. The, C, 10). — f had rather f.
to Have, B, I, 6.
Reflective.
Reciprocal. 3)a8 ffierl^fittni^ » e ^ =
f e t f e i t i 9 e r @intt3trfung be^ei^nen n)ir i.
!D. entttjcber nut burc^ f i c^ (im (§. barf aber
fcin 91 e f t e c t i » fie^cn !), ober burc^ e i n =
a n b e r ; Ie§tre« jertcgt ber (Sngldnber in
one another— Di. auit) in each other, maS
aber eigcntlicft nur won jttsei 53ecfonen
gettcn fott; mitl^in ifi one another =
les uns les atitres , each other = Vun
Vautre. We love one another (won m e 1^=
rercn), ober each other (t>on jtteien).
These beasts eat one another (nid)t
themselves = ftdj !). They understood
each other with difficulty. 5J}tdi)ofi =
ti on en treten »or beibe 2B6rter, bet
one another ober and) jUjifcftenbcibe:
You must be reconciled to one another.
They looked one at another, ober at
one another (aber nur: at each other).
The amusements which the young people
shared in each other^s company. —
^oetif^ fiel^t au^ each bo^jUelt : Each
turns comforter to each.
to Reckon , f. Accusative, B , 1 , 2.
I shall reckon it a great favour. I
reckon him nothing at all. The two
Miss Flamboroughs were reckoned the
very best dancers in the whole country.
RcflectiTe. I. Reflective Pronouns^
juructfui^renbc $ronotnen. J. ^ o r m e t =
tc«. 1. @ie finb: myself, mir, mtc^;
ourselves, un8 ; — thyself, btr, bi(i^ ;
yourselves, cud* (yourself, <Sid)); —
himself, herself, itself, one's self —
themselves = fid>. — 2. Sin D. l^at man,
bag cine ,,fid)" auggcnommen, feine be=
fonbcrcn Sormen, fonbern brauc&t bie ^jcr*
fontidien Siirftiortcr. JDa^ bieS im ©. auS;
nal^mgtreifc au(& gefd»iel^t, f. Personal,
B, 5. Unfer „f i eft" aber !ann, jc nad) ber
*^erfon, njoranf eg ftrf) bcjiel^t, fe^r toer^
fc^ieben iiberfc^t ttjerben: himself, her-
self, itself, one's self (unbeftimmt), them-
selves, yourself, yourselves (^idi) unb,
ba eg aud^ JRcci^jrof ifl, and) one another
ober each another : He washes himself
She washes herself The cat washes
itself To wash owe'* self. One should
go there one's self. They wash them-
selves. Wash yourself, my friend.
Wash yourselves , my friends. — They
ReHeclive.
113
love each (= one) another. — 3. 3)ie
angegcbenen ?5orm£n e r f t d r c n fict| too^l
am tiaturlic^Pen, rrenn man (mit Johnson,
Lowth unb Todd) self aXi @u6|lantt»
6etra(fttet: my self, mein©elt>fi, meine
eigcne SUerfon ; ebenfo : thy self, her self,
our selves , your selves ; itself ttiedetc^t
»er!urjt an? its self; fo ivitb auc& ber
*l}Dffcffi» one's scUfommen flat unb ben
nbvigcn %U\&i%i^i\{t : one's self = 3e=
manb£3 eigcne ^Jevfon; himself unb them
selves lie^en fi(^ bann tfvoa. al8 ein \ux
JRegel gemrcbener Abuse anfel^en, mie it
is me, it is hitn , it is them; — In ber
33olf «f)3r adfe unb tei dttercn 3tu=
torcn finbct ft* nu* in ber %f)<\i nod^
hisself fiQiit himself, their selves flatt
themselves. ((S. bag k^te Seifpiet unter
Vulgar.) He drank hisselflo dealb. @o
fovtmdl^renb tm 3Jiunbe ber beiben Weller
im Pickwick. 2lnbverfeit« 'i^at man (na*
Tyrwhilt unb Beatlie) self ^ier u6eraU
alg 2lbjectt» genommen, unb fo murbe
ntlcrbingS himself unb themselves eln=
fa(fter erftdrt; aber bann merben jmei
neue 5(nna]^men notl^lg: a.) bag ble gors
men my, our, thy, your, her nif^t ^offef-
fi»V^ronoun«, fonbern au8 ben attenOb=
jectitt? tnjn I, we, thou, you, she entftan^
ben feien; — b.) bogbie ^Jtur aliftrung
beS 2t b j e c t i » § self {in selves) au3 etner
3eitflamme, mo bic SormenOirbung no*
ni*t fo fefi abgef*loffen gemefen fei. 9(t=
Ie« bie« jugegeben, mirb bo* bamit bie
Sorm one's self no* nt*t erfldrt. 3)tefer
eine Q3offefft» one's bejet*net aHjubeut=
li* btc ubrigen Sormen au* ais ijoffeffiuc
giittTjorter. Werner treten ja au* no*5{bs
jecti»e toor self, eben in biefen 3«fammen5
fe^ungen , unb bejei*nen self ali ©ubs
ftontio : I would sacrifice my very self.
(2t£l)nti* : our royal selves , your royal
self, his dear self.) I did it my own
self. JDarau? crHdrt fi* au* ber »er=
altete — ober menigftenS jc^t getabelte —
®ebrau*, bie britte $evfon na* Sie=
fleriwen fotgen ju laffen, menn ba8 ^jerfons
Ii*e $ronomen fe^lt; Myself AnM over-
heard them say (= meine eigene $erfon
l^at — . Shakespear). (5nb(i* fle^t self
ou* mit SGBeglaffung beg bajuge;
^origen ^Pronomeng, alfo ivieberum
Si. Stibrecftt, grammat. QBSrfetb.
atS ©ubftantto. J8on einem aJlanne l^eigt
eg : The room inquired after was for
baby and self (= himself).
B. @ e b r a u * unb @ t e 11 u n g.
!♦ @tneg Z^eilS bienen biefe ^Pronounl
jur btopen fidrferen^eroor^ebung
ber ^IJeifon, unb bann fe^t man fic gtei*
1^ inter btefelbe ober an bag @ube beg
®a^eg (mie moi-meme unb bergl.) : Do
you think / myself game ? You should
eat yourself. He said so himself. 3)a6er
fiel^en fte au* na* ^rdpofttionen a tl e i n,
f. Of, 8, In, 6, By, 2. — 2» Slnbern ZffeiiS
fiel^en fie atg m i r t ( i * c 91 e f 1 e c t i » e ;
bann treten fie alg Object jointer bag
aSerb , b. 1^. fie ful^ren bie ^anblung beg
®ub|ecteg auf baffetbe juruct/ fo bag
eg j u g I e i * 1 1^ d t i g unb I e i b e n b ift ^
fo bilben fi* bie Reflective Verbs, f. II.
— 3. aSei bem 2lccufati» mit bent
3nf initio mirb bag ^erf6nli*c
5)Sronomen in bag reflect ice »ermon=
belt; j. SB. 3* mifl ni*t bulben, bag i(^
»on Sebem jum (actatten gema*t merbe :
I will not suffer myself to be enslaved
by every body (= i* mill m i * ni*t »on
Sebem — ). ®. ben 2. <Ba^ bei to Allow,
ben (e^ten bei Suffer unb toergl. ben umge:
fe^rten gait: Personal, B, 5.
II. Reflective Ferhs. A. @ie l^aben
ni*tg aSefonbereg in t&rer formation;
Bergl. oben I, B, 2; j. 03. I dress myself;
he dresses himself; we dressed our-
selves ; you have dressed yourself; Ihey
will dress themselves ; we were dress-
ing ourselves. @g gtbt i. ©♦ feine rein
reflect i Ben 55erben, b. 1^. fol*e, bie
n u r refJectio, ni*t au* alg acttB ober neu*
ter gebrau*t murben ; fafl jebeg actiBe SJerb
fann aber rejTecttB merben. — B. !Der ® e;
brau* beiber ®ijra*en ftimmt au* l^ier
ni*t immer tiberein. 1. Oft ftel^t m. 3).
ein SteflectiB unb im @. ein blogeg 9?eut£r,
alfo mit Ǥinmegtaffung beg refJcctiBen
$ronomeng; fo: fi * bemiil^en, to try; ft*
nieberlegen , to couch ; ft* miberfe^en, to
resist; fi* f*dmen, to shame; ft* ent=
f*tiegen, to resolve; ft* betrogen, to
behave ; fi* biicfen , to stoop ; ft* ereig=
nen , to happen ; ft* Berfaufen , to sell ;
ft* effen (laffen), to eat; ft* trinfen, to*
8
114 Regimen —
drink; fid) f(t)neibcn (raffcn), to cut; Tut
anfiil^Ieii, to feel unb bergl. — This beef
eats well, biefe3 3f{iubf[cif* lapt ftcf) mc^I
effcn (ntc^tettua: ber Oc^fe fvipt 6ratt !)♦
ll proved most fatal. We all assembled
in our cominou apartment. ®o v. n. unb
V. r. neben einanber: Large colonies...
established themselves on the eastern
shores , spread gradually westward,
and — . !l^te SBieberl^olung beg themselves
tvdre f(t)fe)5j3enb. — ®. beii jmctten ®a^
untec Superlative, 1. — 5ii mand^en %a['
Icn ti-itt fogac ein 2(cti» (mit Dfcjcct) fur
imf«r atepecttt) (mit ®euitt» , JDatit) obev
^pra^jofition ) auf: He approached the
town, cc ndl^erte fid^ ber ®tabt ; f. to
remember ; he divorced her , er lie^ ftd^
»oix i^i- fctjeiben = er tierjiiep fie. ®o fte^t
„fct)etbcn" ol^nc f t d> in bemfelBen
@inne 3Jiattl^. 19, 8. — ®. noc^ Accusa-
tive, B, I, l,b u. c. {Q}j}r»biefvan56fifi{)cn
t&cher, resoudre, arriver a. a.) — 2. J)teg
l^at namentlic^ aucf) ba ftatt, )do im 5).
ein repcctitieg ^J^ronomen , im @. aDev ein
))cf[cffitteS fiel^t: ev ^atte fief) ben
5li-m »erle^t = he had hurl his arm (»gT
Possessive Pronouns, B, I). — 3. (Sine
Umfcfi veibun ij iuirb cftevS notl&ig bet
ben rcflfctitjen 93ev6en, bie vwiv vm Verbs
neuter bilbeii : j. 58. eu ^at ficfe tobt gcs
fallen = he has died by a fall ; er Ifat
flcf) fatt gciceint = he has cried enough
(cbet etivag ^lel^nlicfeeS). %ux: id) l^abe
niic^ miibe gegangen , fagt man jebcd)
neben I am tired [fatigued] with walking
auc^ : I have walked myself tired, tveil
to walk nid)t nur v. n. , fonbern au^
V. a. ijl.
Regimen, iciS 9icgictte, b. :§. bai^,
n)a8 irgcnb ein SSiCxt nad) fid) X)aben mu^,
ber Safiig, bie SPrd^^ofition, ba3 l^arttcip,
ber Snfinittw unb bergl. , bie barauf folgen
miiffen.
Reiteration , 2Bieberl^oIung cineS
sorl^erge^enben SBorte?; ifl im 2l(lgemcinen
nidjt ncti^ig, ba bie niittevdnberlic^cn
2lrtife(, 2lbj;ccti», ^viMtomen xiberall l^in
Vaffen ; bed) ttjirb fte mitunter biirc^ Deut=
lidjfeit ober gropercn 9iad)brucf geboten.
3m Uebrigen f. ba3 ©injelne unb Em-
phasis.
— Relative.
to Relate to...: f. Dative, 3. I will
relate to you a strange story. This ex-
pression cannot relate to my answer.
This relates to my son.
Rel'ative. I. Uebcr bie velaticen 2(b5
jcctittg, ^JartifiVten u, f. w. f. Absolute.—
n. Pronouns relative fmb who, which,
that, what — f. b. 3m 2iagemeincn ift
nod) ju merfcn : J. ® e b r a u d). © t a 1 1
eineS 3)emonjlratiog fle^t oft ein 9ie=
tattu, um eincn ®a§ enger mit bem »or=
^evgc^cnben ju toerfnutn"eii (f a t e i n i f d) c
*ilrt); baiter aud) nad) einem Semicolon
ober $unfte : I allowed an hour for
dinner; which time was taken up — .
To which the other added (= iooju).
2tiid) nad) eincni 3(bfafee : All of which is
pleasantly absurd. (So fetbji mit 3n»er=
fion Id einer iCergIei(^ung : He wished
me joy of tha event, than which, he
said, nothing could happen more oppor-
tunely (= quo nihil . . .). Smollel. 93gl.
nod) And, 3.
B. Ucber bie ©tettung ber 9tclatiiig
f. jund^ft Accusative, C, 3. — 1. ^q\\
feinem 3}erb tvirb bag 9ic(atio ofterS
burd) einen cingefd)obenen ®a§ ge?
t r e n n t : I published some tracts, which,
as they never sold , I have the consola-
tion of thinking were read only by the
happy few. — A tract vjhich 1 intended
shortly to publish. An example of man-
liness . . . and active benevolence, which
the nobles of any land might be proud
to imitate. — 2. Jvcmmt ein 9{etatiB mit
einer b e ft i m m t e n 3 « T; t ober mit all,
both, many, few unb bergl. jiifammcn, fo
fe^t mati eg » o r , ober im @ e n i t i » (of)
:^ inter biffe ^ai^lbegriffe: »ergl. Per-
sonal, B, 3 : The (horse-) trade is in the
hands of Parsee brokers, four or live of
wliom keep slables, capable of containing
from three to four hundred horses each.
He gave me two books, both of tvhich
I have read (= bie id) beibc — ). The
Parsee community may consist of about
fifty thousand , almost all of whom arc
engaged iu trade or manufactures. The
Parsees, none of whom, even the richest,
possesses a painting worth five shil-
lings — . Dance music is (in Norway) de-
Remember
legated to wallers, some of whom per-
form Musard's Quadrilles — . I took
leave of Mr. and Mrs. Cophagus , both
o/j^j /torn expressed their hopes that — .
©. ncc^ ben (e^ten @a^ bei Which, A, 2.
C. (§ r U p [ e. Slier O b j e c 1 1 » bei- 3fle=
latiioeg fann tucg^iKen: I. a(g Dt'ject cineg
nact^folgenben 9Serb; — 2. aU 9ic=
gimen eiiicv n a c^ f o 1 9 £ " b e ii $rcHjo=
fitioti. 58ei|>ie(e: 1. He grieved for those
he left behind (=z luhom he). A fearful
hope was all the world contain'd (= all
which). So spake (he fair , and parted
with a look stenography will not attempt
to book {= that steiiography will — ).
2. When any one was found to he ... .
one we desired to get rid of — (= of
IV horn IV e desired — ). The thing we
speak of, is very amusing. — 3. <2te||t
abev ber Objectb l§ inter einer $rdi3o=
jitton , ober if^ er ®telbertreter cine^
g a n J e n worlierge^cnbcn (S a ^ e § , fo
tann er nictjt tregSIeibcn : The book of
which you spoke — . lie felt convinced
that she was a privateer , which was
soon confirmed. 33cx*gr. Which, A, 1. —
4. 9i m i n a t i » c uiib ber ®cniti» tvhose
toevben n i (6 1 anSgelaffcn. StnSnal^nignjetfe
finbet fid) @(Ui^fe tc§ 9tomm.: j.^^B. She re-
minded us of the necessity {tvhich) there
was for our immediate parting (Smollet).
At her door arose a clatter might awake
the deaid{zztvhich7night) (Byron). (£o(=
^e gvei^cit ftnbct befcnbcrS nad) There is
fiatt: There is one did laugh in his
sleep (Shakespeare). Is there ought in
sleep can charm the wise? (Thomson.)
In the wind there is a voice shall forbid
thee to rejoice (Byron). 2lurf) in tiutijarer
9tebe: 'Tis the dog Mustafa has done
it!' (Boz.) ©benfo ld§t Sutl^cr ben Tio-
minati^ au^ : 1. STJ^cab. 1, 29: n)eoien ber
SGBiit:^crei, bar inn en gef c^ a:^ (= wcU
d)e — ). (Ss fmb etnfac^ 2lttractioncn ; man
bentt bag Subject bc>^^uptfa^eg mit
There is r.oc^ einmni aii Subject be§ cif}-
^^dnfliflcn Sa^c^. ^Jiufier fur bic9(^ad) =
ai^mung finb fold)e ®te(len aber feinee^
icegl. — D. llcber bie SSerbalform
relati»er @ d|e f. no(&-^sonal, C,
unb iiber bie OB o r t f o ( g e in benfciben [.
Construction, 2.
S. 115
to Remember, f. Accusative, B,
I, 1, b unb Reflective, II, B, 1. 1 re-
member //<>«, id) ctinnere mic& feiner.
They all remembered their affinity. 3)as
:^er aud) : I remember her a little girl
(Accusative, B, I, 2).
Kepetition. Ntanbers of Repetition
fmb nur once unb trvice nnb ba§ felten
gebraud)te thrice; aflc iibrigen t»erben
burd) „times" nmfdjrieben: ihree limes,
brcimat ; four times, ciermal ; ten limes,
a hundred limes u. f. f.
to Repent f. Genitive, (S.
to Report f. Personal, E, 4, (S.
Rh f. H, 2.
Rhyme, ber 9ieim, ifi masculine obet
feminine, f. b. — 9ieine 9teime ^eipen
perfect, u n r e i n c — alloivable. Se^terc
fmb fe^r ^dufig ; fo ftnben fid) gereimt : field
», beheld, seen u. men, loved n. moved,
high unb silently. 3)a8 fmb nur 3lUitcra=
tionen obcr gar nur Ottime fiirg 5lnge,
uid?t fiir ba3 Df;r, SJian lefc fie aud& nur
nad) ber gem ol^n lichen 5(u«fj5rac^e,
nid)t etnja men fiir men, icenn eS auf seen
reimt , cber silently fitr silently, njeil eg
auf high reimen foil. — Dteimlofe
aSerfe l^eifen blank verses.
River f. Apposition, ©, Proper
Names, B, 1 unb Personification, 2.
S feeipt es; tautet 1. = fT, alfo fd?arf;
fo ju 2(nfang ber @ilbe unb nac!^ fdjarfen
©onfonunten; sister, so, he eats, makes;
— 2. (s) <xU fanfter 3ifd)cr iftegoon
bem Summen ber ® t i m ni c begteitet rtie
j, g, z unb fanfteg th. 3m Deutfd)en ift
bie Unterfdjeibung ber (S = Saute (vuie in
njeife unb nsei^e) nur nod) vtottinjiell. —
5)ag englifd^e s ij^ fanft: ju ©nbe beg
aCortg , njenn nidit ein ^virter Sonfonant
oer(;crge^t •, aifo fd)arf in: gifts, caps,
monarchs, fanft in: glasses , he reads,
he is , alms CJtugna^mgweife fd)arf in :
yes , this , us u. a.) ; ferner iuenn eg gnji^
fd?«n jmei iBocaten ftel^t unb bie ©nbfilbe
8*
116
Saint
anfdngt: visit, rose; unmtttet6ar nad)
ber SSorfilfee re: reserve; imb immittef^
hav 'OCX ober n a (^ m : crimson, dismal.
3n ben @ut)ftanti»en unb 5lbjiec =
titten: abuse, devise, diffuse, excuse,
house, louse, mouse, refuse, rise, use
ifi s i)att; in ben gteirfjgefc^riefeenen
a} e r 6 e n tu e i c^ ; toergU Th, A, I, 4. —
©eltfi ss ift inancftmalttiet^ ; fo in dessert,
hussar, to possess. — 3. 2Beiter lautet
s = zh, b. f). fcinfteg f^ {vok baS franj6f,
j): Asia, pleasure; — 4. =: sh , fcfjavf:
censure, sure, sugar u. a. — 5. @ t u m m
ifi ba6 s in island, viscount, Lisle, corps,
pas unb einigen anberen.
Saint fie^t ol^ne Slrtifel Bor (5igen=
namen , l»ie im i^ranjof. : St. Blaruev,
St. Eloi.
Same f. Fery, A, 4 unb T/iat, B, 4.
Saxon Genitive fo»ie( aU Posses-
sive Case.
to Say 1. ^cit to na^ fic^ , tod^renb
to tell ben bto^en Dbjectit) f)att I have
something to say to you — to tell yoti.
I say to thee — Kelire ! — 3. 7^0 be said
fiel^t fitt nnfcr f o U e n {= man fagt,
baf . . . ; Bergt. Personal, E, 4, ©.) : He
is said to be versed in Arabic. He, since
that time , is said never to have smiled
again.
Sc fautet 1. »or a, o, u = ff : scale,
scorn , scum ; — 2. Bor e , i , y = ff :
scene, scissors. Scythe. 3n einigen gtie=
d)ifd)en2Bovternfttngt e8 »or betontem
e unb i njie ff : sceptic, scirrhus. Scele-
ton fdjreibt man fceffev skeleton.
Sch = ff: school, schooner; tt>ie f
nur in schism imb beffcn 2ltt(eitungen.
C/'f'^^^) Scotti^liiism , cine Sl&weic^ung, bie
' , bet engliftt) fpre^enbe ®*ctte in 2tu3=
fpracl)e ober 2lu6bntcf ju bringen :pPegt.
a3gr. Irish. 3)a8 ® e tr eib e g.S. ^eipt in
©c^otttanb victual obev dead victual. —
5Pvo6en »u(garet fcf)ottif(f|er 2lu3fvraci)e:
Whay woan't yau sooffer the waggoneer
to meake a penny ? Coom, gel oop, never
moind the coplain. (©linnert <x\i %\)VLi
ringen !) 2)a3 nntev Alexandrine gegebene
aSei^iet ifi cin fcftoltifctiev 3}ef8, ©c^ot^
Semicolon.
ttfcfic ©ijvi^njorter : The shortest way's
the laugest hame. The clartier the cosier
(= Ihel^irtier the warmer, more cosey)./ u
®(J|ottifc^e ©igennamen X)abir\ oft M' ober
Mack, aucf) Fitz (= fils) Bor fid) , gcben
alfo bie Slbfiammung an, n)ie bie irifd^en
mitO': Macpherson , M'Dermott, Fitz-
Adam.
Second f. Ordinals.
to See : 1. f. Participle, A, I, 2, a unb
B, 4 ; Accusative , B, 1, 2 unb 5, unb In-
finitive, A, 4, b. I have seen them ex-
change characters. He saw himself a
slave. I'll see you paid. Fain would I see
that performed (nj, i. 3).). Unterfc^eibe :
I have seen them rob = je les ai vus
piller, unb I have seen them robbed =
je les ai vii piller. — I should have seen
one whom I love made happy. See ihem
carefully tended. 2lug bev @ni)>fe Bon to
be erHatcn fid) and) : See the gentleman
down stairs (ober home). He had been
seeing the king away (= go away, de-
part). I accompanied him to the harbour,
and saw him on board.
to Seem. 1. @8 fle^t mit 35 o V' )) e t ;
nominatiB ober mit 3lbiectiBbe=
ftimnmng nac^ fitfe , hjie paraitre unb «n=
fer f d) e i n en (bcnn \xixx fagen mx^) nidjt :
ii fd)eint ivo^ I, fonbern gut): She
seems a woman of forty. The slag seemed
pressed by the hunters. He seemed
highly delighted. — 2. 2lu(=b fnittift e3
fein jprabicat burc^ to be an : He seems
to be a ,very proud man. Hub lo be mufi
man ergdnjen, nienn to seem 3. eine ab =
BerBiate SSeflimmung l^at: Some per-
sons who seemed in equal haste. —
4. iDie ^Pevfon, njelc^er tU^isai fd)eint,
fiel^t mit to , nic^t mit bem 6(o^n 06j;ec=
tiB : It seems to me that he is more
knave than fool ; f. Dative, 3.
Self, f. ReGeclive, A unb Very, A, 4.
Semicolon. JDif«3etd)en flel^t, auper
njte i. iD., anc^ : 1. Slac^ einem Idngeren
SJorberfn^e, ttjo n)ir ein (Scion fe^en:
Though the Miss H. were reckoned the
very bes|pd|)ncers in the parish, and
understood the jig and round-about to
perfection; yet they were totally un-
Sh
acquainted with country - dances. —
2. Qla^ jebem einjetncn ©a^c einer
ganjen @ a § t e i ^ c, ttjo i. 2). ein Somma
fti'^t : In this manner T fought my way
towards England; walked along from
city to city; examined maniiind more
nearly; and if >I may so express it, saw
both sides of the picture.
Sh = fd): shadow, dish ; ju tvcniten
in : mishappen, dishearten.
I I Shall , thou shall, he shall, etc. I
I should, thou shouldst, etc. Sltteg UeBrige
fe^It. *2lupei-bem Icgt shall bic 33ebeutung
„fo(Icn" oft ab unb briirft nur bic 3u=
fmift aixS = twetben; {„shaW^ fore-
tells)^ 3)a^cc ttjirb oft cin @rfa§ fixr ben
©innbeS „fonen" not^ig. 5)ajubient:
I have tibei- 1 am mit bent ^nfinttiti : f. to
Have , B , I, 2 unb to Be, B, 3 ; bann : I
am obliged , compelled , ordered , com-
manded, auc^ I must: I shall be obliged
to go there. It was ordered that nobody
should go out = 9ttentanb fodtc aMi-
gel^en. I was compelled to do so. aJJancfij
mat jeigt jeboc^ bcr Sufammenl^ang , ba^
shall Kid.)t blop bie 3ufunft anjeigt, fons
bern feine ® vunbbebeutung l^att Shall
I do it or no? — 3n conjunctisi*
fcben ®a^cn mit ^tdi l^dtte" ret(t)t
meifi bic llmfiellung bcr Sonflructiun l^in :
(2ic fatten mtr l^etfcn foUen = They
should have helped me. Previously I
should have mentioned — . You should
have been a hunter. It should have been
made = eg l^dtte gcmac^ t ttjcrben
, f ( t c n. 3)agegen : It does appear strange
/? I that no brass should have been made in
" i England till two hundred years ago =
gcmacf)t toorbcn fein follte. SDieS
ift bcrfelbc llntcrf(f)ieb, ben w'vc Bel I may,
1 , (§. angemertt l)<\ht\\. — SSergt* bie
n6rtgen befecti»en >§itf8»erben. 5(upecbem
lo Say, 2.
She, f. Personal, Epicene, 3, imb He.
Happy are the she''s that can number
among their ancestors counts of the
empire.
Ship fann in gen3ij]^nli*er 9lebe aU
9fi cuter ge6rau(f)t iuerben; bcr ©eemann
aber unb bcr S)id}ter nel^men cS fietg 0(8
Singular.
117
5 c m i n i n ; fo au^ allc -21 r t c n »on ga]^r=
jcugen t f. Personification, A, 2 u. 3. The
little ship shot bravely forth on »75 voyage
(e6 ift »on ctncm <S ^ i c t j e u g e bic 9{ebc)»
The yacht sped on her return voyage
to Corfu. She was a stout vessel. She
was a French privateer. The sea swept
over the vessel, andiV/e lay at the mercy
of the ocean. The Yankee, she delayed
at first , says they, "She '11 never catch
us" (au8 einem ^Watrofenliebe).
to Show , l^dufig mit as : f. Accusa-
tive, B, I, 2: This shows him a miser.
That shows thee a weak slave. Show
yourself as a man. It is in adversity that
a virtuous man shows himself as a hero.
Silent f. Mule.
Since, aU ^rdtofition = fcit; ti
iDirb nur ge6raud}t, njcnn cin 3cit=
^unft bcfiimmt toirb, an iDcld^em €*=
h306 begonncn l^at : Since he is dead — ;
since the birth of this girl — ; since
yesterday at noon. JDal^er fit^t axx^ narfj
since ba8 ^Perfect jlatt unfcreS 5Prafen« t f.
Present Tense, 3. Since / have been
in Germany, I have not seen my family
= feit i^ in D. bin. 3n anbcrcn gdflcn
ftc^t ago : a year ago , long ago. -2luf
ago folgt aber ni^t since, fonbcrn nur
that; J. as. m ift nun brei Sal^r, fcit fein
9}ater fiarb = It is now three years ago
that his father died, ober: It is now
three years since his father died. —
@. no(f> This, (§.
Sin'gular , bie ©in^ett , ©injal^I.
J. aScimSSerb: f. Conjugation, Num-
ber, Collective. — B. Seim <Subflan =
tis), 1. @eir6^nli<i) ifl er gleid) fertig gcs
geben: the father, a child. 33 ei ben Plural
Nouns aber (f. Plural, A, VI) mu^ <r —
ttjcnn er fict| nic^t »on felbfl verftei^t — oft
bur^Umfdircibunggebifbct twers
ben , inbem man a pair of ba»or fe|t ;
j. a3. a pair of bellows , c t n SStaSbalg ;
a pair of scissars, cine <Sd)eerc ; a pair
of spectacles. 3ebor& fagtmannur: Give
me my spectacles ; hand me the scissors,
VBcit l^icr cine befonberc aSefiimmung uber=
jitiiffig ift. 2tuBcrbem finbetftc^ auc^, jcboc^
mc^rfa^ getabelt: a tongs, a scissors,
118
Smell
a bellows, a gallows; toergl, bie unter
Plural, A, VI cur fit) gebrucften aGBovtev a.
t. D. — 2. Oft fte^t ber ©ingular im
6:ottecti» = @innc, tvie i. 5)., befons
berS 6ei SSolf ernamen : The victory
of the Saxon over the Celt. The luxury
of the Norman. @o au(^ in aUgemcine^
rem ©innc ol^ne Sirtifcl: Vu. i, 5).
(vergr. 33. b. J«i(^ter, 1, 28-33). Norman,
Saxon, Dane and Briton contended — .
®. nod) ben »orre^ten @a§ unter Personal,
B, 6, c unb »crgr. The, C, 9. — 3. Singu-
lar Nouns , IHJorter , bie feinen 5PTural
5a6en, f. Plural, V, 2.
to Smell ift actito, Bcbarf balder feiucr
3SrcH)of[tion tt>ie i. 35., boc^ fann at j^el^en:
Smell this flower, smell at this rose.
@. Accusative, B, I, 1, c.
So: 1. 3n a3ergteicf)ung«fd^en : f. As.
2, So fiir unfer e§, f. ft, A, 3. — 3. llnfer
,,fo" ju SSerbinbung beS S5crber= unb
S^iad&fa^eg, hiciht lueg: SBenn @ie
mi^ tviuf^en , fo Jverbe ic^ eg fe"^r iibel
ne^men = If you disappoint me, I shall
take it very unkind. (2lf«nbeton.) 3ebo(%
ftnbet fid) so aucfj alS foIc^eS SSinbeglieb,
urn bag SSorl^ergc'^enbe jufammen ju
faff en = balder, '{cnnt, auf bicfe -3lrt : f.
baS ie^tc aSeif^jiet unter As.
Sol'ecism, @^r ad; fc§t er; na=
mentlid) nennt man fo ben ©cbraud) tter=
fliteter SGBorter ober SSBenbungen. 93ergl.
Abuse.
Some, f. Any unb Partitive.
Spanisli, f. junadjfi Etymology, 9;
JBeif^jiele : don, duenna, infant, infanta,
desperado — finb unioerdnbert; anberc:
buoy »on boya ; cheer »on cara ; hurri-
cane »on huracan ; familiars ton fami-
liares (= Diener ber Snquifition).
to Speak: ]. 2Dht blo^em Dbjectiv,
wo ivir fagen: „fiir (Sttoai fprec&en":
This speaks best my innocence ( — our
faith); alfo = bartl^un, betueifen.
JDal^er : 2, mit bovpeltem 9lccufati» = 3e=
manbcn at 8 ©tmag barfteUen/ geigen, er=
flaren : His mien speaks him a gentleman.
Spon'dce, ber ©fconbeuS , SSerSfu^
v>cn ji»ei langen ©ilben ober »on einer
- Subject.
betouten imb einer langcn @it6e: --
ober^-, J. 93. always, nightfall.
Still f. Yet.
Su lautct toor SSocaTen = sw: to dis-
suade, consuetude, suite. 21 u8n airmen
ftubcn befonbcrg »or ^ a I b ft u m m e n 3^0=
eaten ftatt: suet, sujt, suicide. 33ergt.
6'm unb Qu.
Subject. J. ©g fle^t fietS im giomi=
natiw; f. b. — B. Ueber bag 2)o))))et =
fubject, f./^, A,l,a.— C. @tanbbeg
®ubjectg: in ber aiegel »or bem
93 e r b. Winter bemfetben ftet;t eg : 1, Sn
gragfd^en, 2. in Slugrufen: f. In-
terrogative unb Exclamation. 3. 3n ben
ijarentl^etifd^ eingefd)obencn a{ebeng=
arten : said he, quoth he, cried I , an-
swered they unb bergt* Sebod) bteibt eg
^ier and) oft » o r bem SSerb. „I protest,
papa," says the girl , — . Now, thought
we — . Enough, ive shouted. "Keep the
stones in the house," / say. "For my
part, Sir," he will tell you , "I asked
him—". a3ei <7wo^/i jiel^t eg fietg nac^.
— 4. 3n @d^en, ioo if ober though n)eg=
getaffen ifi : f. b. — 5. SBenn bie Soniunc;
tionen never , neither , nor ben @a^ an=
fangen (tt). i. ^.) : Nor was he less cruel.
Neither is this all my grief; f. Nor, 2 unb
J, An, C, n, 3.-^ 6. Oftanc^, iwenn
burd> Sntierfion (f. b.) ein Stbjectio
ober 2fb»erb an bie (2)?i^e beg ^<\%t% tritt :
Here were kept the books, cabinets oi
gems, family records — . Yet are there
many mysteries connected with the old
clothes question. @o f^e^t eg namcntti^
nad) scarce, scarcely, so, yet, still, thus,
there, here, such, then, however; vergt.
im granjofifdjen bie ©tcttung nad) aussi,
i peine unb bergt. >Kommt in eine fot(i^e
3nt»erfion bag t>erftarfenbe to do (f. b., B,
II, 4) , fo m u § bag ©ubject l^inter bag
33erb treten : In vain did I retreat. —
®. au^ There is u. Inlerrogalive,C, II.—
7. ©nbtid) fann bag ©ubject i n v e r t i r t
iverbcn, too feinc 93ern) edtgtung
mogtid) ift; balder tjorjiiglicfe bei verbs
neuter unb verbs passive. Nothing of the
pathos of a parting can/ by the minutest
scrutiny discover. @. ben toorte^ten @a§
bei Cardinal, A,, 2.
SubjuDcUve
Subjunctive, fo^iel aU Conjunc-
tive, f. b.
SiibstantiTe, ^auiJtivort, 5)ing=
name, y^- Itcbcr 33 itbung unb 93 ev =
dnberitng bcr @ubfiantt»c it. f. tu« f.
Derivation, Composilion , Diminutive,
Epicene, Feminine, Singular, Plural,
Declension, aiiiij Initials. — B. Ueber
ben ©ebrauc^ be3 Adjective , Participle,
Infinitive aU <Bniiiantivt f. biefe51rtifel. —
C. llmgettt^rt ftel^en axidi ©ubfiantt»e
aU 2lbjecti»e, at>er nur oor anbern
<Subfiantt»en unb finb bann and) fo u n =
B e r a n b e r H ct) , tvic rem @igenrd)aft8=
tt>oiter. ©0 1. bU meifien (Stabtd
(auc^ ?anber=) Xiamen: The London
News. Fictitious />;e*^e« china. Chester
cheese. Coventry and Swiss watches.
A Paris winter . . . and a Brussels one.
Her Somersetshire friends. 3)a]^er aud)
mit ©dittfe »on watch : „Where is the
gold Geneva ?" 2luperbem fe|t man aud)
ben ©tactnamcn m i t of bem ©uBfiantio
nad) (tcie tm Sranjofifd^en) : the tasteful
tapestries o/ Persia, the rich silks of
China, the carpets q/'Cabool and Herat,
the gold-mounted sabres o/Beloochistan,
and the embroidered shawls o/Delhi and
Cashmere. — 2. iDie ©toffnamen:
an iron grate ; cotton stockings, a black
«7/tgown; amber mouth-pieces (53crn=
ftetn = $feifeni>i^en); a very salt water
(bcmna^ fxnb e3 n i * t jufammengefefete
@ubjlantit5e cr;ne Hyphen, obfd)on Tie nal)e
baran ftreifen), ?Qtx^{. and) Plural, B, 4,
@. unb Of, 7. Uebcr golden unb silken f.
nod) Figure. D. Ueber bag ®ubpantio alg
58eifa§ eineS anberen [.Apposition, 1,1.
— E. Ueber bie2Iu8laffung ber <^\\\>-~
ftanttoe f. Ellipse, B, 2.
to Succeed : 1. ftel^t ganj tt5ie reussir
^jcrfiinlii^, wa^renb unfer gelingen
un^erf6ntld> i^. 5)ie Sonftruction ifi ba^er
fo, Ujie hti to Like ju dnbern. He succeeds
according to his wishes = c3 getingt
i^m -. 2. S. @. ». folgen Mt eg
ofteir mit, atg o ^ n e ^o : He succeeded
to his father in the possession of the
estate. Love succeeded to hatred , and
revenge to love. General Clinton had
succeeded general How&— .
Sun.
119
Sucli, f t d) : 1. fann ben 2(rtifct mir
nad) fic^ ^aben: such a tempest, sucha
state; ba^ci- and): Mr. Such a one =
Mr. Such-and-Such. (£. j4, an, C, I, b,
5 unb E, 4. — 2. Oft ifi eiu ganger
® a| won such ab^diigig. a. 3)iefer tcirb
nun entroecer burd) that ober butcft «* ans
gefnu)?ft, mit bem unter yis, 1, (5. bemcrfs
ten Unterfd)iebe ; ent^dlt er nur eine xtiix-
Xvot 33efiimmung , fo \\i such as oft and)
fo»ieI, aU they who ; f. Personal, B, 6
unb »erg(. Sutlers fo ober ba: QJiattl^.
5, 44 ; aBei«^. ©. 1,11; 14 ,8. 15 ; $Pf.
11, 7. Such as are fond of high life — .
Such of them as return — . 1 am not such
a fool as to make me believe that, a)obet
tann such au(^ Winter fcin Jpan^jtiroit
treten, urn fid) bem Solgenben enger anjus
fc^Hepen: These tribes regarded each
other with aversion such as has scarcely
ever existed — . 5lud) tt»irb bcv (Sa§ burd^
5lu8falt beg 93erb ^erfurat : Such as I are
free in spirit, when our limbs are chain-
ed. We had such a tempest that the
waves overthrew the boat. He made
such a noise that nobody could stay in
the room. — b. 51ber nt^t nur, hjenn bie
beiten ®ci^e gfeicfieg Subject l^aben,
tle^t as^ fonbern auc^, njenn bag mit such
Berbunbene 2Dort Subject beg
jnjciten ©a|eg unrb {gtetd)»iel njeld)ett
gtang eg im erflen ©a§e l^at). 2Bir
muffen bann ju „bap" nod) ein 5Pro =
n m e n gefeUen , um eben jeneg SBort gu
oectreten ; j. 33. He proceeded with his
nephew in such a manner as gained him
the love of all his acquaintances = b a^
biefe ober: auf eincStrt, hjeld)c— .
to Suffer, laffen, jutaffen, ge«
flatten, f. to Cause. I shall not suffer
him to come to me. I have suffered my
tooth to be drawn. Will you suffer all
the blame to be cast upon you? I was
suffered to tell my opinion = man ttefi
mic& — . We suffered ourselves to be
happy (fe^c di^ntid) , obf(i^on in anberem
@inne unb anbcrer Sonflruction, ifi unfcr :
„ttjir lie fen eg ung hjol^t fein.")
Sun : ijerfoniftcirt ifi pe fDi a g c u t i tt,
fonfi 91euter. We observed the sun
when it (he) was eclipsed. 3)a]^er l^eift
120
Superlative
fie : Kirig of ihe skies, and father of the
day (= Jtonigiu, QHuttcr), @. Personi-
fication unb Moon.
Super'IatiTe. JDaS gormelle f. untcr
Comparison unb The, C, 11. — 1. 91t(^t
brand) en fott man ben ®u:perlatb, too
nur son ^TOeien ble 9iebe ifl; nict) t:
He is the best oi the two, fonbern : the
better. SDal^er: The real Simon Pure
proves the toorse of the two. 5[uc^ biefe
©enauigfcit finbet fi* nicfft f!et§ tieobacfjtct :
The slro7igest and most enterprising of
the two. — 2. Defter, alS i. ^., folgt
ber ®eniti» (of) ju fldrferer ^erau§=
l^cbunci nac^ bem @uvertati» , anftatt bag
@ubftanti» gteid) mit i^m ju ijevbinben :
He is the worst of men.
to Supply, fu^jjUren, ergan-
gen, l^eift tm grammatif^en @inne: et =
was 2Beggct affene^ ober nidjt
aSieber^oltea (\.\\i bem 3ufams
menHnS« ^tnsubenfen. SlBenn
i(^ [age : „We were at my uncle's," fo
iji JU fm3))Uren house. 2lm meijien Icifit
bie Ellipse ju fu^^jUren, f. b.
Syllepsis nennt man eine Sonflruction,
bie fic^ me^r nac^ bem attgemeineren @inne
ber aGBoctc , oXi na* il^rcr fircngen gorm
ri(^tet; fo bie iBerbinbung eineS (5oUecti»
mit bem SPhtratj f, auc^ ^, an, C, III.
' Syn'onym, finnttefiu anbt, flnb
aCBorter*, beren Sebeutung gteic^ ober
bocfi fc^r d]^nli(!^ ifi: fo to match, to
equal unb to rivalise ; couple , pair unb
brace ; pantaloons, trowsers u. breeches;
voyage unb journey. 5)cn Unterfc^icb
jTOifdjen folctien SGBdrtern l^at bie ®t;n-
ontjmit anjugeben. 3fl bamit etn Un =
terfrf)icb in ber Sonftruction »er=
bunben, fo l^at aurf) bie Orammatif bas
rauf Oiuctfid)t ju nel^men. ©. g. 93. to
Cause ; as unb so ; since unb ago ; if unb
when; while unb during; yet unb still,
^ergl. nod) Emphasis.
Syntax, ©a^Iel^re; bie Sel^re »om
@ebraud|e unb ber SSerbinbung ber SDBor?
tcr. 35a3 ®egent|eit ift bie Sormenlcl^re
(Flexion).
Tenses.
T.
T ^ei^t te. 1. ©8 ^at ben Saut un-
feres t , nidit gu verwedjfeln mit b : ten,
den; try, dry. — 2. (§8 gifdjt = fd), njenn
e8 na^ etner 6 e t o n t e n @i(be »or i mit
nad)foIgenbem 93ocal fiel^t: militiae, na-
tion ; — 3. jointer s ober x aber , fowie
ttor u Hingt ti in biefcm gatte = tfdl) :
question, mixtion, nature, virtue. 2lu8 5
n a ^ m e : @8 bel^alt feinen 5: = fiaut, ircnn
feltt (S t a m m iv r t biefen fi<xt : cities
won city , twentieth loon twenty. —
4. ® t u m m ift eS meifi in ben ©nbungen
stle \m\)sten: listen, castle (in burslen
jebod^ laut), unb in etntgcn etngelnen, tvic
Christmas, currant, often , waistcoat,
chestnut. @el^r oft entf))rid)t t ttnfeiem
(l^eutigen) j: tongue,. 3unge, tear, 3a^re;
to tear, gerren; to tell, gcil&fen; two, gn)o;
twain, gtoeen (balder between) ; tide, 3eit ;
tidings, 3eitungen (5Reuigfeiten, neue Z^a^-
ten , t>ergt. J&iob 35, 16), Oft abcr ent=
f)?rid)t ii auc^ — namentUc^ am ©nb c —
unferem f d) orfcn f (p, ff), twa^renb fiir
ba8 fanfte f au^ im @ng(. s fte^t : white,
tveip, wise, ireife ; hot, l^eip, hose, <§ofc;
what unb water, aber was; lot, ?oo8
(fonfl Soop) imb loose, Ui, lofe»
Tautol'ogy ifi fcwiet at3 *P(eona8m.
to Tell : 1. ttjie to bid fur unfer tafs
fen; f. to Cause. — 2. f. to Say.
Tenses, bie 3 e i t e n beS aSerb, f. ein=
gein a. t. O. giir bie ridjttge 2lufein =
anberfolge ber 3eiten gilt bie SKcgef,
g I e i c^ e 3eiten mit einanber gu »erbinben
($rdfen« mit 5Prdfen« ober erflem gutur,
Sm^jerfect mit Sm^erfect ober gwettcm gus
tur , unb bergt.). @. Conditional. JE)ie8
njirb meift flrenger beobad)tet, aUi.'©.,
ttjo oft eiu^PrdfenS aufbaS 3mi>erfect folgt;
g. 33. id) f a g t e i^m, ® te f e i c n frant (an=
flatt TO d r e n): I told him you loerc ill (nidit
you are ober be). 3u ber (Srgdl^Iung
aber finbet mand)mal ein eben fo fdinelter
U e b e r g a n g mi einer 3eit in bie anbere
flatt, TOie im grangof.: 1 jumped into a
friend'sBrougham; and, in twenty minutes
find myself on the top of Malabar Hill.
Th
Th, ^eitit te-alsh. J. 2U«Saut. (S«
i^ ein ® = 2awt (fein @-8aiit!) b«n man
f))ri(f|t, inbem bie 3un}}c an ben oBcren
aSorberjal^nen anftceift : fott er w ei c^ fein,
[o tritt nod) baS ®ummen ber (Stimmc
^inju, wie 6ei aKcn [anften aBndjfiaben
(d, j = g, V, z = s). @. Letters. —
1. ©anft ifi th: 1. ju 2lnfange ber
aCorter nut in ben 1^ du f i g gcbcau(^ten :
than, that, those, the, thee, their, there,
them, then, this, these, though, thus. —
2. 3n ber SD2 itte, irenn e« jtrifcftcn
jnjet as cat en fie^t: father, brother ;
[o ond) in worthy, northern; in griecfe.
itub Ut. aCiJrtetn ift ti jebod> auc^ l^ier
fc^atf : amethist, author. — 3. iBor fl u m -
nt e m e : to bathe, to breathe, bagcgen in
\iAth, brea//< fd)arf. — 4. 5l(g 3cit =
n3ort§cnbung: to smooth, to mouth ;
bie glei(^gefd)riebencn 2tbiecti»e unb @ub=
fiantine aber ^aben ein fcfearfeg th:
smooM, the mouM; f. Homograph,
H, unb 5, 2. — 5. JDa8 fd)arfc th
in hdith, paM, laM, vaowth, oa^A ttjirb
im 5P I u r a t ii) e i dn baths, paths, laths
u. [. t». II. Snatten anbercn ^aUen
ifi bag th fd)arf (^ Th , th): j. ».
r^ank, truM, panMer, Mrough. —
III. 9iur iBie t Hingt th in eigen =
namen unb in einigen griedjifdjcn SSor-
tern : Thomson , Thames ; — asthma ;
phthisic (f. Ph), isthmus. — Th jiel^t eft
fiir unfer fc ober t : think, than, thunder,
thousand, three, the.
B. 2lt3 @ n b u n g ber b r i tt e n ^erfon
SinguT. anflatt be8 s (he hath , loveth,
doth) ifi tS tterattet unb nurnod) im i?oeti=
fd)en unb ^jat^etifcftcn ®tl)(e iiblid).
Than f. Comparison , E ; But ,3,4.
UebrigenS •oerttec^Ste man e8 nid?t mit
then. Than ift S o n junc t i on = a(8
(eber benn: cr ift grower, benn id));
then ift ein Slbtterb ber 3ett = bann,
bamalg,at6bann, — auc^ ber goIg«=
rung = nun , atfo.
1. That, Conjunction = ba^, twirb
ijftcr auSgetaffen , atS bieS i. 2). angel^t
We find the machinery is much the
same as that of the grindiug-mills
»ir ftnben , bap — ♦ „Was there an
That.
121
explosion?" He says there was. —
Further you learnt — youknoto you did
— how the sculptures . . . are all con-
structed. @o auci) tttenn ber >§ au^tfafe
eingefc^altet ift : Your fortune / am now
sorry to inform you is alyt^eys- nothing.
Seboc^ irirb e8 aui^ fel^r l^dufig n i (^ t
toeggctaffen. ®ibt e3 eine Solge an:
so ... . that (f. As, 1, a. unb Such, 2),
ober eine 3lb|'i(^t, fo barf e3 nicfct
n)e9b(eiben : They sometimes pay a
visit to the lord of the valley , that he
may share in their rejoicing (= bamit,
auf bap) ; bann i^at that aud| ein Comma
vor ftd). — Uebcr but that f. But, 6.
2. That, pronoun. ^. 5ng b e m o n =
ftratitteS ^^^rononn (f. Demonstrative)
^at eg im ^^fuvat those. 1. 93 or ^au^jt;
njovtern ^eipt c8 jener: That man, those
children; f. This, 2. — 2. 3n SSejug auf
ein wori&erge^enbc6 ^au^jticort l^eif t
eS berjenige (celui): They had but
one character, M«^ of being all equally
generous. His actions were those of a
fool. Ueber those who f. Personal, B, 6.
— 3. 3n biefem Sinnc nimmt e3 ofter«
and) ein Slbjectito ober ^tJartici)) ju
ftd), wo mx meift eineg relatiioen
@ a § e 8 bebiirfen, atfo ganj toie One (f.
b., II, A, 2) : The first vestas were larger
than those now made (bie je^igcn). In
Norway, a custom prevails . . , of bring-
ing without scruple any chance guest in
addition to those members of the family
really invited. All those present lifted
up their eyes with astonishment. In the
next room, that devoted to jewellery,
and that which more particularly con-
cerns myself there are fewer persons —
tiottcr tmb »erfiirjter 9ftelati\)ia^ nebcn
einanber.
B. 2Ilg r etatit> e§ *4^ronoun(= njet =
c^er) ift e8 un»eranberticb. 1. @6
ftc^t fonjo^I t>on ©adjcn, aT8 son 5]3ers
fonen, jebod)nic!^tnad> Cigennamen (nid)t:
Charles that was here, foubern who).
The men that are here. The question
that puzzled the heads of our doctors. —
2. 33ejie]^t ftd) ein 9lelati» auf @adjen unb
5perfonen jugleic^, fo fann cben nur
/=
122
The.
that, atS bag attgemeinetf , ilel^en. The
peasants and ihe houses that we saw — .
3. ®t^\.who^U gvagw ott toorl^er, fo
fJe^t bieS nntiittift) iiictit au* Vuiebcr a(8
JKcIatb, fonbcrn man nimmt that ; unb »ro
that al8 3) em o n ftr a t i» wov^ergel^t,
iiimmt man bann nld)t trieber that atg
9ietati» , fcnbcvn who ober which — alfo
gegenffitiger ©rfa^ bev 2lbiuec()^lung ire;
gen. Who is the boy Ma/ was here?
Thativhich becomes one does not become
another. Slicfct fo cingftUct) meibct man
bic aCiebevl^oIung »on that, vuenn e3 a(8
(Sonjimction unb aU ^t^ronomen jiifammcn;
tvifft. 1 remark that that is a never-fail-
ing appendage to these temples (= ba^
ba8). — 4. SSovjuglid) fte^t that and)
nad) @ut»etlatit»en unb nad) the same
Dtcr the very — . Charles XII. was
one of the greatest madmen that the
world ever saw. (g, c[\\^ What, A, (5. —
5. S3on einet ^rd^cfition fann that nur
bann vegievt tuerben, luenn fie ]^ Intel;
b r e i n fier;t : Studies, thathQ has neither
head, inclination, nor opportunity to
profit by —. 3n> Uebiigen f. man no(^
ff^ho, A, (§.
The, bev befiimmte Slvtifet. J. 5lu8 =
f)3vad)e: Xai e ifi tontoS, ba^er ^xt
man befonberS x>dx 93ocaten nnv ein fanfteg
ih ; [oU. the betcnt tnerben, fo bel^ntman baS
e ; »gl. J, an, A. — /?. gDrmetteg. The
ift unBeranberlid) : the man , the woman,
the windows. — C. @ebraud>. The he
jeidtnet ein ©injeltvefen, wie a, a6er nid)t
ein attgemeineS, fonbevn ein 6 e |l i m m t e 8
ober al8 tefannt angenommeneg. !Da=
xaxii ergeben fic^ fclgenbe 3iegeln, jum
3;^eil 2lbnjeid)ungen fom JDentfdjen. 2) e r
2trtifet the bteibt tueg: 1. SSei
©igennamen, f. Proper names. —
2. a3ei 3: i t e I n , f. Titles. — 3. SSei ben
9iamen ber %aQt, 3JJ o n a t e , oft audi
ber 3 a ^ r e 6 J e i t e n. He came on sun-
day (= dimanche). He . . . was to have
a halfpenny on Sunday. At Petersburgh
March is frequently attended with
showers. Wheu summer reddens and
when a\itumn beams. ®. bagegen ben
le^ten @a^ unten tci iliv. 9l 3fi ciber ein
etnjelnei- S^ag bnrdj eine befonbere Ses
ft i m m u n g angege'ben, fo fte^t the. 93g[.
Titles, 2, unb f. Date. — 4. 2(ud) 6ei ben
3ettbefttmmungen mit last obev next
fiei^t ber 2litifet nur, njenn man nac^s
brudlidjer l^ersorl^eben hjilt: ba^er last
week, next winter. — 5. ®anj d^nlid)
bei O r t g a n g a b e n , Ql b r e f f e n , (5 i ;
taten, U eb erf d) r iften unb bergf.,
ber Jlur^c l^atber. 33erg(. Proper names,
B, 1. — 6. ®o bfeibt au(^ bet einigen
©ub|lanti»en, bie ctnen Drt bebeuten, an
bencn man fid) ju gewiffen, befannten
3iueden aufjur;aUen bflegt, bee 21 r =
tifel nad)5^rd:pofitionen njeg: fo
bei change, church, school, market, au^
bei bed. 2Jlan gel^t to school unb ifl at
school, um ju lernen; man gel^t to church
imb »ertt)eitt at church (ital. a chiesa),
fiffi ju erbauen, unb fommt bann from
church; we slip into bed and are in bed
{a-bed), um ju fc^lafen. @o i^eipt e3 aud)
in heaven, ab»erbial. I saw the Bentinck
get out of dock, ©ie^t man aber n i di t
auf ben 3n) ed be3 SSern^eKen^ an einem
Orte, fonbern betrad)tet ben ^Jfa^ eben
nur a I 8 D r t (als @ e b ci u t e unb bgl.),
fo fte^t ber Slvtif el. Um bie €e^en8=
njitrbigfeitcn gu fepen, gel^t man g. JB. to
the church. — %\\^ town fiel^t oft ol^ne
5lrtifel, njetm e8 fiir eine fdjon befanntc
®tabt fte^t , entweber fur 8 o n b o n , ober
fiir eine bem ®vved)enben na^e lie =
genbe, ober feine eigne Stabt, furj
njenn e8 ® t a b t par excellence bebeutet,
mitl^in fiir ben felbfltterfidnblid&en @igen=
namen fte^t (»ergr. ets A^v) : He drove
back to town. Since I came to town.
How long have you been in town ? A
winter in town. Mr. Winkle came out
with jokes which are very well known
in town, but are not at all known in
the country. — 7. 3(ud) bie 9iamen ber
a)^aHjciten fie^en o^ne 2trtife(, njenn
fie nid)t eine befonbere Sefiimmung ^aben.
What had you for supper? Dinner is
preparing. — 8. 3)ie a H g e m e i n e ^ts
ger , ben 2lrtifel nur bann gu fe^en , wenn
eine e in g eine, beflimmte 'Sa&n, ein
©ingelwefcn gemeint ift, gilt auc^ a.) Bei
3lbfiracten, b.) bei ©attungSnamen , c.)
bei ©toffnamen. SSeif^iele gu a) -. Hope
grasps sometimes at impossibilities. The
Thee —
hope of seeing him — . They are engaged i
in trade (at)»ert)ialtfc^ = en commerce).
Grammar treats o\ sentences and of the
several parts of which ihey are com-
posed. Passion prevails upon his reason.
®o bei fubfiantitjif^ gefe^tem act. panic:
Drowning would be happiness and
peace. — h.) Horses are very useful.
The horses of my uncle are young. SSgt.
All. — c.) Rice is the chief food of the
Hindoos. The rice they eat is very good.
Gold cannot prevail on him. — 9. @ilt
ein @ i n 3 c I w e f e n flatt bee ganjen
® attung OragbevBufammeiii^angjeigt),
fo fi e 1^ t ter ^Tvtifel. The fox is a cunning
animal, r^e reindeer is the horse, the
cow and the sheep of the Laplander.
The oak. is a fine tree = Oaks are tine
trees. 3}ergl. jebod) Singular, 2. — Man
itnb woman ftf|>eu aber auc^ fcann ol^ne
2trtifel: Man is the protector oftvoTnan,
J/a« laughs, and loves, and thinks, when
the Spring comes , with a more delicate
expression. — 10. 3Scr (5om)?ava5
1 1 » e n l^eiBt the u m f o , j e , n u v n o (^,
ie...befto: The sooner, the better.
The better to understand this passage,
one thing only is to be observed (urn
biefe (Stcltc befio Seffcr ju -). The more
he possesses the more he desires (=
plus . . . plus). The more a man knows,
the more he will find he has to know.
®o aud) : so much the better for you,
befio Beffer fur @ie ! The rather , umfo=
mt^t. — 11. @vinj di^nlid) fie^^t the sor
©mjerlatiBcn = am, jcbocf) nur
9flad^bntct8 ^alfcer ober luenn eine fpecieUe
S3eptmmung babci ftc^t : at the best, aufg
iefie, im fceften ga((e. He who retires the
soonest. JDagegen : He that read loudest,
distinctest and best — . Those who
promise 7nost, will be found to fulfil
least. @, Most. — 12. 3m ©imic eineS
5)emonii ration fit^tthe cfterg. You
are going to London iii the manner
Hooker, your great ancestor , travelled
there before you (= auf biefel.be 2(it)
The night was concluded in the manner
we began the morning. The England to
which John had been chased by Philip
Augustus , and the Engird from which
the armies of Edward the Tird went forth
There.
123
to conquer France (Macaulay). ©.Proper
names, @. — llcbvigcn3 nergl. nodj ben
©ebraucb be3 unbefiimmteu 2lrtife(3, fertter
Possessive pronouns. A, II unb B, 1. —
D. iDic aCtebcr^oIung be8 the uit=
tecbteibt geivi?^ntic6 , »ergl. y4, an, D, 1
unb 3. — 3u iBer^iitung i>on <l5Di?»eirmn
fi fic jetoct) manrfjmal erforberli^ ; fo:
She sent for ^^e Secretary and ///e Trea-
surer — tvcit bie8 jwei »crfd)iebenc
$crfcnen fii>b ; the Secretary and Trea-
surer ware nuv cine. ®anj rote im f^ran-
jofifrfjcn unb 2). ^S. auc^ Plural, B, 6. —
E. ©tanb beg 2(rtifef3. SSon fetnem gc=
n)6^nUd)cn Q3la^c tritt er bei all , both,
double, half, [. b. unb »ergl. J, an, E.
Thee f. Thou.
Their f. Possessive Pronouns.
Them f. Personal, A unb B.
Themselves f. Reflective.
Then , 2lbverb , f. Than. ®ar nic^t
felten iinc bei ben befien 2Iutorcn ^e^t ti
a\i 5lbjecti»: The then bishop, the
then minister, premier, king (o lors
,?«a(/.eiv). In his then state of excitement
(Boz). @. Adverb, B, 2.
Thence f. Hence.
There is, there are (btc^terifcfj aud)
there be cnfiir, f. to Be, am-Jlnfang), fle^t
tvie unfcr : eg gibt, eg i|t, eg finb;
f. Anticipation ; Personal, B, 4. gdngt eg
ben ®a§ an — »ie gercij^iilid) — fo fii^t
bag @ u b j e c t l; i n t e v bem JBcrb ; logl.
Subject, C, 6. There are a great many
people there. There would have been a
time for such a word. Male primaries
and female primaries there be, -...hut
there are many , common to both sexes
(Boz). (2lbn)e(f)ghing in Sorm unb <BttU
Tung !) There is nobody. — There be more
sons with like predicament. There be
some here with worse than frenzy foul
(beibc bei Byron). — 2. 2Birb aber burt^
unfer „eg ift" eine @nt fern «ng ober
ein aJia^ angegeben , fo fie§t it is. It is
one hundred German miles from here to
Paris. — 3. There is l^at auc^ oft ein a cs
t i » e g $ a r t i c i )) (f. Participle, A, III, 2)
ober einen ^jaffiwen 3'nf initio nac^ /'^^
ft^ unb l^ei^t in beibcn gciUen : eg tfi, e g / i^v^
124 Tbey -
ta^t fic^ — . There is nothing to be
said against it.
They, ber gemeinfdjaftlic^c plural ju
he, she iinb it. @. Personal, A iinb B.
Thine f. Possessive Pronouns.
to Think, f. Accusative, B, I, 2 unb
5, unb Adjective, B, 4 : He thinks you a
fool because you did not think, him a
knave. He thought it his duty. Every
man thinks his own geese swans. I
think /lis absence long. He thinks him-
self mean. I was not such a rascal as
they thought tnc to be. He was thought
to have been slain in a battle. He would
be thought mad.
This, $(ui-al these. ®. jundrbfi De-
monstrative. This idaX auf bag 9i a ^ e r e,
that auf ba8 ©ntferntevc. IDa^cr fte^t
this 1. 6ei Dvt8anga6cn i. ®. tt. un =
fcr: the Civil List of Mw country ( =
England); this town. There are ... as
many Wheals among the grasses as
there are in this country Smiths among
the men (wtrgt. hie im Sateiii.). — 2. SSct
3eitanga6en, i. @. »on gegentt)ar =
t'S' je^ifl/ ^cuttg: this week (nj,
t. S).), this day = to-day, these days,
ivdl^renb that day , those days auf » c t s
g a n g e n e obet lommenbe 3eit beutcn ;
balder auct) im @. ». feit: these four
weeks = biefe (jttngficn) loter SBoc^en, feit
»tcr2Dod)en; thesfe eight months; these
many years; »gt. Sinoe. — 3. 3)lit einer
$ra))ofitiou bieitt e3 fiir unfcre jufammens
gefc^tcn ^bcerbien, b(e uitter Preposition,
C, 4 angcgeben fiub ; g. S3. : 3) a v ii e r
barf man fid) ntd)t muubevn : This is not
to be wondered at. Stel^nttd) : By this
the table-cloth was spread { = lnjn)ifcben).
Thou f* Personal. 3)tefe 5lnrebe ift
n i c^ t g e 6 r a u (i) n (f) ; man fagt atlgc=
mein you, auc& jtt)ifct)en ben ncicljfien S3ccs
hjanbten, tuie ©ftern, ^inbern, @efc()>ci=
ftcrn. 0iin: in bet: 2lnrebe an ®ott, im ei-=
;^al&enen ©t^le bee i^oefle nub bgt. braud)t
man thou; unb bet cinigen ©ecten, n^te
ben Oucifern n. aJietl^obifien, ifl e8 @ 1 1 1 c,
Scbermann ju bu^cn (to thou). SSergt.
Marryat's Japhet, Ch. 51 — 53, unb baS
t>efonbev3 l^odjjl fomlfd) unb auSbrucfSvoU
— To.
juriicferinnernbe, ct) ar after iflifcfee: „VeriIy
thou persuadest me!" a. (*. bc8 SBerfS.
Though njtrb ntand}mar, tvie if, au^s
gelaffen , uno bann tritt bad (Subject l^ins
terS 23er6 : 1 will not give way, should
he come armed with all the power of
earth and hell.
Thousand f. Hundred.
Thy f. Possessive Pronouns.
Thyself f. Reflective.
Titles, 2;itiitaturcn. 1. @tc fie^en
ol^ne Slrtifet »or ©igennamcn: Duke
Wellington , Lord Byron. The acts of
king John, (©o aitd> '- neighbour Flam-
borough.) Sebocf) ftnbet ftcf) au^na^mS^
ioeife ber 2lrttfel ba»or, unb emperor,
empress , czar , czarina , archduke,
archduchess i^aben fletS ben 21rttfet »or
fitfe. The Czar Alexander made war
against the Emperor Napoleon. @. nod)
Saint. — 2. fjolgt auf etnen %\tti cine
93 e ft i m m u n g niit of, fo nimmt er ben
3htifeL The queen of England and the
Prince of Wales (cergl. The, C, 3). 2113
2l))^ofition l&inter etnem Xiamen
fle^t jeboA einc fotdje 3nfammenfc^ung
tvieber o^ne the, nad) franjofifcfeer 2lrt:
Victoria, queen of England. 3)urc^ fclc^^e
Unterfdjeibung entftel^t ofterS etne fdjone
<£d)attirung beg @ti}l8 ; 9tapoteon fagt
J. S. im @rile ftolj : I do not call myself
Napoleon, emperor of France, hul the
emperor Napoleon = ic^ l^ei^e nic^t hlo%
9i. , .Raifer »on 5. (ein 9^ebenbet = %\ttl,
ber <M\^ 5lnbcrn jufommen fonnte, ber mir
geraubt ifi), fonbern id) bin ber ,^ a i f e r
9ia)3oteon (unb bag ifi ein l^tflorif(^er
9lame ; „9L-ipoleon" lat^t fid) gar ni^t
mel^r c^ne „^aifer" benfcn), ©eine ©01=
batcn ncnnen il^n \<\ aucfc nur TEmpereur.
QJergt. ^, an, C, 1, b, 3 unb Emphasis.
To, ^rat^ofttion , bejetd)net bag 3? o r =
mcirtg.ge^en in Beit unb Siaum:
to the day of his death ; to the last man-
sion, ©egenfd^e: from, at, in; f. b.
1. @g bejeidfnet bag iBer^dltnif) tti Da-
tive, f» b., avi^ iibcr feinen 2Begfa(I.—
2. ajlit einem 9{ e f 1 e c t i » ijronoinen flcbt
eg ganj toh by, f. b. We left them to
themselves; d^nlid) : They live quite ^i
Too —
fhemselves (ganj ftc& fclber , ganj nac^
tfiicm ©efaUen). — 3. 9U3 Sonjunc^
tton \ft eg 3eict)en be3 Infinitive, f. b.
fotvie Participle, A, I, 3, b.
Too = nlTjU; too fine; — l^ei^t c«
,,auf^", fo ftel^t ti 1^ inter bemaBorte,
ju bem e3 gcl^crt, iva^rcnb also fonjoi^t
»or, <xU nacf) bemfelben fte^en fann:
The nights are fine too = The nights are
also fine, ober Also the nights are fine.
Town, mit of; f. Apposition, III;
au^erbem The, C, 6, @.
Transitive f. Active, A.
Tri'brach, ciu aSergfu^ »on brei ^ur=
jen: ^o^: dedecoraiion. ©citcn ange
wenbet unb natuvti(t) nur in SSerbinbung
mit anberen feet.
Tri'grapli, f. jittiorbciji Triphthong.
as e i [)3 i e I c : 1. ieu = u in Messieurs ;
— 2. iou = u in anxious, precious ; —
3. oei = 1 in onomatopoeia ; — 4. oew
= u in manoeuvre ; — 5. eau = o in
beau, bureau u. a. ; — 6. owe unb 7.
eye f. a. i. O.
Triph' thong, JDreiUut, bvei l^ins
ter einanber lautenbe, aber in eincn gc;
mifdUen Snut »crfd)motjenc ©ocaU.
(Sffccn ble brei SSocatc bngegen nur einen
e i n f a ^ e n Saut , fo fcitben Tie einen Tri-
graph (f* b.), t- ^- «»««« »wit "^^^^ Seidjcn
gefcirieBencn OJiono^^^tl^ong. ®. benfelten
llntcrfct)ieb bei Digraph unb Diphthong.
2)ie Triphthongs finb felten : [o in buoy ;
au^ in choir ttjenn ti koir ober quir gc;
f^jroc&enitirb, inbe^ f^ric^t man e3 auc^
ko'ir liber kor anS ; ferncr whi ober wl in
white, while, wire, wine imb bgl., info=
fern fi^ ^ al8 ein «§ a 1 1» » o c a I betrad|=
ten mt (f. fV,A).
Tro'chce, ein a?cr§fug tton einer I a \v-
g e n (ober b e t o n t e n) unb einer ! u r j e n
(2il&e: haling, hatefiil, ma'ny.
Trope, fo»ieU(8 Figure; ba^er tropic
= figural, tro).n!'dj.
to Turn i. @. ». inerben gan^ t»ie
to gro70 : This lawyer turned physician.
That man turned at last a fool. He turned
bankrupt. Your wine begins to turn
soiir. Cloudy mornings turn to clear
Uy.
125
evenings. The wood was turned into
stone. 'Da'^er ^\\i) mit into, njenn e8 actio
ifl = J u (S t W a g m a d) e n. Jesus turned
water into wine. He has turned her
into ridicule.
IJ.
U l^ci^t u. 2lu8f))rad)e : 1. u = tu
(ba« i aber nur <xU fc^Vca^er SSorfdjlag,
ttjte in chiourme, Sonien) : tune , cue. —
2. u, ein furjer aJiittelton jwifdjen o
unb o, jeboc^ me!^r o, atS o : tun, but. —
3. u = furjeg u : dull. — 4. li = tangeS
u : rule , true (tritt na<!^ r an bie ©telle
»on u). — 5, ti »or r = e, M, nur bums
))fer: murder. — 6. «, ^albftumm tuie
a, c, i, o : curvet. — (58 gibt fonac^ em
furjea tmb ein langeS reineS u (u unb u),
ein u mit SSorfcfetag t»on i (u), ein o/o (ii),
ein 9 (u) unb ein l^atblauteS o (u)« —
5IuSna:^me ifi eg , ba^ n vo'xt t lautet in
busy unb feinen Slblcitungen , fowie in
lettuce , ferule unb in ber llmgangSau3=
ftiracfce »on a minute (f. Homograph, II);
ttjic e in bury unb beffcn gamilie. —
7. ®tumm ijlu: a.) in ben ©nbungen
gue, que, guy: tongue, antique, plaguy;
jeboc^ tautet e8 in to argue (n;eit nom
Sranjof. arguer) unb aud> fletS in ber
©nbungywy: colloquy; b.) in mel^rern
cinjelnen, toie biscuit, to build, to
buy, conqueror (cergl. 7, a) , victualler
(cergl. J, 8), guinea (sergl. Gu ., unb f.
nod) Q unb 5m). — 2Begen ber O r t ^ o =
3 r a V 5 i e f . 0, @.
Ua unb ue [. Gu, Q, Su unb U, 7.
Ui ; 1. = ii: juice; — 2. = li (f. U,
4) : fruit. — 3. f. Gu, Q, Su. — 4. f. U,
7, b. — 3n)eifi{6ig ift e« j.SS. in friijtion.
Ultfnia ]^ei§t in ber Qlcccnttel^re bie
tc^tc ©iilieeineg SBorteg.
Under f. Among, @.
Uoy = uoy (urn) : buoyant , (♦ Tri-
phthong.
Upon f. On.
Us f. Personal.
Uy = wy : obloquy ; f. U, 7, a unb b.
©etrennt in gluy u. a.
126
V.
"V, l^ei^t vc ; lautet n t di t wit unfcr w,
fonbern tvk frmijof. v, alfo me cin fa n f =
t e 8 , »cu bem ©itmmcn ter ® t i m m e
ficgteiteteg f : vinegar. iKergl. vine, fine,
wine; file, vile, while, ©tuntm ift eg
in sevennight, auct) sennight gefdnicfcen.
— V ent[prtct)t unfevcm o: verdict, to
veer (ncbeii four) ; itnferem m : Viennese,
van ; and) unfevm b : to live, to love, to
give; f. Euphony, D, 7.
Variation of words fowiet aU
Flexion; un«erdnberlicf)e SBortec f. im;
tev Invariable.
Verb, 3 e i t w V t. llekr feine 5[rten
unb 2l6dnbcrungen f. Composition, Deri-
vation, -fy, -ize ; — Active, Neuter, Re-
flective, Passive, Impersonal, Defective;
Conjugation , Conjunctive , Infinitive,
Future, Ih ; — Periphrase, XVII; Per-
son, Number; Auxiliary; — Accent, I,
B, 1; Invariable, ©eine ©tcUung
erl)e(lt anS bem ©tanbe be3 Subject unb
Object, f. b. ; iibcr feine aLBeglaffung f.
Ellipse, B, I, 9.
Versification, SScrStJau, 1. Ueter
bie einjelnen S3crgfi'i§e, Metre unb Rhyme
f. a. i. D. — 2. a)te gemi3fm(t<i)ften 33ecfe
finb bie i a ni b t f ct) c u , au^ jwei tn8 fed)8
Samtcn t'ef^er;enb. 5)cr funffiipige tambt=
fc^e 33et8 I^eipt baS 1^ c r o i f ct) e 3}evgmap
bcr Dceucrn (f. bagegcn Hexameter) ; ev
iDirbbefonberg in ^elbengebiditen, iXraner?
fpielcnu. bg(. angetuenbct. 2)er fed)«fupigc
l^cifjt Alexandrine, f. b. — Untet ben
t r d) d if d) en 33eifen finb bie ganj futs
jeu felten, to. i. 2)., I^dufigcv bie »on bvet,
»ier, <\\\6:i fiinf bis fed)« Siipen. — @e=
bi-dud)Iid)er al8 vein b a c 1 1) It f c& e unb
an a)?afti fd) e finb bte gem if d) ten
i33er«arten.
Very : ^. 21 b » e t b. I. ©« ftel^t iutc
bag franj. tres n i e a U e i n b e i e i n e nt
3J er b ; man fe§t bafitr much, very much
(= bien, fort, beaucoup) : I like it very
much. — 2. ®anj adein fte^enb bil^
Vowels.
bet c8 cincn JBejal^ungSfa^. Is it cold
i to-day ? Very ! — 3. ^\\x SBcrftdvfung
I tritt eg felbft cor ®ni)eifatitoc: The
; very best quality, bie a U e r bepe @orte ;
j the very least faults ; the very next
morning (= fd)on am — ). ©. ben (efeten
Sa| unter to Reckon unb ben erjlen unter
Alliteration. — 4. 5{e]&ntid) fie^t eg »of
same ober self: the very same town, the
very self (= gerabe eben biefccfe(be). !Dei-
sulgdren ©pvadie fommt eg auc^ nid)t
barauf an , the self same obev the very
selfsame jufammeu ju l^dufcu I U3on fcl=
d^n $Ieonagmen gitt, luaS Boz in einec
d^n(id)cn JBejte^ung fagt : „We are- fond
,,of having a large stiperjluous esta-
^.,blishment of words to wait upon us on
,, great occasions ; we think it looks im-
^iportanf, and sounds well" etc. Sle^ns
lidje >§dufungen: this here ship, that
there child (trntgdr) nnb bie bo).^))eIten unb
mc'^r a(g boipttelten 93erneinungen in 2)ia-
'lecten unb ganjen ®^ra(ftcn; f. Negation,
(5.— B. Very alg 5ibiec tie (jeboc^
nur cor ©ubftantisen): the very moment,
that very instant = gerabe in bie fern
^lugeublide; the very devil, bcr Ieib]^af=
tigeUrtan; her very breath (= felbfl) ;
he is the very picture of his father ( =
bag n^al^re, i(i)tc , treuc, lebcnbige @bens
bi(b) ; my very self (metn eigneg ©elbfi) ;
Wallensleins very name was worth an
army (= btopcr SJame). There are my-
thical persons, whose very existence
may be questioned (beren!£)afcin fctbft).
@o finbct fid) and) fogar ber @ u )? e r t a =
t i» the veriest (bet ben beflen 5(ntpren) :
The veriest wretch of all.
Village, mitof; f. Apposition, III.
Voc'ative; fo nennt man mandMual,
nad) *ilrt beg Satein, ein 3© o r t i m 31 ii g =
rufe; eg l^at bann feine befonbere Scvm,
fonbern iP nur ber SfJominatit? p^nc 3tr=
ti!el : Good day, gentlemen! ©.Apo-
strophe, I.
Vowels, ©elbf^tauter; eg finb 7:
a, e, i, o , u , y , w ; f. b. a. i. O. —
5lu§erbem [.Digraph, Diphthong, Tri-
graph, Triphthong unb Consonants, 2, b.
©0 toiclfad) abgeftnft bie cngl. 3SpcaUaute
Want.
127
and) ftnb , *) fie ftnben fi(^ alU i. 2).,
menigftenS in ben 2)ialectcn nneber:
ii iinb a atlevbingg tiitv anndl^crunglircirc.
Dagcgen fcl^ren im ©nglifcftcn unf«r
furjcg uiib langeg u (93(iidKc, 33iid&er),
unfer (angel o (mogen) unb unfev !Di=
p^t^ong cu. 33crg(. Consonants, 6.
Vulgar, nicbrig, gemein, ncnnt
man SCBorter unb 2(u8bntcfe , tote fie nur
Seutc ol^ne JBilbnng Braurficn. 1. %vif)xt
bie ®(t)ilberung beg ScfjriftpcUcvS bcr 2trt
Seute etn, fo ftnbct man in tf;ien Mcbcn
^dufig folcfec 2Benbnngen unb Sor;
men; man :§iite ficf) hjol^t, fie na(^ji;=
a^men. @intge S3eifi)te(c: to Gdge, to
coax, fiddle-faddle, higgledy-piggledy,
odds-bobs; ^dnfung sotler ijld
g att onen: They ?iever had no chance.
Uebertreibungen toie mortiiy = fei^r
^eftig; bloodily = a^fclKufid) ; — ftnn=
tic^c i8ilber,tote wop-eyed, iamb's
wool; whistle = ^e^fe; fresli-waler ( =
griin) — f. b. SSBorterbnd) ; iibcrfcl)weng=
lidje ® t e i g e r u n g e n, h)ie our crackest
yatches (= our crack yachts); and)
Dnomatojjoieta ftnb — toenn frf)on
oft titoAi jjUim)? — fel^r teiicBt ; 3 n t e r s
jectionen, mei^v ober minber mit ht-
t^euernben gliicfjcn untermengt, fmb bie
ajfimif unb bei- ^'atl^og, trit»ia(e <S p r i (^ -
mortcr bag Drafel ber »ulgdren 9iebe.
@. Familiar, Abuse, Dialect, Provin-
cialism. — 2. *Bu(gdre 2lu8fvract>e :
Thumbago fiii- lumbago ; sarlain fiir cer-
tain, idear = idea, es = yes, yit =yet;
ax = ask , plump fiatt plum u. a- —
3. 33cvnad5ldfftgung bev Declension, f. b,
imb Abuse; — 4. ebcnfo ber (lonju =
g a t i n , inbem an a tt c mogdc^en ^ers
fonen ein s gefe^t mirb : we hears , says
they, says I mib becgt. (f. ben Captain
Smith in JNight and Morning); inbem
(Singular unb plural u. f. w. t)cr=
tt)ed)[ett hjcrben : It would be better for
every body if they got took up and was
brought here! (viz. into prison) — fagt
Uriah Heep im David Copperlield ; —
There's orders 'gainst it; thern''s all
lies = all these are lies ; fo ifi you was
Idngft in bie famitidre @on»erfation
gebrnngen , finbet ficf) and) j. 33. bei
Smollel. — 5. JBcr ben 3nfxniti» fe$t bie
sutgdre ©efc^ttjd^igfeit gem bag ^eraltete
for to: No one can go for to ask a
gentleman to go for to inconvenience
hisself (ber Bow Street Officer in Night
and Morning; tiergf. bie Sraallbone'fcfce
SSerebfanifeit in Marryat's Snarleyyow).
@. no(^ f^ery, A, 4.
W l^etfit doiible u , toeif au8 ber 93a-
einignng gmeier u (ober v) entfianben, toic
bie gorm: W, w beutlid) seigt; man
fdiuf biefe gorm, rcett bag latein. 2l(i>]^abet
fetn entfijrecfienbcg Seic^en fiir biefen
Sauti^atte; f. Letters. 3"2tnfang ber
Silbe ifl eg (-gatb;) Sonfonant, ju
@n b c berfe(ben 95 o c a t ; »g(.Y.— ^. QUg
Sonfonant: 2D7an f^jre^e unfer n>
(inttjie), febocf) ol^nc bie Si i3))cn gu
f rf) ti e p e n , fo entfiel^t »on felbfl ein \x>
ntit einem Slnfiang »on u (alfo ein ^aibs
tocal), unb unfer „tt) ie" mu§ bann gleid)
we Hingen : wind, warm, woman, women,
©tu mm ifi ber Sonfonant w: I. sor
r: wring; — 2. »or ho : who, whole;
3. in me&vern einjelncn SfCortern , toie:
answer, toward, two, sword, house-
wife; auc^ in awry {\ 6:1 \t\ , frnmm),
njeil eg aug a unb wry (tigf. 1) jufamniens
gefe^t iji. @. nod) Jf^h. — B. Der 9S 0=
ca I w ifl blog eine anbere jjorm fiir u,
unb fiei^t nur in 5)iV^t^ongen ober Di=
gra^^l^en, %x\\>[jii)c\[%in ober Sirigra^j^en :
aw, ew, ow = au, eu, ou; f» b. 9?ergl.
noc^ Latin, IIL
to Want, fte^t fictg )jcrf6nli(^ = b c =
biirfen, brand) en, n)d:^renb xo'xx oft
bag unvierf6ntid)e : e g f e 1^ 1 1 bafiir fe^en ;
bie Scnftruction ifl atfo fo »erfd)ieben wic
bei to Like, f. b. If^ou want neither
money nor health, you want nothing at
all (= toenn eg S^nen roeber an ®elbe— ).
*) Sine ganj intcreiTante Ucfceruit* "u'lfite c8 gcwci^ren , fammtlidje 9autc bet BSocflle, t'u
flrapOcii/ !l5iV0t';i>iidf"' XriflvavlKii 11116 IrivOt^ongen in eine iafel jnfammcnjufteden , tic gteic^«
lante.nten, wenn auc^) noc^ fo t>erfd)ieben gcfc^riebenen , immer neb en cinrtuter.
128
We
He who is cold to the beauty of this
picture wants taste {= b«m ... flefericfjt
eS an ®efc^macf). llebrtgcnS f. I will.
We, iptural »on /, f. Personal.
Well f. Good.
Wh ftjvt^t man hw (X\x9> \ where, whiff.
®. jefeoc^ IV^ A, 2. 3m Srngelfcirtjfifc^en
fdjrteb man c« and? umgefel^tt: hwaenne
= when, hwaer = where.
What. A. %U DUlativ Mt eg im
adgemeincit, coUectiwen <3lnne = 1. tuaS,
fo ba^ i% ficf) nicbt auf eincn einjel =
nen ©egenftanb bejiei^en la§t; bag 5)e=
monfliati» liegt gteidj mit bavin, alfo
umfa^t what, njie nnfev iDa3 = thai
which, ce qui franj., quello che, itatien.
(@6enfo comprcrirt, b. ^. jtt>ei SBorter in
fid) faffcnb, ifi mandjmat who, f. Per-
sonal, B, 6, @.; fo aucfi itnfer tu ev, fvanj.
quiconque, itatien. chi.) j. 33. What you
say is hut too true (= ceque vousdites).
They were satisfied xoith what they had.
He consented to do his best in what was
allotted as his share. <S. Attraction. —
2. SSeraHgcmeincvnb flel;t what cm^ o or
(Subfiantiuen t. @. 'oon alteS . . .
im a8, iu a 8 n u r = quoi que ce soit ( =
whatever unb whatsoever). We sent him
what eatables we found (= n? a 8 ivir an
SebenSmittetn fanben). I gave him what
money I had. I exhort all persons of
whatever age and quality to fear God.
I shall not forget you in tvhat condition
soever I be. They applauded whatever
he said (= tout ce quMl disail). @. ben
le^tcn ©a^ unter to Do. — ©el^t nun all
au«bru(fUd) »or!^cr , fo fiel^t meift nicfct
what, fonbern which obcv that: All that
I have to do — . Sebort? and) : All what
he has read. — B. 3ll8 j^ragivort.
1. 5m e i n ft e ^ e n b = rt) a 8 ? What did
lie say? I asked him what he had said.
Salter and)im2luSrufe: What! you have
forgotten this? — 2. a«tt ®ubflan =
tt» tifrbunben flel^t c3 fottjol^t son ^ers
f oncn, afg son @ad) en = iu a8 fiir
ein? ttjct^? wergU Which, B, unb f.
xibrigcnS A, an, C,^II, 2 unb E, 4. JVhat
man is this ? What buttons are you
Which.
thinking of? — C. 3)a8 bojj^elte what ifl
Sonjunction, f. b. Dictionary.
When , iu a n n , iv c n n , b a , a 1 8 ,
nac^bem, mit^in nur bic 3eit befiim^
menb (= quand, lorsque), f. bagegen if
(= si). When will you come back?
When I have dined.— 1.(58 ifl oft gtetd)=
bcbeutenb mit as ; bod) l^at as n u x ba8 Sm;
perfect nad) fi^ (® I e i d) jettigfeit jnjeicr
>ganblungen), h)al;renb auf when auc^ ba8
$(u))erfcct fotgen f ann (33 o r cergangcnl^eit
bcr eincn ^anblung) : As / went along,
I met with a friend of mine. tVhen he
was gone (= after he w. g.). — 2. SS e g=
fallen fann when ju 5lnfange eine8 rc=
la t i» en @a^c8: He recollected me the
moment he saw me (= when he s. m.).
The moment you land , all you have to
do is — . How many cursed the moment
they believed. I'll go there directly
(when) I've finished my breakfast. The
first lime she came, 1 was out (= when
she camei). Snbefl liefle fid) l^ier auc^ that
futiV'liren.'
Whence f. Hence.
Which, un»erdnbertid)e8 pronoun,
©ebrand). ^. 2118 9t elatiw. 1 . (58
flel§t nur tion @a d) e n , oft and) fiir einen
ganjenSa^, nid)t aber »on$erfos
nen: He can fry a sole, which is much.
Can cook a steak, too, which is more ! —
@. Relative, grii^er n>nrbe e8, namentli^
in fcterltd)cr ©vvadjc, auc^ son *Per =
foncn gcbraud)t; balder aud) : ,,Our
father luhich art in heaven ;" bte Qlmeri;
fanev fagcn jebod) : ,^who art in heaven."
Ilcbrigen8 f. ncc^ Who, A, @. — 2. 3;er
©cniti'D of which fann fohjopl vor, al8
nad) fcinem ©ubflantto ober 513ronomen
flei^en ; l^at bicfc8 aber fclbfl cine IP r a p o=
f i t i n » r fid), fo fiefit cr b a ^ i n t e r,
\i><\i and) fonfl ba8 ® ew 6]^nlid)cre
tft: A quarter of the town, the inha-
bitants oftvhich have very little inter-
course with the houseliolders of Hano-
ver-square (= dont les habitants, franj.).
The conversation was kept up for two
or three hours , i?i the course of luhich
I mentioned the quack doctor. The bom-
bardment would destroy the Fort, the
crowded houses of which are built up
While —
lo within a few feet of the ramparts.
The Trojans risked several engage-
ments , in most of lohich they were
victorious ( = dans la plupart des-
quels — ). ein fctione^ 33fil>iet f. noi^
Bei Accusative, C, 2, @. unb tgf. Of, 4.—
3. Which fcient jur umfc^reibenben %yx\'-
lofung unferer Sprd)Jofitipimlab»er68 (f.
Preposition , C , 4). SSergt. ben 2. <Sa§
unter Relative, II, A. — 4. @3 jlel^t auc^
m i t eincm @ u 6 ji a n t i » ttcrfcunben,
nac^ tatcinifc&cr 2(it ; f. Relative, II, A, 1.
Can they all be gathered to their fathers
in the two old churchyards near to the
High Street — retirement into which
churchyards appears to be a mere cere-
nomy— ? (go felten im granjof. unb
3)., befonberS im alten Surifienfu^Ie. —
5. aSernngemelnerthjirb which, tuie
what unb who (f. b.) burdj bie 2Infe§ung
»on ever unb soever : whichever, which-
soever z=. jebiveber, jegttdKr, quel que — .
(£, nocf> What, A, @. — B. 3U« 3n =
terrogati» frcigt «8 foiDol^t nact) ^5 e r =
fen en, al8 nad> @ac&en = welc^,
toai fur ein? which man? which way?
f. Interrogative, A unb C, II. (58 ifi mins
ber atlgemein, at3 what, f. b., B, 2, unb
bient balder auc^ jur •&erau8]^ebung
einer cinjelnen ®a*e awi me^rernfdjonbe=
flimmten (= lequel): Which is the tirst?
irelc^er (won biefen) ift ber erpe? Unb
jttar !ann ii bann 1.) einfac^ njte im 3).
ben ®enitt» nact) fic^ l^aben : which of
these boys is the youngest? which of
those houses is yours? 5)a aber ^ierbei
ber llnterfrfjteb jwifdjen ©ingu =
Ur unb ^Jlural manrf)mal nicfet ju
erfennen ifi , fo fann man 2.) which un=
mittetbar mit bem Subftantitj »eri
b tub en unb bvinn bag golgenbe in ben
®cniti» fe|eu; j. 33. Which of my books
have you read? fonnte l^ei^en : „njel =
ctjeS »Dn metnen SiidKrn," aber aud)
„ir c I d> e »on m. 58." 5)a^er [d}eibet man
fo : Which book of mine have you read?
unb: Which books of mine have you read?
@8 ift gang baffelbe , hjag ivir hti Of, 4
au3fu^rlid) gejeigt. @benfo: Which horses
of the neighbour's have you bought?
iDenn : ^,IVhich of the neighbour's
horses" fonnte au* (Singular fein.
Jl. 9UDrc(^t, gramnuit, fflorfcrb.
Who.
129
While ifi Sonjunctton = w dl^ r enb,
folang ali — ; during bagegen ifi
ajrdjjofuion = irdl^renb. While the
world lasts. „While I have a potato,
I will share it with my friend," says
the warm-hearted Celt. — During the
war; during his childhood.
Who , relatl\5e8 unb interrogatice^
^Pronoun = h) eld) er, » er? J.^ot-
m e U e 8. VVho ifi ba^ beugfamfie -SBcrt
ber ganjen (S^rad^e; benn e6 pcit fotrol^t
eine befonbere Sorm fiir ben ^offeffto :
whose, aU ai\6) eine fur ben Objec=
tio : who7n — 2ltte8 fowcl^t (Singular,
al8 53lurat. (2luc!^ feine »erallgemei=
nernben 3ufammenfe^ungen whoever unb
whosoever— uergl. What unb Which —
jtjerben ijfterg fo beclinirt.) 2lu§erbem biU
bet ei nod) ben ©enitio of whom, ben 2)a=
tit) lo whom, llebcr bte9Sern)ed)«lung bies
fer Sormen f. Declension, III. ^ier nod)
einen 2lccufatiio mit bem Snfinitin (au«
Marryai's Japhet), ttjorin ber 2lccufati»
cevungtiidt ift: Her daughter, whose
early history, as Fieta , I had obtained
from you, but ivho , I little imagined to
be the little girl that you had so gene-
rously protected. 3)ian fe^e fiatt be3
fJorenben Somma ein m an who. (a)iag
»iettei(^t nur ein 2)rudfel^ter fein.) 9tun
nod) ein 93eifviel, iro whoin erfl riditig
ali 2lccufati» fiel^t , i^interbrein aber auc^
a(8 Dtominatit) gelten mup : All whom the
faculty have given up or are otherwise
incurable (Boz). Slel^nlidje 93erfic§e fmb
im 5). nidjt aUjufelten. 9lud) which unb
/Aaf biirfen nidjt gugletd) al§ SRominas
ti» unb Objectir* fte^en , obf(6on i^re &or=
men fiir beibeS gteid) finb, traS bei who
aber nicfct einmat ber gall ifi. — B. @ es
brauc^. 1. (5« fie^t nur con $erfonen
ober $erfoniftcirtem, unb jttjar fiete o 1^ n c
^au^tttjort. The officer, who had
remained at his post — . Who are you?
pray, tell me who you are! — 2. %nt
whose gelten bie 9iegeln beS i^offeffiv.
(§i tritt bafur aud? of whom ein , welcbeS
aber :^ inter fein ©ubfianti© tritt: This
is the gentleman in ivhose house (= in
the house of whom) I am dwelling. —
3. Uebrigen^ fie^t tohose al8 atelatio
130
Whoh
l)dufig aucf) t>on !D i n 3 c n ftatt of lohich :
III this silent regio?i , amidst w/iose
ninety -seven work -places no human
voice ever breaks upon the ear — . And
you, ye crags, upon iv/iose extreme edge
I stand. @. Personification, B, 2lu^er=
Urn Personal, B, 6. — 4. 2)a^ bie 2G i t-
b e r ^ t u n g U8 9letati» mit mel^r '^xd-
f)tit aU i. 35. unt ert> t etb en fann,
getgt J. 33* folgenbc ©tette : George stood
.... looking as any other man might
look ivhose wife was to be sold at auction,
andson sent to a trader (H. B. Stowe).
Whole f. All.
I Will, thou wilt, he will — . *) 3m=
tterf.; I would, llefecr fetn ©efcftcift <\H
^iffgoerB f. Future. — 1. J5)a bemna^
will oft nur hj e r b e n bebcutet, unb jubem
befectit) ifl , fo 6rau(J)t man ats @rfa^ :
to choose , to wish , to be willing (ur=
ft^nmgtirfj baS^artictp »cnwill), to want,
to intend, to desire, to please obcr to be
pleased, to have a mind; nit^ to offer,
to be going, to be about, f. b. (5s tier=
flel^t fic6 , bn^ man ntd)t baS cvfte , befie
2Cort aug btefem ^Jovratl^c l^erauSgreift,
fonbern feinen e t g e n t tt cf) e n ®inn be;
ni(ffict)tigt (njietetSaffen unter loCause,
imb man iintcr Personal, E). He chose
rather to go to war (er njollte lieber — ).
1 7oas not willing to throw away so much
time (= ict) ttjar nidjt gefonnen , — id)
hJoUtc ntdit — ). You may go whereever
you please. What will you he pleased
to drink? — Think twice, you, if you don't
want to be crushed. What do you ivatit
done ? 3n conj;unctit»ifd)cn ©ci^en mit ,,i rii
B a 1 1 e" finbct auc& ^icv bie Um!f^rung ber
©cnfiruction ftatt; 3. 93. id> l^citte lieber
fieiben W H e n : I would rather have
died. @anj fo fJc^t 1. aJJacc. 16, 22:
„ba^ fie i^u woflten ermorbct
l^aben" j^att: baf fic i^n l^dttcn er =
morben molten; ben llcbergang au8
ber einen (Sonftruction jur anbern bilbet
l^ier J. 93. n> li r b c n fill- n? H e n : — @r
befanb, bap fie il^n njurben crmorbet l^abcn
(icenn fie getonnt ^dtten). JBergt. Can,
Shall, May, Must, Ought.— 2. I will
X.
unb / would (nic&tbIo« U^Hxti, Xo'xt einigc
©rammatifer angeben) fte^cn fiiv ,,'\6)
t>ftcge, id) jjftegtc," alfo fitr bie ge;
braud)lid)eren Wu^bviicfe : to use, to be
wont, to be accustomed. Elephants are
employed in every kind of way ; they
tvill carry very great loads on their
backs, they will draw coaches, and will
do as much work as six horses. — She
would sit at a window which looked
towards a field he zised to cross. He
would often threaten to hang them. —
3. 1 would, obcr elli))tifd) would, fiei^tau^
fiir i6:i rtvinfc^te (jevoudrais, je d4-
sirerais) : Would I had never seen you!
Would to heaven I had passed all my
days there! Oh! would it were my lot
to be forgetful as I am forgot ! — 4. 9iur
feltcn flel)t I will at3 fetbfifidnbigeS
93crb i, @. D. n?oUen (ruofiir eben jene
©rfafemitfet unter 9lx. 1 etntrcten). iDann
abcr conjugtrt eS fid) and) regetmd^ig : I
will, thou wiliest, he wills; Smfccrfect I
willed u.f.nj. immer aber ifteS bcf ectiv.
He wills it to be so. To starve or live,
as fortune toills it. He vnlled him to be
of good comfort. ®o fie^t e8 atS^rd*
fens unb fetbfi at8 3nfiniti» in bem
@)>rid5tr)Drte : They who cannot as they
will, must will as they can.
With f. By, B, 1.
Worse, Worst, f. Bad.
Worth, ein rtlati»e6 SIbjectitJ , f. Ad-
jective, C, 5. golgt ein SJerb barauf , fo
fiel^t eg im act. $artici» : It is well worth
our knowing. It is not worth crying.
It is a spectacle worth cowmg" all this
distance to behold.
X; giamc: eks. Saut: 1. 3u5ht =
fang etnc« 9Corte« ftet« aU gelinbeS
f, = s ober z: xylography. — 2. @onfl
in ber 9teget = ff: axis, tax, Xerxes
(= zerkses). — 3. x ifi fanft = gf nur
*) 2)ie abturiung won't fur will not i|i n i^) t blue Durfl,u, man finfcct fie .luc^ im bcffcrcn ©t^le.
You.
131
in bee 93orfit6c ex-, iinb aucf) ba nirf|t
immer: fo in example, lo exist; ni(^t
aber in to exhale, to expel, excuse. —
4. = fcJ) , nuc nad) ber betontcn <B\\^t,
n?ennbarauf i mil nod) cincm 93ocale, ober
»enn u folgt (vcrgl. 7', 2, 3) : luxury,
anxious. — 5. ®tumm ifl x in bem
©ingutar »Dn billet-doux, im 5]3lural
billet-doux aber tantet eg = z.
Y, genanntwi; c3 ifi ju Slnfang ber
©itbe Sonfonant, in SKittc unb ju
@nbe berfelben 33 o cat, njie U. —
yl. 2113 @ n f n a n t lautct eS nid^t gan $
fo Breit , tcic unfer i , fonbern gcnau tt»ie
bag 9 in ®at>oijarb ober in les yeux,
alfo nur. cin ©orfdjlag = i, njic in rlen,
Sonien; »ergU U, 1, unb fV, k: fo in
you , year. — B. ^Ug ® o c a I ij^ eg nur
ein ancereg ^i\^tx\. fitc i, to. i. 51).; eg ^^i
baber ouci) beffen Saute : 1. y = I : dry. —
2. y = i: syllable ; — 3. y =*i: myrrh.
— 4. y = i : very. — ©o au(^ in ben
5)igra)j]^en unb 2)i))^t]^ongen ay, ey, oy,
uy, bie meifl mit ai, ei, oi, ui iiBereinflim;
men; f. b. einjeln. — Ueber bie ortl^os
grap^ifc^e Jffianbhtng beg y in ie f. Plural,
A, II, 4; Comparison, A, I, 2; Ordinals,
3 ; Conjugation, II, 2 ; Adverb, A, II, 4
unb /e, d, 2. — eg ifi l^ier berfelbc
gatt, xo'xt Bet ber <^teriong=2Banbrung beg
fin V (f. Euphony, D, 7): bie ©acfte ift,
ett)moIogif(6 genommen, umgefe^rt ju faf=
fen: bag eigentlic^e ^ei^en i TOarb am
($nbe burc^ y »erbrangt, \)\tVit\^i nur TOeil
i ju Ileinioar, y bagegen ber fd)rei6enben
•&anb am (5nbe einen Beffern JRul^eiJunft
ober einen fliici&tigercn ©djttjung gema^vte ;
bur* cil^ntictje SSerjiel^ung entfianb ja bie
beutfdK £)rtl&ogra))|ie iKaij, Sunt) u. f.to.
aug Maii, Juuii. Snmitten beg aBorteg
aBer tritt bag arf^jriingtic^e i ttieber ein,
lioeit jener @runb nun TOegfatlt.
I'e (au* y') ifl bie »eraUctc gorm fur
you, in frif^er Slnnjenbung aBer no* in ber
^Poefie uno bem l^iJBern @tt)Ie iiBerl^au^jt ;
ye gettja&rt bann felBft neBen yoti einen
angene^men unb TOol^Uautenben 2Bcd)fel :
Aud you, ye mountains, why are ye
beautiful? I caiuiot love ye. ^'\vc ifl you
frciftiger, aJg bie Beibcn ye. @. ben le^ten
iSa^ unter Who, B, 3. 23crfurjt ifi ye in
harkee = barken ye !
Yes; xiBer feinen ©ifa^ f. Auxiliary,
D, III, 1.— Xlnfer ,,\<x," u>e(*egnic{)tjur
2lntTOort, fonbern gur ©teigerung, Se<
frafttgung im ®a§e bient, ifi ay ober yea
(=fogar): He bad cracked many a merry
bottle, ay many a dozen in bis lime. The
shark discovers .... that somebody is
dead, yea, or dying in the cabin.
Yet: 1, 5tb»erB. @g 6ejei*net ein*
fad) bie 3 e i t (= n d)), still bagegen bie
3eitbauer, bie an^altenbe .^anbs
lung ( = annod)). 3n » em einen ben
@a|en t^el^t n i d) t still, n u r yet, n^eldjcg
bann gfeid) l^inter not, gern aud) ang (5nbc
beg <Safeeg tritt. He is not yet arrived.
You must not see him yet. — 2. 2llg
Sonjunctton, =benno*, ftel^t yet
ober and yet ju 21 n fang beg ®a§eg ;
still TOirb feltner fo geBvau*t:
I feel the impulse — yet\ do not plunge;
I see the peril — yet do not recede ;
And my brain reels — and yet my foot
is firm.
Though the strained mast should quiver
as a reed , still must I on ! (Byron.)
©Benfo fie^t „n o d)" : ^ioB 40 , 19 ; $f.
49, 14; 3ef, 44, 20; a)Zatt^. 8, 10; 93.
b. 9ii*ter 10, 13.
to Yield, nur felten ofine to, i.
©.». cinnjiUtgen, einBringen unb
nad)flel^en: I cannot yield to these
terms ( — to bis entreaties). We must
yield to the times and to the force of
arms. She yielded to her passion. She
yields to no woman alive. This reflection
yielded him much pleasure. My manor
yields me four hundred pounds a year.
Yon unb yonder f. Demonstrative.
You , 5|3rural »on thou , f. b. JRebet
man mit you e i n e ^erfon an , fo fommt
9*
132
Your
Z.
bag $rdbicat in ben ©tngutar, finb eS
mcl^rere, in ben $(ural; bag erfeiint
man jwar an bcm 3tbjectto ni(t)t, h?o:^t
a6er an self: f. Reflective, f, A unb Plu-
ral, B, 3.
Your unb Yours f. Possessive Pro-
nouns.
Yourself unb yourselves f. Re-
flective I, A unb You.
z.
Z, r;ei§t zed; tS laulet: 1. tt)ie s, f.
S, 2 : lazy ; fo au(i) zz : mizzea ; unters
fcfeeibc zeal unb seal ! — 2, SBie fanf =
te« i<i) (= franjof. j) in ben (Snbungcn
-zier unb -zure nad) bei- feetonten <£ilbc :
razure, glazier; baS SBovt sec hin f. un=
tcr Homograph, IV unb Homonym, III. —
3. @ t u m m iji z nur in rendez - vous
(= readjviiz').
utiregclrndgigctt S^ittoMtv,
sSlan f. junacfeft unfern 2lrtifet : Conjugation, III, ®eite 38.
1. 2Bir gcben nui- bie gebrauc^Udjcren Sormen, unb uSerflcl^en bie »ers
a 1 1 c t e n, bie nur bi(t)tcrif(^en obev nngewol^nlidjen, beren ft(i^ ber ©(fitter
weniflj^eng nicJjt fcebienen barf.
2. aSJo me^rere Gormen jfiir ein unb biefelbcScbeufung angegcben flnb, ba ifi meijl
bie e r ji e bie g e b r d u d) I i cb e r c.
3. ©tcl^t » r eincr unregelmdiigen Sorm ein R. , fo bebeutet bieS , ba§ bie res
gelmd^ige ?5orm m e !^ r im ®ihv<xnd) ijl ; fie^t bag R. ba^intet , fo ifi n e b e n
ber unregelmd^igen JBilbung au^ bie regetmd^ige sorl&anben.
4. i)ie jufammengefe^ten 33erben ge^en meifi wie i^re ©tammtjerben : to
become njie to come, to engrave hjic to grave, to inlay wie to lay u. f. to. !Diefc
^aben toir iibergangen. aJlandje l^abcn ieboct) aud6 anbere Gormen, al6 \f)t ©tamm, unb
biffe finb a. i. D. angegeben. &ur 2Bettereg toernieifen ttjir auf bag ,,33erj5ci(f)nii ber
unregelmd^igen Beitmorter/' hjetdjeg bem 1. 58b. Bon Dr. Stiigefg )>raftif(tem JDors
terfciicf) bcigegeben ifi unb fic^ ttor mandi anberem burc^ befonbere ©ic^tung unb SSoHs
^dnbigfeit augjeic^net.
Pass. Partic.
abode.
@eite 26.
awaked.
R., baken.
R., hasten,
born, gcboren.
borne, getragen.
beat, beaten,
berallen, befal'n.
begotten, begot,
begun.
beholden, beheld,
bent.
bereft, R.
besought, R.
bespit, bespilten, R.
Present.
Imperfect.
I Abide
I abode
• am
f. to Be,
- awake
R., I awoke, a(g v. n
- Bake
I baked
- baste
- basted
- bear
- bore
-bear
- bore
-beat
-beat
It befalls
it befell, befel
r beget
I begot
- begin
.beg„,,,beg.„
- behold
- bend
-bent
• bereave
- bergfl, R.
- beseech
- besought, R.
- bespit
- bespit, R.
$Dic unregelmdptgcn 3eittv6rter»
138
Present.
Imperfect,
Pass. Panic.
I bestead
I bestead, bested
bestead, bested.
- bestrewl
- bestrowj
- bestrewed
bestrewn.
- bestrewed
bestrown.
- bestride
- bestrode, beslrid
bestridden, bestrid.
It betides
it betid
belTd.
Ibid
I bid, bade
bid, bidden.
•bind
- bound
bound.
- bite
-bit
bit, bitten.
- bleed
- bled
bled.
-blow
-blew
blown.
- break
- broke
broken.
- breed
-bred
bred.
- bring
- brought
brought.
- build
- built
built.
-burn
- burnt, R.
burnt, R.
- burst
- burst
burst, bursten.
-buy
- bought
bought.
- Can
- could
f. ®.30.
-cast
- cast
cast.
- catch
- caught, R.
caushi, R.
- chide
-chid
chid, chidden.
- choose
- chose
chosen.
- cleave
-cleft, clove
cleft, cloven.*)
- climb
R., 1 clomb
climbed.
- cling
I clung
clung.
- clothe
- clothed
R., clad.
- come
- came
come.
- cost
- cost
cost.
- creep
- crept
crept.
- crow
R., I crew
crowed.
- cut
I cut
cut.
- Dare
- durst, R., f. ©. 43.
dared.
-deal
- dealt, R.
dealt, R.
-dig
-dug,R.
R., I dung
dug, R.
-ding
R., dung.
-do
f. @ette 48.
- draw
I drew
drawn.
- dream
- dreamt, R.
dreamt, R.
- drink
- drank
drunk.
- drive
- drove
driven.
- dwell
- dwelt
dwelt.
-Eat
- ate, eat
eaten.
-Fall
- fell
fallen.
-feed
-m
fed.
-feel
-felt
felt.
-Bght
- fought
fought.
-find
- found
found.
-flee
-fled
fled.
-fleet
- fleeted
R., flet.
-fling
-flung
flung.
-fly
-flew
flown.
-fold
- folded
R., folden.
- forerun
- foreran
forerun.
- foreshow
- foreshowed
foreshown.
- forget
- forgot
forgotten, forgot.
- forsake
- forsook
forsaken.
- freeze
- froze
frozen.
*) ®. Euphony, D, 7.
184
!Die unregelmdfigen BeittDortet*
Present.
Imperfect.
Pass. Partic.
I Geld
R., I gelt
R., gelt.
- get
I got
got.
-gild
-gilt, R.*)
gilt, R.
- g«rd
- girt, R.
girt, R.
-give
-gave
given.
-go
- went
gone.
- grave
- graved
R., graven.
- grind
- ground
ground.
-grow
- grew
grown.
-Hang
- hung, R.
f. @eite 65.
hung, R. '*)
- have
- hear
- heard
heard.
- heave
-hove, R.
hoven, R.
- hew
- hewed
R., hewn.
- hide
-hid
hidden, hid.
-hit
-hit
hit.
-hold
-held
held.
- hurt
-hurt
hurt.
-Keep
-kept
R., I knelt
kept.
- kneel
R., knelt.
-knit
1 knit, R.
knit, R.
- know
- knew
known.
- Lade
- laded
laden.
-lay
-laid
laid.
-lead
-led
led.
-lean
R., I leant, lent
R., leant, lent.
- leap.
R., I leapt, lept
R., leapt, lept.
- learn
R., I learnt
R., learnt.
- leave
I left
left.
-lend
-lent
lent.
-let
-let
let.
- lie, i(^ liegc,
-lay
lain.***)
-lift
R., I lift
R., lift.
- light, i(& ixt^t,
R., I light, lit
R., light, lit.
- light, irf) leu^tc,
R., I lit
R., lit.
-load
I loaded
R., loaden.
-lose
-lost
lost.
-Make
- made
made.
- may
- might
• - f. ®. 79.
- mean
- meant
meant.
- meet
-met
met.
Melhinks
Melhought
—
I misshape
I misshaped
R., misshapen.
- mow
- mowed
R., mown.
- must
- must
- f. @eite81.
- Ought
f. ®ette 90.
- outbid
- outbid
outbidden.
- outride
- outrode
outridden.
- outrun
- outran
outrun.
- outstride
- outslrode
outstridden.
- overbid
- overbid
overbid, overbidden.
- overreach
R., I overraughl
overreached.
- override
I overrode
overrode, overridden,
- overrun
- overran
overrun
*) 3m fciltili4)cn ©iniic meifJ regctmaftifl.
**) To hang i. ®. ». Scmanten Hngeii (lobeedrrtfe) ivirti meift te9tlmn6i9 Qcbrrtuc^t, je»
bocf) nu(^ untefldma9io (fcei Marryat j. S». mil) bci dltctcit ©4)rift|lenetn).
***) I lie, ic^ lufle, iP rfgclmdSig.
S)ie unvegetmdptgen Seitwotter.
135
Present.
Imperfect.
Pass. Panic.
I Pay
I paid
paid.
- pen, td^ fperre ein *)
-pent
pent.
- put
- put
R.,*quit.
-Quit
R., I quit
quoth
-Read
-read
read.
- reap
R., I reapt
R., reapt.
- rend
I rent
rent.
-rid
-rid
rid.
-ride
-rode
rode (ridden).
-ring
-rung
rung.
- rise
- rose
risen.
- rive
- rove, R.
riven, R.
- rot
- rotted
rot, rotten; R.
- rough work
- roughwrought
roughwrought.
- run
- ran, run
run.
-Saw
- sawed
R., sawn.
- say
- said
said.
- see
- saw
seen.
- seek
- sought
- seethed
sought.
- seeth
R., sodden.
-sell
-sold
sold.
- send
- sent
sent.
- set
-set
set.
- shake
- shook
shaken.
- shall
- should
f. @cite 117.
- shave
- shaved
R., shaven.
-shear
- sheared
shorn.
- shed
- shed
shed.
- shine
- shone
shone.
-sh6e
- shod
shod.
- shoot
-shot
shot.
- show (shew)
- showed (shewed)
R., shown (shewn),
- shred
- shred
shred.
- shrink
- shrunk
shrunk.
-shut
- shut
shut.
-sing
- sung
- sunk
sung.
- sink
sunk.
- sit
- sat, sate
sat, sale.
- slay
- slew
slain.
- sleep
- slept
-slid
slept.
- slide
slid, slidden.
- sling
- slung
- slunk
slung,
slunk.
- slink
-slit
- slit, R.
slit, R.
- smart
R., I smart
R., smart.
- smell
R., I smelt
R„ smelt.
- smite
I smote
smitten, smit.
- sow
- sowed
R., sown.
- speak
- spoke
spoken.
- speed
-sped
sped.
- spend
-spenl
spent.
- spell
R., I spelt
spelt.
- spet
R., I spet
R., spet.
- spill
R., I spilt
R., spilt.
- spin
I spun
spun.
- spit
R., I spit
R., spit.
*) To pen, fc^reil'cii, ge^t regelmai
136
Present.
I split
- spoil
- spread
- spring
- stand
- stave
- stay
- steal
- stick
- sting
- slink.
- stride
- strike
- string
- strive
- slrow (strew)
- swear
- Sweat
- sweep
- swell
- swim
- swing
^ Take
- leach
- tear
-tell
- think
- throw
- thrust
- tread
- Under-bid
- under-run
- under- work
- unswell
- uphold
-Wake
~ wash
- wear
- weave
- weep
- wet
- will
- win
- wind
-^wont
- work
- wrmg
- write
- writhe
2)ie unregetmapigen 3eittvijrter.
Imperfect. Pass. Par tic.
\ split
split.
R., (1 spoilt)
R., (spoilt.)
spread.
I spread
- sprung
sprung.
- stood
stood.
R,, 1 stove
R., stove.
I staid
staid.
- stole
stolen, stoln.
- stuck
stuck.
- stung
stung,
stunk.
- stunk
- strode, strid
stridden.
- struck
struck
- strung
R., strung.
- strove
striven.
- strowed (strewed)
strown (strewn, strewed).
- swore
sworn.
R., I sweat
R., swgat.
I swept, R.
- swelled
swept, R.
R., swollen, swoln.
- swum, swam
swum.
- swung
swung.
- took
taken.
- taught
taught.
- tore
lorn.
-told
told.
- thought
thought.
- threw
thrown.
- thrust
thrust.
- trod
trodden.
- under-bid
under-bidden.
- under-ran
under-run.
- under-wrought
R., under-wrought.
- unswelled
H., unswoln.
- upheld
upheld, upholden.
R., 1 woke
waked.
I washed
R., washen.
- wore
worn.
- wove
woven.
- wept
wept.
-wet, R.
wet, R.
- would
f. @. 130.
- won
won.
- wound
wound, wounden.
- wont
wont.
R., 1 wrought
R., wrought.
I wrung
wrung.
- wrote
written.
- writhed
writhen.
3)rucf »oii a3reitfo»)f unb ^<irtel in Sei^^jig.
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY
^^ BERKELEY
Return to desk from which borrowed.
This book is DUE ou the last date stamped below.
LD21-100».-U/49(B7U6B16)476
JK
r
701553
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA UBRARY